See in Reader
Merge branch 'master' into Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1
This commit is contained in:
Grant_Ailie
commit
a0b313de0f
352
tn_1TI.tsv
352
tn_1TI.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
105
tn_2SA.tsv
105
tn_2SA.tsv
|
|
@ -620,68 +620,57 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
15:8 x8c1 For your servant 0 Here Absalom refers to himself this way to honor the king.
|
||||
15:9 z24j So Absalom arose 0 Alternate translation: “So Absalom left”
|
||||
15:10 k6i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy throughout all the tribes of Israel 0 Here the places where the tribes of Israel lived are referred to as the tribes themselves. Alternate translation: “throughout the land of the tribes of Israel”
|
||||
15:10 yb9l the sound of the trumpet 0 Alternate translation: “a trumpet being blown”
|
||||
15:11 y3hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive who were invited 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who he had invited”
|
||||
15:11 j5ty went in their innocence 0 Alternate translation: “went innocently”
|
||||
15:12 p6px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he sent for Ahithophel 0 This means that he sent a messenger to go get Ahithophel and bring him back to him. Alternate translation: “he sent a messenger to go get Ahithophel who was”
|
||||
15:12 b237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahithophel 0 This is the name of a man.
|
||||
15:12 v7wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Giloh 0 This is the name of a place.
|
||||
15:13 wjk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The hearts of the men of Israel are following after 0 Here the men are referred to by their “hearts” to emphasize their loyalty to Absalom. Alternate translation: “The men of Israel are loyal to” or “The men of Israel are following after”
|
||||
15:14 brg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche escape from Absalom … he will quickly … and he will bring 0 Here David speaks of Absalom and the men with him as “Absalom” himself because the men are following Absalom’s authority. Alternate translation: “escape from Absalom and his men … he and his men will quickly … and they will bring”
|
||||
15:14 t8eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy attack the city with the edge of the sword 0 The “city” is a metonym referring to the people in the city. The “edge of the sword” is a synecdoche referring to the Israelites’ swords and emphasize that they killed the people in battle. Alternate translation: “will attack the people of our city and kill them with their swords” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:14 t8eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy attack the city with the edge of the sword 0 The “city” is a metonym referring to the people in the city. Alternate translation: “will attack the people of our city and kill them with their swords”
|
||||
15:14 fg52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “edge of the sword” is a synecdoche referring to the Israelites’ swords and emphasize that they killed the people in battle.
|
||||
15:14 s5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom bring down disaster 0 This means to cause disaster to happen.
|
||||
15:16 hpv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to keep the palace 0 Here the word “keep” means to care for. Alternate translation: “to care for the palace”
|
||||
15:17 cv7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit at the last house 0 This refers to the last house they would come to when leaving the city. Alternate translation: “at the last house as they were leaving the city”
|
||||
15:18 hx7p Kerethites … Pelethites 0 Translate the names of these people groups the same as you did in [2 Samuel 8:18](../08/18.md).
|
||||
15:18 vht5 Gittites 0 Translate the name of this people group the same as you did in [2 Samuel 6:10](../06/10.md).
|
||||
15:18 tp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers six hundred men 0 “600 men”
|
||||
15:19 u5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ittai 0 This is the name of a man.
|
||||
15:19 n5dh Gittite 0 Translate the name of this people group the same as you did in [2 Samuel 6:10](../06/10.md).
|
||||
15:19 k4yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why will you come with us? 0 This rhetorical question indicates that the king does not think they should go along with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You do not need to go with us.”
|
||||
15:20 dw1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion why should I make you wander all over with us? 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes David did not want Ittai to come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want to cause you to wander around with us.”
|
||||
15:20 wfd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Since you just left yesterday 0 Here “yesterday” is an exaggeration that emphasizes a short amount of time. Ittai the Gittite had lived there for several years. Alternate translation: “Since you have lived here only a short time”
|
||||
15:20 e3e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit May loyalty and faithfulness go with you 0 This is a blessing that David is giving to him. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh be faithful and loyal to you always”
|
||||
15:21 m7sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile As Yahweh lives, and as my master the king lives 0 Here the speaker is making a solemn promise. He compare the certainty the he will fulfill his promise to the certainty that Yahweh and the king are alive. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise that as surely as Yahweh and the king live”
|
||||
15:20 e3e8 May loyalty and faithfulness go with you 0 This is a blessing that David is giving to him. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh be faithful and loyal to you always”
|
||||
15:21 m7sh As Yahweh lives, and as my master the king lives 0 Here the speaker is making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise that as surely as Yahweh and the king live”
|
||||
15:21 q3e6 your servant 0 Ittai refers to himself this way to honor the king.
|
||||
15:21 u8i6 whether that means living or dying 0 Alternate translation: “even if I get killed supporting you”
|
||||
15:23 y8br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All the country wept with a loud voice 0 Many of the people of Israel wept loudly when they saw the king leaving. Here this is generalized by saying that the whole country wept. Alternate translation: “All the people along the road wept” or “Many of the people wept”
|
||||
15:23 cpg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor with a loud voice 0 Here the many people who were weeping are spoken of as if they shared one loud voice. Alternate translation: “loudly”
|
||||
15:23 qn5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kidron Valley 0 This is the name of a place near Jerusalem.
|
||||
15:25 x2mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I find favor in the eyes of Yahweh 0 Here the “eyes of Yahweh” refer to Yahweh’s thoughts and opinion. If you “find favor” with someone it means that they are pleased with you. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is pleased with me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:25 x2mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I find favor in the eyes of Yahweh 0 Here the “eyes of Yahweh” refer to Yahweh’s thoughts and opinion. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is pleased with me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:25 cm5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy where he lives 0 “where his presence is.” The ark of the covenant symbolizes Yahweh’s presence. This refers to the place where the ark is. Alternate translation: “where it is kept”
|
||||
15:27 w3ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz 0 This is the name of a man.
|
||||
15:27 k6y6 Abiathar 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
|
||||
15:27 sn4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Are you not a seer? 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke Zadok and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You will be able to find out what is happening.”
|
||||
15:27 sn4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Are you not a seer? 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke Zadok. Alternate translation: “You will be able to find out what is happening.”
|
||||
15:28 nvl5 See 0 Here this word means for the listener to pay attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||||
15:28 a6gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy until word comes from you 0 This refers to him sending a messenger to the king. Alternate translation: “until you send a messenger to me to inform me”
|
||||
15:28 g6m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to inform me 0 Here the king implies he is to receive a message informing him about what is happening in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to tell me what is happening in Jerusalem”
|
||||
15:30 m59t barefoot 0 wearing no shoes or sandals
|
||||
15:30 hz16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction his head covered 0 This is a sign of mourning and shame. Alternate translation: “his head covered in mourning”
|
||||
15:31 e31r Ahithophel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:11](../15/11.md).
|
||||
15:31 a24n conspirators 0 people who join together against someone else
|
||||
15:31 e4pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit please turn Ahithophel’s advice into foolishness 0 David is asking Yahweh to make Ahitohphel’s advice foolish and useless. Alternate translation: “please let whatever advice Ahithophel gives be foolishness and unsuccessful”
|
||||
15:32 lr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent It came about 0 “It happened.” This phrase marks the next event in the story line.
|
||||
15:32 q4pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit at the top of the road 0 The word “top” is used here because David went up in elevation and is at the top of a hill. Alternate translation: “at the top of the hill”
|
||||
15:32 kgp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive where God used to be worshiped 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where people once worshiped God”
|
||||
15:32 bxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hushai 0 This is the name of a man.
|
||||
15:32 fmi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Arkite 0 This is the name of a people group.
|
||||
15:32 jt8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction with his coat torn and earth on his head 0 This is an act showing shame or repentance. Here the word “earth” means dirt. Alternate translation: “He had torn his clothes and put dirt on his head to show that he was very sad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:32 jt8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction with his coat torn and earth on his head 0 This is an act showing shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “He had torn his clothes and put dirt on his head to show that he was very sad”
|
||||
15:34 xy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you will confuse Ahithophel’s advice for me 0 David is suggest to Hushai that he oppose whatever Ahithopel advises. Alternate translation: “you can serve me by opposing Ahithophel’s advice”
|
||||
15:35 fr9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Will you not have the priests Zadok and Abiathar with you? 0 David asks this rhetorical question to tell Hushai that he will not be alone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Zadok and Abiathar the priests will be there to help you.”
|
||||
15:35 rkm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole whatever you hear 0 This is a generalization. It means all of the important and insightful things that he hears, not every single word he hears.
|
||||
15:36 yg9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz … Jonathan 0 These are the names of men.
|
||||
15:36 yg9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz 0 These are the names of men.
|
||||
15:36 z36k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche by their hand 0 The phrase “their hand” refers to the sons and means that they were to serve as messengers. Alternate translation: “their sons to tell me”
|
||||
16:intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers\nDavid’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nTo show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.”
|
||||
16:intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers\nDavid’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
16:1 uv2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ziba 0 This is a man’s name.
|
||||
16:1 rzt4 Mephibosheth 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 4:4](../04/04.md).
|
||||
16:1 eex7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two hundred loaves … one hundred clusters … one hundred bunches 0 “200 loaves … 100 clusters … 100 bunches”
|
||||
16:1 md5n loaves of bread 0 Alternate translation: “cakes of bread”
|
||||
16:1 sje6 clusters of raisins … bunches of figs 0 These phrases refer to raisins or figs pressed together.
|
||||
16:1 ibp3 raisins 0 dried grapes
|
||||
16:1 x3jp a skin of wine 0 Alternate translation: “a wineskin full of wine”
|
||||
16:2 j2cp faint 0 tired and weak
|
||||
16:3 h7rz your master’s grandson 0 Alternate translation: “Mephibosheth, your master’s grandson”
|
||||
16:3 bdv9 grandson 0 the son of one’s son or daughter
|
||||
16:3 x26u Look 0 Here this word is used to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||||
16:3 b9kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy house of Israel 0 This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
|
||||
16:3 fvn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will restore my father’s kingdom to me 0 Having a descendant of Saul being allowed to rule is spoken of as the kingdom being restored to their family. Alternate translation: “will allow me to rule the kingdom that my grandfather ruled”
|
||||
|
|
@ -690,9 +679,6 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:4 ewk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Let me find favor in your eyes 0 The phrase “find favor” means to be approved of by someone. Also, “eyes” is a metonym for sight, and sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “I want you to be pleased with me” or “I desire you for to be pleased with me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:5 q8fi Bahurim 0 Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Samuel 3:16](../03/16.md).
|
||||
16:5 y6uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Gera 0 These are the names of men.
|
||||
16:6 j39l in spite of 0 Alternate translation: “even though there was”
|
||||
16:6 nmf8 bodyguards 0 These are men who protect an important person.
|
||||
16:7 tj6a villain 0 someone who is evil, a criminal or lawbreaker
|
||||
16:7 h2c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy man of blood 0 Here “blood” refers to all of men he was responsible for killing in battle. Alternate translation: “murderer”
|
||||
16:8 ju1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Yahweh has repaid 0 Yahweh repays them by punishing them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has punished”
|
||||
16:8 cvt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the blood you shed within the family of Saul 0 Here “blood” refer to people who were killed from Saul’s family. The king was responsible for them dying. Alternate translation: “for killing many of Saul’s family”
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,7 +689,6 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:9 b6wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why should this dead dog curse my master the king? 0 Abishai asked this question to express his anger at the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “This dead dog must not speak to the king this way.”
|
||||
16:9 p79k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor this dead dog 0 Here the man is being described as worthless by being compared to a dead dog. Alternate translation: “this worthless man”
|
||||
16:10 i1pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What have I to do with you, sons of Zeruiah? 0 This rhetorical question is asked to correct the sons of Zeruiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want to know what you think!”
|
||||
16:10 wrg4 Perhaps he is cursing me because 0 Alternate translation: “He may be cursing me because”
|
||||
16:10 g4rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who then could say to him, ‘Why are you cursing the king? 0 This is said as a rhetorical question to emphasize that the answer is “no one.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one then can ask him, ‘Why are you cursing the king?’”
|
||||
16:11 y6it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit my son, who was born from my body 0 David describes his son this way to emphasize the close bond between a father and his son. Alternate translation: “my own son” or “my dear son”
|
||||
16:11 l8bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism wants to take my life 0 This is a polite way to refer to killing someone. Alternate translation: “wants to kill me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -711,40 +696,31 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:11 t9uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor desire my ruin 0 Here David describes the man’s desire to kill him as if David were something that the man wanted to ruin. Alternate translation: “desire me to be killed” or “desire to kill me”
|
||||
16:11 tb7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Leave him alone and let him curse 0 Here the phrase “leave him alone” means to not stop him from what he is doing. Alternate translation: “Do not stop him from cursing me”
|
||||
16:12 xk9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom will look at 0 Here “looking” means “considering.” Alternate translation: “will consider”
|
||||
16:12 smf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification the misery unleashed on me 0 Here David speaks of misery as if it were a dangerous animal that the Benjamite unleashed on him.
|
||||
16:13 h7jk Shimei went beside him up on the hillside 0 Shimei was walking parallel to David and his men, though Shimei was up higher on the hillside.
|
||||
16:15 l6bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahithophel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md).
|
||||
16:16 p1gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hushai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:32](../15/32.md).
|
||||
16:16 d97z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent It came about 0 “It happened that.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line.
|
||||
16:16 gp9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Arkite 0 See how you translated the name of this people group in [2 Samuel 15:32](../15/32.md).
|
||||
16:17 x1al loyalty 0 a strong feeling of support and love
|
||||
16:17 b4yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is this your loyalty to your friend? Why did you not go with him? 0 These rhetorical questions are asked to criticize Hushai. They can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been a loyal friend to David; you should have gone with him.”
|
||||
16:18 t8c4 the one whom Yahweh 0 Hushai is referring to Absalom.
|
||||
16:18 k7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person the one whom … that is the man … with him 0 Here Hushai is referring to Absalom in the third person to take emphasize off of him and place it on Yahweh and the people who chose him. This can be written in second person. Alternate translation: “you are the one whom … you are the man … with you”
|
||||
16:19 hq49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion what man should I serve? Should I not serve in the presence of his son? 0 Hushai asks these rhetorical questions to emphasize that he wants to serve Absalom. They can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I should serve only David’s son, so I will serve in his presence.” or “I should serve you, for you are David’s son.”
|
||||
16:20 f7w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahithophel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md).
|
||||
16:21 d7c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Go into your father’s slave wives 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Have sexual relations with your father’s slave wives”
|
||||
16:21 sm7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to keep the palace 0 The phrase “to keep” means to take care of. Alternate translation: “to take care of the palace”
|
||||
16:21 jx59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor become a stench to your father 0 Ahithophel speaks of Absalom offending his father as if he would become something that had a strong and offensive odor. Alternate translation: “become offensive to your father” or “greatly insulted father”
|
||||
16:21 bu9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Then the hands of all who are with you will be strong 0 Here the people who followed Absalom are referred to by their hands. The news will strengthen the peoples’ loyalty to Absalom and encourage them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The news of this will strengthen the loyalty of all who follow you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:21 bu9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Then the hands of all who are with you will be strong 0 Here the people who followed Absalom are referred to by their hands. The news will strengthen the peoples’ loyalty to Absalom and encourage them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The news of this will strengthen the loyalty of all who follow you”
|
||||
16:22 cj6n they spread 0 Alternate translation: “they set up”
|
||||
16:22 gx92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Absalom went in to his father’s slave wives 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Absalom had sexual relations with his father’s slave wives”
|
||||
16:22 v3ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole in the sight of all Israel 0 This means that people were able to see the tent and Absalom walking in and out of the tent with the women. The phrase “all of Israel” is a generalization, for only people near the palace could see it. Alternate translation: “where the Israelites could see him go into the tent”
|
||||
16:22 v3ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole in the sight of all Israel 0 The phrase “all of Israel” is a generalization, for only people near the palace could see it. Alternate translation: “where the Israelites could see him go into the tent”
|
||||
16:23 k3y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Now the advice of Ahithophel … was as if a man heard 0 Here the author compare how much people trusted Ahithophel’s advice with how much they would trust advice directly from God. Alternate translation: “Now people trusted the advice of Ahithophel in those days in the same way they would have trusted it if had come”
|
||||
16:23 qt97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself 0 Here God’s mouth represents himself and emphasizes his speech. Alternate translation: “as if God had said it with his own mouth” or “as if a man heard it spoken by God himself” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
16:23 jqr6 all of Ahithophel’s advice was viewed by both David and Absalom 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “both David and Absalom viewed all of Ahithophel’s advice”
|
||||
16:23 p2g1 was viewed 0 Alternate translation: “was thought of”
|
||||
17:intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Confusion\n\nAhithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king.
|
||||
17:intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n
|
||||
17:1 jz1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahithophel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md).
|
||||
17:1 y3kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve thousand men 0 “12,000 men”
|
||||
17:1 xpm7 arise and 0 Alternate translation: “begin to”
|
||||
17:2 p8re come on 0 Alternate translation: “come to”
|
||||
17:2 ukx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet weary and weak 0 These words mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how weak David was. Alternate translation: “weak”
|
||||
17:2 si3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns will surprise him with fear 0 Here the word “fear” can be expressed with the adjective “afraid.” Alternate translation: “will surprise him and make him afraid”
|
||||
17:2 txi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will attack only the king 0 It is implied that he intends to kill the king. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will kill only the king”
|
||||
17:3 b53b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit bring back all the people 0 This refers to all of the people who were with David. Alternate translation: “bring back all of the people who were with him”
|
||||
17:3 b385 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like a bride coming to her husband 0 Here Ahithophel speaks of the peoples’ happiness by comparing it to a bride’s happiness. Alternate translation: “and they will come happily, like a bride is happy when she comes to her husband” or “and they will come happily”
|
||||
17:3 fwq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom be at peace 0 This means to have peace or to live peacefully. Alternate translation: “live peacefully”
|
||||
17:3 d16g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy under you 0 This refers to being under the king’s authority. Alternate translation: “under your authority”
|
||||
17:5 b9n4 Hushai the Arkite 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:32](../15/32.md).
|
||||
17:6 lw7i Ahithophel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,21 +728,16 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:8 ytp8 a bear 0 a large furry animal that walks on four legs and has sharp claws and teeth
|
||||
17:8 q99g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit is a man of war 0 This means that his has fought in many battles and knows well the ways of war. Alternate translation: “has fought in many battles”
|
||||
17:9 vwd2 Look 0 Here this word is used to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||||
17:9 kc65 pit 0 a deep hole in the ground
|
||||
17:9 v2xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis or in some other place 0 This is another place he may be hiding. Alternate translation: “or hidden in some other place”
|
||||
17:9 d2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive when some of your men have been killed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when his soldiers kill some of your men”
|
||||
17:9 f1q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns A slaughter has taken place among the soldiers who follow Absalom 0 The noun “slaughter” means an event where many people are brutally killed. This can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Many of the soldiers who follow Absalom have been slaughtered” or “The enemy soldiers have killed many of the soldiers who follow Absalom”
|
||||
17:10 g7bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose hearts are like the heart of a lion 0 Here the soldiers are refers to by their “hearts.” Also, their strong bravery is compared to that of a lion’s. Alternate translation: “who are as brave as lions” or “who are very brave” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:11 sm9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that all Israel should be gathered together to you 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, here “all Israel” represents only the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “that you should gather together all of the Israelite soldiers” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
17:11 sm9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that all Israel should be gathered together to you 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you should gather together all of the Israelite soldiers
|
||||
17:11 e216 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “all Israel” represents only the Israelite soldiers
|
||||
17:11 jz3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism from Dan to Beersheba 0 This phrase means from the northern border of Israel to the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the whole nation of Israel”
|
||||
17:11 vl1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole as numerous as the sands that are by the sea 0 This is an exaggeration where all the grains of sand on a beach are compared to the number of Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “so many that they can barely be counted” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:11 lbr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom that you go to battle in person 0 The phrase “in person” means to go yourself and not send someone else instead. Alternate translation: “then lead them yourself into battle”
|
||||
17:11 vl1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole as numerous as the sands that are by the sea 0 This is an exaggeration where all the grains of sand on a beach are compared to the number of Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “so many that they can barely be counted”
|
||||
17:12 v92h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom come on him 0 This means to purposefully go to where he is and then to attack.
|
||||
17:12 rys8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile we will cover him as the dew falls on the ground 0 Absalom’s army is described as covering David’s army like the dew covers the ground in the morning. Alternate translation: “we will overwhelm and completely defeat David’s army”
|
||||
17:12 k6bm dew 0 the fog or misty cloud of water that can fall onto the ground during the night, covering the ground and leaving it wet in the morning
|
||||
17:12 jdy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes We will not leave even one of his men … alive 0 This negative sentence is used for emphasis and can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “We will kill every one of his men”
|
||||
17:12 dwr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns him himself 0 Both these words refer to David. Alternate translation: “David himself”
|
||||
17:13 cez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche then all Israel 0 This refers to Israel’s soldiers, not to all of Israel. Alternate translation: “then all of our soldiers”
|
||||
17:13 cez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit then all Israel 0 This refers to Israel’s soldiers, not to all of Israel. Alternate translation: “then all of our soldiers”
|
||||
17:13 v4rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will bring ropes to that city and we will drag it into the river 0 This means that the soldiers would tear down the city walls and drag the pieces to river. Alternate translation: “will destroy the city and drag the stones to the river with ropes”
|
||||
17:13 ua57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole until there is no longer even a small stone found there 0 This is an exaggeration to describe how completely they will destroy the city. The would not literally sweep away every small stone from the city. Alternate translation: “until the city is completely destroyed”
|
||||
17:14 vg6q Hushai the Arkite 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:32](../15/32.md). Arkite is the name of a people group.
|
||||
|
|
@ -775,32 +746,24 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:14 rwx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to bring destruction on Absalom 0 To “bring” something on someone means to cause it to happen to them. Alternate translation: “to cause a disaster to happen to Absalom”
|
||||
17:15 pp5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zadok … Abiathar 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 15:24](../15/24.md).
|
||||
17:15 f3gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in such and such a way 0 This phrase, meaning “like this,” refers to what Ahithophel advised Absalom earlier beginning in [2 Samuel 17:1](../17/01.md).
|
||||
17:16 b624 the fords of the Arabah 0 A ford is a shallow part of a river where people can walk across. The Arabah is the land along both sides of the Jordan River.
|
||||
17:16 u94n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom by all means 0 This means to make sure that you do something. Alternate translation: “be sure to” or “make sure that you”
|
||||
17:16 adt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the king will be swallowed up 0 Here the king and his people being killed is describes as if they were “swallowed” by their enemy. Alternate translation: “the king will be killed”
|
||||
17:17 u8z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jonathan … Ahimaaz 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 15:27](../15/27.md).
|
||||
17:17 q25n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy When the message came 0 Here the “message” is spoken of as coming to them, when really it is the woman who came to then bringing the message. Alternate translation: “When she brought them a message”
|
||||
17:17 h5de rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names spring of Rogel 0 This is the name of a place.
|
||||
17:18 q737 this time 0 Alternate translation: “one time”
|
||||
17:18 r7rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit So Jonathan and Ahimaaz went away 0 It is implied that they found out that the young man had told Absalom about them being there. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan and Ahimaaz found out what the young man had done, so they went away”
|
||||
17:18 t68a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bahurim 0 This is the name of a small town.
|
||||
17:18 fa3m they descended 0 Alternate translation: “they lowered themselves and hid”
|
||||
17:19 j4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jonathan … Ahimaaz 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 15:27](../15/27.md).
|
||||
17:20 f1dc the woman of the house 0 Alternate translation: “the man’s wife”
|
||||
17:20 n16k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz … Jonathan 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 15:27](../15/27.md).
|
||||
17:21 kx9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent It came about 0 “It happened.” This phrase marks the next event in the story line.
|
||||
17:21 r493 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy cross quickly over the water 0 Here “the water” refers to the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “cross quickly over the river”
|
||||
17:21 h17r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has given such and such advice 0 The idiom “such and such” is used in the place of information that is already know by the reader. Here it refers to what Ahithophel advised Absalom beginning in [2 Samuel 17:1](../17/01.md). This information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “has advised that Absalom send him with an army to attack you now” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:22 l8sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes By morning daylight not one of them had failed to cross over the Jordan 0 This negative sentence is used to emphasize that they all crossed the river. It can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “By morning daylight every one of them had crossed over the Jordan”
|
||||
17:23 gix9 Ahithophel saw 0 Alternate translation: “Ahithophel knew” or “Ahithophel realized”
|
||||
17:23 x22t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his advice had not been followed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Absalom had not followed his advice”
|
||||
17:23 pmh2 saddled his donkey 0 placed a blanket or small leather seat on the donkey so he could sit on it
|
||||
17:23 zw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom set his affairs in order 0 He prepared for his death by telling his family what to do after he died. Alternate translation: “he prepared for his death”
|
||||
17:23 yg9t In this way 0 Alternate translation: “And this is how”
|
||||
17:23 b2wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him”
|
||||
17:24 c8ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mahanaim 0 Translate the name of this place the same as you did in [2 Samuel 2:8](../02/08.md).
|
||||
17:25 dur7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amasa … Joab … Jether … Nahash 0 These are the names of men. See how you translated Joab and Zeruiah (Joab’s mother) in [2 Samuel 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
17:25 v1vl Ishmaelite 0 This word means that the person is descended from Ishmael. Some versions say “Israelite” here. See the footnote. You may want to choose the word that is used in the majority language Bible in your area.
|
||||
17:25 q7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism who went in to Abigail 0 This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who had sexual relations with Abigail”
|
||||
17:25 yn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Abigail … Zeruiah 0 These are the names of women.
|
||||
17:26 p8z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gilead 0 Translate the name of this place the same as you did in [2 Samuel 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,55 +771,39 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:27 ya8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mahanaim … Rabbah … Lo Debar … Rogelim 0 These are the names of cities or places.
|
||||
17:27 sb1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shobi … Nahash … Machir … Ammiel … Barzillai 0 These are the names of men.
|
||||
17:27 g662 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ammonites … Gileadite 0 These are the names of people groups.
|
||||
17:28 td28 sleeping mats and blankets 0 A mat is something soft to sleep on, and a blanket is a cloth covering for warmth.
|
||||
17:28 sk67 flour 0 crushed grain made into powder and used to make bread
|
||||
17:28 wym6 roasted 0 cooked with dry heat
|
||||
17:28 epx5 beans 0 seeds that are cooked and eaten
|
||||
17:28 s9d6 lentils 0 a kind of seed that is cooked and eaten
|
||||
17:29 vx1d curds 0 milk that has soured and become solid
|
||||
17:29 hpg5 thirsty 0 in need of water or some other drink
|
||||
18:intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### David’s mercy\nDavid reorganized his army and sent them out to battle, but told them to be merciful to Absalom. When David’s army defeated Absalom’s army, Absalom fled on a mule, but his hair caught in a tree limb and the mule ran on, leaving him hanging. One of David’s soldiers saw him and told Joab. Joab went and killed him. When David heard about this he mourned for his son, Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
|
||||
18:intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n
|
||||
18:1 y2u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy David counted the soldiers who were with him and appointed 0 David did not count all of the people himself, rather other men counted them. Alternate translation: “David commanded for the soldiers who were with him to be counted and he appointed” or “David arranged the soldiers who were with him and appointed”
|
||||
18:1 qt9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers captains of thousands and captains of hundreds 0 This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these captains led. Alternate translation: “captains of 1,000 soldiers and captains of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “captains of large military divisions and captains of smaller military divisions”
|
||||
18:1 pa96 captains 0 A captain is a person who is in authority over a group of soldiers.
|
||||
18:2 x31q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction one-third … another third 0 “one-third of the army … another third of the army.” A “third” is one part out of three equal parts.
|
||||
18:2 lu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Abishai … Zeruiah 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
18:2 xwu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ittai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:19](../15/19.md).
|
||||
18:2 zy14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gittite 0 This refers to a person from Gath, which is a Philistine city.
|
||||
18:2 s8e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will certainly go out with you myself, too 0 This means that he will go out with them to battle. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I myself will go with you to battle” or “I personally will go with you into battle”
|
||||
18:3 z3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers half of us 0 The word “half” refers to one out of two equal parts.
|
||||
18:3 cmi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you are worth ten thousand of us 0 This means that the enemy army considering killing David of greater worth than killing 10,000 of the other men. The number 10,000 here is an exaggeration used to emphasize a very great number of people. Alternate translation: “they would rather kill you than to kill 10,000 of us” or “killing you is worth more to them than killing a great number of us” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
18:3 nx5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ten thousand 0 “10,000”
|
||||
18:3 cmi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you are worth ten thousand of us 0 This means that the enemy army considering killing David of greater worth than killing 10,000 of the other men. The number 10,000 here is an exaggeration used to emphasize a very great number of people. Alternate translation: “they would rather kill you than to kill 10,000 of us” or “killing you is worth more to them than killing a great number of us”
|
||||
18:3 r2hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that you be ready to help us from the city 0 David could help them from the city by advising them and sending men to help them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “that you stay here in the city and send help to us”
|
||||
18:5 idy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Abishai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
18:5 nnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ittai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:19](../15/19.md).
|
||||
18:5 jbs6 Deal gently for my sake with the young man, with Absalom 0 “For my sake, do not harm the young man, Absalom.” The phrase “Deal gently” means to be kind to someone and not to harm them.
|
||||
18:5 s62a my sake 0 Alternate translation: “my well-being” or “my account”
|
||||
18:5 jbs6 Deal gently for my sake with the young man, with Absalom 0 The phrase “Deal gently” means to be kind to someone and not to harm them.
|
||||
18:6 ak3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit went out into the countryside against Israel 0 This means that they went out and fought against them in battle. Alternate translation: “went out into the countryside and fought against Israel”
|
||||
18:6 na7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche against Israel 0 Here “Israel” refers to their soldiers, not all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “against the Israelite soldiers”
|
||||
18:7 xa6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The army of Israel was defeated there before the soldiers of David 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There the soldiers of David defeated the army of Israel”
|
||||
18:7 ef2b a great slaughter 0 an event where many people are brutally killed
|
||||
18:7 qgp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty thousand men 0 “20,000 men”
|
||||
18:8 ndw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification more men were consumed by the forest than by the sword 0 Here “the forest” is described as if it were alive and could act. “The sword” refers to David’s soldiers who fought with swords. Alternate translation: “dangerous things in the forest killed more men than David’s soldiers killed with their swords” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:9 fye9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Absalom happened to meet some of David’s soldiers 0 This is an event that happened during the battle. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “During the battle, Absalom happened to meet some of David’s soldiers”
|
||||
18:8 ndw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification more men were consumed by the forest than by the sword 0 Here “the forest” is described as if it were alive and could act. Alternate translation: “dangerous things in the forest killed more men than David’s soldiers killed with their swords”
|
||||
18:8 zemv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “The sword” refers to David’s soldiers who fought with swords.
|
||||
18:9 ua3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his head was caught up in the tree branches 0 Absalom had long hair that got caught in the tree branches. Alternate translation: “his hair was caught in the tree branches”
|
||||
18:9 iq6e dangling 0 hanging or swinging loosely
|
||||
18:9 eys5 between the ground and the sky 0 Alternate translation: “in the air”
|
||||
18:10 n893 Look 0 Here this word is used to draw a person’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||||
18:11 w13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you not strike him down to the ground? 0 This rhetorical question means that he should have killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. The phrase “strike down” means to kill. Alternate translation: “You should have struck him down to the ground!” or “You should have killed him immediately!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:11 w13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you not strike him down to the ground? 0 This rhetorical question means that he should have killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have struck him down to the ground!” or “You should have killed him immediately!”
|
||||
18:11 aik2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ten silver shekels 0 This can be written in modern units. Alternate translation: “ten silver coins” or “110 grams of silver”
|
||||
18:11 xu84 belt 0 This is a special belt that shows people that someone is a great soldier and should be honored.
|
||||
18:12 m6ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney a thousand silver shekels 0 “1,000 silver shekels.” This can be stated in modern units. Alternate translation: “1,000 silver coins” or “11 kilograms of silver” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:12 m6ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney a thousand silver shekels 0 “1,000 silver shekels.” This can be stated in modern units. Alternate translation: “1,000 silver coins” or “11 kilograms of silver”
|
||||
18:12 y75l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom would not have reached out my hand against the king’s son 0 The phrase “reached out my hand” means to attack. Alternate translation: “would not have attacked the king’s son”
|
||||
18:12 c6je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom No one must touch 0 Here “touching” refers to “harming.” Alternate translation: “No none must harm” or “Do not harm”
|
||||
18:13 if8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns a falsehood 0 The word “falsehood” can be expressed with a verbal phrase. Also, this refers to disobeying the king’s command. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “doing something that is wrong” or “by disobeying the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:13 if8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns a falsehood 0 The word “falsehood” can be expressed with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “doing something that is wrong” or “by disobeying the king”
|
||||
18:13 b1r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor there is nothing hidden from the king 0 Here the man speaks about how the king knows about almost everything that happens as if everything were a physical object he knew the location of. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that the king does not know” or “the king hears about everything that happens”
|
||||
18:14 jl1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will not wait for you 0 Joab meant that he should not continue talking to the man. Alternate translation: “I will not waste anymore time talking to you”
|
||||
18:14 m7ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche heart of Absalom 0 Here Absalom’s heart refers to his chest or upper body. Alternate translation: “chest”
|
||||
18:15 va7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche armor 0 This refers to both the armor he would wear to protect himself and to his weapons. Alternate translation: “armor and weapons”
|
||||
18:16 f9za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Then Joab blew the trumpet, and the army returned from pursuing Israel, for Joab held back the army 0 This describes what Joab commanded by blowing the trumpet. Alternate translation: “Then Joab blew the trumpet to call back the army, and the army returned from pursuing Israel”
|
||||
18:16 ji7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche returned from pursuing Israel 0 Here “Israel” refers to the Israelite army. Alternate translation: “returned from pursuing the Israelite army”
|
||||
18:17 st6r They took Absalom and threw him 0 Alternate translation: “They took Absalom’s body and threw it”
|
||||
18:17 d3n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they buried his body under a very large pile of stones 0 After putting his body in the pit they covered it with a pile of stones. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “they covered his body with a huge pile of stones”
|
||||
18:17 b87l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche while all Israel fled 0 Here “all Israel” refers to the Israelite soldiers. The word “fled” means “ran away.” Alternate translation: “while all the Israelite soldiers ran away”
|
||||
18:18 s18q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the King’s Valley 0 This is the name of a place.
|
||||
|
|
@ -867,19 +814,17 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
18:19 qby5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor run to the king with the good news 0 Here Ahimaaz speaks of running to go and tell the king the good news as if the good news were a object that he were carrying. Alternate translation: “run to tell the king the good news”
|
||||
18:19 jyg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of his enemies 0 Here “hand” refers to control. Alternate translation: “the control of his enemies”
|
||||
18:20 qeg4 the bearer of news 0 Alternate translation: “the one who tells the news”
|
||||
18:20 v56v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you will bear no news 0 This refers to not bearing the news to the king. Alternate translation: “you will not tell the news to the king”
|
||||
18:21 q3lf tell the king what you have seen 0 Joab is telling him to go and tell the king about the news of the battle.
|
||||
18:24 zqb5 Now 0 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
18:24 t7w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor raised his eyes 0 Here the watchman looking to see something is spoken of as if he lifted up his eyes. Alternate translation: “looked out beyond the city”
|
||||
18:25 r6br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor there is news in his mouth 0 Here the king speaks of the man having a message as if the news were an object sitting in his mouth. Alternate translation: “he has news to tell us”
|
||||
18:27 zpr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile I think the running of the man in front is like the running of Ahimaaz son of Zadok 0 The watchman compares the way the man ran to the way Ahimaaz runs to suggest that it may be him. Alternate translation: “I think the man running in front is Ahimaaz son Zadok, because he runs like Ahimaaz”
|
||||
18:28 ft3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction He bowed himself before the king with his face to the ground 0 He did this to honor the king. Alternate translation: “He bowed himself before the king with his face to the ground to honor the king”
|
||||
18:28 qm8v Blessed be Yahweh 0 “Praise Yahweh.” Here “bless” means to praise.
|
||||
18:28 e5ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the men who lifted up their hand against my master the king 0 Here Ahimaaz speaks of the men opposing the king as if they were raising their hands before him. Alternate translation: “the men who opposed and fought against my master the king”
|
||||
18:29 l8s8 a great disturbance 0 This means that people were acting as though things were not right.
|
||||
18:30 bg95 Turn aside and stand here 0 Alternate translation: “Move out of the way” or “Stand aside”
|
||||
18:31 e1tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom rose up against 0 This means to oppose. Alternate translation: “opposed”
|
||||
18:32 s9h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The enemies of my master the king, & should be as that young man is 0 The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies … to die the way that young man died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:32 s9h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The enemies of my master the king, & should be as that young man is 0 The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies … to die the way that young man died”
|
||||
18:33 la2k was deeply unnerved 0 Alternate translation: “was very unhappy” or “was trembling with grief”
|
||||
19:intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### David told to stop mourning Absalom\n\nJoab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.\n\n### David made king again\n\nThis chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.\n\n### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David\n\nThe ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nThe people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:1 wl3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Joab was told 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joab”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
664
tn_2TI.tsv
664
tn_2TI.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
495
tn_DEU.tsv
495
tn_DEU.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
71
tn_JOB.tsv
71
tn_JOB.tsv
|
|
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
5:26 w6jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּעֲל֖וֹת גָּדִ֣ישׁ בְּעִתּֽוֹ 1 The point of this comparison is that when Job’s time comes to die, he will have lived a full and rewarding life, just as a **stack of grain** that is harvested **in its time** is ripe and fully developed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “mature and accomplished, like grain that is harvested at the peak of ripeness”
|
||||
5:27 uwj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive חֲקַרְנ֥וּהָ 1 By **We**, Eliphaz means himself and other wise people but not Job, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
5:27 j181 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאַתָּ֥ה דַֽע 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **know**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and know it certainly”
|
||||
6:intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the beginning of Job’s response to Eliphaz.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJob uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair and to show that he is upset with his friends, people who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nJob often uses the question form in this chapter to make emphatic statements or exclamations. This emphasis helps strengthen Job’s response to Eliphaz. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### plural “you”\n\nBeginning in verse 21, Job addresses his friends directly. So when he uses the word **you** from that verse to the end of the chapter, the word is plural. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
6:intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the beginning of Job’s response to Eliphaz.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJob uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair and to show that he is upset with his friends, people who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\nIn verses 16–20, Job develops the image of his friends being like a stream of water that runs dry. Since Job explains the meaning of the image again in verse 21, you do not need to explain it in your translation in verses 16–20.\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nJob often uses the question form in this chapter to make emphatic statements or exclamations. This emphasis helps strengthen Job’s response to Eliphaz. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### plural “you”\n\nBeginning in verse 21, Job addresses his friends directly. So when he uses the word **you** from that verse to the end of the chapter, the word is plural. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
6:2 j183 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ל֗וּ שָׁק֣וֹל יִשָּׁקֵ֣ל כַּעְשִׂ֑י וְ֝הַוָּתִ֗י בְּֽמֹאזְנַ֥יִם יִשְׂאוּ־יָֽחַד 1 Job is speaking as if his **anguish** and **calamity** could literally be **weighed**. He means that he wishes he could prove that his calamity is so great that it justifies the anguish he is feeling and has been expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I wish I could prove that my calamity warrants the amount of anguish that I am feeling and showing”
|
||||
6:2 use6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ל֗וּ שָׁק֣וֹל יִשָּׁקֵ֣ל כַּעְשִׂ֑י וְ֝הַוָּתִ֗י בְּֽמֹאזְנַ֥יִם יִשְׂאוּ־יָֽחַד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If only someone would weigh my anguish thoroughly and lay my calamity in the balances”
|
||||
6:2 cqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ל֗וּ שָׁק֣וֹל יִשָּׁקֵ֣ל כַּעְשִׂ֑י וְ֝הַוָּתִ֗י בְּֽמֹאזְנַ֥יִם יִשְׂאוּ־יָֽחַד 1 The word **balances** describes an instrument for determining the weight of an object or comparing the weight of two objects. It consists of a central post with a crossbar from which two pans are hung. An object may be placed in one pan and known weights placed in the other pan until the crossbar remains level, meaning that both pans contain an equal weight. Or one object may be placed in one pan and a different object in the other pan; the pan that hangs lower contains the heavier object. If your readers would not be familiar with what **balances** are, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “If only someone would weigh both my anguish and my calamity on a scale”
|
||||
|
|
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
6:4 m898 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁתָ֣ה 1 Job is speaking as if his **spirit** were literally **drinking** poison from arrows that had struck him. He means, within the context of that metaphor, that his spirit is absorbing the poison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is absorbing”
|
||||
6:4 l3u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בִּעוּתֵ֖י אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַֽעַרְכֽוּנִי 1 Job is speaking of **the terrors of God** (that is, the things he believes God is doing to terrify him) as if they were living things that could **array themselves** against him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is doing many things that all terrify me”
|
||||
6:5 vas3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲיִֽנְהַק־פֶּ֥רֶא עֲלֵי־דֶ֑שֶׁא אִ֥ם יִגְעֶה־שּׁ֝֗וֹר עַל־בְּלִילֽוֹ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis in both of these sentences. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these sentences as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “A wild donkey does not bray over grass! Indeed, an ox does not bellow over its fodder!”
|
||||
6:5 kn3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “An ox does not bellow over its fodder, does it?”
|
||||
6:5 kn3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ם יִגְעֶה־שּׁ֝֗וֹר עַל־בְּלִילֽוֹ 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “An ox does not bellow over its fodder, does it?”
|
||||
6:5 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs הֲיִֽנְהַק־פֶּ֥רֶא עֲלֵי־דֶ֑שֶׁא אִ֥ם יִגְעֶה־שּׁ֝֗וֹר עַל־בְּלִילֽוֹ 1 Job is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Just as animals do not complain loudly if they have food, so Job would not be protesting so vehemently if something were not seriously wrong. But since Job has already made this point explicitly in verse 3 (“therefore my words raved”), you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If your readers would not recognize what a **wild donkey** or an **ox** is, in your translation you could use animals that your readers would recognize.
|
||||
6:6 cg4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲיֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִבְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח אִם־יֶשׁ־טַ֝֗עַם בְּרִ֣יר חַלָּמֽוּת 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis in both of these sentences. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these sentences as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “The unsavory will not be eaten without salt! And there is no taste in the white of an egg!”
|
||||
6:6 l3sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs הֲיֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִבְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח אִם־יֶשׁ־טַ֝֗עַם בְּרִ֣יר חַלָּמֽוּת 1 Job is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Just as it is necessary to season some foods in order to eat them, so it is necessary to talk expressively about some situations in life in order to endure them. Job has already made this point explicitly in verse 3 (“therefore my words raved”), but perhaps the connection will not be as clear in this case as in the previous verse. So you could make the connection more explicitly. Alternatively, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that would be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If people in your culture would not eat **the white of an egg**, in your translation you could use a food that your readers would recognize. Alternate translation: “I cannot endure these troubles without talking emotionally about them, any more than people can eat bland food without seasoning it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -430,8 +430,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
6:15 p13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile בָּגְד֣וּ כְמוֹ־נָ֑חַל 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **seasonal stream** would appear to be a good source of water but then fail in the dry season, so Job’s friends seemingly came to offer encouragement, but they have provided none. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “have dealt treacherously by seeming to offer encouragement but then not offering any, like a seasonal stream that seems to offer water but then fails in the dry season”
|
||||
6:15 j209 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַּאֲפִ֖יק נְחָלִ֣ים יַעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 In this context, the expression **pass away** means to dry up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a channel of seasonal streams, they dry up” or “like a channel of seasonal streams, you dry up”
|
||||
6:15 l6xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כַּאֲפִ֖יק נְחָלִ֣ים יַעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 Job is speaking as if his friends literally **pass away** or dry up the way a desert stream does. He means that in the end, they fail to provide the encouragement that they implicitly promised by coming to see him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They have no help to offer in the end, like a channel for seasonal streams that runs dry” or “You have no help to offer in the end, like a channel for seasonal streams that runs dry”
|
||||
6:16-20 j210 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo 0 In verses 16–20, Job develops the image of his friends being like a stream of water that runs dry. Since Job explains the meaning of the image again in verse 21, you do not need to explain it in your translation in verses 16–20.
|
||||
6:16-17 j211 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 0 In this verse, Job describes the state of desert streams in the cold season, and in the next verse, he contrasts that with the state of the streams in the hot season. To show this contrast, you could create a verse bridge for verses 16–17. It might say something like this: “In the cold season, these streams are dark from ice over their channel, indeed, snow covers that channel. But in the hot season, the streams go dry and vanish, the heat dries them up completely”
|
||||
6:16 j211 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 0 In this verse, Job describes the state of desert streams in the cold season, and in the next verse, he contrasts that with the state of the streams in the hot season. To show this contrast, you could create a verse bridge for verses 16–17. It might say something like this: “In the cold season, these streams are dark from ice over their channel, indeed, snow covers that channel. But in the hot season, the streams go dry and vanish, the heat dries them up completely”
|
||||
6:16 pnp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הַקֹּדְרִ֥ים מִנִּי־קָ֑רַח עָ֝לֵ֗ימוֹ יִתְעַלֶּם־שָֽׁלֶג 1 The pronoun **it** refers in both cases to the “channel” of streams that Job described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “These streams are dark from ice over their channel; that channel hides itself with snow”
|
||||
6:16 cq2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִתְעַלֶּם־שָֽׁלֶג 1 Job is speaking as if a channel of desert streams were a living thing that **hides itself with snow** in the winter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “snow covers this channel”
|
||||
6:17 z6dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִצְמָ֑תוּ & נִדְעֲכ֥וּ מִמְּקוֹמָֽם 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dryness annihilates them … the heat exterminates them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -876,7 +875,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
12:8 g5xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification א֤וֹ שִׂ֣יחַ לָאָ֣רֶץ וְתֹרֶ֑ךָּ וִֽיסַפְּר֥וּ לְ֝ךָ֗ דְּגֵ֣י הַיָּֽם 1 Job is continuing to speak as if Zophar could literally have a conversation with the **earth** and with **fish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If you could actually speak to the earth, it would teach you. If you could have a conversation with the fish of the sea, they would recount to you”
|
||||
12:8 j388 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְתֹרֶ֑ךָּ וִֽיסַפְּר֥וּ לְ֝ךָ֗ דְּגֵ֣י הַיָּֽם 1 Once again Job means implicitly that the **earth** and the **fish** would **teach** and **recount** God’s ways. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and it will teach you God’s ways; the fish of the sea will recount God’s ways to you”
|
||||
12:8 bjf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וִֽיסַפְּר֥וּ לְ֝ךָ֗ דְּגֵ֣י הַיָּֽם 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “or ask the fish of the sea, and they will recount to you”
|
||||
12:9 hu2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֭י לֹא־יָדַ֣ע בְּכָל־אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֥י יַד־יְ֝הוָה עָ֣שְׂתָה זֹּֽאת\n\n 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these know that the hand of Yahweh has done this!”
|
||||
12:9 hu2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֭י לֹא־יָדַ֣ע בְּכָל־אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֥י יַד־יְ֝הוָה עָ֣שְׂתָה זֹּֽאת 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these know that the hand of Yahweh has done this!”
|
||||
12:9 j389 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מִ֭י לֹא־יָדַ֣ע בְּכָל־אֵ֑לֶּה 1 Job is speaking of the creatures he described in the previous two verses as if they could **know** what Yahweh has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Which of all these creatures could not tell you, if you could actually have a conversation with them,”
|
||||
12:9 tht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־יְ֝הוָה עָ֣שְׂתָה זֹּֽאת 1 Here, **hand** represents the power and control that someone has over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has done this by his own power”
|
||||
12:9 j390 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָ֣שְׂתָה זֹּֽאת 1 In context, the word **this** likely refers to the misfortune that Job is suffering. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has caused my misfortune”
|
||||
|
|
@ -961,7 +960,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
13:14 j414 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־מָ֤ה ׀ אֶשָּׂ֣א בְשָׂרִ֣י בְשִׁנָּ֑י 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally taking (that is, carrying) his own **flesh** in his **teeth**. The image seems to be that of an animal carrying in its mouth prey that it has caught and killed. Until the animal is able to bring the prey safely into its den, the prey is vulnerable and there is a risk that another animal will come and take it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do I put my flesh at risk”
|
||||
13:14 j415 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַל־מָ֤ה ׀ אֶשָּׂ֣א בְשָׂרִ֣י בְשִׁנָּ֑י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **flesh**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why am I putting myself at risk”
|
||||
13:14 j416 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝נַפְשִׁ֗י אָשִׂ֥ים בְּכַפִּֽי 1 Job is speaking as if he is literally holding his **life** in his **hands**, where once again it would be vulnerable, as in the preceding image in this verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and jeopardize my life”
|
||||
13:15 j417 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical יִ֭קְטְלֵנִי ל֣וֹ אֲיַחֵ֑ל 1 Job is using the statement form to describe a conditional relationship, that is, to say what he would do if God did a specific thing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “even if he kills me, I will still hope in him”
|
||||
13:15 j417 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical יִ֭קְטְלֵנִי ל֣וֹ אֲיַחֵ֑ל 1 Job is using the statement form to describe a conditional relationship, that is, to say what he would do if God did a specific thing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “even if he kills me, I will still hope in him”
|
||||
13:15 j418 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּ֝רָכַ֗י 1 Job is speaking of how he has been living as if he had been walking along certain **ways** or paths. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my conduct”
|
||||
13:15 j419 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶל־פָּנָ֥יו 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “in his presence”
|
||||
13:16 e8gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גַּם־הוּא־לִ֥י לִֽישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is what will actually save me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1137,7 +1136,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
15:21 j476 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שׁוֹדֵ֥ד יְבוֹאֶֽנּוּ 1 Eliphaz is describing how the wicked experience the destruction and loss of their property, and he is speaking of that destruction as if it were a living thing that **comes upon** the wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his property is suddenly destroyed” or “he suddenly loses his property”
|
||||
15:22 i3pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־יַאֲמִ֣ין שׁ֭וּב מִנִּי־חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if this wicked person has literally gone to a place where there is **darkness** and as if that wicked person does not believe that he can **return** from there. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He does not believe that his troubles will ever end”
|
||||
15:22 j477 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹא־יַאֲמִ֣ין שׁ֭וּב מִנִּי־חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “He believes that he will always have troubles”
|
||||
15:22 j478 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְצָפ֖וּי ה֣וּא אֱלֵי־חָֽרֶב\n \n\n 1 It is possible that this second part of the verse also describes what wicked people **believe**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he is afraid that he is selected for the sword”
|
||||
15:22 j478 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְצָפ֖וּי & ה֣וּא אֱלֵי־חָֽרֶב 1 It is possible that this second part of the verse also describes what wicked people **believe**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he is afraid that he is selected for the sword”
|
||||
15:22 j479 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְצָפ֖וּי ה֣וּא אֱלֵי־חָֽרֶב 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God has selected him for the sword” or “and God has determined that someone will kill him with a sword”
|
||||
15:22 lh1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָֽרֶב 1 Eliphaz is using one kind of deadly weapon, the **sword**, by association to mean violent death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “violent death”
|
||||
15:23 j480 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes נֹ֘דֵ֤ד ה֣וּא לַלֶּ֣חֶם אַיֵּ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He is wandering for bread, asking where it is” or “He is wandering for bread, wondering where he will find it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1167,7 +1166,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
15:30 a9ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝יָס֗וּר בְּר֣וּחַ פִּֽיו 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if a hot wind that dried up plants were actually **breath** from God’s **mouth**. (The same image appears elsewhere in the Bible, for example, in [Isaiah 40:7](../isa/40/07.md), “The grass withers, the flower wilts, for the breath of Yahweh blows on it.”) If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, God will destroy him”
|
||||
15:30 j489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns פִּֽיו 1 The pronoun **his** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God’s mouth”
|
||||
15:30 rxv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝יָס֗וּר 1 Eliphaz is using the word **depart** to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he will pass away” or “and he will die”
|
||||
15:31 lr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַל־יַאֲמֵ֣ן בשו נִתְעָ֑ה\n\n 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **emptiness** and **recompense**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Let him not trust in things that have no value… for in return he will receive things that have no value”
|
||||
15:31 lr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַל־יַאֲמֵ֣ן בשו & נִתְעָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **emptiness** and **recompense**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Let him not trust in things that have no value… for in return he will receive things that have no value”
|
||||
15:32 j490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּֽלֹא־י֭וֹמוֹ 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **his day**, he means the day for the wicked to die. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When it is not his day to die” or “Before the time would have come for him to die”
|
||||
15:32 j491 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּמָּלֵ֑א 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will happen”
|
||||
15:32 s26k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝כִפָּת֗וֹ לֹ֣א רַעֲנָֽנָה 1 Eliphaz is continuing the image from the previous verse of the wicked person being like a plant or bush. He is speaking of this plant or bush being alive by association with the way that its branches would be **green** inside if it were alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, he will die”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1447,7 +1446,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
20:intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the second speech of Job’s friend Zophar. In this chapter, Zophar speaks more strongly to Job than he did the first time spoke to him.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Zophar answering Job with his own words\n\nIn [7:8](../07/08.md), as Job was appealing to God, he said, “The eye of the one seeing me will not regard me; your eyes will be on me, but I will not exist.” Zophar says in [20:9](../20/09.md) about the wicked person, “The eye that saw him will not continue.” Job said in [7:10](../01/01.md) of himself as a mortal person, “He will not return again to his house, and his place will not know him again.” Zophar says of the wicked person in [20:9](../01/01.md), “his place will no longer observe him.” In both instances Zophar is suggesting that Job himself is a wicked person, using Job’s own words.\n\nSimilarly, Zophar says in [20:27](../20/27.md) of the wicked person that “the heavens will reveal his iniquity, and the earth will raise itself up against him” as a witness. In [16:18](../16/18.md), Job called upon the earth to see that he received justice, and in [16:19](../16/19.md), Job said that he had an advocate in the heavens. So Zophar is likely answering Job once again in his own words, implying that Job himself is a wicked person of the type that he has been describing in his speech.\n\nTo help your readers appreciate how Zophar is answering Job with his own words, you may wish to translate what Zophar says in these instances similarly to the way you translated what Job said earlier.\n\n### Indelicate images that Zophar uses\n\nAs noted above, Zophar speaks strongly to Job in this speech. He uses a couple of images drawn from bodily functions that people in your culture might consider indelicate to include in a Bible translation. If so, you could use comparable images. Zophar says in [20:7](../20/07.md) of the wicked person, “he will perish forever like his dung.” You could refer to something else that disappears completely, saying, for example, “he will perish forever like the dust that the wind blows away.” Zophar says of the wicked person in [20:15](../20/15.md), “He swallows wealth, but he will vomit it.” You might say instead something such as, “Though he may become rich, he will lose all his money.”
|
||||
20:2 j583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases לָ֭כֵן 1 Zophar is using the word **Therefore** to introduce the reason he is about to give for why he is speaking to Job again. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “This is why”
|
||||
20:2 eef1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שְׂעִפַּ֣י יְשִׁיב֑וּנִי 1 Zophar is speaking of his **thoughts** as if they were a living thing that could **turn** him **back**, that is, make him turn around and return to Job as if he had left him. He means that he wants to speak to Job again and share what he is thinking in response to what Job has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I need to speak to you again and tell you what I am thinking”
|
||||
20:2 wy6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּ֝בַעֲב֗וּר ח֣וּשִׁי בִֽי׃\n\n 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “because I feel such urgency”
|
||||
20:2 wy6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּ֝בַעֲב֗וּר ח֣וּשִׁי בִֽי 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “because I feel such urgency”
|
||||
20:3 m5c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מוּסַ֣ר כְּלִמָּתִ֣י 1 Zophar is using this possessive form to describe a **rebuke** that he feels has brought **dishonor** to him. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “a rebuke that dishonors me”
|
||||
20:3 pk2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ֝ר֗וּחַ מִֽבִּינָתִ֥י יַעֲנֵֽנִי 1 Zophar is speaking as if there were a **spirit** in his **understanding** that could **answer** him, that is, show him how to respond to Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but I have had a good idea that enables me to understand how I should respond”
|
||||
20:4 um5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲזֹ֣את יָ֭דַעְתָּ מִנִּי־עַ֑ד מִנִּ֤י שִׂ֖ים אָדָ֣ם עֲלֵי־אָֽרֶץ 1 Zophar is using the question form for emphasis. (The question continues into the next verse.) If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely you are aware of this from long ago, from the placing of man upon the earth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1525,7 +1524,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
20:26 j614 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵ֖רַע שָׂרִ֣יד בְּאָהֳלֽוֹ 1 Zophar is continuing to speak as if **fire** were literally going to **consume** this wicked person and his possessions. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, God will completely destroy everything in his tent, leaving nothing”
|
||||
20:26 j615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֵ֖רַע שָׂרִ֣יד בְּאָהֳלֽוֹ 1 Zophar is using one possession of this wicked person, the **tent** in which he lives, to mean all of his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, God will completely destroy all of his possessions, leaving nothing”
|
||||
20:27 v1vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְגַלּ֣וּ שָׁמַ֣יִם עֲוֺנ֑וֹ וְ֝אֶ֗רֶץ מִתְקוֹמָ֘מָ֥ה לֽוֹ 1 Zophar is speaking as if the **heavens** and the **earth** were living things that could testify against this wicked person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “If the sky could speak, it would testify that it had observed his iniquity; if the earth could speak, it would raise itself up against him”
|
||||
20:27 j616 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-explicit וְ֝אֶ֗רֶץ מִתְקוֹמָ֘מָ֥ה לֽוֹ 1 Zophar means that the earth would **raise itself up**, that is, stand up, against this wicked person in order to bring charges against him or to serve as a witness in a legal proceeding. In this culture, in order to begin a case against someone, a person would stand up among those who had gathered in the public square. Someone who had evidence to bring in such a proceeding would similarly stand up. Either way, the earth, Zophar says, would testify that the wicked person was guilty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and the earth will stand and bring charges against him” or “and the earth will stand and be a witness against him”
|
||||
20:27 j616 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝אֶ֗רֶץ מִתְקוֹמָ֘מָ֥ה לֽוֹ 1 Zophar means that the earth would **raise itself up**, that is, stand up, against this wicked person in order to bring charges against him or to serve as a witness in a legal proceeding. In this culture, in order to begin a case against someone, a person would stand up among those who had gathered in the public square. Someone who had evidence to bring in such a proceeding would similarly stand up. Either way, the earth, Zophar says, would testify that the wicked person was guilty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and the earth will stand and bring charges against him” or “and the earth will stand and be a witness against him”
|
||||
20:28 j617 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִ֭גֶל יְב֣וּל בֵּית֑וֹ 1 Zophar is speaking of the **wealth** that the wicked person has in his **house** as if it were a living thing that could **depart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will lose the wealth that is in his house”
|
||||
20:28 j618 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֝גָּר֗וֹת 1 Zophar is speaking as if the wicked person’s **wealth** were a liquid that could literally be **flowing away**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “vanishing” or “being destroyed”
|
||||
20:28 j620 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּי֣וֹם אַפּֽוֹ 1 While God would punish the wicked person on a specific **day**, Zophar is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time when God angrily punishes him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1577,7 +1576,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
21:14 j646 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּר מִמֶּ֑נּוּ 1 The wicked people are speaking as if they wanted God literally to **turn away** from them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not be concerned with us”
|
||||
21:14 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְדַ֥עַת דְּ֝רָכֶ֗יךָ לֹ֣א חָפָֽצְנוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for we do not want to know your ways”
|
||||
21:14 fm9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּ֝רָכֶ֗יךָ 1 The wicked people are speaking of how God wants people to live as if that were a series of **ways** or paths that God wanted people to walk along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how you want people to live”
|
||||
21:15 j648 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Who {is} Shaddai, that we should serve him? And how will we profit, that we should pray to him?’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue to translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “They ask who Shaddai is, that they should serve him, and how they would profit, that they should pray to him”
|
||||
21:15 j648 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑נּוּ וּמַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽוֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue to translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “They ask who Shaddai is, that they should serve him, and how they would profit, that they should pray to him”
|
||||
21:15 j649 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑נּוּ וּמַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽוֹ 1 Job is continuing to quote what wicked people say. The wicked people may no longer be speaking “to God,” as in the previous verse, but speaking about God. Alternatively, they may be speaking to God but using the third person. You might choose to translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Shaddai, that we should serve you? And how will we profit, that we should pray to you?”
|
||||
21:15 k5g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑נּוּ וּמַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽוֹ 1 The wicked people are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Shaddai is not important, so we do not have to serve him! It would not benefit us, so we do not have to pray to him!”
|
||||
21:16 ke4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הֵ֤ן לֹ֣א בְיָדָ֣ם טוּבָ֑ם עֲצַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים רָ֣חֲקָה מֶֽנִּי 1 Job is making two statements in this verse that express strong feelings. In the previous verse, he described how wicked people say that they do not need to pray to God because that would not benefit them. In his first statement here, he insists in response that any benefit or **prosperity** that the wicked enjoy is something that God has generously given to them even though they do not deserve it. In his second statement, Job reacts strongly against the **counsel** or advice that he said wicked people give themselves, that they should not serve Shaddai or pray to him. The ULT places exclamation marks at the end of these sentences to show that they communicate strong emotion. In your translation, use your own language’s way of showing that.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1598,7 +1597,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
21:19 j654 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְשַׁלֵּ֖ם אֵלָ֣יו וְיֵדָֽע 1 The first instance of **him** refers to God, while the second instance of **him** and the word **he** refer to a wicked person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Let God repay to the wicked person, and that person will know”
|
||||
21:19 j655 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְשַׁלֵּ֖ם אֵלָ֣יו 1 Here the word **repay** has the sense of “punish.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let God punish him”
|
||||
21:19 iyl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְיֵדָֽע 1 Job means implicitly that if God would **repay** or punish the wicked person, then that person would **know** that he was guilty of sinning. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he will know that he is guilty of sinning”
|
||||
21:20 j2ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יִרְא֣וּ עֵינָ֣יו כִּיד֑וֹ\n \n\n 1 Job is using one part of the wicked person, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let him see his own destruction”
|
||||
21:20 j2ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יִרְא֣וּ עֵינָ֣יו & כִּיד֑וֹ 1 Job is using one part of the wicked person, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let him see his own destruction”
|
||||
21:20 wq4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמֵחֲמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 Job is speaking as if **the wrath of Shaddai** were a liquid that a wicked person could literally **drink**. He means that he wishes that wicked people would experience that wrath. Alternate translation: “and let him experience the wrath of Shaddai” or “and let Shaddai punish him in his wrath”
|
||||
21:21 j656 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 Job is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said in the previous two verses that God should punish wicked people themselves rather than their children. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Let the wicked person himself suffer, for”
|
||||
21:21 vtu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־חֶפְצ֣וֹ בְּבֵית֣וֹ אַחֲרָ֑יו וּמִסְפַּ֖ר חֳדָשָׁ֣יו חֻצָּֽצוּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he has no interest in his house after him when the number of his months is cut off!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1813,7 +1812,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
23:17 qpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֝מִפָּנַ֗י כִּסָּה־אֹֽפֶל 1 In this instance, the phrase **from my face ** means “in front of.” It could refer either to place or to time. Alternate translation: “and gloom covers everything in front of me” or “and gloom covers everything that will happen to me in the future”
|
||||
23:17 j748 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מִפָּנַ֗י כִּסָּה־אֹֽפֶל 1 Job is speaking as if **gloom** were literally covering everything in front of him or everything that would happen to him in the future. He is using **gloom**, like **darkness** earlier in the verse, to represent troubles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and there is trouble everywhere I look” or “and I can only anticipate further trouble happening to me”
|
||||
24:intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz’s third and final speech. Job’s response began in the previous chapter.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God’s judgment of wicked people\n\nIn verses 1–17, Job protests that God does not judge wicked people. He lists many oppressive things that wicked people do to vulnerable, innocent people, and he complains that God acts as if there were nothing wrong with those things. But in verses 18–24, Job then describes how God actually does judge wicked people. There is an explanation for this apparent contradiction. In the speech as a whole, Job is saying that he knows God will judge wicked people in the end, but it is very distressing to him that God does not judge and punish them now in order to keep them from continuing to oppress vulnerable people. In your translation, you can use language that shows that Job firmly believes what he says in both parts of the chapter, since it is actually consistent for him to say both that God seemingly does not judge wicked people now and that God ultimately will judge wicked people in the end. This is not a contradiction, it is a paradox, and the Bible speaks of it in other passages as well. For example, [Ecclesiastes 8:11](../08/11.md) says that because God does not immediately punish people who do wrong, people feel that they can get away with doing wrong. But Ecclesiastes goes on to say in the next verse that even if a sinner might do a hundred evil things and live a long time, it is still better to obey God.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Changing referents of “they”\n\nJob uses the word “they” throughout this chapter to mean both wicked people and the poor people whom they exploit. He does not often indicate when he changing the referent of the word. Notes indicate the referent in each verse. In your translation, to be helpful to your readers, you may wish to specify “wicked people” or “poor people” each time the referent changes.
|
||||
24:1 thc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽיו\n\n 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Times should be set by Shaddai! The ones knowing him ought to see his days!”
|
||||
24:1 thc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו & לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽיו 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Times should be set by Shaddai! The ones knowing him ought to see his days!”
|
||||
24:1 ej3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Why does Shaddai not set times” or, as an exclamation, “Shaddai should set times!”
|
||||
24:1 mg7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִתִּ֑ים 1 Job implicitly means **times** for judgment. (See the discussion in the General Notes to chapter 23 of how judges in Israel would come to specific places at appointed times.) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “times for judgment”
|
||||
24:1 j749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽיו 1 In this context, to **see** means to experience. See how you translated the similar expression in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “And why do the ones knowing him not experience his days?”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1982,11 +1981,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
27:intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad and the other two friends.\n- Verses 1–10: Job insists that he is godly and will continue to live that way\n- Verses 11–23: Job describes how God punishes wicked people\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Reference of “he,” “him,” and “his”\n\nFrom verse 14 through to the end of the chapter, the pronouns “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to the “wicked man” whom Job first mentions in verse 13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify the referent and say “a wicked man” at regular intervals for clarity. Notes suggest how you might do this at various places.
|
||||
27:1 j816 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיֹּ֣סֶף אִ֭יּוֹב שְׂאֵ֥ת מְשָׁל֗וֹ וַיֹּאמַֽר 1 The narrator is speaking as if Job’s **discourse** or speech were an object that he could **take up** or pick up. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As Job continued his speech, he said” or “Job continued speaking and he said”
|
||||
27:2 tp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑י וְ֝שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁי 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As God lives, who has taken away my justice; as Shaddai lives, who has made my life bitter”
|
||||
27:2 vm9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑י וְ֝שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁי 1 Job is swearing an oath in the way that was characteristic in his culture. In your translation, you can translate this in the way that would be characteristic in your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear by God, who has turned away my justice; I swear by Shaddai, who has made my life bitter”
|
||||
27:2 vm9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑י וְ֝שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁי 1 Job is swearing an oath in the way that was characteristic in his culture. In your translation, you can translate this in the way that would be characteristic in your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear by God, who has turned away my justice; I swear by Shaddai, who has made my life bitter”
|
||||
27:2 zm2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑י 1 Job is speaking of his **justice** as if it were an object that God had **taken away** from him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has denied justice to me”
|
||||
27:3 j817 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **that** to introduce the content of the oath that he began to swear in the previous verse. In some cases, if you translated the previous verse to reflect the way people swear oaths in your culture, you may not need to include the word **that** here. If you chose to reflect the way Job swore this oath following the practices of his own culture, it may be helpful to show what he is using the word **that** to mean. Alternate translation: “I swear that”
|
||||
27:3 j817 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **that** to introduce the content of the oath that he began to swear in the previous verse. In some cases, if you translated the previous verse to reflect the way people swear oaths in your culture, you may not need to include the word **that** here. If you chose to reflect the way Job swore this oath following the practices of his own culture, it may be helpful to show what he is using the word **that** to mean. Alternate translation: “I swear that”
|
||||
27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְר֖וּחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּאַפִּֽי 1 Job is using the **breath** in his **nose** by association to mean breathing, and he is using breathing by association to mean being alive. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for as long as I draw the breath of life” or “and for as long as I am alive”
|
||||
27:4 xct5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝לְשׁוֹנִ֗י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 This is the conclusion of the oath that Job is swearing. In this culture, people would swear an oath by stating the first part of a condition but not the second part. (But see the General Notes to chapter 31, which explain how Job does state the second part of many conditions in the oaths that he swears in that chapter.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of the condition. Alternate translation: “if my lips speak wickedness, or if my tongue utters deceit, may God punish me severely!”
|
||||
27:4 xct5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝לְשׁוֹנִ֗י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 This is the conclusion of the oath that Job is swearing. In this culture, people would swear an oath by stating the first part of a condition but not the second part. (But see the General Notes to chapter 31, which explain how Job does state the second part of many conditions in the oaths that he swears in that chapter.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of the condition. Alternate translation: “if my lips speak wickedness, or if my tongue utters deceit, may God punish me severely!”
|
||||
27:4 j818 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝לְשׁוֹנִ֗י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 Job is using parts of himself, his **lips** and his **tongue**, to mean all of him in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I speak wickedness or utter deceit”
|
||||
27:4 vg54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝לְשׁוֹנִ֗י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wickedness** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “if I say anything that is wicked or deceitful”
|
||||
27:5 tp64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָה לִּי֮ אִם־אַצְדִּ֪יק אֶ֫תְכֶ֥ם 1 Job is using this expression to mean that he would no more **justify** his friends (that is, agree that they are right) than he would commit a **Sacrilege**, that is, do something that he knew would be offensive to God in a religious sense. Your language may have an expression with a similar sense that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “God forbid that I justify you” or “Far be it from me to justify you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2192,7 +2191,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
29:19 j897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝טַ֗ל יָלִ֥ין בִּקְצִירִֽי 1 Job was speaking as if the **dew** had been a traveler that had found lodging for the night on a **branch** of the tree that he was using to represent himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and dew forms at night on my branches”
|
||||
29:20 j898 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כְּ֭בוֹדִי חָדָ֣שׁ עִמָּדִ֑י וְ֝קַשְׁתִּ֗י בְּיָדִ֥י תַחֲלִֽיף 1 If you have been translating this quotation in such a way that there is not a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “I said that my glory was fresh in me and that my bow sprouted in my hand”
|
||||
29:20 j899 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּ֭בוֹדִי חָדָ֣שׁ עִמָּדִ֑י 1 Job means implicitly that the **glory** or honor that he enjoys is always **fresh** because people keep honoring him in new ways. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “People keep honoring me in new ways”
|
||||
29:20 bz9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝קַשְׁתִּ֗י בְּיָדִ֥י תַחֲלִֽיף׃\n\n 1 Job is speaking as if he had a **bow**, a weapon that he used with arrows, and that it grew freshly in his **hand** the way that a branch sprouts from a tree trunk. (Job uses the same verb for “sprout” in [14:7–9](../14/07.md) to describe a tree reviving and sending out shoots when moisture returns to the ground.) He means that the bow, which represents his strength, is lively and vigorous. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I stay vigorously strong”
|
||||
29:20 bz9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝קַשְׁתִּ֗י בְּיָדִ֥י תַחֲלִֽיף 1 Job is speaking as if he had a **bow**, a weapon that he used with arrows, and that it grew freshly in his **hand** the way that a branch sprouts from a tree trunk. (Job uses the same verb for “sprout” in [14:7–9](../14/07.md) to describe a tree reviving and sending out shoots when moisture returns to the ground.) He means that the bow, which represents his strength, is lively and vigorous. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I stay vigorously strong”
|
||||
29:21 j901 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לִֽי־שָׁמְע֥וּ וְיִחֵ֑לּוּ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because people were waiting to hear what I would say, they listened to me”
|
||||
29:21 j900 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns שָׁמְע֥וּ 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. (As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Job continues to use the pronoun “they” with this same indefinite sense through to the end of the chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, here and in the following verses you could translate the term with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “People listened”
|
||||
29:22 j902 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחֲרֵ֣י דְ֭בָרִי 1 Job is using the term **word** to mean what he said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After I had spoken”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2285,7 +2284,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
30:23 a3ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבֵ֖ית מוֹעֵ֣ד לְכָל־חָֽי 1 Job is speaking as if Sheol were a **house** in which dead people lived. He means that it is the place to which people go when they die. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to the place of appointment to all the living”
|
||||
30:23 j927 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּבֵ֖ית מוֹעֵ֣ד לְכָל־חָֽי 1 Job is using this possessive form to indicate that God has appointed Sheol as the place where living people are to go when they die. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and to the place God has appointed for living people to go when they die”
|
||||
30:23 nf6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חָֽי 1 Job is using the adjective **living** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “living people”
|
||||
30:24 s7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לֹא־בְ֭עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד אִם־בְּ֝פִיד֗וֹ לָהֶ֥ן שֽׁוּעַ\n\n 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “one in a heap certainly stretches out a hand! He certainly cries out because he is in trouble!”
|
||||
30:24 s7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לֹא־בְ֭עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד אִם־בְּ֝פִיד֗וֹ לָהֶ֥ן & שֽׁוּעַ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “one in a heap certainly stretches out a hand! He certainly cries out because he is in trouble!”
|
||||
30:24 j928 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לֹא־בְ֭עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד 1 Job is using a hypothetical situation as an example and applying it by implication to his own situation. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone is in a heap of ruins, then he certainly stretches out a hand, and in the same way I am calling to you for help.”
|
||||
30:24 giv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹא־בְ֭עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד 1 Reaching out with one’s **hand** when in a desperate situation is a symbolic action that constitutes an appeal for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “does not one in a heap of ruins appeal for help”
|
||||
30:24 ly2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־בְּ֝פִיד֗וֹ לָהֶ֥ן שֽׁוּעַ 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a contrary answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “He cries out because he is in trouble, does he not”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2308,7 +2307,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
30:30 j936 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ע֭וֹרִי שָׁחַ֣ר מֵעָלָ֑י 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My skin has turned black and it is falling off from upon me”
|
||||
30:30 udu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְעַצְמִי־חָ֝֗רָה מִנִּי־חֹֽרֶב 1 Job is using one part of himself, a **bone**, to mean all of him in the act of feeling hot. He is likely referring to the **heat** of fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and my body is hot with fever”
|
||||
30:31 qj9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַיְהִ֣י לְ֭אֵבֶל כִּנֹּרִ֑י וְ֝עֻגָבִ֗י לְק֣וֹל בֹּכִֽים 1 Job is using musical instruments, the **harp** and the **flute**, to represent happiness, by association with the way that people play music when they are happy. He is using **mourning** and **the sound of weeping** to represent sorrow, since people mourn and weep when they are sad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So while I used to be joyful, now I am very sorrowful”
|
||||
31:intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Job’s final response to his three friends.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 1–34 and 38–40, Job swears a series of oaths to insist on his innocence. Typically he uses a statement that begins with “if” to suggest something he might have done wrong, and he then uses a statement that uses verbal forms such as “may” or “let” to wish that he would receive an appropriate punishment if he has indeed committed such a sin. In some cases, rather than wish for punishment, Job gives a reason why he would not have committed the sin he has described. In some other cases, Job makes only the “if” statement, leaving the rest of the conditional statement to be inferred. Notes throughout the chapter indicate how Job responds to each of the “if” statements that he makes.\n\nA series of similar statements such as this is known as a litany. If your readers would recognize what Job is doing, you can translate and format this litany the way the ULT does. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could help them appreciate it by putting each sentence of the litany on a separate line. See what you did with the similar litanies in chapters 9, 12, 26, and 29. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany and rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Job’s understanding of appropriate punishment for sin\n\nIn this chapter, Job insists that he has been righteous by wishing aloud that he would receive the just punishment for any crimes that he may have committed. In most cases, Job himself would suffer the punishment that he describes. But in verses 9 and 10, Job says that if he has committed adultery with another man’s wife, then may other men have sexual relations with his wife. It seems that Job is wishing that God would punish his wife for something that he himself had done. Since the book describes Job as a wise and righteous, it appears that readers are supposed to consider that this would be a just punishment, but it does not seem to be just or fair. One way to understand this may be to consider that Job is saying that if he has been unfaithful to his wife, then may his wife be unfaithful to him in return. This is not the ideal that the Bible as a whole teaches. As Christians, we are not supposed to take revenge on others by doing to them what they have done to us. But in this specific context, in which Job is swearing oaths to guarantee his innocence, having his wife be unfaithful to him if he had been unfaithful to her would be a punishment that fit the crime, and Job is insisting on his innocence by saying that he is prepared to receive the punishments that fit any crimes he has committed.
|
||||
31:intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Job’s final response to his three friends.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 1–34 and 38–40, Job swears a series of oaths to insist on his innocence. Typically he uses a statement that begins with “if” to suggest something he might have done wrong, and he then uses a statement that uses verbal forms such as “may” or “let” to wish that he would receive an appropriate punishment if he has indeed committed such a sin. In some cases, rather than wish for punishment, Job gives a reason why he would not have committed the sin he has described. In some other cases, Job makes only the “if” statement, leaving the rest of the conditional statement to be inferred. Notes throughout the chapter indicate how Job responds to each of the “if” statements that he makes.\n\nA series of similar statements such as this is known as a litany. If your readers would recognize what Job is doing, you can translate and format this litany the way the ULT does. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could help them appreciate it by putting each sentence of the litany on a separate line. See what you did with the similar litanies in chapters 9, 12, 26, and 29. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany and rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Job’s understanding of appropriate punishment for sin\n\nIn this chapter, Job insists that he has been righteous by wishing aloud that he would receive the just punishment for any crimes that he may have committed. In most cases, Job himself would suffer the punishment that he describes. But in verses 9 and 10, Job says that if he has committed adultery with another man’s wife, then may other men have sexual relations with his wife. It seems that Job is wishing that God would punish his wife for something that he himself had done. Since the book describes Job as a wise and righteous, it appears that readers are supposed to consider that this would be a just punishment, but it does not seem to be just or fair. One way to understand this may be to consider that Job is saying that if he has been unfaithful to his wife, then may his wife be unfaithful to him in return. This is not the ideal that the Bible as a whole teaches. As Christians, we are not supposed to take revenge on others by doing to them what they have done to us. But in this specific context, in which Job is swearing oaths to guarantee his innocence, having his wife be unfaithful to him if he had been unfaithful to her would be a punishment that fit the crime, and Job is insisting on his innocence by saying that he is prepared to receive the punishments that fit any crimes he has committed.
|
||||
31:1 af9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ֭רִית כָּרַ֣תִּי לְעֵינָ֑י 1 In this culture, people would say that they had **cut** a **covenant** because making a covenant often involved a ceremony in which the two parties would cut up an animal and walk between the cut-up pieces. [Jeremiah 34:18](../34/18.md) refers to such a ceremony, and [Genesis 15:8–19](../01/01.md) describes God making a covenant with Abraham in this way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have made a covenant with my eyes”
|
||||
31:1 ka6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ֭רִית כָּרַ֣תִּי לְעֵינָ֑י 1 Job is speaking of his **eyes** as if they were living things with which he could make a **covenant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have resolved to exercise self-control regarding what I look at”
|
||||
31:1 sxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּמָ֥ה אֶ֝תְבּוֹנֵ֗ן עַל־בְּתוּלָֽה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I would not gaze upon a virgin!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2381,7 +2380,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
31:24 j970 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ֝לַכֶּ֗תֶם אָמַ֥רְתִּי מִבְטַחִֽי 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and I have told fine gold that it was my confidence”
|
||||
31:24 s4sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe וְ֝לַכֶּ֗תֶם אָמַ֥רְתִּי מִבְטַחִֽי 1 If Job had spoken to **fine gold** in this way, he would have been speaking to something that he knew could not hear him in order to show in a strong way how he felt about it. If a speaker in your language would not do that, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I have said that fine gold was my confidence”
|
||||
31:24 r6lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ֝לַכֶּ֗תֶם אָמַ֥רְתִּי מִבְטַחִֽי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and I have said that I was confiding in fine gold”
|
||||
31:25 sk1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas וְכִֽי־כַ֝בִּ֗יר מָצְאָ֥ה יָדִֽי 1 In this instance, Job is swearing an oath by stating the first part of a condition (“if”) but not the second part (“then”). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of this condition. You could use the same language that Job uses in verses 11 and 28, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “and because my hand had acquired much, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “and because my hand had acquired much, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:25 sk1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula וְכִֽי־כַ֝בִּ֗יר מָצְאָ֥ה יָדִֽי 1 In this instance, Job is swearing an oath by stating the first part of a condition (“if”) but not the second part (“then”). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of this condition. You could use the same language that Job uses in verses 11 and 28, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “and because my hand had acquired much, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “and because my hand had acquired much, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:25 bt3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כַ֝בִּ֗יר מָצְאָ֥ה יָדִֽי 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **hand**, to mean all of him in the act of acquiring wealth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I had acquired much”
|
||||
31:25 j971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כַ֝בִּ֗יר 1 Job is using the adjective **much** as a noun to mean wealth in quantity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a fortune”
|
||||
31:26 j972 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy א֖וֹר 1 Job is using the term **light** by association to mean the sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sun”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2391,9 +2390,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
31:28 pwl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession גַּם־ה֭וּא עָוֺ֣ן פְּלִילִ֑י 1 See how you translated the expression **iniquity of judges** in [31:11](../31/11.md). Alternate translation: “judges would certainly also punish such iniquity”
|
||||
31:29 b1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ֝הִתְעֹרַ֗רְתִּי 1 This expression means to consider oneself in a better position than another who has suffered a misfortune. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or gloated”
|
||||
31:29 p1nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification כִּֽי־מְצָ֥אוֹ רָֽע 1 Job is speaking of **evil** as if it were a living thing that could have **found** someone who hated him. Here the word **evil** has the sense of “misfortune” rather than of moral wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he suffered misfortune”
|
||||
31:29 hvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas כִּֽי־מְצָ֥אוֹ רָֽע 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “because evil found him, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “because evil found him, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:29 hvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula כִּֽי־מְצָ֥אוֹ רָֽע 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “because evil found him, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “because evil found him, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:30 w93c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְלֹא־נָתַ֣תִּי לַחֲטֹ֣א חִכִּ֑י 1 Job is speaking as if his **palate** or mouth were a living thing that he could have caused to **sin**. He means that he himself could have sinned in something that he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For I have not said something sinful”
|
||||
31:31 j973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas אִם־לֹ֣א אָ֭מְרוּ מְתֵ֣י אָהֳלִ֑י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֥ן מִ֝בְּשָׂר֗וֹ לֹ֣א נִשְׂבָּֽע 1 As in [31:25](../31/25.md) and [31:29](../31/29.md), here Job does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. See what you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will give one who has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will give one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:31 j973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula אִם־לֹ֣א אָ֭מְרוּ מְתֵ֣י אָהֳלִ֑י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֥ן מִ֝בְּשָׂר֗וֹ לֹ֣א נִשְׂבָּֽע 1 As in [31:25](../31/25.md) and [31:29](../31/29.md), here Job does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. See what you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will give one who has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will give one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:31 j974 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם־לֹ֣א אָ֭מְרוּ מְתֵ֣י אָהֳלִ֑י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֥ן מִ֝בְּשָׂר֗וֹ לֹ֣א נִשְׂבָּֽע 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If the men of my tent have not asked who could show one who has not been satisfied from my flesh!”
|
||||
31:31 ng3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מְתֵ֣י אָהֳלִ֑י 1 Job is using the term **tent** by association to mean his household. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the men of my household”
|
||||
31:31 j975 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations מְתֵ֣י אָהֳלִ֑י 1 Although Job refers to his male and female servants separately in [31:13](../31/13.md), Job is likely using the masculine term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the men and women of my household” or “my servants”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2406,7 +2405,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
31:33 jav4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כְאָדָ֣ם 1 The word translated **man** could mean: (1) even though it is masculine, humanity in general, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “as people do” (2) Adam, the first man whom God created and who tried to hide from God when he realized that he had sinned. (However, many interpreters question whether Job would have been familiar with the book of Genesis.) Alternate translation: “like Adam”
|
||||
31:33 sb1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּסִּ֣יתִי & פְּשָׁעָ֑י לִטְמ֖וֹן בְּחֻבִּ֣י עֲוֺֽנִי 1 Job is speaking as if **guilt** were an object that he could **hide** in his chest. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have concealed the guilt of my sins by keeping it inside” or “I have concealed my sins by not telling anyone about what I was guilty of doing”
|
||||
31:34 b8ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֹא־אֵ֥צֵא פָֽתַח 1 Job is using a thing he would do to confess his sins publicly, **go out the door**, to mean the entire act of making a public confession. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I did not confess my sin publicly”
|
||||
31:34 ia4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas לֹא־אֵ֥צֵא פָֽתַח 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “I did not go out the door, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “I did not go out the door, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:34 ia4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula לֹא־אֵ֥צֵא פָֽתַח 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “I did not go out the door, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “I did not go out the door, then I would certainly deserve punishment”
|
||||
31:35 i9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ֤י יִתֶּן־לִ֨י ׀ שֹׁ֘מֵ֤עַֽ לִ֗י 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that I had someone who was hearing me!”
|
||||
31:35 v1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֹׁ֘מֵ֤עַֽ לִ֗י 1 By **one hearing me**, Job implicitly means someone impartial “hearing” his case in the judicial sense and judging it. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “someone impartial who will judge between me and God”
|
||||
31:35 vmt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֶן־תָּ֭וִי 1 It appears that in this culture, both parties in a legal proceeding would submit their arguments to the court in writing and that they would sign them with their names or with a **mark** to authenticate them. Job is speaking as if he is putting his mark on a written record of his testimony in order to declare that everything he has just said is true. (It seems unlikely that he has actually put all of his testimony in writing, since this is not an actual court proceeding and God would not be submitting a corresponding written document.) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I certify that I have been telling the truth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2550,9 +2549,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
33:27 t53p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֗אמֶר חָ֭טָאתִי וְיָשָׁ֥ר הֶעֱוֵ֗יתִי וְלֹא־שָׁ֥וָה לִֽי 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and say that he sinned and turned aside uprightness but that God did not requite to him”
|
||||
33:27 k030 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְיָשָׁ֥ר הֶעֱוֵ֗יתִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uprightness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and I turned aside what was right”
|
||||
33:27 k031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְיָשָׁ֥ר הֶעֱוֵ֗יתִי 1 Elihu is speaking of **uprightness** as if it were a living thing that had been walking down the right path and he **turned** it **aside** so that it began going down the wrong path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I did what was not right”
|
||||
33:28 u2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes פָּדָ֣ה נַ֭פְשׁוֹ מֵעֲבֹ֣ר בַּשָּׁ֑חַת וְ֝חַיָּתוֹ בָּא֥וֹר תִּרְאֶֽה\n\n 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “He will say that God has redeemed his soul from going over into the pit and that his life life will see light”
|
||||
33:28 u2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes פָּדָ֣ה נַ֭פְשׁוֹ & מֵעֲבֹ֣ר בַּשָּׁ֑חַת וְ֝חַיָּתוֹ & בָּא֥וֹר תִּרְאֶֽה 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “He will say that God has redeemed his soul from going over into the pit and that his life life will see light”
|
||||
33:28 wt12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נַ֭פְשׁוֹ & וְ֝חַיָּתוֹ 1 Elihu is using parts of this person, his **soul** and his **life**, to mean all of him in the act of being redeemed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me … and I”
|
||||
33:28 f6ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝חַיָּתוֹ בָּא֥וֹר תִּרְאֶֽה\n\n 1 This person is using the term **light** by association to mean life on earth. As in many other places in the book, here the realm of the living is described as a place of light, by contrast with the realm of the dead, which is a place of darkness. (For example, in [18:18](../18/18.md), “They will drive him from light into darkness, and they will chase him from the world.”) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will continue to live on earth”
|
||||
33:28 f6ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝חַיָּתוֹ & בָּא֥וֹר תִּרְאֶֽה 1 This person is using the term **light** by association to mean life on earth. As in many other places in the book, here the realm of the living is described as a place of light, by contrast with the realm of the dead, which is a place of darkness. (For example, in [18:18](../18/18.md), “They will drive him from light into darkness, and they will chase him from the world.”) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will continue to live on earth”
|
||||
33:29 w47t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism פַּעֲמַ֖יִם שָׁל֣וֹשׁ 1 As he did in verse 14, here Elihu is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry. If a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “again and again”
|
||||
33:30 m27i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נַ֭פְשׁוֹ 1 Elihu is using one part of this person, his **soul**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him”
|
||||
33:30 myd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֵ֝א֗וֹר בְּא֣וֹר הַֽחַיִּים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he can enlighten him with the light of the living”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2560,7 +2559,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
33:30 k033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֵ֝א֗וֹר בְּא֣וֹר הַֽחַיִּים 1 Elihu is using the possessive form, **the light of the living**, to describe the light that living people have and by which they see, not light that living people give off. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that he can enlighten him with the light that living people have”
|
||||
33:30 k034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֝א֗וֹר בְּא֣וֹר הַֽחַיִּים 1 As in verse 38, the term **light** refers by association to life on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that he can restore him to life among the other people who live on earth”
|
||||
33:31 z1l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאָנֹכִ֥י אֲדַבֵּֽר 1 For emphasis, Elihu is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **speak**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and let me be the one who speaks”
|
||||
33:32 k035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-time-sequential אִם 1 Since Elihu told Job in the previous verse to **listen** and be **silent**, when he tells him in this verse to **speak** and **answer**, he implicitly means that Job should do this only after listening to him. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then if”
|
||||
33:32 k035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential אִם 1 Since Elihu told Job in the previous verse to **listen** and be **silent**, when he tells him in this verse to **speak** and **answer**, he implicitly means that Job should do this only after listening to him. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then if”
|
||||
33:32 k036 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֵשׁ־מִלִּ֥ין 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job would say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have something to say”
|
||||
33:32 g3l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָפַ֥צְתִּי צַדְּקֶֽךָּ 1 Elihu seems to mean that he desires to show that Job has been right in saying that God is not punishing him for committing sin. Elihu has been suggesting that Job’s sufferings are instead a warning from God not to take a sinful course of action. You could indicate that explicitly in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am trying to show that you have been right in saying that God is not punishing you for committing sin”
|
||||
33:33 k037 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אִם 1 Elihu is implicitly drawing a contrast, suggesting that, on the other hand, Job may not have anything to say once he has listened to him further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the contrast explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3042,7 +3041,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
38:40 g23n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַסֻּכָּ֣ה 1 The general term **shelter** refers implicitly to a thicket or some other place where a lioness could conceal herself. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in a thicket”
|
||||
38:41 k262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לָעֹרֵ֗ב צֵ֫יד֥וֹ כִּֽי־יְ֭לָדָיו 1 Yahweh is not referring to a specific **raven**. He means ravens in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Alternate translation: “food for the ravens when their children”
|
||||
38:41 hc2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לָעֹרֵ֗ב צֵ֫יד֥וֹ 1 A **raven** is a large bird with shiny black feathers that feeds on dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a raven is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable bird in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “food for the birds”
|
||||
38:41 y9ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־יְ֭לָדָיו אֶל־אֵ֣ל יְשַׁוֵּ֑עוּ\n \n 1 Yahweh is referring to how baby birds chirp loudly and continually when they need food. He is saying that he hears this as a prayer, as if the baby birds were crying out to him for what they needed. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when its offspring chirp loudly for food as if they were crying out to God for it”
|
||||
38:41 y9ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־יְ֭לָדָיו & אֶל־אֵ֣ל יְשַׁוֵּ֑עוּ 1 Yahweh is referring to how baby birds chirp loudly and continually when they need food. He is saying that he hears this as a prayer, as if the baby birds were crying out to him for what they needed. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when its offspring chirp loudly for food as if they were crying out to God for it”
|
||||
38:41 k263 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶל־אֵ֣ל 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me”
|
||||
38:41 nde9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִ֝תְע֗וּ לִבְלִי־אֹֽכֶל 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the baby ravens would literally **stagger**, that is, walk as if they could barely stand up. He means that they would act in a way that showed they were weak with hunger. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when they are weak with hunger”
|
||||
39:intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Yahweh’s response to Job.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\nIn this chapter, Yahweh continues to ask Job questions that show that Job does not understand the workings of the created world. Yahweh began to ask Job questions about animals and birds in [38:39](../38/39.md); he continues to do that in this chapter.\n\nThe implication continues to be that if Job does not understand and cannot explain how God makes things work in the visible creation, he certainly does not understand and cannot explain what God is doing as he works in unseen, mysterious ways to accomplish his purposes in the lives of people and over the course of human history.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### The nature of Yahweh’s questions to Job\n\nAs in the previous chapter, Yahweh may want Job to try to answer the questions he is asking so that Job will have to admit that he does not know the answers. Alternatively, Yahweh may be using the question form for emphasis. Consider the most appropriate way to translate each of the questions in this chapter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3071,7 +3070,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
39:10 gny8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־יְשַׂדֵּ֖ד עֲמָקִ֣ים אַחֲרֶֽיךָ 1 In this culture, farmers would lead a draft animal from the front as it pulled a harrow behind it. That is why Yahweh says **after you**. If farmers in your culture who harrow with draft animals instead walk behind the harrow, you could translate this in a way that expressed the general meaning without specifying a particular method of harrowing. Alternate translation: “Could you use it to harrow your fields in the valleys”
|
||||
39:10 uq7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יְשַׂדֵּ֖ד עֲמָקִ֣ים 1 To **harrow** means to smooth and break up soil once it has been plowed. If your readers would not be familiar with what it means to harrow a field, in your translation you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it will pull a light implement to smooth and break up the soil in your fields in the valleys”
|
||||
39:11 au79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲֽתִבְטַח־בּ֭וֹ כִּי־רַ֣ב כֹּח֑וֹ וְתַעֲזֹ֖ב אֵלָ֣יו יְגִיעֶֽךָ 1 Yahweh means implicitly that Job or any other human being would not be able to trust a wild ox as a farm animal, because it could not be trained to do field work. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Would you really be able to trust a wild ox, because it was so strong, to do the hard part of your farm work”
|
||||
39:12 ht1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲתַאֲמִ֣ין בּ֭וֹ כִּי־יָשִׁ֣יב זַרְעֶ֑ךָ וְֽגָרְנְךָ֥ יֶאֱסֹֽף\n \n 1 As in the previous verse, Yahweh means implicitly that Job or any other human being would not be able to depend on a wild ox to do the work of a farm animal. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Would you really be able to depend on it to bring in your grain from your fields to your threshing floor”
|
||||
39:12 ht1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲתַאֲמִ֣ין בּ֭וֹ כִּי־יָשִׁ֣יב & זַרְעֶ֑ךָ וְֽגָרְנְךָ֥ יֶאֱסֹֽף 1 As in the previous verse, Yahweh means implicitly that Job or any other human being would not be able to depend on a wild ox to do the work of a farm animal. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Would you really be able to depend on it to bring in your grain from your fields to your threshing floor”
|
||||
39:13 k270 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כְּנַף־רְנָנִ֥ים נֶעֱלָ֑סָה 1 Since the word **wing** applies to many **ostriches**, it may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “The wings of ostriches flap vigorously”
|
||||
39:13 k698 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּנַף־רְנָנִ֥ים נֶעֱלָ֑סָה 1 Ostriches cannot fly; this is a reference to the way they flap their wings vigorously when they run. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The wings of ostriches flap vigorously when they run”
|
||||
39:13 c9hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown רְנָנִ֥ים 1 See how you translated the expression “daughters of clamor” in [30:29](../30/29.md). Here Yahweh uses a different term for the same kind of bird.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3114,8 +3113,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
39:25 nry6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רַ֥עַם שָׂ֝רִים 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the loud orders that the **princes** or commanders were shouting to their troops were literally **thunder**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the loud shouts of the princes” or “the loudly shouted orders of the princes”
|
||||
39:26 k278 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun יַֽאֲבֶר־נֵ֑ץ יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו 1 Yahweh is not referring to a specific **hawk**. He means hawks in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “do hawks soar, do they stretch their wings”
|
||||
39:26 k279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נֵ֑ץ 1 A **hawk** is a bird of prey, typically with rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with what a hawk is, in your translation you could use the name of a similar bird that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a bird of prey”
|
||||
39:26 k280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו לְתֵימָֽן\n 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “by your wisdom does it stretch its wings toward the south”
|
||||
39:26 rx7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו לְתֵימָֽן\n 1 Yahweh is using the phrase **stretch its wings** by association to mean flying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does it fly toward the south”
|
||||
39:26 k280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו & לְתֵימָֽן 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “by your wisdom does it stretch its wings toward the south”
|
||||
39:26 rx7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו & לְתֵימָֽן 1 Yahweh is using the phrase **stretch its wings** by association to mean flying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does it fly toward the south”
|
||||
39:26 ckg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִפְרֹ֖שׂ כְּנָפָ֣יו לְתֵימָֽן 1 Yahweh is referring implicitly to the way that hawks and other birds in the northern hemisphere migrate south to warmer weather when winter is approaching. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “does it migrate to a warmer climate for the winter”
|
||||
39:27 cz3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־עַל־פִּ֭יךָ יַגְבִּ֣יהַּ נָ֑שֶׁר וְ֝כִ֗י יָרִ֥ים קִנּֽוֹ 1 Yahweh is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “It is not at your mouth that the eagle mounts up and that its nest is high, is it”
|
||||
39:27 cd7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֭יךָ 1 Yahweh is using the term **mouth** to mean by association what Job may have said with his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at your instruction”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3132,7 +3131,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
40:3 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַיַּ֖עַן אִיּ֥וֹב אֶת־יְהוָ֗ה וַיֹּאמַֽר 1 Here the narrator expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, the person said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “And Job responded to Yahweh”
|
||||
40:4 q9w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֣ה אֲשִׁיבֶ֑ךָּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you!”
|
||||
40:4 k284 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יָ֝דִ֗י שַׂ֣מְתִּי לְמוֹ־פִֽי 1 Putting his **hand** over his **mouth** was a symbolic action by which Job showed that he had nothing to say in response to Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. You could also use an expression from your language and culture that has the same significance. Alternate translation: “I put my hand over my mouth so that I will not say anything” or “I bite my tongue”
|
||||
40:5 k285 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַחַ֣ת דִּ֭בַּרְתִּי וְלֹ֣א אֶֽעֱנֶ֑ה וּ֝שְׁתַּ֗יִם וְלֹ֣א אוֹסִֽיף 1 As Eliphaz did in [5:19](../05/19.md) and as Elihu did in [33:14](../33/14.md) and 33:29](../33/29.md), here Job is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry, but if a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “Though I was insisting that you were wrong, I will not say that any longer”
|
||||
40:5 k285 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַחַ֣ת דִּ֭בַּרְתִּי וְלֹ֣א אֶֽעֱנֶ֑ה וּ֝שְׁתַּ֗יִם וְלֹ֣א אוֹסִֽיף 1 As Eliphaz did in [5:19](../05/19.md) and as Elihu did in [33:14](../33/14.md) and [33:29](../33/29.md), here Job is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry, but if a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “Though I was insisting that you were wrong, I will not say that any longer”
|
||||
40:5 k286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֣א אֶֽעֱנֶ֑ה 1 Job is implicitly using the term **answer** in the same sense that the narrator used it in verse 1 and in [34:1](../34/01.md). That is, Job means that he will not say more things in light of what he has already said and thus, in a sense, in answer to them. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “but I will say nothing further”
|
||||
40:6 k287 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַיַּֽעַן־יְהוָ֣ה אֶת־אִ֭יּוֹב מנ סערה וַיֹּאמַֽר 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, the person said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “And from the storm Yahweh responded to Job”
|
||||
40:7 t5gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱזָר & חֲלָצֶ֑יךָ 1 See how you translated the same expression in [38:3](../38/03.md). Alternate translation: “you must continue to take part in a difficult contest”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3159,7 +3158,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
40:13 k301 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמְנֵ֣ם בֶּעָפָ֣ר יָ֑חַד 1 The implication is that Job should first judge and punish proud and wicked people, executing them for their crimes, and then bury them, if he wishes to judge the world as Yahweh would do. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Judge and execute all proud and wicked people for their crimes”
|
||||
40:13 se3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction פְּ֝נֵיהֶ֗ם חֲבֹ֣שׁ בַּטָּמֽוּן 1 Yahweh is referring to a cultural practice. This could mean: (1) the action of wrapping the head separately from the rest of the body when preparing a body for burial. Yahweh would be using this action to mean the entire act of burial, and this second part of the verse would mean the same thing as the first part of the verse. Alternate translation: “bury them in the hidden place” (2) the symbolic action of covering the face of a person who was about to be executed. (There is an example of this in the Bible in [Esther 7:8](../est/07/08.md).) The face represented the person, and the fact that it could no longer be seen indicated that soon the person would no longer be alive. Yahweh would be using the covering of the face to mean the entire act of executing such criminals. Alternate translation: “execute them and put them in the hidden place”
|
||||
40:13 y16q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בַּטָּמֽוּן 1 Yahweh is using the adjective **hidden** as a noun to mean a certain kind of place, the grave, into which people cannot see. The ULT adds the word **place** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in the grave” or “in the abode of the dead”
|
||||
40:14 k302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְגַם־אֲנִ֥י אוֹדֶ֑ךָּ 1 Yahweh is using the word **And** to introduce the second part of an implied conditional statement. He means that he will **praise** Job only if Job is able to do the things he has just described. Alternate translation: “Only then would I praise you” or “If you were able to do these things, then I would praise you”
|
||||
40:14 k302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְגַם־אֲנִ֥י אוֹדֶ֑ךָּ 1 Yahweh is using the word **And** to introduce the second part of an implied conditional statement. He means that he will **praise** Job only if Job is able to do the things he has just described. Alternate translation: “Only then would I praise you” or “If you were able to do these things, then I would praise you”
|
||||
40:14 k303 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲנִ֥י אוֹדֶ֑ךָּ 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **praise**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself will praise you”
|
||||
40:14 k304 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְמִינֶֽךָ 1 Here the **right hand** represents the power and control that people have over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your power”
|
||||
40:14 k305 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְמִינֶֽךָ 1 Yahweh is using the **right hand** as a symbol of strength because in this culture, a majority of the population more naturally used that hand. Yahweh is not saying that there is anything wrong with being left-handed. Particularly if many of the people in your culture naturally use their left hands, you may wish to use an equivalent expression here that does not name a particular hand. Alternate translation: “your own hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3168,7 +3167,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
40:15 k307 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֣יתִי עִמָּ֑ךְ 1 Yahweh means that he made Behemoth just as he made Job, not that he made Behemoth at the same time when he made Job. Alternate translation: “which I myself created, just as I created you”
|
||||
40:15 h3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast חָ֝צִ֗יר כַּבָּקָ֥ר יֹאכֵֽל 1 There is an implied contrast here. This great beast has the size and strength to hunt and kill other animals; nevertheless, it lives on plants. (This may be an implicit indication that such great wild beasts remain under the restraint of Yahweh.) You may wish to indicate this contrast in your translation, in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “despite its great size and strength, it eats grass like an ox”
|
||||
40:15 k308 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche חָ֝צִ֗יר 1 Yahweh is probably using one kind of plant, **grass**, to mean all kinds of green plants that animals eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “green plants”
|
||||
40:16 utj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs- exclamations הִנֵּה־נָ֣א כֹח֣וֹ בְמָתְנָ֑יו וְ֝אֹנ֗וֹ בִּשְׁרִירֵ֥י בִטְנֽוֹ 1 Yahweh is once again using the term **behold** to mean “consider.” In this instance, it may be natural in your language to translate these statements as exclamations that are calling for Job’s attention. Alternate translation: “What strength it has in its loins! What power it has in the muscles of its belly!”
|
||||
40:16 utj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּה־נָ֣א כֹח֣וֹ בְמָתְנָ֑יו וְ֝אֹנ֗וֹ בִּשְׁרִירֵ֥י בִטְנֽוֹ 1 Yahweh is once again using the term **behold** to mean “consider.” In this instance, it may be natural in your language to translate these statements as exclamations that are calling for Job’s attention. Alternate translation: “What strength it has in its loins! What power it has in the muscles of its belly!”
|
||||
40:17 t5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יַחְפֹּ֣ץ זְנָב֣וֹ כְמוֹ־אָ֑רֶז 1 The point of this comparison is that just as the branch of a **cedar** tree is flexible but strong, so this beast can raise its tail and hold it flexibly in the air. The ability to hold a tail upright, which older animals can no longer do, is a sign of youthful strength. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “It shows its vigor by holding up its tail as if that were a cedar branch”
|
||||
40:17 k309 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גִּידֵ֖י פַחֲדָ֣יו יְשֹׂרָֽגוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sinews of its thighs hold tightly to one another”
|
||||
40:18 g8sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲ֭צָמָיו אֲפִיקֵ֣י נְחוּשָׁ֑ה 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the **bones** of this beast were literally **tubes of bronze**. He is using the metal bronze to represent great strength, and he likely speaks of tubes because bones are hollow. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Its bones are very strong, as if they were made of bronze”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3187,7 +3186,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
40:21 uth5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys קָנֶ֣ה וּבִצָּֽה 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **marsh** tells what kind of **reed** is in view. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “marsh reeds” or “the reeds of the marsh”
|
||||
40:22 k317 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יְסֻכֻּ֣הוּ צֶאֱלִ֣ים צִֽלֲל֑וֹ 1 If you translated the term **lotus trees** as “shade trees” in the previous verse, you could translate this verse in such a way as to avoid using the term **shade** twice. Alternate translation: “Those trees cover it with their shade”
|
||||
40:22 k86u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַרְבֵי־נָֽחַל 1 The term **willows** describes large trees that grow in damp ground. If your readers would not be familiar with what willow trees are, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the trees that grow near the river”
|
||||
40:23 vbe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הֵ֤ן יַעֲשֹׁ֣ק נָ֭הָר 1 Yahweh is using the word **Behold** to introduce a conditional statement, that is, to say how Behemoth would respond if a certain thing happened. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Even if a river overflows”
|
||||
40:23 vbe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הֵ֤ן יַעֲשֹׁ֣ק נָ֭הָר 1 Yahweh is using the word **Behold** to introduce a conditional statement, that is, to say how Behemoth would respond if a certain thing happened. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Even if a river overflows”
|
||||
40:23 k318 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יַחְפּ֑וֹז 1 Yahweh means implicitly that Behemoth does not **tremble** with fear when rivers flood. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “it does not tremble with fear”
|
||||
40:23 x8nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יַרְדֵּ֣ן 1 Yahweh is using one specific river, the **Jordan**, to mean any river in which Behemoth might be living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the river in which it is living”
|
||||
40:24 uyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion בְּעֵינָ֥יו יִקָּחֶ֑נּוּ בְּ֝מֽוֹקְשִׁ֗ים יִנְקָב־אָֽף 1 Yahweh is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “No one can capture it with its eyes! No one can pierce its nose with a cord!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3217,7 +3216,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
41:6 s28m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִכְר֣וּ עָ֭לָיו חַבָּרִ֑ים יֶ֝חֱצ֗וּהוּ בֵּ֣ין כְּֽנַעֲנִֽים 1 The word **partners** refers to fishermen working together. If they made a large catch, they would **bargain** over how much of it belonged to each of them. The word **merchants** refers to people who would buy the catch in order to resell it to their customers. The fishermen would be able to **divide** Leviathan among several merchants because it would be such a large catch. You could indicate these things in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. The UST models one way to do that.
|
||||
41:7 j5dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽתְמַלֵּ֣א בְשֻׂכּ֣וֹת עוֹר֑וֹ וּבְצִלְצַ֖ל דָּגִ֣ים רֹאשֽׁוֹ 1 Yahweh is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You cannot fill its hide with harpoons or its head with spears of fish!”
|
||||
41:7 g9bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּבְצִלְצַ֖ל דָּגִ֣ים 1 Yahweh is using this possessive form to describe **spears** that are used to **catch** fish, not spears that are made of fish. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “or … with fishing spears”
|
||||
41:8 k330 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical שִׂים־עָלָ֥יו כַּפֶּ֑ךָ זְכֹ֥ר מִ֝לְחָמָ֗ה אַל־תּוֹסַֽף 1 Yahweh is actually making a conditional statement here. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “If you ever put your hand on it, you will always remember the battle you fought with it, and you will never do that again!”
|
||||
41:8 k330 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical שִׂים־עָלָ֥יו כַּפֶּ֑ךָ זְכֹ֥ר מִ֝לְחָמָ֗ה אַל־תּוֹסַֽף 1 Yahweh is actually making a conditional statement here. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “If you ever put your hand on it, you will always remember the battle you fought with it, and you will never do that again!”
|
||||
41:8 k331 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂים־עָלָ֥יו כַּפֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here, **hand** represents power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Use force against it” or “Try to fight with it”
|
||||
41:9 k332 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תֹּחַלְתּ֥וֹ 1 Yahweh is using this possessive form to describe the **hope** of anyone who wants to capture Leviathan. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the hope of anyone who wants to capture Leviathan”
|
||||
41:9 s2he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִכְזָ֑בָה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is deceptive” or “is false”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3319,4 +3318,4 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
42:15 k382 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּת֥וֹךְ אֲחֵיהֶֽם 1 This expression could mean: (1) that Job gave his daughters an inheritance just as he did for his sons. Alternate translation: “just as he did for their brothers” (2) that Job gave his daughters as an inheritance land that was located in the same area as land that he gave to his sons as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “of land that adjoined land that he left to his sons”
|
||||
42:16 k383 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֶת־בָּנָיו֙ וְאֶת־בְּנֵ֣י בָנָ֔יו אַרְבָּעָ֖ה דֹּרֽוֹת 1 In this culture, Job’s generation was considered the first generation, so **four generations** refers to his children’s children’s children. Your language may have terms of its own for these kinship relationships. Alternate translation: “his children and his grandchildren and his great-grandchildren”
|
||||
42:17 k384 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זָקֵ֖ן וּשְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The author is speaking as if **days** were an object and as if Job were a container that was **full** of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “old and having lived for many days”
|
||||
42:17 d827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקֵ֖ן וּשְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The expressions **old** and **full of days** mean similar things. The author is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Your language may have a characteristic expression that it would use in such a context. Alternate translation: “at a ripe old age”
|
||||
42:17 d827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקֵ֖ן וּשְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The expressions **old** and **full of days** mean similar things. The author is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Your language may have a characteristic expression that it would use in such a context. Alternate translation: “at a ripe old age”
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
378
tn_LEV.tsv
378
tn_LEV.tsv
|
|
@ -1109,13 +1109,13 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
10:20 dcek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיִּיטַ֖ב בְּעֵינָֽיו 1 The expression **good in his eyes** is an idiom that means “to be pleasing” or “to be acceptable.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he approved” or “and it seemed good to him”
|
||||
11:intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### Laws about food\n\nThis chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.\n\nEating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
11:1 d55m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֥ר אֲלֵהֶֽם׃ 1 The word **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
11:1-2 w7r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֥ר אֲלֵהֶֽם׃ & דַּבְּר֛וּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses and Aaron to tell the sons of Israel that”
|
||||
11:1-2 w7r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֥ר אֲלֵהֶֽם׃ & דַּבְּר֛וּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told them to tell the sons of Israel”
|
||||
11:2 f52a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you translated this way of referring to the people of Israel in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
11:2 mxt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 The word **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
11:2 bz88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns זֹ֤את הַֽחַיָּה֙ 1 In this verse, the word **living thing** is singular in form, but it refers to all the following animals, birds, fish, lizards, and insects as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “These are the creatures”
|
||||
11:2 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַֽחַיָּה֙ 1 The expression **the living thing** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the type of creature that you might encounter”
|
||||
11:2 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַֽחַיָּה֙ 1 The expression **the living thing** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the type of creature that you might encounter”
|
||||
11:2 sc39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכָּל־הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 This expression refers to all land-dwelling animals, whether domesticated or otherwise. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated the word **livestock** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
11:2 e376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִכָּל־הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 The expression **the livestock** does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from any quadruped”
|
||||
11:2 e376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִכָּל־הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The expression **the livestock** does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from any quadruped that is on the earth”
|
||||
11:3 wmod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְשֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּבְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a land-dwelling quadruped is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must both chew **the cud** and have a completely divided **hoof**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:3 yce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְשֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Anything dividing the hoof that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”
|
||||
11:3 cwvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **dividing** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “that has a completely divided hoof”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1124,27 +1124,27 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:3 le05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גֵּרָ֖ה 1 Here, **the cud** does not refer to a specific food substance. Rather, it refers to any food that an animal chews again. This may be food that returns from the first stomach of certain animals to their mouth for further chewing, as with camels, or food that is digested, passed, and eaten again, as with rabbits and rock badgers. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “re-digested food” or “partially digested food that is eaten again”
|
||||
11:3 pqzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּבְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 The expression **the livestock** does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among any quadrupeds that you might own or encounter”
|
||||
11:3 dae5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹתָ֖הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 Here, **it** refers to any individual land-dwelling quadruped that meets both of the criteria listed in this verse. That is, it must both chew cud and possess a completely divided hoof to be considered clean and acceptable for eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat any four-footed animal that meets these criteria"
|
||||
11:4 c9gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֤ךְ אֶת־זֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ מִֽמַּעֲלֵי֙ הַגֵּרָ֔ה וּמִמַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַפַּרְסָ֑ה 1 This expression means that the following animals match one condition or the other, but not both. For example, an animal may chew cud (like **the camel** in the current verse), but it may not have a completely divided hoof (or any hoof at all). Alternatively, the animal may possess a divided hoof but not chew any cud. These types of animals were to be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:4 c9gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֤ךְ אֶת־זֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ מִֽמַּעֲלֵי֙ הַגֵּרָ֔ה וּמִמַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַפַּרְסָ֑ה 1 This expression means that the following animals match one condition or the other, but not both. For example, an animal may chew cud (like **the camel** in the current verse), but it may not have a completely divided hoof (or any hoof at all). Alternatively, the animal may possess a divided hoof but not chew any cud. These types of animals were to be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:4 j7ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶֽת־ הַ֠גָּמָל 1 The expression **the camel** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any camel that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a camel”
|
||||
11:4 rw0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶֽת־הַ֠גָּמָל 1 This **camel** is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in dry, arid climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps on its back. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:4 vhj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֨ה גֵרָ֜ה ה֗וּא וּפַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 This expression refers to the fact that the camel matches one condition, but not both. It chews the cud but does not possess a completely divided hoof. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:4 rxot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־ 1 The word **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You shall not eat the camel because”
|
||||
11:4 tv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּפַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **it is not dividing** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
|
||||
11:4 ddz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶֽם׃ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, for an animal to be **unclean** does not mean that it is physically dirty or nutritionally unhealthy to eat. Rather, the designation refers to whether or not the animal should be considered to be acceptable for an Israelite to eat and whether contact with the animal would ritually defile the people of Israel. By maintaining a specific diet, the people of Israel would keep themselves separated and distinct from the people and nations around them, demonstrating that they are holy people, dedicated to Yahweh (as [11:43–45](../11/43.md) explains). In your translation, be sure to indicate the label **unclean** does not refer to an animal being unhygienic or unhealthy.
|
||||
11:5 ykh0 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֶת־הַשָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי 1 The word **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because”
|
||||
11:4 rxot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־ 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You shall not eat the camel because”
|
||||
11:4 tv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּפַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **dividing** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
|
||||
11:4 ddz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶֽם׃ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, for an animal to be **unclean** does not mean that it is physically dirty or nutritionally unhealthy to eat. Rather, the designation refers to whether or not the animal should be considered acceptable for an Israelite to eat and whether contact with the animal would ritually defile the people of Israel. By maintaining a specific diet, the people of Israel would keep themselves separated and distinct from the people and nations around them, demonstrating that they are holy people, dedicated to Yahweh (as [11:43–45](../11/43.md) explains). In your translation, be sure to indicate the label **unclean** does not refer to an animal being unhygienic or unhealthy.
|
||||
11:5 ykh0 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֶת־הַשָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because”
|
||||
11:5 b1fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַשָּׁפָ֗ן 1 This **rock badger** is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:5 mirq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאֶת־הַשָּׁפָ֗ן 1 The expression **the rock badger** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rock badger that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a rock badger”
|
||||
11:5 e2np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֤ה גֵרָה֙ ה֔וּא וּפַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Like camels, rock badgers meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rock badgers habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, rock badgers do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:5 tae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּפַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **it does not divide** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
|
||||
11:5 tae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּפַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **divide** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
|
||||
11:5 c39c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶֽם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:4](../11/04.md).
|
||||
11:6 dhzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֶת־הָאַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי 1 The word **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because”
|
||||
11:6 dhzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֶת־הָאַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because”
|
||||
11:6 a11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הָאַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 This **rabbit** is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long back legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:6 idao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאֶת־הָאַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 The expression **the rabbit** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rabbit that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a rabbit”
|
||||
11:6 s90e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלַ֤ת גֵּרָה֙ הִ֔וא וּפַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 Like rock badgers, rabbits meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rabbits habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, they do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, rabbits should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:6 imuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּפַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md).
|
||||
11:7 albz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֶת־הַ֠חֲזִיר כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the pig. This is because”
|
||||
11:7 qmfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַ֠חֲזִיר 1 This **pig** is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:7 vh26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאֶת־הַ֠חֲזִיר 1 The expression **the pig** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a pig”
|
||||
11:7 vh26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאֶת־הַ֠חֲזִיר 1 The expression **the pig** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a pig”
|
||||
11:7 pq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְשֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה וְה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר 1 Like rock badgers and rabbits, pigs meet one condition, but not both. While it possesses a completely cloven hoof, it does not chew cud. Because of this, pigs should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:7 g62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְשֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “because it is dividing the hoof in a way that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”
|
||||
11:7 jjwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1159,44 +1159,46 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:9 opa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹתָ֥ם תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃ 1 Here, **them** refers to the fish that possess both **fins** and **scales**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat anything that lives in water that possesses both fins and scales”
|
||||
11:10 owox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְקַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת בַּיַּמִּים֙ וּבַנְּחָלִ֔ים מִכֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַמַּ֔יִם וּמִכֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַחַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in **the seas** or in **the rivers**, is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must possess both **fins** and **scales**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered **a detestable thing** and should be avoided at all costs. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:10 yngo וְכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְקַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת 1 Alternative translation: “But anything that does not have both fins and scales”
|
||||
11:10 x8y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִכֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַמַּ֔יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **swarming** fish that live in **water**, that is, schools of small fish that swarm in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water”
|
||||
11:10 caaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמִכֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַחַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **living things** that are both living, breathing creatures and live in **water**. Whereas the expression **swarming thing of the water** refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and from every living creature that lives in the water”
|
||||
11:12 znvd כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־ל֛וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְקַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת 1 Alternative translation: “Anything that does not have both fins and scales”
|
||||
11:13 q2t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִן־הָע֔וֹף 1 The word **bird** is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from winged animals”
|
||||
11:13 faw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכְל֖וּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not eat them”
|
||||
11:13 t0xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַנֶּ֨שֶׁר֙ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an large carrion-eating bird of prey, such as the **eagle** Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:13 t0xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַנֶּ֨שֶׁר֙ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a large carrion-eating bird of prey, such as the **eagle.** Like many of the birds on this list, this bird is a large, carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:13 gs9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַפֶּ֔רֶס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **vulture**. Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **vulture** is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:13 lvfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֵ֖ת הָעָזְנִיָּֽה׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a **buzzard**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:13 lvfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֵ֖ת הָעָזְנִיָּֽה׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a **buzzard**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:14 x7r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַ֨דָּאָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **kite**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **kite** is a small bird of prey with a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:14 jvrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הָאַיָּ֖ה 1 Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a **falcon**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **falcon** is a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:14 omqg לְמִינָֽהּ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “of any kind”
|
||||
11:15 mm47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **raven**, a medium-to-large-sized bird with entirely black feathers. It feeds on mostly carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:15 q7mr לְמִינֽוֹ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “of any kind”
|
||||
11:16 asgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽיַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 The expression **the daughter of clamor** describes a bird who possesses a noisy cry that sounds like a **clamor**. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ostrich”
|
||||
11:16 asgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽיַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 The expression **the daughter of clamor** describes a bird who possesses a noisy cry that sounds like a **clamor**. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the ostrich”
|
||||
11:16 da3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽיַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ostrich, a flightless, fast-running bird. It has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and therefore with death and destruction. It also had religious associations with death and the afterlife in Egypt. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:16 livi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַתַּחְמָ֖ס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an **owl**, a bird that hunts at night, ranging from small to large in size, with large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:16 krc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַשָּׁ֑חַף 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **gull**, a common white bird that hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:16 a26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַנֵּ֖ץ לְמִינֵֽהוּ׃\n\n 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hawk**, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:16 a26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַנֵּ֖ץ לְמִינֵֽהוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hawk**, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:17 i5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַכּ֥וֹס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the **little owl**, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.
|
||||
11:17 kime rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַשָּׁלָ֖ךְ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **cormorant**, a large diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:17 agto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַיַּנְשֽׁוּף׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **big owl**, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.
|
||||
11:18 thz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַתִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **waterhen**, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:18 e7k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַקָּאָ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **pelican**, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of **pelicans** that live in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:18 e7k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַקָּאָ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **pelican**, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of **pelican** that lives in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:18 nsbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הָרָחָֽם׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an **ibis**, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:19 tq7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֵת֙ הַחֲסִידָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **stork**, a tall long-legged bird with a long heavy bill that wades in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:19 mhlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָאֲנָפָ֖ה לְמִינָ֑הּ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **heron**, a large fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:19 v489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַדּוּכִיפַ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hoopoe**, a salmon-pink bird with a long thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:19 gzj5 הָעֲטַלֵּֽף 1 Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a **bat**, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the **bat** is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:20 a5q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף הַהֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 Here the expression **the one walking on four** is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs”
|
||||
11:20 a5q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף הַהֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 Here, the expression **the one walking on four** is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs”
|
||||
11:20 flpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף 1 The expression **every swarming thing of the wing** uses the possessive form to describe a swarming insect that is characterized by possessing wings. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect”
|
||||
11:21 xf6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִכֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף הַהֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:20](../11/32.md).
|
||||
11:21 we21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ל֤וֹ כְרָעַ֨יִם֙ מִמַּ֣עַל לְרַגְלָ֔יו לְנַתֵּ֥ר בָּהֵ֖ן עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 This expression establishes a criterion by which the people of Israel may determine whether a winged, swarming insect is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the insect must have jointed legs with which it jumps on the ground. The implication is that if an insect does not have jointed legs, the people of Israel should consider the insect to be unclean. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “that which has jointed legs above its feet with which it jumps on the ground”
|
||||
11:21 x9k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְנַתֵּ֥ר בָּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **to** marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having joined legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
11:21 x9k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְנַתֵּ֥ר בָּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **to** marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having jointed legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
11:22 vnye אֶת־אֵ֤לֶּה מֵהֶם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “These from among them”
|
||||
11:22 dqs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הָֽאַרְבֶּ֣ה לְמִינ֔וֹ וְאֶת־הַסָּלְעָ֖ם לְמִינֵ֑הוּ וְאֶת־הַחַרְגֹּ֣ל לְמִינֵ֔הוּ וְאֶת־הֶחָגָ֖ב לְמִינֵֽהוּ 1 Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, [11:20](../11/20.md) describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area or you could use more general terms.
|
||||
11:22 dqs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הָֽאַרְבֶּ֣ה לְמִינ֔וֹ וְאֶת־הַסָּלְעָ֖ם לְמִינֵ֑הוּ וְאֶת־הַחַרְגֹּ֣ל לְמִינֵ֔הוּ וְאֶת־הֶחָגָ֖ב לְמִינֵֽהוּ 1 Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, [11:20](../11/20.md) describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area or you could use more general terms.
|
||||
11:23 ntmx וְכֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף אֲשֶׁר־ל֖וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם 1 Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect that has four legs”
|
||||
11:23 cr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ל֖וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם 1 This statement reiterates what [11:20](../11/20.md) stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:24 n92t וּלְאֵ֖לֶּה 1 Here, **these** refers to any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks”
|
||||
11:25 eqb7 וְכָל־הַנֹּשֵׂ֖א מִנִּבְלָתָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up one of their carcasses”
|
||||
11:25 fc28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו 1 The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything one comes into contact with. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect”
|
||||
11:23 cr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ל֖וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם 1 This statement reiterates what [11:20](../11/20.md) stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
11:24 n92t וּלְאֵ֖לֶּה 1 Here, **these** refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: “And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in \\[11:26–27\\](../11/26.md). Alternate translation: “And by any quadruped that either chews cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws”
|
||||
11:25 eqb7 וְכָל־הַנֹּשֵׂ֖א מִנִּבְלָתָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “and whoever picks up one of their carcasses”
|
||||
11:25 fc28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו 1 The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything one comes into contact with. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect or animal”
|
||||
11:26 ly8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְֽכָל־הַבְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְשֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְגֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:3](../11/03.md).
|
||||
11:27 te6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־כַּפָּ֗יו 1 This expression refers to any animal that walks on its paws. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “Anything that goes about on its paws”
|
||||
11:27 bs0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַהֹלֶ֣כֶת עַל־אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1205,26 +1207,28 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:29 d6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַחֹ֥לֶד 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **rat**, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:29 v24s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָעַכְבָּ֖ר 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **mouse**, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:29 v3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַצָּ֥ב לְמִינֵֽהוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **large lizard**. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 qr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָאֲנָקָ֥ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **gecko**. This term includes a wide variety of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 qr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָאֲנָקָ֥ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **gecko**, a large group of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 n83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַכֹּ֖חַ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **monitor lizard**, a term that includes a wide variety or large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 gqug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַלְּטָאָ֑ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a **lizard**, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 vad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַחֹ֖מֶט 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **skink**. This term includes a wide variety of small smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:30 bplm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַתִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **chameleon**. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently and is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
|
||||
11:31 tryh בָּהֶ֛ם בְּמֹתָ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “when they have died”
|
||||
11:31 tryh בְּמֹתָ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “when they have died”
|
||||
11:32 jw6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵהֶ֨ם 1 The expression **one from them** refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from [11:29–30](../11/29.md).
|
||||
11:32 b5he בְּמֹתָ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “when they have died”
|
||||
11:32 acz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכָּל־כְּלִי־עֵץ֙ א֣וֹ בֶ֤גֶד אוֹ־עוֹר֙ א֣וֹ שָׂ֔ק 1 This expression refers to any container, clothing, or object that is made from **wood**, **cloth**, **leather**, or **sackcloth**. Alternate translation: “anything made from wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth”
|
||||
11:32 u25t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּהֶ֑ם בַּמַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner of any such item with which they do work should bring it into water”
|
||||
11:32 u25t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּהֶ֑ם בַּמַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner of any such item with which he does work should bring it into water”
|
||||
11:33 d03r וְכָל־כְּלִי־חֶ֔רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־יִפֹּ֥ל מֵהֶ֖ם אֶל־תּוֹכ֑וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “And any vessel of clay into which one from them falls”
|
||||
11:33 hczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:32](../11/32.md).
|
||||
11:33 hnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאֹת֥וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃\n\n 1 Here, **it** refers to the **vessel of clay**. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and you shall break the vessel of clay”
|
||||
11:33 jtb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְאֹת֥וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
11:33 hnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאֹת֥וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ 1 Here, **it** refers to the **vessel of clay**. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and you shall break the vessel of clay”
|
||||
11:34 uwh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִכָּל־הָאֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any edible food”
|
||||
11:34 alk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מִכָּל־הָאֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the verb **eaten** comes from the same root as the noun **food**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “From anything that can be eaten”
|
||||
11:34 z15b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָב֥וֹא עָלָ֛יו מַ֖יִם 1 Here, **water** refers to any liquid that was in the vessel of clay when any dead unclean animal falls into it. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “onto which any such water comes”
|
||||
11:34 dj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְכָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb **drunk** comes from the same root as the noun **drink**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And any liquid that you can drink”
|
||||
11:34 v5h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְכָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any drinkable liquid”
|
||||
11:34 dj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְכָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb **drunk** comes from the same root as the noun **drink**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and any liquid that you can drink”
|
||||
11:34 v5h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְכָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and any drinkable liquid”
|
||||
11:34 x0fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכָל־כְּלִ֖י 1 Here, **any vessel** refers to any container into which a dead unclean animal has fallen. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any vessel into which a dead, unclean animal has fallen”
|
||||
11:35 tpt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִנִּבְלָתָ֥ם 1 Here, **their** refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”
|
||||
11:35 dg8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תַּנּ֧וּר וְכִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall shatter an oven or stove” or “the owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it”
|
||||
11:35 dg8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תַּנּ֧וּר וְכִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall shatter an oven or stove” or “The owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it”
|
||||
11:35 j42w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תַּנּ֧וּר 1 See how you translated this household item in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
11:35 xz0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְכִירַ֛יִם 1 This **stove** was likely a household item on which food could be cooked in or over an open flame. If your language has a word for such an item, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other means of cooking food”
|
||||
11:36 fcx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֣ךְ מַעְיָ֥ן וּב֛וֹר מִקְוֵה־מַ֖יִם 1 These terms all refer to some flowing source of water as opposed to still, tapped water, for example, as in a cistern. The implication is that although a dead, unclean animal may fall into them, the source of water and the water it produces are still to be considered **clean**. Express this in whatever way is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However, any source of flowing water”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1245,159 +1249,191 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:41 kd84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it”
|
||||
11:42 h8rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּל֩ הוֹלֵ֨ךְ עַל־גָּח֜וֹן 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that crawls and possesses short limbs or limbs that are angled in such a way that its belly drags on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any animal that crawls with its belly on the ground”
|
||||
11:42 xk6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֗ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md).
|
||||
11:42 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “or anything with many legs”
|
||||
11:42 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “or anything with many legs”
|
||||
11:42 t34d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְכָל־הַשֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַשֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to anything at all that swarms all over the ground”
|
||||
11:43 swkt אַל־תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “You shall not make yourselves detestable”
|
||||
11:43 kiao rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בְּכָל־הַשֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַשֹּׁרֵ֑ץ 1 This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with anything at all that swarms all over”
|
||||
11:43 fzj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְלֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ בָּהֶ֔ם וְנִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽם׃ 1 Yahweh repeats the same idea twice with different words in order to strengthen the command that they are not to eat any unclean animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you should not make yourselves unclean with them. No, certainly, you should never be made unclean by them”
|
||||
11:43 fzj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְלֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ בָּהֶ֔ם וְנִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽם׃ 1 Yahweh repeats the same idea twice with different words in order to strengthen the command that the people of Israel are not to eat any unclean animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you should not make yourselves unclean with them. No, certainly, you should never be made unclean by them”
|
||||
11:43 g8uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְנִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽם׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and do not let them make you unclean”
|
||||
11:44 t1ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י אֲנִ֣י יְהוָה֮ אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֒ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should avoid making your spirits unclean with them because I am Yahweh your God”
|
||||
11:44 eofj וְלֹ֤א תְטַמְּאוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “And you shall not make yourselves unclean”
|
||||
11:44 cvsc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכָל־הַשֶּׁ֖רֶץ הָרֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 This expression refers to the same animals that were described in [11:41–42](../11/41.md). If this would be unclean in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with any of those swarming animals or insects that swarm or crawl on the earth”
|
||||
11:45 lb8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should not make yourselves unclean because I am Yahweh”
|
||||
11:45 ffea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִהְיֹ֥ת לָכֶ֖ם לֵאלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here, the word **to** marks Yahweh being Israel’s God as the goal or purpose of his bringing them out of Egypt. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “I did this so that I could be your God”
|
||||
11:45 utb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You must be a holy people because I am holy”
|
||||
11:45 lb8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should not make yourselves unclean because I am Yahweh”
|
||||
11:45 ffea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִהְיֹ֥ת לָכֶ֖ם לֵאלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here, the word **to** marks Yahweh being Israel’s God as the goal or purpose of his bringing them out of Egypt. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “I brought you out of Egypt so that I could be your God”
|
||||
11:45 utb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You must be a holy people because I am holy”
|
||||
11:46 p067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֤ת הַבְּהֵמָה֙ וְהָע֔וֹף 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of animals, fish, and living things listed in this verse. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the livestock and the bird” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the livestock and the bird”
|
||||
11:46 hr3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַבְּהֵמָה֙ וְהָע֔וֹף 1 The expressions **the livestock** and **the bird** do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe any four-footed animal or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the quadrupeds and the birds”
|
||||
11:46 hr3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַבְּהֵמָה֙ וְהָע֔וֹף 1 The expressions **the livestock** and **the bird** do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe any four-footed animal or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: ”quadrupeds and birds”
|
||||
11:46 h998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns 1 See how you translated this collective noun in [11:13](../11/13.md).
|
||||
11:46 dhn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽחַיָּ֔ה הָרֹמֶ֖שֶׂת בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 This expression likely refers to small fish or water-dwelling creatures that swarm in water. This may include, for example, schools of small fish and creatures like crabs and starfish. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and every living thing that swarms in large numbers in the water”
|
||||
11:46 cm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְכֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽחַיָּ֔ה 1 The expression **life of the living thing** uses the possessive form to describe an animal that is a living, breathing, creature. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and every living creature”
|
||||
11:46 ekfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּלְכָל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ הַשֹּׁרֶ֥צֶת עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 Like the previous expression that referred to living creatures in the water, this expression refers to anything living that crawls about on dry land. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and of every living creature that crawls about on the ground”
|
||||
11:47 gtww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהַבְדִּ֕יל 1 Here, the word **to** marks distinguishing between clean and unclean animals as the goal or purpose of these instructions. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This instruction is intended to help you separate”
|
||||
11:47 d1y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בֵּ֥ין הַטָּמֵ֖א וּבֵ֣ין הַטָּהֹ֑ר 1 The adjectives **unclean** and **clean** are being used as nouns to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects and that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “between that which is unclean and that which is clean”
|
||||
11:47 e7h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַֽחַיָּה֙ הַֽנֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת & הַֽחַיָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל׃פ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the living thing that you may eat…the living thing that you may not eat”
|
||||
11:47 e7h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַֽחַיָּה֙ הַֽנֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת & הַֽחַיָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the living thing that you may eat … the living thing that you may not eat”
|
||||
12:intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
|
||||
12:1 q2xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
12:1-2 njnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes לֵּאמֹֽר׃ & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”
|
||||
12:2 0wnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
12:2 wr5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to when a woman comes pregnant and brings her baby completely to term. If this expression would not have the same meaning in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When a woman
|
||||
12:2 wr5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to when a woman becomes pregnant and brings her baby completely to term. If this expression would not have the same meaning in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When a woman is pregnant and gives birth”
|
||||
12:2 b3rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְיָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר 1 This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a male child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she gives birth to a son”
|
||||
12:2 tuc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry כִּימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖הּ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: ”Like the days when she is menstruating”
|
||||
12:2 5sns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe days during which a woman is menstruating. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like when she is normally menstruating”
|
||||
12:2 5sns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **days** during which a woman is **menstruating**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like when she is normally menstruating”
|
||||
12:2 v94l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖הּ 1 The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **menstruation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Like the time when she is menstruating normally”
|
||||
12:3 cven rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֖וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֑י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal number for eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And after seven days”
|
||||
12:3 rcr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽוֹ 1 Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy”
|
||||
12:4 65su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים 1 This expression denotes 33 days, which, combined with the seven-day period before the child is circumcised, makes 40 days. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And for 33 days”
|
||||
12:4 d17l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּדְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה 1 This is expression uses the possessive form to describe a flow of blood that is characterized by the fact that it constitutes a period during which the woman is preparing to be purified. The implication is that for the 33 days during which time she is bleeding from childbirth, the woman is preparing to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood that she bled during her childbirth. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she shall prepare to be purified from the impurity of the blood that she bled during childbirth”
|
||||
12:4 v3y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽהּ׃ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the 33 day period during which the woman who has given birth to a son is preparing to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the period of time for her purification is completed”
|
||||
12:3 rcr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽוֹ 1 Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the flesh of the foreskin of the baby boy”
|
||||
12:4 65su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים 1 This expression denotes 33 days, which, combined with the seven-day period before the child is circumcised, makes 40 days. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “And for 33 days”
|
||||
12:4 d17l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּדְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה 1 The expression **the blood of her purification** uses the possessive form to describe a flow of **blood** that is characterized by the fact that the onset of this blood begins a period of time during which the woman should prepare to be purified. The implication is that for the 33 days during which time she is bleeding from childbirth, the woman is preparing to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood that she bled during her childbirth. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she shall prepare to be purified from the impurity of the blood that she bled during childbirth”
|
||||
12:4 ti40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בִּדְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה & יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽהּ׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the blood that begins a period that prepares her to be purified ... the days during which she prepares to be purified”
|
||||
12:4 v3y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽהּ׃ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the 33 days during which the woman who has given birth to a son is preparing to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the days of her purification are completed”
|
||||
12:4 u7mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽהּ׃\n 1 This expression uses the word **days** to refer to a period of time during which the woman who has given birth should prepare to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the period of her purification is full” or “until the time during which she is preparing to be purified is full”
|
||||
12:5 xn6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאִם־נְקֵבָ֣ה תֵלֵ֔ד 1 This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a female child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if she gives birth to a daughter”
|
||||
12:5 coma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם 1 The expression **two sets of seven days** refers to a two-week or 14 day period. If this phrase would not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for fourteen days”
|
||||
12:5 coma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם 1 The expression **two sets of seven days** refers to a two-week or 14-day period. If this phrase would not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for fourteen days”
|
||||
12:5 z4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּנִדָּתָ֑הּ 1 The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **menstruation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as when she is normally menstruating”
|
||||
12:5 b6pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשִׁשִּׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְשֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים 1 As was the case when a woman bears a male child, this expression denotes 66 days during which the woman must prepare to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood she bled during childbirth. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And for 66 days”
|
||||
12:5 8z4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md).
|
||||
12:6 yy8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבִמְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗הּ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the period during which the woman who has given birth to a child is preparing to be purified—33 days **for a son** and 66 days **for a daughter**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the the period of time for her purification is completed”
|
||||
12:6 cz1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְבֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְבַת֒ 1 This expression refers to the different number of days for purification based on if she gave birth to a **son** or a **daughter**. If this would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “33 days for a son and 66 days for a daughter”
|
||||
12:5 8z4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md).
|
||||
12:6 yy8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבִמְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗הּ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the period of time during which the woman who has given birth to a child is preparing to be purified—33 days **for a son** and 66 days **for a daughter**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the days of her purification are completed”
|
||||
12:6 aeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗הּ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md).
|
||||
12:6 ygmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗הּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the days during which she prepares to be purified”
|
||||
12:6 cz1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְבֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְבַת֒ 1 This expression references the different number of days for **purification** based on whether the woman gave birth to a **son** or a **daughter**. If this would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether 33 days for a son or 66 days for a daughter”
|
||||
12:6 d2yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֶּ֤בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָתוֹ֙ 1 The expression **a son of its year** is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [9:3](../09/03.md). Alternate translation: “a year-old lamb” or “a twelve-months old lamb”
|
||||
12:6 m1qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
12:6 upd0 אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 Alternate translation: “to the entrance of the tent of meeting where the priest is”
|
||||
12:7 gual rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְהִקְרִיב֞וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and **it** refers to all the animals that the sacrifices described by the previous verse require. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall present the lamb and the birds”
|
||||
12:6 upd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the entrance of the tent of meeting where the priest is”
|
||||
12:7 gual rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְהִקְרִיב֞וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and **it** refers to all the animals that the previous verse described. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall present the lamb and the bird”
|
||||
12:7 xi1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
12:7 515d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
12:7 w9ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְטָהֲרָ֖ה מִמְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑יהָ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And this will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth”
|
||||
12:7 uejj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִמְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑יהָ 1 This expression refers to the blood that the woman bled during the process of childbirth. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the blood that she bled during her childbirth”
|
||||
12:7 fzid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹרַת֙ הַיֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַזָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַנְּקֵבָֽה׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women giving birth to children, whether boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that pertains to the {woman} who bears a male or a female”
|
||||
12:7 515d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need **atonement** because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
12:7 w9ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְטָהֲרָ֖ה מִמְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑יהָ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth”
|
||||
12:7 uejj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִמְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑יהָ 1 This expression refers to the **flow** of **blood** that the woman bled during the process of childbirth. The implication is that the woman was made impure because of the presence of blood discharging from her body. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she bled during her childbirth”
|
||||
12:7 fzid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹרַת֙ הַיֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַזָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַנְּקֵבָֽה׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women giving birth to children, whether boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that pertains to the woman who bears a male or a female”
|
||||
12:7 q1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַיֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַזָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַנְּקֵבָֽה׃ 1 This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a child, whether **a male** or **a female**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman who gives birth to a male or a female”
|
||||
12:8 vh6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָהּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in [5:7](../05/07.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s”
|
||||
12:8 lha0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
12:8 mfay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛יהָ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
12:8 mfay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛יהָ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
13:intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Skin disease\n\nThis chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
13:1 e5bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
13:2 241f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְעוֹר־בְּשָׂרוֹ֙ & בְעוֹר־בְּשָׂר֖וֹ 1 Here and throughout these chapters, **flesh** refers to one’s body. If this would be confusing in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the skin of his body … on the skin of his body”
|
||||
13:2 9hca rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׂאֵ֤ת 1 This **swelling** refers to a portion of skin that has become inflamed, swollen, and usually discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a swollen spot of skin”
|
||||
13:2 9og1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown סַפַּ֨חַת֙ 1 This **scab** refers to a hard, crusty portion of skin that is irritated and often discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a crusty and irritated spot of skin”
|
||||
13:2 thzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַהֶ֔רֶת 1 This **bright spot** refers to a portion of skin that has become irritated and discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a discolored and irritated spot of skin”
|
||||
13:2 9og1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown סַפַּ֨חַת֙ 1 This **scab** refers to a hard, crusty portion of skin that is irritated and often discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a crusty and irritated spot of skin”
|
||||
13:2 thzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַהֶ֔רֶת 1 This **bright spot** refers to a portion of skin that has become irritated and discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a discolored and irritated spot of skin”
|
||||
13:2 pjf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְנֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 The expression **an inflection of skin disease** uses the possessive form to describe a contagious skin disease that is characterized by the presence of certain symptoms—in this case, a visible infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a likely symptom of a contagious skin disease”
|
||||
13:2 bj45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צָרָ֑עַת 1 The phrase **skin disease** may be commonly translated as “leprosy,” but, in terms of modern medicine, the phrase actually covers a large range of contagious skin diseases, not limited to the modern designation Hansen’s disease. If your language has a word or expression that describes a wide range of infectious skin diseases, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “contagious disease that affects people's skin”
|
||||
13:2 bj45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צָרָ֑עַת 1 The phrase **skin disease** may be commonly translated as “leprosy,” but, in terms of modern medicine, the phrase actually covers a large range of contagious skin diseases, not limited to the modern designation Hansen’s disease. If your language has a word or expression that describes a wide range of infectious and sometimes deadly skin diseases, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “contagious disease that affects people's skin”
|
||||
13:2 gy4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהוּבָא֙ אֶל־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to Aaron the priest” or “then he shall go to Aaron the priest”
|
||||
13:2 ukq4 אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִבָּנָ֖יו 1 Alternate translation: “to one of his sons”
|
||||
13:2 f6g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִבָּנָ֖יו 1 Here, **his** refers to Aaron the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons”
|
||||
13:3 vhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשֵׂעָ֨ר בַּנֶּ֜גַע הָפַ֣ךְ ׀ לָבָ֗ן 1 The expression implies that the presence of **hair** on **the infection** that is **white** in color should indicate to the priest that the infection might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, **white** hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the infection is unhealthy and looks diseased”
|
||||
13:3 ra3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּמַרְאֵ֤ה הַנֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמֹק֙ מֵע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”
|
||||
13:3 r2in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:4 0xrd וְעָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣הָ מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 Alternate translation: “and its appearance is not deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:4 kzg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְעָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣הָ מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:4 uxiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׂעָרָ֖ה לֹא־הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the information in this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and its hair appears to be healthy”
|
||||
13:4 5t1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּ֧יר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַנֶּ֖גַע 1 This expression refers to the process of quarantining the person who has the infection for a period of time. This allows the infection to either heal itself or progress in a fashion that develops symptoms more easily identifiable as an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then, in order to better determine what is the cause of the infection, the priest shall isolate the infection”
|
||||
13:4 bah5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַנֶּ֖גַע 1 Here, the expression **the infection** represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected person” or “the person with the infection”
|
||||
13:5 a6bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
13:5 z468 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַנֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד 1 This expression refers to **the infection** remaining as it was before the seven-day quarantine, having not spread or grown on the person’s skin. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, this expression does not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has remained as it was”
|
||||
13:5 03gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּעֵינָ֔יו 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his assessment”
|
||||
13:5 z468 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַנֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to **the infection** remaining as it was before the seven-day quarantine, not having spread or grown on the person’s skin. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, this expression does not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has remained as it was”
|
||||
13:5 03gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּעֵינָ֔יו 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”
|
||||
13:5 z4zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּיר֧וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:5 mz02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ 1 This expression refers to a second seven-day period during which the person with the infection is to be quarantined from other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for another week”
|
||||
13:5 mz02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ 1 This expression refers to a second seven-day period during which the person with the infection is to be quarantined from other people. The word **second** is the ordinal form of the number two. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for another seven days”
|
||||
13:6 faap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֮ שֵׁנִית֒ 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven, and **second** is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
13:6 nznn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַנֶּ֔גַע 1 For the infection to have **faded** means that it has reduced in sized and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the person’s normal skin color”
|
||||
13:6 wn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִסְפַּ֣חַת הִ֔יא 1 See how you translated this word in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:6 vsio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו וְטָהֵֽר׃ 1 Here, a person is to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall launder his clothing and he will be clean”
|
||||
13:6 nznn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַנֶּ֔גַע 1 For the infection to have **faded** means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the person’s normal skin color”
|
||||
13:6 wn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִסְפַּ֣חַת הִ֔יא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the person's **skin** is merely a **scab** and not the symptom of an infectious disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the word **scab** in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “The infection is only a scab”
|
||||
13:6 vsio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו וְטָהֵֽר׃ 1 Here, a person is to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing with and he will be ritually clean”
|
||||
13:7 1w5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִם־פָּשֹׂ֨ה תִפְשֶׂ֤ה הַמִּסְפַּ֨חַת֙ בָּע֔וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **spread** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scab spreads aggressively on the skin”
|
||||
13:7 dy1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֧י הֵרָאֹת֛וֹ אֶל־הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לְטָהֳרָת֑וֹ 1 This expression refers to a period of time after an individual has gone to the priest and been declared clean, as the previous verse explained. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after he has appeared to the priest and was pronounced clean”
|
||||
13:7 sw6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנִרְאָ֥ה שֵׁנִ֖ית אֶל־הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 This expression means that the individual whose scab has spread after he was pronounced clean should go back to the priest to be examined again. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall go to the priest a second time”
|
||||
13:7 hm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שֵׁנִ֖ית 1 The word **second** is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again”
|
||||
13:8 lsj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֥עַת הִֽוא 1 See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:8 lsj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֥עַת הִֽוא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the person's **skin** is actually a symptom of an infectious **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the words **skin disease** in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “The scab is actually the symptom of an infectious skin disease”
|
||||
13:9 obyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:9 3m0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּאָדָ֑ם 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, it is being used the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “on a person”
|
||||
13:9 f447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 The **priest** would determine if a disease was spreading. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
|
||||
13:9 f447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
|
||||
13:10 4wcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׂאֵת 1 See how you translated this word in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:10 ipjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִ֕יא הָפְכָ֖ה שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֑ן 1 The expression implies that the presence of **hair** on the **swelling** that is **white** in color should indicate to the priest that the swelling might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, **white** hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling is unhealthy and looks diseased”
|
||||
13:10 y3fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י בַּשְׂאֵֽת׃ 1 Here, the expression **a preservation of living flesh** refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and raw skin or an open sore is on the swelling”
|
||||
13:11 m1pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת הִוא֙ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's **shin** is actually a chronic or **reoccurring skin disease**, that is an infectious disease that returns over and over. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The raw skin on the swelling is actually a sign of a persistent and returning skin disease”
|
||||
13:11 m1pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת הִוא֙ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's **skin** is actually a chronic or **reoccurring skin disease**, that is, an infectious disease that returns over and over. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The raw skin on the swelling is actually a sign of a persistent and returning skin disease”
|
||||
13:11 yqc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:11 yz8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יַסְגִּרֶ֔נּוּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 This infers that the priest need not isolate the infected person because it is sufficiently clean that they have an infectious skin disease that has made the person unclean. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He need not isolate the person, because it is clear that they are unclean”
|
||||
13:11 yz8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יַסְגִּרֶ֔נּוּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 This infers that the priest need not isolate the infected person because it is sufficiently clean that they have an infectious skin disease that has made the person unclean. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated the idea of separating the infection in [13:4](../13/04.md). Alternate translation: “He need not separate the person, because it is clear that they are unclean”
|
||||
13:12 c7er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִם־פָּר֨וֹחַ תִּפְרַ֤ח הַצָּרַ֨עַת֙ בָּע֔וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **breaking out** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the skin disease breaks aggressively out on the skin”
|
||||
13:12 8uli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־ע֣וֹר הַנֶּ֔גַע 1 Here, the expression **the infection** represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the skin of the infected person” or “all the skin of the person with the infection”
|
||||
13:12 g4cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מֵרֹאשׁ֖וֹ וְעַד־רַגְלָ֑יו 1 The expression refers to all of the person by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire person”
|
||||
13:12 a6s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְכָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַכֹּהֵֽן׃\n 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as far as it looks to the priest” or “as the priest's judges its appearance”
|
||||
13:12 a6s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְכָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole appearance, as far as the priest can see” or “the whole appearance, as the priest judges”
|
||||
13:12 zjqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַכֹּהֵֽן׃\n 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as far as it appears in the eyes of the priest”
|
||||
13:13 3i5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְטִהַ֖ר אֶת־הַנָּ֑גַע 1 Here, the expression **the infection** represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then he shall pronounce the infected person clean”
|
||||
13:14 1h8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבְי֨וֹם הֵרָא֥וֹת בּ֛וֹ בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 Here, the word **day** is being used to refer to a hypothetical situation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And whenever living flesh appears on him”
|
||||
13:14 02cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 As in 13:10, Here, the expression **living flesh** refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “raw skin”
|
||||
13:13 ba0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֻּלּ֛וֹ הָפַ֥ךְ לָבָ֖ן 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees **white** skin all over the person's body, then the **skin disease** has been healed by the process of natural desquamation, that is, by the infected skin naturally falling off, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “All of the person's infected skin has naturally fallen off, leaving uninfected white skin in its place”\n
|
||||
13:14 1h8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבְי֨וֹם הֵרָא֥וֹת בּ֛וֹ בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 Here, the word **day** is being used to refer to a hypothetical situation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “But whenever living flesh appears on him”
|
||||
13:14 02cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 As in [13:10](../13/10.md), Here, the expression **living flesh** refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “raw skin”
|
||||
13:15 uk5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֖י & הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֛י 1 See how you translated these words in [13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
13:15 kj82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְטִמְּא֑וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and he shall pronounce the person with the living flesh unclean”
|
||||
13:15 uk5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֛י 1 See how you translated these words in [13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
13:15 50li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֛י טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא 1 Here, the expression **the living flesh** represents the whole person who has the raw skin or open sore. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: The person with the raw skin or open sore is unclean”
|
||||
13:15 c219 צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:2](../13/03.md).
|
||||
13:15 50li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֛י טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא 1 Here, the expression **the living flesh** represents the whole person who has raw skin or an open sore. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: ”The person with the raw skin or open sore is unclean”
|
||||
13:15 c219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:2](../13/03.md).
|
||||
13:15 bjww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's **living flesh** is actually infected with a **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The living flesh on the skin is actually a sign of an infectious skin disease”
|
||||
13:16 6vbo וְנֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְלָבָ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “but it has turned white”
|
||||
13:16 nwg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְלָבָ֑ן 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees **white** skin all over the person's body, then the **living flesh**, that is, the raw skin, may be healing naturally. The infected skin may be falling off naturally, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the presence of **white** skin in [13:13](../13/13.md).
|
||||
13:17 mzlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּ֛ה נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ הַנֶּ֖גַע לְלָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white** skin on the **infection** in [13:13](../13/13.md).
|
||||
13:18 54a7 וּבָשָׂ֕ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בֽוֹ־בְעֹר֖וֹ שְׁחִ֑ין 1 Alternate translation: “But when someone has a boil on their skin”
|
||||
13:18 kw5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁחִ֑ין 1 A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an abscess”
|
||||
13:18 9fao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְנִרְפָּֽא׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but it got better”
|
||||
13:18 9fao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְנִרְפָּֽא׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but it got better and healed”
|
||||
13:19 l1vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׂאֵ֣ת 1 See how you translated this word in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
13:19 qgn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִּמְק֤וֹם הַשְּׁחִין֙ 1 The expression **the place of the boil** refers to the spot on the skin where the boil was previously. f it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “where the boil was previously”
|
||||
13:19 gc9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְנִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he shall show it to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
|
||||
13:19 qgn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִּמְק֤וֹם הַשְּׁחִין֙ 1 The expression **the place of the boil** refers to the spot on the skin where the boil was previously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “where the boil was previously”
|
||||
13:19 gc9j וְנִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he shall show it to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
|
||||
13:20 b1gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְהִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֶ֨הָ֙ שָׁפָ֣ל מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it appears to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:20 cvbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׂעָרָ֖הּ הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white** hair in [13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling or the bright spot is unhealthy and looks diseased”
|
||||
13:20 lsou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֥עַת הִ֖וא בַּשְּׁחִ֥ין פָּרָֽחָה׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's skin is actually a symptom of an infectious **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot is actually the symptom of an infection of skin disease”
|
||||
13:21 k5ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣נָּה הַכֹּהֵ֗ן 1 Here, **it** refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And if the priest sees the bright spot or the swelling”
|
||||
13:21 ga2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּ֤ה אֵֽין־בָּהּ֙ שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֔ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white hair** in [13:3](../13/03/md). Alternate translation: “and look, there is no unhealthy or diseased hair on it”
|
||||
13:21 opf5 וּשְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛נָּה מִן־הָע֖וֹר 1 Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the surface of the skin”
|
||||
13:21 vdwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּיר֥וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:22 qh4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה תִפְשֶׂ֖ה בָּע֑וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **spread** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if it spreads aggressively on the skin”
|
||||
13:23 3wj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜יהָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַבַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the **bright spot** remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the boil once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the spot where the boil once was”
|
||||
13:23 abla rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜יהָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַבַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 Here, **it** refers to the boil that has healed, as described in [13:18](../13/18.md). If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot stands under the boil that has now healed”
|
||||
13:23 8vuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרֶ֥בֶת הַשְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **bright spot** is nothing more than a scar that has resulted from the healed boil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil”
|
||||
13:22 gdnt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע הִֽוא׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's **skin** where the boil once was is actually an **infection** of a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot where the boil used to be is actually an infection”
|
||||
13:23 3wj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜יהָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַבַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the **bright spot** remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the **boil** once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the place where the boil once was”
|
||||
13:23 abla rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜יהָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַבַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 Here, **it** refers to the **boil** that has healed, as described in [13:18](../13/18.md). If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot stands under the boil that has now healed”
|
||||
13:23 8vuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרֶ֥בֶת הַשְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **bright spot** is nothing more than a **scar** that has resulted from the healed **boil**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil”
|
||||
13:24 vkmw א֣וֹ בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְעֹר֖וֹ מִכְוַת־אֵ֑שׁ 1 Alternate translation: “Or when someone has a burn of fire on his skin”
|
||||
13:24 ikha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִכְוַת־ אֵ֑שׁ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **burn** that has resulted from a person’s contact with **fire**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a burn”
|
||||
13:24 w8u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִֽחְיַ֣ת הַמִּכְוָ֗ה 1 The word **preservation** refers to new, raw flesh growing where the **burn** is on the person’s skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the raw skin from the burn”
|
||||
13:25 z79b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּ֣ה נֶהְפַּךְ֩ שֵׂעָ֨ר לָבָ֜ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white** hair in [13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “and look, the hair appears to be unhealthy and diseased”
|
||||
13:25 gi69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּמַרְאֶ֨הָ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:25 nx6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & צָרַ֖עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
13:25 lnka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא בַּמִּכְוָ֖ה פָּרָ֑חָה 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin has become infected with a **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The discolored raw skin is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease”
|
||||
13:25 lnka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא 1 These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin has become infected with a **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The discolored raw skin is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease”
|
||||
13:26 a2pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣נָּה הַכֹּהֵ֗ן 1 Here, **it** refers to the raw skin that grows on the burn on the person’s skin. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the priest sees the discolored, raw skin growing on the burn”
|
||||
13:26 mdm4 וּשְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛נָּה מִן־הָע֖וֹר 1 Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:26 bg0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִ֣וא כֵהָ֑ה 1 For the discoloration to have **faded** means that it has reduced in sized and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but it has reduced in size and its color is closer to the person’s normal skin color”
|
||||
13:26 n5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּיר֥וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:27 a02c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
13:27 t3tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication אִם־פָּשֹׂ֤ה תִפְשֶׂה֙ בָּע֔וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **spread** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “If it has spread aggressively on the skin”
|
||||
13:27 wwo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא׃ 1 These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spot on the burn has become infected with an **infection of skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The bright spot on the burn is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infection of skin disease”
|
||||
13:28 vib3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאִם־תַּחְתֶּיהָ֩ תַעֲמֹ֨ד הַבַּהֶ֜רֶת 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the **bright spot** remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the burn once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the spot where the burn once was”
|
||||
13:28 wtc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִ֣וא כֵהָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:26](../13/26.md).
|
||||
13:28 wtc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִ֣וא כֵהָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
13:28 hzkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׂאֵ֥ת הַמִּכְוָ֖ה הִ֑וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a **swelling** caused by the person’s **burn**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a swelling caused by the burn”
|
||||
13:28 bea0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־צָרֶ֥בֶת הַמִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא׃פ 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should pronounce the person clean because it is the scar of the burn”
|
||||
13:28 bea0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־צָרֶ֥בֶת הַמִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should pronounce the person clean because it is the scar of the burn”
|
||||
13:28 rj0s צָרֶ֥בֶת הַמִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a **scar** caused by the person’s burn. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a scar caused by the burn”
|
||||
13:29 6biq וְאִישׁ֙ א֣וֹ אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖וֹ נָ֑גַע 1 Alternate translation: “And when a man or a woman has an infection”
|
||||
13:29 yv33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖וֹ נָ֑גַע 1 Although the words **he** and **him** are masculine, they are being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “when any person has an infection on him”
|
||||
13:29 ir1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy א֥וֹ בְזָקָֽן׃ 1 Here, **a beard** represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or on the lower portion of the face”
|
||||
13:29 ir1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy א֥וֹ בְזָקָֽן׃ 1 Here, **a beard** represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to refer only to men's faces. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or on the lower part of the face where hair might grow”
|
||||
13:30 ok73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְהִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֵ֨הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And look, it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”
|
||||
13:30 bvzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּב֛וֹ שֵׂעָ֥ר צָהֹ֖ב דָּ֑ק 1 This expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is **yellow** in color and **thin** should indicate to the priest that the infection might be a **scall** that is the symptom of an infectious **skin disease**. Specifically, **yellow, thing hair** refers to hair that is discolored, diseased, or unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and the hair on the infection looks unhealthy and diseased”
|
||||
13:30 im3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא 1 A **scall** is a scaly and scabby infection that is typically itchy. These are associated with the scalp or places that grow hair and are generally symptoms of a wide variety of infectious skin diseases. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is an itchy, scabbed infection”
|
||||
13:30 6x85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צָרַ֧עַת הָרֹ֛אשׁ א֥וֹ הַזָּקָ֖ן הֽוּא׃\n 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **skin disease** that is characterized by its location on the person’s **head** or **beard.** If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is a skin disease that has affected the head or the beard”
|
||||
13:30 jm2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַזָּקָ֖ן 1 As in the previous verse, here, **the beard** represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lower portion of the face”
|
||||
13:30 p76b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the person's **skin** is actually a **scall** that is the symptom of a **disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a scall”\n\n
|
||||
13:30 6x85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צָרַ֧עַת הָרֹ֛אשׁ א֥וֹ הַזָּקָ֖ן הֽוּא׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **skin disease** that is characterized by its location on the person’s **head** or **beard.** If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is a skin disease that has affected the head or the beard”
|
||||
13:30 jm2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַזָּקָ֖ן 1 As in the previous verse, here, **the beard** represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lower part of the face where hair might grow”
|
||||
13:31 6koz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־נֶ֣גַע הַנֶּ֗תֶק & אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַנֶּ֖תֶק 1 These expressions use the possessive form to describe an **infection** that is characterized by its characteristics that qualify it as a **scall** If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the itchy, scabby infection … the itchy, scabby infection”
|
||||
13:31 f88x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְהִנֵּ֤ה אֵין־מַרְאֵ֨הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:31 pdhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשֵׂעָ֥ר שָׁחֹ֖ר אֵ֣ין בּ֑וֹ 1 Here, **black hair** refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the **scall** when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and there is no healthy hair on it”
|
||||
13:31 m1rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּ֧יר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַנֶּ֖תֶק 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:31 n0ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַנֶּ֖תֶק 1 Here, the expression **the infection of the scall** represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the infection of the scall”
|
||||
13:32 wx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
13:32 wurx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹא־הָ֥יָה ב֖וֹ שֵׂעָ֣ר צָהֹ֑ב 1 See how you handled the presence of **yellow hair** in [13:30](../13/30.md).
|
||||
13:32 jvwk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּמַרְאֵ֣ה הַנֶּ֔תֶק אֵ֥ין עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָעֽוֹר׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:33 r628 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְהִ֨תְגַּלָּ֔ח 1 Here, **he** and **himself** refer to the person who has the **scall**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Then the person with the scall shall shave himself”
|
||||
13:33 li6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַנֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he shall not shave the scall”
|
||||
13:33 srm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּ֨יר הַכֹּהֵ֧ן אֶת־הַנֶּ֛תֶק 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:33 r7u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַנֶּ֛תֶק 1 Here, **the scall** represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the scall”
|
||||
13:33 hon1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ 1 The word **second** is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “for seven days once again”
|
||||
13:34 zs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
13:34 1r0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a person was to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall launder his clothing”
|
||||
13:34 ecis rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּמַרְאֵ֕הוּ אֵינֶ֥נּוּ עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָע֑וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
|
||||
13:34 1r0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖יו 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a person was to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing”
|
||||
13:35 ewms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה יִפְשֶׂ֛ה הַנֶּ֖תֶק בָּע֑וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **spread** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scall has spread aggressively on the skin”
|
||||
13:35 f92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽוֹ׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cleansing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he was pronounced clean”
|
||||
13:36 zvoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן לַשֵּׂעָ֥ר הַצָּהֹ֖ב טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃ 1 This instruction refers to the fact that if the priest sees the **scall* spreading aggressively after the person was pronounced clean, they need not have **yellow hair** in order to be pronounced unclean once more. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The priest need not look for yellow hair. Because the scall has spread once again, the person is unclean”
|
||||
13:37 a5fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּעֵינָיו֩ 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “in his assessment”
|
||||
13:36 isgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן לַשֵּׂעָ֥ר הַצָּהֹ֖ב 1 See how you handled the presence of **yellow hair** in [13:30](../13/30.md).
|
||||
13:36 zvoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן לַשֵּׂעָ֥ר הַצָּהֹ֖ב טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃ 1 This instruction refers to the fact that if the priest sees the **scall** spreading aggressively after the person was pronounced clean, they need not have **yellow hair** in order to be pronounced unclean once more. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The priest need not look for yellow hair. Because the scall has spread once again, the person is unclean”
|
||||
13:37 a5fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּעֵינָיו֩ 1 Here, **eyes** represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”
|
||||
13:37 bpkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עָמַ֨ד הַנֶּ֜תֶק 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the **scall** remaining unchanged (as opposed to spreading aggressively). If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the scall has not changed or spread at all” or “the scall has remained as it was”
|
||||
13:37 oh8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְשֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר צָֽמַח־בּ֛וֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the growth of **black hair** on the **scall**. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and black hair has grown on it”
|
||||
13:37 4e3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר 1 Here, **black hair** refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the **scall** when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and healthy hair”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1413,7 +1449,8 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
13:41 o8rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גִּבֵּ֥חַ ה֖וּא 1 Here, the expression **he is balding** refers to a person who has naturally lost hair on the hairline or edges of the forehead. If your language has an expression that describes this kind of natural balding, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “he has a receding hairline”
|
||||
13:42 23n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַקָּרַ֨חַת֙ א֣וֹ בַגַּבַּ֔חַת & בְּקָרַחְתּ֖וֹ א֥וֹ בְגַבַּחְתּֽוֹ׃ 1 These expressions refer to the two kinds of balding described in [13:40–41](../13/40.md). Specifically, **the back bald spot** refers to crown balding and **the front balding spot** refers to having a receding hairline. As before, If your language has similar expressions that refer to these ways of balding, consider using them here. If, alternatively, the meaning of these expressions would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline … on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline”
|
||||
13:42 vwu4 צָרַ֤עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
13:43 8kk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּמַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ 1 This expression suggests that the priest ought to look for an infection on the person’s balding head (however they are balding) that is similar in appearance to infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases that might occur elsewhere on a person’s body. It may be helpful to clarify the meaning for your readers. Alternate translation: “and it looks similar to skin disease that presents itself elsewhere on a person’s body”
|
||||
13:43 8kk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּמַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ 1 This expression suggests that the priest ought to look for an infection on the person’s balding head (however they are balding) that is similar in appearance to infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases that might occur elsewhere on a person’s body. It may be helpful to clarify the meaning for your readers. Alternate translation: “like the appearance of a skin disease that presents itself elsewhere on a person’s body”
|
||||
13:43 pq09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְּמַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “like the skin disease of the skin of the flesh appears”
|
||||
13:44 hl37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִישׁ־ צָר֥וּעַ ה֖וּא 1 The expression **man of skin disease** uses the possessive form to describe a man who has contracted this kind of infectious skin disease. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “The man has contracted a skin disease”
|
||||
13:44 1nuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛נּוּ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 This expression repeats the verb **being unclean** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “The priest shall certainly pronounce him unclean”
|
||||
13:44 5opp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרֹאשׁ֥וֹ נִגְעֽוֹ׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the person’s **head** that has contracted the **infection**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on his infected head”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1429,15 +1466,18 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
13:47 yjv7 וְהַבֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 Alternate translation: “But when the clothing has the infection of disease on it”
|
||||
13:47 1c2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַבֶּ֕גֶד 1 The expression **the clothing** refers to all clothing in general, not one piece of clothing in particular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “But any piece of clothing”
|
||||
13:47 llaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 Although this expression is the same as the one used previously for infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases, here the issue is with infections that affect clothing and other household objects. Consequently, this expression likely refers to infectious molds or mildews. If your language has an expression that can describe both skin diseases and these kinds of molds and mildews, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an infectious mold or mildew”
|
||||
13:47 ifwg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּבֶ֣גֶד צֶ֔מֶר 1 This **wool** is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or other similar animals. It is used in the production of textiles, like yarn. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of yarn thread”
|
||||
13:47 k0l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּבֶ֥גֶד פִּשְׁתִּֽים׃ 1 This **linen** is a textile material made from flax. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of cloth thread”
|
||||
13:48 7oc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown א֤וֹ בִֽשְׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ בְעֵ֔רֶב לַפִּשְׁתִּ֖ים וְלַצָּ֑מֶר 1 The words **warp** and **woof** refer to a structure used in weaving and the production of textiles. Specifically, **warp** refers to the threads that run vertically up and down, and **woof** (or weft) refers to the threads that run horizontally from side to side. If your language has an expression for this kind of weaving structure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or on linen or woolen threats that are being woven together on a loom”
|
||||
13:48 umbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַפִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 This **linen** is a textile material made from flax. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “of cloth thread”
|
||||
13:48 umbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַפִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.
|
||||
13:48 8cf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַפִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 Here, **the linen** does not refer to a specific piece of fabric, but to any linen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any linen that you are weaving”
|
||||
13:48 9bjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַצָּ֑מֶר 1 This **wool** is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or other similar animals. It is used in the production of textiles, like yarn. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “of yarn thread”
|
||||
13:48 9bjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַצָּ֑מֶר 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.
|
||||
13:48 1jrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְלַצָּ֑מֶר 1 Here, **the wool** does not refer to a specific piece of wool, but to any woolen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any wool that you are weaving”
|
||||
13:48 7gv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְע֔וֹר 1 Here, **leather** refers generally to any scrap pieces of animal hide that have not yet been made into a household object or article of clothing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on any scrap leather”
|
||||
13:48 ww38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּכָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 The expression **any work of leather** uses the possessive form to describe an object that has been made out of **leather**. This includes a large variety of items, such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on anything that has been made of leather” or “any leatherwork”
|
||||
13:48 ww38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּכָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 The expression **any work of leather** uses the possessive form to describe an object that has been made out of **leather**. This includes a large variety of items, such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on anything that has been made of leather” or “on any leatherwork”
|
||||
13:49 jj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַשְּׁתִ֤י אוֹ־בָעֵ֨רֶב֙ 1 See how you translated these words in the previous verse.
|
||||
13:49 xozo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר 1 The expression **equipment of leather** refers to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.”If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on any equipment that has been made of leather” or “any leatherwork”
|
||||
13:49 xozo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר 1 The expression **equipment of leather** refers to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.” If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “equipment that has been made of leather” or “leatherwork”
|
||||
13:49 pl1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the material is actually an infectious and diseased mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection on the material is actually a sign of an infection of skin disease”\n
|
||||
13:49 xcr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the fabric must show it to the priest”
|
||||
13:50 ijov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַנֶּ֖גַע 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
13:50 7sq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַנֶּ֖גַע 1 Here, the expression **the infection** represents the whole article of clothing, thread of fabric, or leatherwork that has mold or mildew on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected item” or “the item with the infection on it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1453,7 +1493,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
13:52 vvpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “It shall be completely burned”
|
||||
13:53 j5u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַשְּׁתִ֖י א֣וֹ בָעֵ֑רֶב 1 See how you translated these words in [13:48](../13/48.md).
|
||||
13:53 txf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכָל־כְּלִי־עֽוֹר׃ 1 See how you translated these words in [13:49](../13/49.md).
|
||||
13:54 zq9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the people what to do with household items that were infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
|
||||
13:54 zq9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the people what to do with household items that were infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
|
||||
13:54 k1tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְכִ֨בְּס֔וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to whoever owns the item. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and whoever owns the item shall wash”
|
||||
13:54 hcm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖וֹ הַנָּ֑גַע 1 This expression is a condensed way of referring to all the diverse pieces of clothing, fabric, or leatherwork that were described in the previous verse. If the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever item has the mold or mildew on it”
|
||||
13:54 48lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּיר֥וֹ 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1463,10 +1503,11 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
13:55 v5wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑נּוּ 1 Here, **you** is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
13:55 gd8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑נּוּ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “The owner of the item should burn it with fire”
|
||||
13:55 924b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑נּוּ 1 This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “You shall burn it completely”
|
||||
13:55 ykjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּחֶ֣תֶת הִ֔וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** is actually a **rot**, that is an infectious and decaying mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a sign of an infectious and decaying mold or mildew”
|
||||
13:55 ykjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּחֶ֣תֶת הִ֔וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** is actually a **rot**, that is, an infectious and decaying mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a sign of an infectious and decaying mold or mildew”
|
||||
13:55 3tz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּקָרַחְתּ֖וֹ א֥וֹ בְגַבַּחְתּֽוֹ׃ 1 These expressions refer to the front or backside of a piece of fabric using the same terms that described male-pattern balding in [13:40–41](../13/40.md). If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “on the front or back of it”
|
||||
13:56 j9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַנֶּ֔גַע 1 For the **infection** to have **faded** means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the item's normal color”
|
||||
13:56 h4my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner of the item washed it”
|
||||
13:56 hktj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְקָרַ֣ע אֹת֗וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to the portion of the item that has the infectious mold or mildew. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall tear the infected portion of the item”
|
||||
13:56 hktj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְקָרַ֣ע אֹת֗וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to the portion of the item that has the infectious mold or mildew on it. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall tear the infected portion of the item”
|
||||
13:56 qdmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָע֔וֹר א֥וֹ מִן־הַשְּׁתִ֖י 1 See how you translated these words in [13:48](../13/48.md).
|
||||
13:57 6jqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַשְּׁתִ֤י אֽוֹ־בָעֵ֨רֶב֙ 1 See how you translated these words in [13:48](../13/48.md).
|
||||
13:57 vtks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְכָל־כְּלִי־ע֔וֹר 1 See how you translated these words in [13:49](../13/49.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1496,23 +1537,23 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:3 uk4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהִנֵּ֛ה נִרְפָּ֥א נֶֽגַע־הַצָּרַ֖עַת מִן־הַצָּרֽוּעַ׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And look, the infection of the skin disease has completely healed from the person with the skin disease”
|
||||
14:3 b7wz נֶֽגַע־ הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
14:4 ivuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the infected person how to prepare for his cleansing. You could supply words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the infected person what to do”
|
||||
14:4 93pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקַ֧ח לַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall take for himself”
|
||||
14:4 slt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person who wished to be clean”
|
||||
14:4 93pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקַ֧ח לַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. Here, he refers to either: 1) the person who is to be cleansed. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall take for himself” or 2) an unnamed person other than the priest or the person being cleansed. Alternate translation: “and someone else shall take for the person who is being cleansed”
|
||||
14:4 slt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:4 t9pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖וֹת טְהֹר֑וֹת 1 This expression refers to birds that are not on the list provided in [11:13–19](../11/13.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “two live birds that the people of Israel are permitted to eat and sacrifice”
|
||||
14:4 gdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת 1 The expression **crimson of worm** is unclear but likely refers to a thread of unspecified fabric that is crimson in color. The dye for this crimson color was likely the byproduct of crushing the eggs of a certain insect, here referred to as a **worm**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, either in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and thread that has been naturally dyed crimson”
|
||||
14:4 ws3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאֵזֹֽב 1 This **hyssop** was a herby, leafed plant that was common in Israel. Its large and numerous leaves made it ideal for use in sprinkling, especially in ceremonial or ritual contexts, like the present chapter. If your language does not have a word for this plant, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and a bunch of leafy branches”
|
||||
14:5 oh2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the infected person how to proceed with the ritual cleansing. You could supply some words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the person what to do”
|
||||
14:5 m5us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַצִּפּ֣וֹר הָאֶחָ֑ת אֶל־כְּלִי־חֶ֖רֶשׂ 1 This expression refers to slaughtering one of the birds while suspending it over a **container of clay**. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall slaughter one bird over a container of clay”
|
||||
14:5 wg0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַצִּפּ֣וֹר הָאֶחָ֑ת 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”
|
||||
14:5 g9th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ 1 The expression **container of clay** refers to a vessel made from **clay** or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a clay pot”
|
||||
14:5 g9th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ 1 The expression **container of clay** refers to a vessel made from **clay** or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a clay vessel”
|
||||
14:5 h3t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶ֖רֶשׂ 1 The **container** is described as made of **clay**, which refers to a material similar to earthenware or potsherds, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped and baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “earthenware”
|
||||
14:5 fzd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to flowing water—that is, the water in the **container of clay** needed to be taken from a flowing source, such as a river or well rather than from a cistern. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “freshwater taken from a flowing source”
|
||||
14:5 fzd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to flowing **water**—that is, the water in the **container of clay** needed to be taken from a flowing source, such as a river or well rather than from a cistern. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “freshwater taken from a flowing source”
|
||||
14:6 rxqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת־הַצִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽחַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔הּ & וְטָבַ֨ל אוֹתָ֜ם 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “The live bird, the priest shall take it … and the priest shall dip them”
|
||||
14:6 fsbi אֶת־הַצִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽחַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔הּ 1 Alternate translation: “He shall take the living bird”
|
||||
14:6 aws9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּדַם֙ הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַשְּׁחֻטָ֔ה עַ֖ל הַמַּ֥יִם הַֽחַיִּֽים׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the person who wishes to be clean killed”
|
||||
14:6 5c2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֖ל הַמַּ֥יִם הַֽחַיִּֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse.
|
||||
14:7 m472 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְהִזָּ֗ה & וְטִ֣הֲר֔וֹ וְשִׁלַּ֛ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest, not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall sprinkle … and the priest shall pronounce him clean. And the priest shall send”
|
||||
14:7 7qo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַצָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים 1 This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the **skin disease** with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their unclean **skin disease**. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere.
|
||||
14:7 7qo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַצָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים 1 This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the **skin disease** with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their unclean **skin disease**. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere.
|
||||
14:7 cj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַ֧ל הַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:7 ybh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַשָּׂדֶֽה׃ 1 Here, the expression **the face of the field** refers to an open field. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “toward an open field”
|
||||
14:7 wnhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַשָּׂדֶֽה׃ 1 Here, the expression **the field** does not refer to a specific field but to any field near the place where the Israelites are living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a nearby field”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1525,10 +1566,10 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:9 3wyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛וֹ בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:9 czy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛וֹ 1 As before, here and throughout the chapter, the word **flesh** refers to a person’s body as a whole and, occasionally, his genitals specifically. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his whole body”
|
||||
14:10 2q76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?) וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֗י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”
|
||||
14:10 jjr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִקַּ֤ח 1 Here, the word **he** refers to the person who was cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed shall take”
|
||||
14:10 jjr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִקַּ֤ח 1 Here, the word **he** refers to the person who is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed shall take”
|
||||
14:10 qdu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּמִימִ֔ים & תְּמִימָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the word **perfect** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
14:10 7cmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְכַבְשָׂ֥ה אַחַ֛ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖הּ תְּמִימָ֑ה 1 The expression **a daughter of her year** is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [9:3](../09/03.md). Alternate translation: “and a perfect female lamb that is a year old” or “and a perfect female lamb that is twelve months of age”
|
||||
14:10 vzq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת 1 Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the **flour** is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters, so that **three-tenths** of an ephah would amount to almost 7 liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about seven liters of flour”
|
||||
14:10 vzq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת 1 Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the **flour** is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters so **three-tenths** of an ephah would amount to almost seven liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about seven liters of flour”
|
||||
14:10 5hr3 Ordinal וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים 1 The word **tenth** is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.
|
||||
14:10 wjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשֶּׁ֔מֶן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md).
|
||||
14:10 48sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִנְחָה֙ 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1540,11 +1581,11 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:11 l99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
|
||||
14:12 ht8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛וֹ 1 See how you handled this ritual action in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
14:12 j7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְאָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [5:15](../05/15.md).
|
||||
14:12 i44p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְאֶת־לֹ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 One **log** was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and one-sixth of a liter of oil”
|
||||
14:12 i44p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְאֶת־לֹ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 One **log** was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and the one-sixth of a liter of oil”
|
||||
14:12 pfmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהֵנִ֥יף אֹתָ֛ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 It is highly unlikely that the living **lamb** was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence before it was killed. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the living lamb or some other physical motion that demarcated the lamb (and the oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a **wave offering**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh”
|
||||
14:12 kxj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [7:30](../07/30.md).
|
||||
14:12 nlun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:13 22ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַכֶּ֗בֶשׂ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb”
|
||||
14:13 22ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַכֶּ֗בֶשׂ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb”
|
||||
14:13 i44q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בִּ֠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽחַטָּ֛את וְאֶת־הָעֹלָ֖ה בִּמְק֣וֹם הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Here, **in the holy place** clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering, that is, in the holy place”
|
||||
14:13 haf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense בִּ֠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽחַטָּ֛את וְאֶת־הָעֹלָ֖ה 1 Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a **sin offering** or a **burnt offering**. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same place where he might slaughter the sin offering and the burnt offering”
|
||||
14:13 o4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽחַטָּ֛את 1 Here, **he** does not refer to the person who is to be cleansed specifically. Rather, it refers generally to anyone who might offer the **sin offering** or the **burnt offering**. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “where people slaughter the sin offering”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1559,7 +1600,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:16 8i5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:17 mqyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמִיֶּ֨תֶר הַשֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַכֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַמִּטַּהֵר֙ הַיְמָנִ֔ית וְעַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָדוֹ֙ הַיְמָנִ֔ית וְעַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖וֹ הַיְמָנִ֑ית עַ֖ל דַּ֥ם הָאָשָֽׁם׃ 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [8:23–24](../08/23.md).
|
||||
14:17 18bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּמִיֶּ֨תֶר הַשֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַכֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַמִּטַּהֵר֙ הַיְמָנִ֔ית 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
14:17 6hrv וּמִיֶּ֨תֶר הַשֶּׁ֜מֶן 1 Alternate translation: “And ... some of the remaining oil”
|
||||
14:17 6hrv וּמִיֶּ֨תֶר הַשֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall give some of the remaining oil that is on his palm”
|
||||
14:17 c24c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:18 b8uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהַנּוֹתָ֗ר בַּשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַכֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַמִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
14:18 1am8 וְהַנּוֹתָ֗ר בַּשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1571,13 +1612,13 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:19 hs6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:19 4hqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִטֻּמְאָת֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from that which has made him unclean”
|
||||
14:19 z2kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאַחַ֖ר יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָעֹלָֽה׃ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And after, the person being cleansed will slaughter the burnt offering”
|
||||
14:20 q661 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהֶעֱלָ֧ה הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הָעֹלָ֥ה וְאֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֖ה הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חָה 1 This expression is an idiom. It depicts the act of burning the **burnt offering** and the **grain offering** on the altar as converting the offer into smoke that goes **up** to God in heaven from *the altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall burn the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar in such a way that they go up to Yahweh”
|
||||
14:20 jdvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛יו הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:20 q661 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהֶעֱלָ֧ה הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הָעֹלָ֥ה וְאֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֖ה הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חָה 1 This expression is an idiom. It depicts the act of burning the **burnt offering** and the **grain offering** on the altar as converting the offer into smoke that goes **up** to God in heaven from **the altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall burn the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar in such a way that they go up to Yahweh in smoke”
|
||||
14:20 jdvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛יו הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md).
|
||||
14:21 c76j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֵ֣ין יָדוֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “and he cannot afford to offer the three lambs”
|
||||
14:21 azv9 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִתְנוּפָ֖ה לְכַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 Here, **to** marks waving and making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of bringing the **lamb**, **flour**, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:21 gfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:21 azv9 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִתְנוּפָ֖ה לְכַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 Here, **to** marks waving and making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of bringing the **lamb**, **flour**, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:21 gfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md).
|
||||
14:21 drj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְעִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד בָּל֥וּל בַּשֶּׁ֛מֶן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and one-tenth of flour that he has mixed with oil”
|
||||
14:21 3fgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְעִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Here, **one-tenth** is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.
|
||||
14:21 3fgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְעִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Here, **tenth** is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.
|
||||
14:21 hwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְעִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Although it is not explicit, it is likely that **one-tenth** refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
14:21 aj8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְלֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃ 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
14:22 ncfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1586,7 +1627,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:23 j9v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. The **eighth day** refers to the day after the week-long period of purification mentioned in [14:8](../14/08.md) during with the person dwells outside of the camp. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day after the week-long period during which he lived outside of the camp”
|
||||
14:23 e94b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְטָהֳרָת֖וֹ 1 Here, **for** marks **cleansing** as the goal or purpose of bringing all of the required items and animals. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:23 pc6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְטָהֳרָת֖וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cleansing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that he is no longer unclean” or “so that he can be clean”
|
||||
14:23 14ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־הַכֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the priest at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh”
|
||||
14:23 14ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־הַכֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the priest who is at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh”
|
||||
14:23 107n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:24 wiiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־כֶּ֥בֶשׂ הָאָשָׁ֖ם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **lamb** that is characterized by the fact that it has been selected to become a **guilt offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering”
|
||||
14:24 u8i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְאֶת־לֹ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1603,54 +1644,54 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:29 28ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהַנּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַכֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַמִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
14:29 b1wd וְהַנּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”
|
||||
14:29 e4hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַמִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:29 zy5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖יו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:29 zy5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖יו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md).
|
||||
14:29 deiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖יו 1 Here, **to** marks making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of putting the **oil** on the head of **the person being cleansed**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:29 4g1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:30 hg23 וְעָשָׂ֤ה אֶת־הָֽאֶחָד֙ מִן־הַתֹּרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare one of the doves”
|
||||
14:30 29dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִן־בְּנֵ֣י הַיּוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
14:30 heez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָדֽוֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which **his hand reaches** refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “from that which he can afford”
|
||||
14:31 g2k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֞יג יָד֗וֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which **his hand reaches** refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “whatever he can afford”
|
||||
14:31 uy5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן עַ֥ל הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:31 uy5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן עַ֥ל הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md).
|
||||
14:31 ap91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
|
||||
14:31 fe8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
14:32 ia5o זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 Alternate translation: “This is the instruction of whoever has an infectious skin disease”
|
||||
14:32 185v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by referring to a person who has an **infection of a skin disease** who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with whoever {is} on him an infection of a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to whoever {is} on him an infection of a skin disease”
|
||||
14:32 185v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by referring to a person who has an **infection of a skin disease** who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with whoever has an infection of a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to whoever has an infection of a skin disease”
|
||||
14:32 eka8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
14:32 p78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖וֹ בְּטָהֳרָתֽוֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “who cannot afford the three lambs required for his cleansing”
|
||||
14:32 a7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּטָהֳרָתֽוֹ׃פ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cleansing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the means by which he can become clean” or “the means by which he can be cleansed”
|
||||
14:32 p78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖וֹ בְּטָהֳרָתֽוֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “who cannot afford the three lambs required for his cleansing”
|
||||
14:32 a7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּטָהֳרָתֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cleansing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the means by which he can become clean” or “the means by which he can be cleansed”
|
||||
14:33 wzw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
14:34 snu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ & לָכֶ֖ם & אֲחֻזַּתְכֶֽם׃ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
14:34 k89h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְנָתַתִּי֙ נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
14:34 u9um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 Here, the expression **infection of a disease**, while the same expression that was used above for infectious skin diseases, likely refers to an infectious household mold or fungus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “an infection of mold or mildew”
|
||||
14:34 0utr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe an **infection** that is characterized by the fact that it is the symptom of a **disease**, likely referring to a mold or mildew. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an infectious disease” or “an infectious mold or mildew”
|
||||
14:34 9lfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּבֵ֖ית אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְכֶֽם׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **house** that is in the **land** that the Israelites will come to possess, that is, the land of Canaan. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a house that is in the land that you possess”
|
||||
14:34 9lfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּבֵ֖ית אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְכֶֽם׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **house** that is in the **land** that the Israelites will come to possess, that is, the land of Canaan. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a house that is in the land that you will possess”
|
||||
14:34 ap3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְכֶֽם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **possession**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in the land that you will possess”
|
||||
14:35 gcc6 וּבָא֙ אֲשֶׁר־ל֣וֹ הַבַּ֔יִת 1 Alternate translation: “then he who owns the house shall come”
|
||||
14:35 st5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes וְהִגִּ֥יד לַכֹּהֵ֖ן לֵאמֹ֑ר כְּנֶ֕גַע נִרְאָ֥ה לִ֖י בַּבָּֽיִת׃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he shall inform the priest that something like an infection has appeared to him in the house”
|
||||
14:35 qp4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
14:36 5efb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
|
||||
14:36 ol0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּפִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֗יִת בְּטֶ֨רֶם יָבֹ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ לִרְא֣וֹת אֶת־הַנֶּ֔גַע וְלֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 This means that unless the owners and residents of the house open all the windows in preparation for the priest to arrive to inspect the household mold, the priest will declare the house and everything (and, likely, everyone) in it to be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and they shall open up the windows of the house before the priest comes to see the infection. If they do not do this, the priest will declare everything that {is} in the house unclean”
|
||||
14:36 ol0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּפִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֗יִת בְּטֶ֨רֶם יָבֹ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ לִרְא֣וֹת אֶת־הַנֶּ֔גַע וְלֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 This means that unless the owners and residents of the house open all the windows in preparation for the priest to arrive to inspect the household mold, the priest will declare the house and everything (and, likely, everyone) in it to be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and they shall open up the windows of the house before the priest comes to see the infection. If they do not do this, the priest will declare everything that is in the house unclean”
|
||||
14:36 lt1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּפִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֗יִת 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the people in the house shall open the house”
|
||||
14:36 q9ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְלֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 Once the priest declared **the house** to be unclean, everything in the house became **unclean**, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priest does not need to declare anything or anyone in the house to be unclean”
|
||||
14:36 x4iy וְאַ֥חַר כֵּ֛ן 1 Alternate translation: “And afterward”
|
||||
14:37 8uja rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁקַֽעֲרוּרֹת֙ יְרַקְרַקֹּ֔ת א֖וֹ אֲדַמְדַּמֹּ֑ת 1 These **eruptions** likely refer to spots on the wall where the mold or mildew has aggressively spread and changed colors. If your language has a word for this kind of infectious mold or mildew, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “is a large spot of mold or mildew that is green or red in color”
|
||||
14:37 nv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמַרְאֵיהֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַקִּֽיר 1 This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone **deeper** than just the surface of the **wall**. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they appear to be deeper than the surface of the wall”
|
||||
14:37 nv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּמַרְאֵיהֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַקִּֽיר 1 This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone **deeper** than just the surface of the **wall**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of \\*\\*appearance\\*\\*, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and they look to be deeper than the surface of the wall”
|
||||
14:38 kwwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַבַּ֖יִת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃ 1 As was the case with the person who had the potential symptom of an infectious skin disease, this expression refers to quarantining the house for a period of time in order to allow the mold to naturally progress and for a diagnosis to be more easily made in one direction or another. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall shut up the house for seven days so that no one can come in or out”
|
||||
14:39 u6kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?) בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
|
||||
14:40 60re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
|
||||
14:40 wehe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְחִלְּצוּ֙ & וְהִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the residents of the house shall pull out … and they shall cast”
|
||||
14:40 m445 אֶת־הָ֣אֲבָנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּהֵ֖ן הַנָּ֑גַע 1 Alternate translation: “the stones that show signs of the infection”
|
||||
14:40 m445 אֶת־הָ֣אֲבָנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּהֵ֖ן הַנָּ֑גַע 1 Alternate translation: ”the stones that have the infection on them” or “the stones that show signs of the infection”
|
||||
14:40 j27k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְהִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ אֶתְהֶן֙ אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and they shall cast them to a place on the outside of the city that is unclean”
|
||||
14:40 bkh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 This **unclean place** was a location outside of the city limits where refuse and other unclean items would be disposed of. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to the unclean place on the outside of the city where people dispose of unclean things”
|
||||
14:40 mcvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר 1 Here, as [14:34](../14/34.md) also suggests, the inclusion of the word **city** implies that Yahweh is speaking of a future time when the people of Israel will be living in cities rather than in the wilderness as they were when Yahweh spoke these words to Moses. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to a place on the outside of the city in which you will one day live”
|
||||
14:40 by61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לָעִ֔יר 1 Here, **the city** does not refer to a specific but to any city in which an Israelite may someday live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any city in which you will someday live”
|
||||
14:41 0rb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶת־הַבַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִבַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב 1 This expression refers to removing **the soil** from the walls. This process had the potential to remove the mold or mildew from the walls. If your language has a specific word for this process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the house he shall have scraped from the house all around in order to try and remove the infectious mold”
|
||||
14:41 0rb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶת־הַבַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִבַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב 1 This expression refers to removing **the soil** that coated the exterior of the walls of **the house**. This process had the potential to remove the mold or mildew from the walls. If your language has a specific word for this process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the house he shall have scraped from the house all around in order to try and remove the infectious mold”
|
||||
14:41 kwu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאֶת־ הַבַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest, although the priest is not the one who will scrape the house. The rest of the verse suggests that the residents of the house will scrape the walls. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall have the house scraped”
|
||||
14:41 o49y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁפְכ֗וּ אֶת־ הֶֽעָפָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִקְצ֔וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the residents of the house shall pour out the soil that they scrape off”
|
||||
14:41 92l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הֶֽעָפָר֙ 1 This **soil** likely refers to earthen plaster-like material that would be used to cover the outside of the exterior walls of a house. If your language has a word for this kind of building material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the wall plaster”
|
||||
14:41 y6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־ מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר אֶל־ מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in the previous verse.
|
||||
14:42 19vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקְחוּ֙ & וְהֵבִ֖יאוּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the residents of the house shall take … and they shall bring them”
|
||||
14:42 wjmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲבָנִ֣ים אֲחֵר֔וֹת & וְעָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר 1 These expressions refer to new, uncontaminated **stones** and fresh **plaster**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “new, clean stones … fresh soil”
|
||||
14:41 o49y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁפְכ֗וּ אֶת־הֶֽעָפָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִקְצ֔וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall pour out the soil that they scrape off”
|
||||
14:41 92l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הֶֽעָפָר֙ 1 This **soil** likely refers to an earthen, plaster-like material that would be used to cover the outside of the exterior walls of a house. If your language has a word for this kind of building material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the wall plaster”
|
||||
14:41 y6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in the previous verse.
|
||||
14:42 19vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקְחוּ֙ & וְהֵבִ֖יאוּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall take … and they shall bring them”
|
||||
14:42 wjmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲבָנִ֣ים אֲחֵר֔וֹת & וְעָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר 1 These expressions refer to new, uncontaminated **stones** and fresh **soil**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “new, clean stones … fresh soil”
|
||||
14:42 060v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהֵבִ֖יאוּ אֶל־תַּ֣חַת הָאֲבָנִ֑ים 1 The expression **into under the stones** means the location where the infected stones previously were in the walls. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and they shall put them wherever the infected stones were in the wall”
|
||||
14:42 p5i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְעָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְטָ֥ח אֶת־הַבָּֽיִת׃ 1 Here, **he** refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house”
|
||||
14:43 bcz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־הָאֲבָנִ֑ים וְאַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־הַבַּ֖יִת וְאַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ׃ 1 These expressions refer to the process of scraping off the entire house, removing the infected stones, and re-plastering the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have pulled out the infected stones, scraped off of the entire house, and re-plastered it with fresh soil”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1659,70 +1700,75 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:45 84up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֵ֖ת כָּל־עֲפַ֣ר הַבָּ֑יִת 1 See how you translated the word **soil** in [14:41](../14/41.md).
|
||||
14:45 i591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהוֹצִיא֙ אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [14:40](../14/40.md).
|
||||
14:45 20dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְהוֹצִיא֙ 1 Here, **them** refers to all the parts of the house that were previously mentioned in this verse, including the **stones**, **wood**, and **soil** of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall take out the stones, wood, and soil of the house”
|
||||
14:46 jlji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַבָּא֙ אֶל־הַבַּ֔יִת 1 This expression represents any person who enters the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who enters into the house”
|
||||
14:46 je7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־יְמֵ֖י הִסְגִּ֣יר אֹת֑וֹ 1 This expression refers to the period of time during which the priest has quarantined the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the time when the priest has shut up the house”
|
||||
14:47 zddy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַשֹּׁכֵ֣ב בַּבַּ֔יִת 1 This expression represents any person who dwells in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who dwells in the house”
|
||||
14:47 b8ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהָאֹכֵ֣ל בַּבַּ֔יִת 1 This expression represents any person who eats in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who eats in the house”
|
||||
14:48 30io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִם־בֹּ֨א יָבֹ֜א הַכֹּהֵ֗ן 1 This expression repeats the verb **coming** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the priest ever comes” or ”But whenever the priest comes”
|
||||
14:48 pd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֖י הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־הַבָּ֑יִת 1 This expression refers to the process of having replastered the house with fresh, clean soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house re-plastered it”
|
||||
14:48 hoa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י נִרְפָּ֖א הַנָּֽגַע׃ 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before. “The house is clean because the infection was healed”
|
||||
14:48 pd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֖י הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־הַבָּ֑יִת 1 This expression refers to the process of having re-plastered the house with fresh, clean soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have re-plastered it”
|
||||
14:48 hoa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י נִרְפָּ֖א הַנָּֽגַע׃ 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The house should be pronounced clean because the infection was healed”
|
||||
14:48 aw4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִרְפָּ֖א הַנָּֽגַע 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner has successfully removed the infection from the house”
|
||||
14:49 wnyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקַ֛ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”
|
||||
14:49 qk3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְעֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּשְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְאֵזֹֽב 1 See how you translated these words in [14:4](../14/04.md).
|
||||
14:49 sefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְחַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַבַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **to** marks cleansing the house as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:50 z4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הָאֶחָ֑ת 1 Although it is ambiguous, based on [14:4](../14/04.md), **he** likely refers to the owner of the house that is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house that is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”
|
||||
14:49 sefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְחַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַבַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **to** marks cleansing **the house** as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:50 z4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הָאֶחָ֑ת 1 Although it is ambiguous, based on [14:4](../14/04.md), **he** likely refers to the owner of the house that is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house that is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”
|
||||
14:50 g7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־ כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ עַל־ מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [14:5](../14/05.md).
|
||||
14:51 7k4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְלָקַ֣ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”
|
||||
14:51 pk9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־עֵֽץ־הָ֠אֶרֶז וְאֶת־הָ֨אֵזֹ֜ב וְאֵ֣ת ׀ שְׁנִ֣י הַתּוֹלַ֗עַת וְאֵת֮ הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַֽחַיָּה֒ 1 See how you translated these words in [14:4](../14/04.md).
|
||||
14:51 cq38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּדַם֙ הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַשְּׁחוּטָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the owner of the house slaughtered”
|
||||
14:51 l18z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבַמַּ֖יִם הַֽחַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated this expression in [14:5](../14/05.md).
|
||||
14:51 ir6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִזָּ֥ה אֶל־הַבַּ֖יִת שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים׃ 1 See how you handled the similar ritual action in [14:7](../14/05.md).
|
||||
14:52 k4zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְחִטֵּ֣א אֶת־הַבַּ֔יִת 1 This expression refers to the priest having successfully ritually purified the house so that the items in it and the people residing in it will no longer become unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall ritually purify the house from all of the impurities of the infectious mold or mildew”
|
||||
14:52 k4zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְחִטֵּ֣א אֶת־הַבַּ֔יִת 1 This expression refers to the priest successfully purifying the house so that the items in it and the people residing in it will no longer be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall purify the house from all of the impurities of the infectious mold or mildew”
|
||||
14:52 jep8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבַמַּ֖יִם הַֽחַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated this expression in [14:5](../14/05.md).
|
||||
14:52 93bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַחַיָּ֗ה וּבְעֵ֥ץ הָאֶ֛רֶז וּבָאֵזֹ֖ב וּבִשְׁנִ֥י הַתּוֹלָֽעַת׃ 1 See how you translated these words in [14:4](../14/04.md).
|
||||
14:53 jukk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְשִׁלַּ֞ח אֶת־הַצִּפֹּ֧ר הַֽחַיָּ֛ה 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall send the live bird”
|
||||
14:53 78qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶל־פְּנֵ֣י הַשָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [14:7](../14/07.md).
|
||||
14:53 et8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֥ר עַל־הַבַּ֖יִת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Here, however, make sure your translation makes it clear that the house is not being atoned for because of any sin on the part of anyone who lived in it. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
14:54 344d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֖את הַתּוֹרָ֑ה לְכָל־נֶ֥גַע הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the process of cleansing for any of the scenarios described in [14:54–57]( If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with every infection of the skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to every infection of the skin disease”
|
||||
14:54 344d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֖את הַתּוֹרָ֑ה לְכָל־נֶ֥גַע הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by referring to the process of cleansing for any of the scenarios described in [14:54–57](../14/54.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with every infection of the skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to every infection of the skin disease”
|
||||
14:54 f451 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נֶ֥גַע הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
14:54 9f62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַנָּֽתֶק׃ 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:30](../13/30.md).
|
||||
14:55 e1sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּלְצָרַ֥עַת 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:47](../13/47.md).
|
||||
14:56 doj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַשְׂאֵ֥ת 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
14:56 qrw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַסַּפַּ֖חַת 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
14:56 hhiq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלַבֶּהָֽרֶת׃ 1 See how you translated this skin condition in [13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
14:57 rv13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהוֹרֹ֕ת 1 Here, **to** marks teaching how to identify **uncleanness** and **cleanness** as the goal or purpose of the **instruction**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:57 rv13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהוֹרֹ֕ת 1 Here, the expression **in order to** marks teaching how to identify **uncleanness** and **cleanness** as the goal or purpose of the **instruction**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
14:57 ut76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּי֥וֹם הַטָּמֵ֖א וּבְי֣וֹם הַטָּהֹ֑ר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **uncleanness** and **cleanness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Additionally, the word **day** is being used to refer to a period of time. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when a person is unclean or when a person is clean”
|
||||
14:57 n4s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַצָּרָֽעַת׃ס 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of skin diseases described in [14:54–57](../14/54.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with skin diseases” or “This is the instruction that pertains to skin diseases”
|
||||
14:57 n4s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַצָּרָֽעַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by referring to the wide variety of skin diseases described in [14:54–57](../14/54.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with skin diseases” or “This is the instruction that pertains to skin diseases”
|
||||
15:intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bodily fluid\n\nThis chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### Cleanliness\n\nWhile these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
|
||||
15:1 upg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
|
||||
15:1-2 7tzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹֽר & דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them”
|
||||
15:2 zyg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-doublet דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses is to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say this to the sons of Israel”
|
||||
15:2 zyg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-doublet דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses and Aaron are to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say this to the sons of Israel”
|
||||
15:2 wy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated this metaphor in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
15:2 9dw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם 1 The word **you** here is plural. The word refers to Moses and Aaron. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
15:2 9ahv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, here **man** is repeated to refer to any male. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Any man”
|
||||
15:2 9s7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֤י יִהְיֶה֙ זָ֣ב מִבְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 This expression refers to a scenario when a man has a flowing bodily discharge, specifically (as the next note will clarify) from his genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “when he has a flowing discharge from his flesh”
|
||||
15:2 rq7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism מִבְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 Here and throughout this chapter the word **flesh** is a polite way of referring to a person’s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from his genitals”
|
||||
15:2 rq7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism מִבְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 Here and throughout this chapter the word **flesh** is a polite way of referring to a man‘s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from his genitals”
|
||||
15:3 z6ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְזֹ֛את תִּהְיֶ֥ה טֻמְאָת֖וֹ & טֻמְאָת֖וֹ הִֽוא 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **uncleanness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is what makes him unclean … it makes him unclean”
|
||||
15:3 z2y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָ֣ר בְּשָׂר֞וֹ אֶת־זוֹב֗וֹ 1 The manner of the man’s discharge, but this expression likely refers to a discharge that excretes or drips from a man’s genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether the discharge drips from his genitals”
|
||||
15:3 4kfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֽוֹ־הֶחְתִּ֤ים בְּשָׂרוֹ֙ מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 The manner of the man’s discharge, but this expression likely refers to a discharge that is stopped up in a man’s genitals and has become infected. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or the discharge is stopped up in the man’s genitals”
|
||||
15:4 hdul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַזָּ֖ב 1 Here and in the following verses, the expression **the flowing person** refers to the man who has the flowing infection in his genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person with the discharge”
|
||||
15:3 z2y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָ֣ר בְּשָׂר֞וֹ אֶת־זוֹב֗וֹ 1 This expression refers to the manner of the man’s **flow**. It likely describes a discharge that excretes or drips from a man’s genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether the discharge drips from his flesh”
|
||||
15:3 4kfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֽוֹ־הֶחְתִּ֤ים בְּשָׂרוֹ֙ מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 Like the previous expression, this phrase refers to the manner of the man’s **flow**. It likely describes a discharge that is stopped up in a man’s genitals and has become infected. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or the discharge is stopped up in the man’s flesh”
|
||||
15:4 hdul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַזָּ֖ב 1 Here and in the following verses, the expression **the flowing man** refers to the man who has the flowing infection in his genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man with the discharge”
|
||||
15:5 xvhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּמִשְׁכָּב֑וֹ יְכַבֵּ֧ס בְּגָדָ֛יו 1 See how you handled this ritual action in [14:8](../14/08.md).
|
||||
15:5 gkxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְאִ֕ישׁ 1 Although the word **man** is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And any person”
|
||||
15:5 99a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחַ֥ץ בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 It might seem that the expression **he will wash with water** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly”
|
||||
15:6 i1j0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַיֹּשֵׁב֙ עַֽל־הַכְּלִ֔י 1 This expression represents any person who **sits** on any **furniture** on which the man with the discharge has sat, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who sits on the furniture”
|
||||
15:6 3tyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחַ֥ץ בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:7 sr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַנֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּבְשַׂ֣ר הַזָּ֑ב 1 Alternate translation: “And anyone who touches any part of the body”
|
||||
15:7 sr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהַנֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּבְשַׂ֣ר הַזָּ֑ב 1 Here, **flesh** likely represents not the genitals specifically, but the body of the person with the discharge as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the person who touches any part of the flowing man's body”
|
||||
15:7 odfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַנֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּבְשַׂ֣ר 1 This expression represents any person who **touches** the **flesh** of the man with the discharge, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who touches the flesh”
|
||||
15:7 qfd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחַ֥ץ בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:8 t7pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחַ֥ץ בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:9 edw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְכָל־הַמֶּרְכָּ֗ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְכַּ֥ב עָלָ֛יו הַזָּ֖ב 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the expression **means of riding** translates a noun that is related to the verb **rides**. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything on which the flowing person has ridden”
|
||||
15:9 edw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְכָל־הַמֶּרְכָּ֗ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְכַּ֥ב עָלָ֛יו הַזָּ֖ב 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the expression **means of riding** translates a noun that is related to the verb **rides**. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything on which the flowing man has ridden”
|
||||
15:9 vfp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכָל־הַמֶּרְכָּ֗ב 1 The expression **any means of riding** refers to anything that is placed on the back of a horse or donkey on which a person would ride. This includes objects like saddles, clothes, blankets, and the like. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything could be used to ride a horse or donkey”
|
||||
15:10 dsi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה תַחְתָּ֔יו 1 This expression refers to the **means of riding**. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “anything that he used to ride a horse or donkey”
|
||||
15:10 anv9 וְהַנּוֹשֵׂ֣א אוֹתָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “And whoever carries them”
|
||||
15:10 dsi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה תַחְתָּ֔יו 1 This expression refers to the ”means of riding” that was described in the previous verse. This means that the word **him** in this expression refers to the man who has the discharge. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “anything that the man with the discharge used to ride a horse or donkey”
|
||||
15:10 anv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַנּוֹשֵׂ֣א אוֹתָ֔ם 1 This expression represents any person who **lifts** anything on which the man with the discharge has sat while riding, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever lifts them”
|
||||
15:11 ga5g וְכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּוֹ֙ הַזָּ֔ב 1 Alternate translation: “And whomever the person with the infected flow touches”
|
||||
15:11 pujd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְיָדָ֖יו לֹא־שָׁטַ֣ף בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who has the genital discharge. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “but the flowing person did not first wash his hands”
|
||||
15:12 g4sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּכְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥וֹ הַזָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the container of clay that the flowing person touches shall break it”
|
||||
15:11 pujd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְיָדָ֖יו לֹא־שָׁטַ֣ף בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 Here, **he** refers to the **flowing man**, that is, the man who has the genital discharge. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “but the flowing man did not first wash his hands”
|
||||
15:12 g4sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּכְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥וֹ הַזָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the container of clay that the flowing man touches shall break it”
|
||||
15:12 cp7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּכְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ 1 The expression **container of clay** refers to a vessel made from **clay** or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And a clay pot”
|
||||
15:12 r356 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְכָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּמָּֽיִם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone must rinse every wooden container with water”
|
||||
15:12 jxsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְכָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּמָּֽיִם׃ 1 This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “and whoever owns a vessel of wood that the flowing person has touched shall rinse it with water”
|
||||
15:12 ot6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ 1 The expression **a vessel of wood** is likely an implement, rather than a **container**. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and every wooden implement”
|
||||
15:13 xiep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִֽי־יִטְהַ֤ר הַזָּב֙ מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 This expression refers to a person’s discharge healing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the flowing person recovers from his flow”
|
||||
15:13 xyfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְסָ֨פַר ל֜וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים 1 This expression refers to determining a week-long period after which the person can be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “then he shall determine a seven-day period”
|
||||
15:12 jxsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְכָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּמָּֽיִם׃ 1 This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “and whoever owns a vessel of wood shall rinse it thoroughly”
|
||||
15:12 ot6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ 1 The expression **a vessel of wood** is likely an implement, rather than a **container**. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression.Additionally, the expression here refers to any wooden implement that the **flowing man** has touched. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and every wooden implement that the flowing man touches”
|
||||
15:13 xiep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכִֽי־יִטְהַ֤ר הַזָּב֙ מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 This expression refers to a person’s discharge healing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the flowing man recovers from his flow and is not longer infected”
|
||||
15:13 xyfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְסָ֨פַר ל֜וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים 1 This expression refers to determining a week-long period after which the **flowing man** can be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “then he shall determine a seven-day period”
|
||||
15:13 nds3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְטָהֳרָת֖וֹ 1 Here, **for** marks **cleansing** as the goal or purpose of counting out **seven days**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
|
||||
15:13 bxqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְטָהֳרָת֖וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **cleansing**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in order to determine when he can be cleansed”
|
||||
15:13 t3tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּשָׂר֛וֹ 1 See how you handled this euphemism in [15:2](../15/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1732,38 +1778,38 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
15:14 jmwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:15 8cb2 וְעָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָם֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare them”
|
||||
15:15 6h27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְעָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָם֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Here, **them** refers to the two birds that are described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make the two birds”
|
||||
15:15 fa9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧יו הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
15:15 t2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:15 fa9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧יו הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the man is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
15:15 t2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:16 uq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־זָ֑רַע 1 This expression refers to a man having an ejaculation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this expression would not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when he experiences an ejaculation”
|
||||
15:16 prya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖וֹ 1 Whereas elsewhere, the word **flesh** refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression **all his flesh** refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “his whole body”
|
||||
15:16 prya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖וֹ 1 Whereas elsewhere, the word **flesh** usually refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression **all his flesh** refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “his whole body”
|
||||
15:17 rnhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse.
|
||||
15:17 nnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְכֻבַּ֥ס בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the item shall wash it with water”
|
||||
15:18 m4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְאִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖הּ 1 This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man and woman have sexual relations”
|
||||
15:18 ksnd שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע 1 Alternate translation: “and there is a layer of seed” or “and the man ejaculates”
|
||||
15:18 0dza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְרָחֲצ֣וּ בַמַּ֔יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:19 70uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תִהְיֶ֣ה זָבָ֔ה דָּ֛ם יִהְיֶ֥ה זֹבָ֖הּ בִּבְשָׂרָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to a woman’s normal menstruation. It may be helpful to use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “when she is bleeding normally from her genitals”
|
||||
15:19 70uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תִהְיֶ֣ה זָבָ֔ה דָּ֛ם יִהְיֶ֥ה זֹבָ֖הּ בִּבְשָׂרָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to a woman’s normal menstruation. It may be helpful to use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “when she is bleeding normally from her flesh”
|
||||
15:19 05l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בִּבְשָׂרָ֑הּ 1 Here, the word **flesh** is a polite way of referring to a woman’s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in her genitals”
|
||||
15:19 kc0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָמִים֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְנִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 This expression means that when a woman begins menstruating, she will be considered unclean for seven days. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she will be unclean because of her menstruation”
|
||||
15:19 jke6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְנִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **menstruation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “she should consider herself to be normally menstruating”
|
||||
15:20 s2rz בְּנִדָּתָ֖הּ 1 Alternate translation: “when she is menstruating”
|
||||
15:23 ramw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִ֨ם עַֽל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֜ב ה֗וּא א֧וֹ עַֽל־הַכְּלִ֛י אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥וא יֹשֶֽׁבֶת־עָלָ֖יו 1 Here, **it** refers to anything that might be placed on a **bed** or a piece of **furniture**. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if an item is placed on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting”
|
||||
15:23 ntco rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּנָגְעוֹ־ב֑וֹ יִטְמָ֖א עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃ 1 Here, **he** refers to the hypothetical person who touches something that has been placed on the menstruating woman’s bed or furniture. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “when anyone touches it, that person shall be unclean until the evening”
|
||||
15:20 s2rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּנִדָּתָ֖הּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **menstruation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when she is menstruating”
|
||||
15:23 ramw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִ֨ם עַֽל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֜ב ה֗וּא א֧וֹ עַֽל־הַכְּלִ֛י אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥וא יֹשֶֽׁבֶת־עָלָ֖יו 1 Here, **it** refers to anything that might be placed on a **bed** or a piece of **furniture** on which the menstruating woman has sat or on which she has laid. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if an item is placed on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting”
|
||||
15:23 ntco rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּנָגְעוֹ־ב֑וֹ יִטְמָ֖א עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃ 1 Here, **he** refers to the hypothetical person who touches something that has been placed on the menstruating woman’s **bed** or **furniture**. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “when anyone touches it, that person shall be unclean until the evening”
|
||||
15:24 k2wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְאִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗הּ 1 This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with her”
|
||||
15:24 369x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְאִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗הּ 1 This expression repeats the verb **laying** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And if a man ever lies with her”
|
||||
15:24 sj7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּתְהִ֤י נִדָּתָהּ֙ עָלָ֔יו 1 Here, the expression **her menstruation** represents a woman’s menstrual blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and her menstrual blood is on him”
|
||||
15:25 he4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאִשָּׁ֡ה כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜הּ יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֗ים בְּלֹא֙ עֶת־נִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals at any time other than her **menstruation**. If this happens, the woman is unclean just like during her menstruation. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to express this with a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And a woman, when she bleeds from her genitals for many days when it is not the time of her normal menstruation”
|
||||
15:25 xrr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜הּ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word **flow** translates a noun that is related to the verb **flows**. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when her blood flows”
|
||||
15:25 psu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִֽי־תָז֖וּב עַל־נִדָּתָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals during her normal **menstruation** for longer than normal. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when she bleeds from her genitals during her menstruation period for longer than normal”
|
||||
15:25 7wwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗הּ כִּימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה 1 This expression refers to the fact that if either of the scenarios described in this verse occurs, the woman should be considered unclean just as if she were normally menstruating. Additionally, the word **days** is being used to denote a period of time. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for as long as she is bleeding, she shall be considered unclean just like when she is menstruating”
|
||||
15:25 xrr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜הּ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word **flow** translates a noun that is related to the verb **flows**. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when her blood flows heavily”
|
||||
15:25 psu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִֽי־תָז֖וּב עַל־נִדָּתָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals during her normal **menstruation** for longer than is typical for her. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when she bleeds from her genitals during her menstruation period for longer than is typical for her”
|
||||
15:25 7wwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗הּ כִּימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה 1 This expression refers to the fact that if either of the scenarios described in this verse occurs, the woman should be considered unclean just as if she were normally menstruating. Additionally, the word **days** is being used to denote a period of time. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for as long as she is bleeding, she shall be considered unclean just like when she is menstruating normally”
|
||||
15:25 nw9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **days** that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean **flow**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “as long as she is bleeding and is unclean”
|
||||
15:25 xvvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **days** that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s **menstruation**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the period when she normally menstruates”
|
||||
15:26 i6o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־תִּשְׁכַּ֤ב עָלָיו֙ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔הּ כְּמִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖הּ יִֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑הּ 1 This phrase means that any **bed** on which the woman sits while she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding should be considered unclean just like the bed of a woman who is normally menstruating. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow should be considered to be unclean just like the bed of her menstruation”
|
||||
15:26 6lfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **days** that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean **flow**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding”
|
||||
15:26 2hha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּמִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖הּ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **bed** that is characterized by its use during the woman’s **menstruation**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the bed on which she lays when she is normally menstruating”
|
||||
15:26 tb0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּטֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽהּ׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **uncleanness** that comes from the woman’s **menstruation**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the uncleanness that she acquires because of her menstruation”
|
||||
15:26 wzmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְּטֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽהּ׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **uncleanness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “like when she is unclean because of her menstruation”
|
||||
15:26 wzmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְּטֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽהּ׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **uncleanness** or **menstruation**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “like when she is unclean because she is menstruating”
|
||||
15:27 46z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בָּ֖ם 1 Here, **them** refers to the woman’s bed and furniture that were described in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the bed on which the bleeding woman has laid or the furniture on which the bleeding woman has sat”
|
||||
15:28 u50v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִזּוֹבָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to the woman recovering from **her flow**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But if she recovers from her unusual genital bleeding”
|
||||
15:28 u50v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִזּוֹבָ֑הּ 1 This expression refers to the woman recovering from **her flow** and ceasing to bleed from her genitals. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But if she recovers from her unusual genital bleeding”
|
||||
15:28 b471 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִזּוֹבָ֑הּ 1 The words **she**, **herself**, and **her** refer to the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding cleanses herself from the flow of her blood”
|
||||
15:28 7qqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְסָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:13](../15/13.md).
|
||||
15:29 97jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֗י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1771,21 +1817,21 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
15:30 l9lo וְעָשָׂ֤ה הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare”
|
||||
15:30 4yjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכִפֶּ֨ר עָלֶ֤יהָ הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 See how you handled the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, be careful not to convey the idea that the woman has sinned and so is in need of **atonement**. Here, atonement removes from the woman the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she has bled. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
|
||||
15:30 fnul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
15:30 ja3w מִזּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽהּ 1 Alternate translation: “from her flow of blood that made her unclean”
|
||||
15:30 ja3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִזּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽהּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from her flow of blood that made her unclean”
|
||||
15:30 wn8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִזּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽהּ׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [15:25](../15/25.md).
|
||||
15:31 uip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְהִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to Aaron and Moses, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
15:31 d10e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
15:31 qmq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “from becoming unclean”
|
||||
15:31 4xk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם & בְּטֻמְאָתָ֔ם בְּטַמְּאָ֥ם 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word **uncleanness** comes from a noun that is related to the verb **defiling**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
15:31 qmq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “from becoming unclean”
|
||||
15:31 b1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְלֹ֤א יָמֻ֨תוּ֙ בְּטֻמְאָתָ֔ם בְּטַמְּאָ֥ם אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּתוֹכָֽם׃ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that the people of Israel will die if they defile God’s holy place. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will not die when they are unclean and defile my Dwelling that is in their midst”
|
||||
15:31 zgr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּתוֹכָֽם׃ 1 This expression refers to the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the holy place where I live in their midst”
|
||||
15:32 pb3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַזָּ֑ב 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of bodily charges listed in [15:32–33](../15/32.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with people who have discharges” or “This is the instruction that pertains to people who have discharges”
|
||||
15:32 a3f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:16](../15/13.md).
|
||||
15:32 me3y לְטָמְאָה־בָֽהּ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “and he becomes unclean by it”
|
||||
15:33 z57j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַדָּוָה֙ בְּנִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 This expression does not refer to physical sickness but rather to a woman’s experience of normal menstruation. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the woman who experiences normal menstruation”
|
||||
15:33 3w5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְהַזָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔וֹ 1 Although the word **his** is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and of the flowing of any person’s flow”
|
||||
15:33 3w5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְהַזָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔וֹ 1 Although the word **his** is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and of the flowing of any person’s flow”
|
||||
15:33 1rqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְהַזָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔וֹ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word **flow** translates a noun that is related to the verb **flowing**. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and of his flowing discharge”
|
||||
15:33 u1j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּלְאִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־טְמֵאָֽה׃פ 1 This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the man who has sexual relations with an unclean woman”
|
||||
15:33 u1j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּלְאִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־טְמֵאָֽה 1 This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the man who has sexual relations with an unclean woman”
|
||||
16:intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Holiness\n\nBecause Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### Day of Atonement\n\nThis chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
16:1 j5x7 שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 The phrase **the two sons of Aaron** refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1–2](../10/01.md)).
|
||||
16:4 l4te וּמִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ 1 These **undergarments** were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
42
tn_MAT.tsv
42
tn_MAT.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
505
tn_NUM.tsv
505
tn_NUM.tsv
|
|
@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n2. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1–41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n3. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n4. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n5. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1–65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Shall” and “Shall not”\n\nIn this book, “shall” is often used to give a command and “shall not” is used to give a prohibition. While the form itself is not a command or prohibition, it can be interpreted and translated as such. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])\n\n### Sons of Israel and Israel\n\nThroughout this book, “sons of Israel” and “Israel” usually refer to the Israelite nation or people group as if all of them were the sons of their ancestor Israel, who is also called Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
|
||||
1:intro av14 0 Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus. It describes the counting of Israelite men who are able to fight in the army.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Census\n\nIn this chapter, Yahweh commands Moses and Aaron to count how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. Some of these men were also called to lead their family groups.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “A son of 20 years and upward” \n\nThis phrase refers to a man who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 20 years old” or “a man who is 20 years or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “One who goes out to war”\n\nThis phrase refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who can be a soldier” or “one who can fight in a war”
|
||||
1:intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus. It describes the counting of Israelite men who are able to fight in the army.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Census\n\nIn this chapter, Yahweh commands Moses and Aaron to count how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. Some of these men were also called to lead their family groups.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “A son of 20 years and upward” \n\nThis phrase refers to a man who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 20 years old” or “a man who is 20 years or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “One who goes out to war”\n\nThis phrase refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who can be a soldier” or “one who can fight in a war”
|
||||
1:1 nore rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּאֶחָד֩ 1 Moses uses **one** to imply day **one of the second month**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on day one”
|
||||
1:1 xg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינַ֖י 1 Here, **wilderness** refers to the dry, barren desert plain that is common in the **Sinai** peninsula region of the modern Middle East. If your language has a word for this kind of landscape, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the dry, desert plain of Sinai”
|
||||
1:1 qchv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֩ 1 Here, Moses is using a cardinal number, **one**, to mean “first.” If your language does not use cardinal numbers, you can also use a ordinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first”\n
|
||||
1:1 qchv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֩ 1 Here Moses is using a cardinal number, **one**, to mean “first.” If your language does not use cardinal numbers, you can also use a ordinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first”\n
|
||||
1:1 u2p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י 1 The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, which is “Iyar” here, then say in a footnote approximately what time of year that is on your calendar.
|
||||
1:1 owqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י בַּשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two in year two”
|
||||
1:1 nydz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לְצֵאתָ֛ם 1 Here, the pronoun **their** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites’ going out”
|
||||
1:1 ppu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [1:15](../01/15.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
1:1 nydz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לְצֵאתָ֛ם 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites’ going out”
|
||||
1:1 ppu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [1:15](../01/15.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
1:2 m9tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ 1 **Lift up the heads** is an idiom that means to take a census by counting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Take a census of”
|
||||
1:2 hmx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל 1 Here, **all** refers to **all** men, as indicated by the phrase **every male** that occurs later in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all men of”
|
||||
1:2 r6ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **the congregation** that is **the sons of Israel**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the congregation, that is, the sons of Israel”
|
||||
1:2 uprl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people group. See the discussion of how to translate this phrase in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).\n
|
||||
1:2 r6ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **the congregation** that is **the sons of Israel**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the congregation, that is, the sons of Israel”
|
||||
1:2 uprl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people group who descended from **Israel**. See the discussion of how to translate this phrase in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).\n
|
||||
1:2 jnhs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית 1 Here, **house** refers to family members who live together in the same **house**. In ancient Israel three or four generations of a family lived in the same house and a clan consisted of several of these families. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the families of”\n
|
||||
1:2 j6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
|
||||
1:2 dl47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת 1 Here, **names** refers to the **names** of the men whom Moses would count. The phrase means that Yahweh wants Moses to record the **names** of each **male** that he counts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “recording the names of those counted”
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:3 bee2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּפְקְד֥וּ 1 Here, **shall** indicates a command. See the discussion of **shall** in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).
|
||||
1:3 tg9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֖ם 1 Here, **armies** refers to groups of soldiers from each of the Israelite tribes. This phrase indicates that Yahweh wanted Moses and **Aaron** to **count** the number of men in each of these groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their military divisions”
|
||||
1:4 qnse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאִתְּכֶ֣ם 1 Here, **with you** refers to these men helping Moses and Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And to assist you” or “And to help you”
|
||||
1:4 cx5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְאִתְּכֶ֣ם 1 Here, Yahweh uses **you** to refer to two men, Moses and Aaron, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural.
|
||||
1:4 lmux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ 1 Here, the phrase **a man, a man** is a Hebrew idiom that means “one man each.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “one man each”
|
||||
1:4 j29v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לַמַּטֶּ֑ה 1 Here, Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe a **a man** from each **tribe**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from each tribe”
|
||||
1:4 cx5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְאִתְּכֶ֣ם 1 Here Yahweh uses **you** to refer to two men, Moses and Aaron, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural.
|
||||
1:4 lmux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ 1 Here the phrase **a man, a man** is a Hebrew idiom that means “one man each.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “one man each”
|
||||
1:4 j29v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לַמַּטֶּ֑ה 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe a **a man** from each **tribe**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from each tribe”
|
||||
1:4 ku8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִ֛ישׁ רֹ֥אשׁ 1 Here, **the head man** refers to the leader of a group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will be the leader”
|
||||
1:4 m26b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “the house of their fathers” in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:5 u632 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַֽעַמְד֖וּ אִתְּכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **stand with you** refers to helping Moses and Aaron lead the Israelite community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “assist you in leading the Israelite community”
|
||||
1:5 jh5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אִתְּכֶ֑ם 1 Here, Yahweh uses **you** to refer to two men, Moses and Aaron. See how you translated the same use of **you** in the previous verse.
|
||||
1:5 jh5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אִתְּכֶ֑ם 1 Here Yahweh uses **you** to refer to two men, Moses and Aaron. See how you translated the same use of **you** in the previous verse.
|
||||
1:5 cbvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִרְאוּבֵ֕ן 1 Here, **of** indicates that **Elizur** is a member of the tribe that descended from Jacob’s son **Reuben**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the tribe of Reuben”
|
||||
1:5 gs4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִיצ֖וּר & שְׁדֵיאֽוּר 1 **Elizur** and **Shedeur** are names of men.
|
||||
1:6 y5mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְשִׁמְע֕וֹן 1 See how you translated the same use of **of** in the phrase “of Reuben” in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -72,64 +72,76 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:19 bpgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַֽיִּפְקְדֵ֖ם 1 Here, **he** refers to **Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Moses counted them”
|
||||
1:19 a7ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
1:20-21 ew65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:20](../01/20.md) and [1:21](../01/21.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Reuben** together.
|
||||
1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי 1 Here, **sons** refers to ancestors. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי 1 Here, **sons** refers to descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:20 tp1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Isaac’s son, who was also called Jacob. It does not refer to the entire nation named after **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaac’s son Israel”
|
||||
1:20 jqs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם 1 Here, **generations** refers to the descendants of **the sons of Reuben** who were counted in this census. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those descendants”
|
||||
1:20 bsfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:20 imh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
1:21 lpku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, [1:3](../01/03.md) indicates that Moses and Aaron counted these men. Alternate translation: “those whom Moses and Aaron counted”
|
||||
1:21 yeuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 Here Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **tribe** that descended from **Reuben**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the tribe that descended from”
|
||||
1:21 v8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred men”
|
||||
1:22-23 oyq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:22](../01/22.md) and [1:23](../01/23.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Simeon** together.
|
||||
1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י 1 See how you translated the same use of **Of** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:22 pv2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם & בְּמִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔ם כָּל־זָכָ֗ר מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:22 n4c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּקֻדָ֗יו 1 Here, **his** refers to the descendants of **Simeon** as if they were **Simeon** himself. Since the same idea is repeated as “their counted ones” in the next verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST.
|
||||
1:22 f3bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדָ֗יו 1 If you keep this phrase in your translation, see how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in [1:21](../10/21.md).
|
||||
1:22 f3bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדָ֗יו 1 If you keep this phrase in your translation, see how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in [1:21](../1/21.md).
|
||||
1:23 g5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:23 j90b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:23 jkgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-nine thousand three hundred”
|
||||
1:24-25 rhkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:24](../01/24.md) and [1:25](../01/25.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Gad** together.
|
||||
1:24 thvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:25 au8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:25 pd5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:25 xw6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred fifty”
|
||||
1:26-27 bb7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:26](../01/26.md) and [1:27](../01/27.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Judah** together.
|
||||
1:26 dm5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:27 wa5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:27 vt8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:27 vh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred”
|
||||
1:28-29 r9b0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:28](../01/28.md) and [1:29](../01/29.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Issachar** together.
|
||||
1:28 mv7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:29 nv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:29 sbfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:29 s35n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred”
|
||||
1:30-31 mb7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:30](../01/30.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Zebulun** together.
|
||||
1:30 d4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:31 x4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:31 bm0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:31 v7sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred”
|
||||
1:32-33 ps6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:33](../01/33.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Ephraim** together.
|
||||
1:32 nazb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִבְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 This phrase refers to both **Ephraim**, who is mentioned in this verse and the next, and Manasseh, who is mentioned in [1:34–35](../01/34.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat this phrase in [1:34–35](../01/34.md). See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md).
|
||||
1:32 wc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:33 vfi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:33 qpju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:33 rp9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “forty thousand five hundred”
|
||||
1:34-35 qiou rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:34](../01/34.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Manasseh** together.
|
||||
1:34 xem1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:35 tuii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:35 ojv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:35 tyjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “thirty-two thousand two hundred”
|
||||
1:36-37 j7hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:36](../01/36.md) and [1:37](../01/37.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Benjamin** together.
|
||||
1:36 qk2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:37 z1k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:37 uopa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:37 nfvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “thirty-five thousand four hundred”
|
||||
1:38-39 puiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:38](../01/38.md) and [1:39](../01/39.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Dan** together.
|
||||
1:38 gkt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:39 iuf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:39 l8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:39 yqdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “sixty-two thousand seven hundred”
|
||||
1:40-41 qibo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:40](../01/40.md) and [1:41](../01/41.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Asher** together.
|
||||
1:40 ehj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:41 az93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:41 wx20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:41 vv5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “forty-one thousand five hundred”
|
||||
1:42-43 omi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:42](../01/42.md) and [1:43](../01/43.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep the information about the men from the tribe of **Naphtali** together.
|
||||
1:42 mlr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י & תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
1:43 nv44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:43 vlo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:43 sskz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-three thousand four hundred”
|
||||
1:44 m11w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַפְּקֻדִ֡ים אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְאַהֲרֹן֙ 1 Since the same idea of “their counted ones” is repeated in the next phrase, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here. Alternate translation: “were the people whom Moses and Aaron had counted”
|
||||
1:44 rjq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּנְשִׂיאֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here, Moses implies that these **12 men** helped **Moses and Aaron** count the people, as stated in [1:5](../01/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the 12 leaders of Israel helping them”
|
||||
1:44 fcfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו הָיֽוּ 1 Here, the phrase **one man** indicates that each of the **12 men** represented his own tribe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one of them was from the house of his fathers”
|
||||
1:44 rjq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּנְשִׂיאֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here Moses implies that these **12 men** helped **Moses and Aaron** count the people, as stated in [1:5](../01/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the 12 leaders of Israel helping them”
|
||||
1:44 fcfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו הָיֽוּ 1 Here the phrase **one man** indicates that each of the **12 men** represented his own tribe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one of them was from the house of his fathers”
|
||||
1:44 kl6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו 1 See how you translated **the house of his fathers** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1:45 zf3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקוּדֵ֥י 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The previous verse indicates that Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders did the action. Alternate translation: “the ones whom Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders counted of”
|
||||
1:45 nvoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,11 +149,13 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:46 v79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:46 ric5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty”
|
||||
1:47 rv7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 **And** introduces a contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But”
|
||||
1:47 eoyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְמַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated **the tribe of** in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:47 f0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated the same use of **fathers** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:47 nym2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א הָתְפָּקְד֖וּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the previous verses indicate that Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders did not count these people. Alternate translation: “those whom Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders did not count”\n
|
||||
1:47 sspb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּתוֹכָֽם 1 Here, Moses refers to **the Levites** not being included in the census as if they were not located **in the midst of** the other tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “together with them”
|
||||
1:47 sspb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּתוֹכָֽם 1 Here Moses refers to **the Levites** not being included in the census as if they were not located **in the midst of** the other tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “together with them”
|
||||
1:48 ly22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 **And** here introduces the reason for what was stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that Yahweh spoke”\n
|
||||
1:48 gwjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵּאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [1:53](../01/53.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
1:48 gwjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵּאמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [1:53](../01/53.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
1:49 ou10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֤ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
1:49 k39s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֶת־רֹאשָׁ֖ם לֹ֣א תִשָּׂ֑א 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:49 jvdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative לֹ֣א תִשָּׂ֑א 1 Here, **shall not** indicates a negative command. See the discussion of this phrase in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).
|
||||
1:49 lh1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּת֖וֹךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:47](../01/47.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,10 +163,10 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:50 auuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְאַתָּ֡ה 1 Here, **you** is singular. It refers to Moses, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
1:50 eihh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִשְׁכַּ֨ן הָעֵדֻ֜ת 1 The phrase **the Dwelling of the Testimony** is a common description of the tent that held the Ark of the Covenant, which held the tablets on which were written the Ten Commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tent holding the ark containing the Ten Commandments”\n
|
||||
1:50 dd55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל & וְעַ֣ל & וְעַ֣ל 1 Here, **over** implies having authority and responsibility to take care of **the Dwelling of the Testimony** and everything in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be responsible for … and be responsible for … and be responsible for”
|
||||
1:50 obm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לוֹ֒ 1 Here, Yahweh uses the possessive form to refer to the items that are used in **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are used in it” or “are related to it”
|
||||
1:50 obm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לוֹ֒ 1 Here Yahweh uses the possessive form to refer to the items that are used in **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are used in it” or “are related to it”
|
||||
1:50 c6kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הֵ֜מָּה יִשְׂא֤וּ & וְהֵ֖ם יְשָׁרְתֻ֑הוּ 1 Yahweh uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize who would be responsible for **the Dwelling of the Testimony** and all the items related to it. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who must carry … and they are the ones who must serve it”
|
||||
1:50 d0s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְהֵ֖ם יְשָׁרְתֻ֑הוּ 1 Here, Yahweh refers to **the Levites** taking care of **the Dwelling of the Testimony** as if it were a person whom they **serve**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they themselves must take care of it”
|
||||
1:51 p4ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּבִנְסֹ֣עַ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן & וּבַחֲנֹת֙ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן 1 Here, Yahweh refers to the Israelites changing locations along with **the Dwelling** as if **the Dwelling** were a person who **sets out** and **camps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the Israelites set out to a new location with the Dwelling … and when the Israelites camp with the Dwelling”
|
||||
1:50 d0s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְהֵ֖ם יְשָׁרְתֻ֑הוּ 1 Here Yahweh refers to **the Levites** taking care of **the Dwelling of the Testimony** as if it were a person whom they **serve**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they themselves must take care of it”
|
||||
1:51 p4ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּבִנְסֹ֣עַ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן & וּבַחֲנֹת֙ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן 1 Here Yahweh refers to the Israelites changing locations along with **the Dwelling** as if **the Dwelling** were a person who **sets out** and **camps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the Israelites set out to a new location with the Dwelling … and when the Israelites camp with the Dwelling”
|
||||
1:51 hpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹרִ֤ידוּ אֹתוֹ֙ & יָקִ֥ימוּ אֹת֖וֹ 1 Here, **take it down** refers to disassembling **the Dwelling** and **raise it up** refers to re-assembling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “must take it apart … must put it back together”
|
||||
1:51 mhms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַזָּ֥ר 1 Here, **stranger** refers to any person who is not one of **the Levites**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And anyone other than a Levite” or “And any non-Levite”
|
||||
1:51 cju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יוּמָֽת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that **the Levites** will do the action. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “the Levites must put him to death”
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,153 +175,331 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:52 gre3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown דִּגְל֖וֹ 1 A **banner** is a flag made out of a large piece of cloth that is attached to the top of a long wooden pole. Each of the tribes of Israel had its own unique banners that identified it. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the name of something used for a similar purpose in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and his flag”\n
|
||||
1:52 qn3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָֽם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
1:53 gctl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמִשְׁכַּ֣ן הָעֵדֻ֔ת & מִשְׁכַּ֥ן הָעֵדֽוּת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:50](../01/50.md).
|
||||
1:53 j1iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here, Yahweh speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could **be upon** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the congregation of the sons of Israel will not experience wrath”
|
||||
1:53 j1iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here Yahweh speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could **be upon** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the congregation of the sons of Israel will not experience wrath”
|
||||
1:53 qpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the instructions stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “which will result in wrath not being”\n or “If you do this, then wrath will not be”\n
|
||||
1:53 c2kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will not be wrathful”
|
||||
1:53 ms44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:53 sken rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְשָׁמְרוּ֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 Here, **keep the keeping of** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
1:53 liu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׁמְרוּ֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 In this verse, **keep** and **keeping** refer to performing duties to take care of **the Dwelling of the Testimony**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the Levites shall perform duties for”
|
||||
1:53 sken rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְשָׁמְרוּ֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 Here, **keep the keeping of** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
1:53 jwd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָעֵדֽוּת 1 The direct speech that began in [1:49](../01/49.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
1:54 k71a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:54 d8yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 It is implied that **Yahweh commanded Moses** to command **the sons of Israel** to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded Moses to command the people to do”
|
||||
1:54 nt9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 Here, **so** indicates that this verse signals the end of a story. The repeated use of **did** in this story also emphasizes what happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “and that is exactly what they did”
|
||||
2:intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n## Cardinal Directions\n\nYahweh explains how the Israelites will camp in relative to the sacred tent and does so using cardinal directions: north, east, south, and west. These terms describe a persons orientation in relation to the sunrise. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. If one faces the direction of the sunrise and then turns to his right, he is facing south. If, when facing the sunrise, he turns left, he would face north.
|
||||
2:1 n1k2 לֵאמֹֽר 1 See how you translated this word in [1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
2:2 q34t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אִ֣ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֤וֹ בְאֹתֹת֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “with their respective ancestral tribes”
|
||||
2:intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter describes the counting of Israelite men who are able to fight in the army.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Cardinal directions\n\nYahweh explains how the Israelites will camp in relative to the sacred tent and does so using cardinal directions: north, east, south, and west. These terms describe a persons orientation in relation to the sunrise. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. If one faces the direction of the sunrise and then turns to his right, he is facing south. If, when facing the sunrise, he turns left, he would face north.
|
||||
2:1 n1k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [2:31](../02/31.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
2:2 mdj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:2 p14g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִנֶּ֕גֶד 1 **Away from the front** refers to the Israelites camping at a distance to the tent of meeting. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. See the UST for an alternate translation.
|
||||
2:3 s1br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קֵ֣דְמָה מִזְרָ֔חָה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and state them more plainly. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side”
|
||||
2:2 q34t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֣ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֤וֹ 1 See how you translated this clause in [1:52](../01/52.md).
|
||||
2:2 mudl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְאֹתֹת֙ 1 Here, **sign** refers to a some visible object that represented each tribe. This **sign** is different from the **banner** because the **banner** represented a group of three tribes, as mentioned in the next verse. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of symbol, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with the symbol”
|
||||
2:2 oha3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם 1 See how you translated **the house of their fathers** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:2 p14g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִנֶּ֕גֶד סָבִ֥יב לְאֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד 1 **Away from the front** refers to being at a distance from **the tent of meeting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at a distance away from and around the tent of meeting”
|
||||
2:3 rps4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַחֹנִים֙ 1 Here, **the ones camping to the east** refers to three tribes, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun, as indicated in [2:3](../02/03.md)–[9](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the three tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun, who are camping”
|
||||
2:3 s1br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קֵ֣דְמָה מִזְרָ֔חָה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and state them more plainly, as in the UST.
|
||||
2:3 wlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קֵ֣דְמָה 1 Here Yahweh implies that these people are **camping to the east** of the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the east of the tent of meeting”
|
||||
2:3 eqty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֛גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 Here Yahweh speaks of **the ones camping to the east** locating themselves together near **the banner of the camp of Judah** as if those people were that **banner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be located near the banner of the camp of Judah” or “will unite themselves under the banner of the camp of Judah”
|
||||
2:3 abed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown דֶּ֛גֶל 1 See how you translated this word in [1:52](../01/52.md).
|
||||
2:3 po4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַחֲנֵ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 Here, **the camp of Judah** refers to the combined people from the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun whom Yahweh commanded to stay together as one **camp** represented by **Judah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the camp of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun represented by Judah”
|
||||
2:3 hxgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:3 fbom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2:3 d4r5 נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & עַמִּינָדָֽב 1 **Nahshon** and **Amminadab** are names of men.
|
||||
2:4 qqpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice or including passive voice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into active one. Alternate translation: “and those Moses counted”
|
||||
2:4 wg38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred men”
|
||||
2:5 su53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2:5 b9v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נְתַנְאֵ֖ל & צוּעָֽר 1 **Nethanel** and **Zuar** are names of men.
|
||||
2:6 pvl6 וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:6 s8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men”
|
||||
2:7 a457 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2:7 ci42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִיאָ֖ב & חֵלֹֽן 1 **Eliab** and **Helon** are names of men.
|
||||
2:8 exlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:8 fgs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred men”
|
||||
2:9 thxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
2:9 e32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 Here, **the camp of Judah** refers to the three tribes just mentioned: of Judah, of Issachar, and of Zebulun.
|
||||
2:3 d4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַחְשׁ֖וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָֽב 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
2:4 qqpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וּצְבָא֖וֹ 1 Here the pronoun **his** refers to Nahshon the son of Amminadab, who is called the leader of this **army** in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and Nahshon’s army”
|
||||
2:4 ing6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, **and** indicates that this phrase gives further information about **his army**. It is not making a distinction between **his army** and **their counted ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and his army, that is, their counted ones”
|
||||
2:4 kswa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, [1:3](../01/03.md) indicates that Moses and Aaron counted these men. Since Yahweh is speaking to Moses and Aaron directly here, you could use the dual or plural form of “you” here, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
2:4 wg38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:27](../01/27.md).
|
||||
2:5 yhgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֖יו 1 Here the pronoun **him** refers to the tribe of Judah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside the tribe of Judah”
|
||||
2:5 w9md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה יִשָּׂשכָ֑ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:29](../01/29.md).
|
||||
2:5 su53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:28](../01/28.md).
|
||||
2:5 b9v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נְתַנְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּעָֽר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
2:6 pvl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 Here, **and** indicates that this phrase gives further information about **his army**. It is not making a distinction between **his army** and **his counted ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and his army, that is, his counted ones”
|
||||
2:6 gf47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 In this verse, the pronoun **his** refers to Nethanel the son of Zuar, who is called the leader of this **army** in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and Nethanel’s army, who are his counted ones”
|
||||
2:6 i7vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 See how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:6 s8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:29](../01/29.md).
|
||||
2:7 v5tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַטֵּ֖ה זְבוּלֻ֑ן 1 Here Yahweh implied that the **tribe of Zebulun** would also camp beside the tribe of Judah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Zebulun also camp beside Judah”
|
||||
2:7 ohwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֖ה זְבוּלֻ֑ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:31](../01/31.md).
|
||||
2:7 a457 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:30](../01/30.md).
|
||||
2:7 ci42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֹֽן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
2:8 exlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
2:8 fgs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:31](../01/31.md).
|
||||
2:9 thxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים 1 See how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:9 e32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:3](../02/03.md).
|
||||
2:9 p866 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְשֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred men”
|
||||
2:9 za2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ 1 The phrase **they will set out first** refers to the Israelites journeying from one location to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “When traveling to a new location, the camp of Judah will start walking first”
|
||||
2:10 pe8q Elizur son of Shedeur 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
2:11 nq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred”
|
||||
2:11 r0p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men”
|
||||
2:12 xc17 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
|
||||
2:13 qb5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-nine thousand three hundred”
|
||||
2:13 d1eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men”
|
||||
2:14 uxf8 Eliasaph son of Deuel 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
2:15 cd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty”
|
||||
2:15 j539 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 45,650 men”
|
||||
2:16 sz9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty”
|
||||
2:16 etwk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “ are 151,450 men”
|
||||
2:16 ti9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next”
|
||||
2:16 yg28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.”
|
||||
2:17 a2em the tent of meeting must go out … in the middle of all the camps 0 This means that the tent of meeting must be carried by the Levites in the middle of the tribes as they travel.
|
||||
2:17 b2zi They must go out 0 Alternate translation: “They” refers to the twelve tribes.
|
||||
2:17 hja8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche by his banner 0 Each man does not have his own personal banner; rather, this refers to the banner belonging to his tribe. Alternate translation: “by his tribe’s banner”
|
||||
2:18 y3jf under their standard 0 The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
2:19 ai8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty thousand five hundred”
|
||||
2:19 r0cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 40,500 men”
|
||||
2:20 yw3b Next to them 0 This means that the tribe of Manasseh will set out next, after the tribe of Ephraim.
|
||||
2:21 jw5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-two thousand two hundred”
|
||||
2:21 k0sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 32,200 men”
|
||||
2:22 v4w1 Abidan son of Gideoni 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
2:23 w7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-five thousand four hundred”
|
||||
2:23 ls5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men”
|
||||
2:24 ft3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred”
|
||||
2:24 sh4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 108,100 men”
|
||||
2:24 jd35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.”
|
||||
2:24 bpqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “And when traveling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next”
|
||||
2:25 c897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the divisions of the camp of Dan 0 The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan”
|
||||
2:25 x5gy Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
2:26 bk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are sixty-two thousand seven hundred”
|
||||
2:26 qyui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 62,700 men”
|
||||
2:27 f852 Pagiel son of Okran 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
|
||||
2:28 ye8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-one thousand five hundred”
|
||||
2:28 wyu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 41,500 men”
|
||||
2:29 g9h9 Ahira son of Enan 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
2:30 n9ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-three thousand four hundred”
|
||||
2:30 l1yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 53,400 men”
|
||||
2:31 m5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred”
|
||||
2:31 y0ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “are 157,600 men”
|
||||
2:32 ifg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All those counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted them all”
|
||||
2:32 zjs1 by their divisions 0 Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:32 a1g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers are 603,550 0 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty”
|
||||
2:34 rc4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit They went out from the camp 0 This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp”
|
||||
3:intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### The tribe of Levi\n\nThe Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
|
||||
3:1 h3ge Now 0 Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
|
||||
3:2 r7t6 Nadab the firstborn 0 Alternate translation: “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
|
||||
3:2 tl67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar 0 These are names of men.
|
||||
3:3 n7ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the priests who were anointed and who were ordained 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language Alternate translation: “the priests whom Moses anointed and ordained”
|
||||
3:4 xts3 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
3:4 y1lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom fell dead before Yahweh 0 The phrase “fell dead” means to suddenly die. Alternate translation: “suddenly died before Yahweh”
|
||||
3:4 a4v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy before Yahweh 0 This refers to Yahweh’s presence, meaning that Yahweh saw everything that happened. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
3:4 w613 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy they offered to him unacceptable fire 0 Here the word “fire” is used to refer to “burning incense.” Alternate translation: “they burned an incense offering in a way that Yahweh did not approve of”
|
||||
3:6 e8en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Bring the tribe of Levi 0 Here the word “tribe” refers to the men in the tribe. Alternate translation: “Bring the men of the tribe of Levi”
|
||||
3:7 t5uv on behalf of 0 This means to do something for someone else, as a representative for them. Alternate translation: “for”
|
||||
3:8 zdb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy help the tribes of Israel 0 Here the “tribes of Israel” refer to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “help the people of Israel”
|
||||
3:8 cj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom they must help the tribes of Israel to carry out the tabernacle service 0 The phrase “carry out” means to “serve.” Alternate translation: “they must help the tribes of Israel by serving in the tabernacle”
|
||||
3:8 pkf3 tabernacle service 0 Alternate translation: “work of the tabernacle”
|
||||
3:9 j739 You must give 0 Alternate translation: “You” refers to Moses.
|
||||
3:9 p7wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They are wholly given 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given them entirely”
|
||||
3:10 lef3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive any foreigner who comes near must be put to death 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill any foreigner who comes near” or “any foreigner who comes near must die”
|
||||
3:10 ftw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit but any foreigner who comes near 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “but any foreigner who comes near the tabernacle”
|
||||
3:12 ns85 Look 0 Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
3:12 pcu8 I have taken the Levites 0 Alternate translation: “I have chosen the Levites”
|
||||
3:15 e8ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Count the descendants 0 Yahweh was commanding Moses to only count the male descendants. Alternate translation: “Count the male descendants”
|
||||
3:16 mn2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism following the word of Yahweh, just as he was commanded to do 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize that he obeyed Yahweh.
|
||||
3:17 ug6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is a list of the descendants of Levi.
|
||||
3:18 kcf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The clans coming from 0 Here the author speaks of “descending” as if it were “coming.” Alternate translation: “The clans descending from”
|
||||
3:21 cv91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor come from Gershon 0 Here the author speaks of “descending” as if it were “coming.” Alternate translation: “descend from Gershon”
|
||||
3:21 hr6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Libnites … Shimeites … Gershonites 0 Alternate translation: “Libnites” and “Shimeites” are the name of clans, named after the head of their family. The “Gershonites” is the name of people who descended from Gershon.
|
||||
3:22 a8rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All the males from a month old and older were counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses counted all the males from a month old and older”
|
||||
3:22 rd1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 7,500 0 Alternate translation: “seventy-five hundred” or “seven thousand five hundred”
|
||||
3:24 z5w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Eliasaph … Lael 0 These are the names of men.
|
||||
3:26 una5 the courtyard hangings 0 Alternate translation: “the curtains in the courtyard”
|
||||
3:26 xx8u the courtyard that surrounds the sanctuary and the altar 0 Alternate translation: “that is, the courtyard that surrounds the sanctuary and the altar”
|
||||
3:27 v53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is a list of clans that descended from Kohath.
|
||||
3:27 h7g7 Kohath 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
3:28 t7j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 8,600 males have been counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses counted 8,600 males”
|
||||
3:28 isl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 8,600 males 0 Alternate translation: “eight thousand six hundred males”
|
||||
3:28 b3cg aged one month old and older 0 Alternate translation: “from a month old and older”
|
||||
3:30 h6pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 # General Information:\n\nThese verses give us information about the clans that descended from Kohath.
|
||||
3:31 i5y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the holy things that are used in their service 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the holy things which the priests use for service”
|
||||
3:33 gw6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is a list of clans that descended from Merari.
|
||||
3:34 sjg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 6,200 males have been counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses counted 6,200 males”
|
||||
3:34 ac3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 6,200 males 0 Alternate translation: “six thousand two hundred males”
|
||||
3:36 v1sn the framing 0 This to the panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood.
|
||||
3:36 d511 crossbars 0 These are support beams that give stability to the structure.
|
||||
3:36 p13p posts 0 A post is a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support.
|
||||
3:36 d6mz bases 0 The bases held the posts in place.
|
||||
3:36 m5e9 hardware 0 This means everything used to join the crossbars, posts, and bases together.
|
||||
3:37 rg94 with their sockets 0 Here “their” refers to the “pillars and posts.”
|
||||
3:37 x3i8 sockets, pegs, and ropes 0 These are all items used secure the pillars and posts into place.
|
||||
3:38 hj8g his sons 0 Here “his” refers to Aaron
|
||||
3:38 i8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit toward the sunrise 0 This is the east side of the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “on the east side, where the sun rises”
|
||||
3:38 e1fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for the fulfillment of the duties 0 The word “fulfilment” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “to perform the duties”
|
||||
3:38 bd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Any foreigner who approaches the sanctuary must be put to death 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must kill any foreigner who approaches the sanctuary” or “Any foreigner who approaches the sanctuary must die”
|
||||
3:39 f54y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-two thousand men 0 Alternate translation: “22,000 men” or “22,000 males”
|
||||
3:41 cum8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the livestock of the Levites 0 This refers to all the Levites’ livestock. Alternate translation: “you must take all the Levites’ livestock”
|
||||
3:42 z72r all the firstborn people 0 Alternate translation: “all the firstborn sons”
|
||||
3:43 rk27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 22,273 men 0 Alternate translation: “twenty-two thousand two hundred and seventy-three men”
|
||||
3:46 k7c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for the redemption of 0 The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem”
|
||||
3:46 asd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 273 firstborn 0 Alternate translation: “two hundred and seventy-three firstborn”
|
||||
3:46 g2tq firstborn people of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “firstborn sons of Israel”
|
||||
3:46 cyy4 who exceed the number of the Levites 0 This means that there are 273 more firstborn males among the other tribes of the Israelites than there are total number of Levite males.
|
||||
3:47 vgw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים 1 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver”
|
||||
3:47 ijv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must use the shekel of the sanctuary as your standard weight 0 This means that the shekel must weight the same as those in the sanctuary. Alternate translation: “You must use the weight of the shekels in the sanctuary as your stand weight”
|
||||
3:47 djw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה 1 A **gerah** is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms.
|
||||
3:48 yj2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the price of redemption that you paid 0 Here the word “price” refers to the shekels that Moses collected. Alternate translation: “the money that you collected for their redemption”
|
||||
3:49 qw8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns of redemption from 0 The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem”
|
||||
3:50 h971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels of the sanctuary”
|
||||
3:50 gkvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 A **shekel** is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver according to the weight of the sanctuary shekel”
|
||||
3:51 u72d the redemption money 0 This refers to the money that Moses collected.
|
||||
3:51 pt1a to his sons 0 Here “his” refers to Aaron
|
||||
3:51 gh9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
|
||||
3:51 n8sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **the mouth of Yahweh** represents what Yahweh said. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said”
|
||||
2:9 cinl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:9 za2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ 1 The phrase **they will set out first** refers to the Israelites journeying from one location to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When traveling to a new location, the camp of Judah will start walking first”
|
||||
2:9 qx0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “before the other tribes”
|
||||
2:10 jojx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֧ה רְאוּבֵ֛ן 1 Here Yahweh implies that these instructions refer to three tribes, Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, camping together under the **banner** of **Reuben**, as indicated in [2:10](../02/10.md)–[16](../02/16.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The three tribes of Reuben, Simeon, and Gad will unite themselves under the banner of the camp of Reuben and”
|
||||
2:10 vu2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּימָ֖נָה 1 Here Yahweh implies that these people are camping **to the south** of the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the south of the tent of meeting”\n
|
||||
2:10 j14j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:10 drdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֔ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2:10 pe8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
2:11 r0p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
2:11 nq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
2:12 iv74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֖יו 1 Here the pronoun **him** refers to the tribe of Reuben. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside the tribe of Reuben”
|
||||
2:12 oj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה שִׁמְע֑וֹן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:23](../01/23.md).
|
||||
2:12 vi3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:22](../01/22.md).
|
||||
2:12 xc17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שְׁלֻמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽי־שַׁדָּֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:6](../01/06.md).
|
||||
2:13 d1eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:13 qb5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:23](../01/23.md).
|
||||
2:14 f089 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְמַטֵּ֖ה גָּ֑ד 1 Here Yahweh implied that **the tribe of Gad** would also camp beside the tribe of Reuben. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the tribe of Gad must also camp beside Reuben”\n
|
||||
2:14 dqp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְמַטֵּ֖ה גָּ֑ד 1 See how you translated **the tribe of Gad** in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
2:14 cyte rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:24](../01/24.md).
|
||||
2:14 uxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־רְעוּאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
2:15 j539 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:15 cd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 See how you translated this number in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
2:16 tqan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:16 sz9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty”
|
||||
2:16 q650 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:16 ti9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 See how you translated **set out** in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:16 yg28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And they will set out after camp 1” or “And they will set out after Judah’s camp”
|
||||
2:17 a2em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְנָסַ֧ע אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֛ד 1 Here Yahweh refers to the Israelites changing locations along with **the tent of meeting** as if **the tent of meeting** were a person who **will set out with** them. See how you translated the same use of “sets out” in [1:51](../01/51.md).\n
|
||||
2:17 k353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַחֲנֵ֥ה הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 Here, **the camp of the Levites** refers to the people who descended from Levi and set up their tents together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the camp of the people who descended from Levi”
|
||||
2:17 b2zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּת֣וֹךְ הַֽמַּחֲנֹ֑ת 1 This phrase means that **the tent of meeting** and **the camp of the Levites** will travel between the **camps** described in [2:3](../02/03.md)–[16](../02/16.md) and the **camps** described in [2:18](../02/18.md)–[31](../02/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “between one group of camps and the other group of camps”
|
||||
2:17 hja8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר יַחֲנוּ֙ כֵּ֣ן יִסָּ֔עוּ & לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **they** and **their** refer to all the Israelite tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As all the Israelites came so will they set out … according to the banners of their tribes”
|
||||
2:17 ztvr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר יַחֲנוּ֙ כֵּ֣ן יִסָּ֔עוּ 1 Here, **came** refers to arriving at a location and **set out** refers to leaving a location. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the same use of **set out** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “As they arrive in a location so will they depart from that location”
|
||||
2:17 dony rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ עַל־יָד֖וֹ 1 This phrase is an idiom that means “each person in his own position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each person in his own position”
|
||||
2:17 oy1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם 1 See how you translated “banner” in [1:52](../01/52.md).
|
||||
2:18 y3jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֶפְרַ֛יִם לְצִבְאֹתָ֖ם 1 Here Yahweh implies that these instructions refer to three tribes, Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin, camping together under the **banner** of **Ephraim**, as indicated in [2:18](../02/18.md)–[24](../02/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “The three tribes of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin will unite themselves under the banner of the camp of Ephraim according to their armies and”\n
|
||||
2:18 j9f0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n
|
||||
2:18 o2g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָ֑מָּה 1 Here Yahweh implies that these people are camping **to the west** of the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be to the west of the tent of meeting”\n
|
||||
2:18 cuxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י אֶפְרַ֔יִם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md).\n
|
||||
2:18 yat8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md).
|
||||
2:19 r0cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:19 ai8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:33](../01/33.md).
|
||||
2:20 hfuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְעָלָ֖יו 1 Here the pronoun **him** refers to the tribe of Ephraim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And beside the tribe of Ephraim”\n
|
||||
2:20 yw3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:35](../01/35.md).
|
||||
2:20 v8yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:34](../01/34.md).
|
||||
2:20 f7io rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָהצֽוּר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
2:21 k0sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:21 jw5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 See how you translated this number in [1:35](../01/35.md).
|
||||
2:22 od4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמַטֵּ֖ה בִּנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here Yahweh implied that **the tribe of Benjamin** would also camp beside the tribe of Ephraim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin also must camp beside Ephraim”
|
||||
2:22 mm2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמַטֵּ֖ה בִּנְיָמִ֑ן 1 See how you translated **the tribe of Benjamin** in [1:37](../01/37.md).
|
||||
2:22 ec2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:36](../01/36.md).
|
||||
2:22 v4w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעֹנִֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
2:23 ls5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:23 w7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:37](../01/37.md).
|
||||
2:24 sh4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:24 ft3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred”
|
||||
2:24 vo4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:24 bpqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 See how you translated set out in [2:9](../02/09.md).\n
|
||||
2:24 jd35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And they will set out after camp 2” or “And they will set out after Reuben’s camp”\n
|
||||
2:25 c897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה דָ֛ן 1 Here Yahweh implies that these instructions refer to three tribes, Dan, Asher, and Naphthali, camping together under the **banner** of **Dan**, as indicated in [2:25](../02/25.md)–[31](../02/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The three tribes of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali will unite themselves under the banner of the camp of Dan and”\n
|
||||
2:25 p70m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָפֹ֖נָה 1 Here Yahweh implies that these people are camping **to the north** of the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the north of the tent of meeting”\n
|
||||
2:25 j9fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n
|
||||
2:25 x5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י דָ֔ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:38](../01/38.md).
|
||||
2:25 v1i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּֽישַׁדָּֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
2:26 qyui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:26 bk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:39](../01/39.md).
|
||||
2:27 aesm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֖יו 1 Here the pronoun **him** refers to the tribe of Dan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside the tribe of Dan”
|
||||
2:27 punt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֑ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:41](../01/41.md).
|
||||
2:27 lrtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֔ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:40](../01/40.md).
|
||||
2:27 f852 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:13](../01/13.md).
|
||||
2:28 wyu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:28 ye8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:41](../01/41.md).
|
||||
2:29 in94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמַטֵּ֖ה נַפְתָּלִ֑י 1 Here Yahweh implied that **the tribe of Naphtali** would also camp beside the tribe of Dan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Naphtali also must camp beside Dan”
|
||||
2:29 ovjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמַטֵּ֖ה נַפְתָּלִ֑י 1 See how you translated **the tribe of Naphtali** in [1:43](../01/43.md).
|
||||
2:29 vd0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:42](../01/42.md).
|
||||
2:29 g9h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
2:30 n9ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:30 l1yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 See how you translated this number in [1:43](../01/43.md).
|
||||
2:31 y0ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־הַפְּקֻדִים֙ לְמַ֣חֲנֵה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:31 m5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred”
|
||||
2:31 o8ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִסְע֖וּ 1 See how you translated **set out** in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:31 iupx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md).
|
||||
2:31 gah9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם 1 The direct speech that began in [2:2](../02/02.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language.
|
||||
2:32 ifg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקוּדֵ֥י & פְּקוּדֵ֤י 1 See how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in [1:46](../01/46.md).
|
||||
2:32 mdnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:32 zjs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:32 qn3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְצִבְאֹתָ֔ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:32 a1g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 See how you translated this number in [1:46](../01/46.md).
|
||||
2:33 eju2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהַ֨לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹ֣א הָתְפָּקְד֔וּ 1 **And** introduces a contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But they did not count the Levites”
|
||||
2:33 thnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לֹ֣א הָתְפָּקְד֔וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to Moses and Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
2:33 te2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּת֖וֹךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **in the midst of** in [1:47](../01/47.md).
|
||||
2:33 s0nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:34 hmeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 See how you translated this clause in [1:54](../01/54.md).
|
||||
2:34 l33z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְדִגְלֵיהֶם֙ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md).
|
||||
2:34 rc4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָסָ֔עוּ 1 See how you translated **set out** in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2:34 yzgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ 1 See how you translated the same use of **a man** in [1:52](../01/52.md).
|
||||
2:34 b8x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖יו עַל־בֵּ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽיו 1 See how you translated the similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter describes the counting of Levite men and their assignments for taking care of the tent of meeting.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tribe of Levi\n\nThe Levites had a special role in Israel. They were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh by offering sacrifices in the tent of meeting and taking care of that tent and everything involved in the system of sacrifices. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])\n\n### Ransom\n\nIn [3:45](../03/45.md)–[51](../03/51.md), Yahweh requires the Israelites to pay a ransom to him for the firstborn males that he did not kill during the tenth plague in Egypt, as described in [Exodus 12:29](../exo/12/29.md) and [13:15](../exo/13/15.md). Because Yahweh did not kill the firstborn male people and animals among the Israelites, he considered them to owe him their lives. Instead of taking their lives, Yahweh chose the Levite men to be his special servants in their place. However, the number of Levites was 273 people less than the number of firstborn males, so Yahweh required the people to pay money to him to redeem those additional people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/ransom]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])
|
||||
3:1 h3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 **And** here introduces a new event that happened separately from the events described in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now these”
|
||||
3:1 z6cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּי֗וֹם 1 In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
3:2 r7t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נָדָ֑ב וַאֲבִיה֕וּא אֶלְעָזָ֖ר וְאִיתָמָֽר 1 **Nadab**, **Abihu**, **Eleazar**, and **Ithamar** are names of men.
|
||||
3:3 ta14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 Since this clause is repeated from the previous verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here. Alternate translation (with no comma following): “They are”\n
|
||||
3:3 tbud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish הַמְּשֻׁחִ֑ים אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּ֥א יָדָ֖ם 1 These clauses give further information about **the priests**. It is not making a distinction between **the priests** and **the ones who were anointed** or **whose hand he filled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the ones who were anointed and whose hand he filled”\n
|
||||
3:3 n7ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַמְּשֻׁחִ֑ים אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּ֥א יָדָ֖ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. According to [Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md), Moses **anointed** these men. Alternate translation: “the ones whom Moses anointed and whose hands he filled”
|
||||
3:3 tvyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּ֥א יָדָ֖ם לְכַהֵֽן 1 Although **he** and **priest** are singular, here they refer to **the priests** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “whose hands he filled to serve as priests”
|
||||
3:3 ynh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּ֥א יָדָ֖ם 1 The expression **hand he filled** is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom he dedicated”\n
|
||||
3:4 q61f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיָּ֣מָת נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֣וּא 1 **And** introduces a contrast to what was stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But Nadab died and Abihu”
|
||||
3:4 tb0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַיָּ֣מָת נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֣וּא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these words. Alternate translation: “And Nadab and Abihu died”
|
||||
3:4 xts3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֣וּא & וְאִ֣יתָמָ֔ר 1 See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
3:4 y1lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י & לִפְנֵ֤י & פְּנֵ֖י 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Although **Yahweh** is present everywhere, he was uniquely present in a powerful way in the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before the presence of … before the presence of … the presence of”\n
|
||||
3:4 w613 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֨שׁ זָרָ֜ה 1 Here, **fire** refers to burning coals that Nadab and Abihu used to smolder the incense and cause it to smoke, as indicated the the account of this event in [Leviticus 10:1](../10/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
3:4 z49n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֨שׁ זָרָ֜ה 1 The phrase **unfamiliar fire** indicates that something about the burning coals, the incense burned on them, or the manner in which **Nadab** and **Abihu** offered that incense was not according the Yahweh’s instructions for offering incense. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unauthorized fire” or “prohibited fire”\n
|
||||
3:4 pgh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּמִדְבַּ֣ר סִינַ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
3:4 yaat rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבָנִ֖ים לֹא־הָי֣וּ לָהֶ֑ם 1 This phrase indicates that **Nadab** and **Abihu** did not have any **sons** who could take over their work in the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they had no sons”
|
||||
3:4 hyg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיְכַהֵ֤ן אֶלְעָזָר֙ וְאִ֣יתָמָ֔ר 1 **And** here indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “As a result, Eleazar served as priest and Ithamar”\n
|
||||
3:4 ofce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַיְכַהֵ֤ן אֶלְעָזָר֙ וְאִ֣יתָמָ֔ר 1 This phrase indicates that both **Eleazar** and **Ithamar** were priests. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these words to make this clear. Alternate translation: “And Eleazar and Ithamar served as priests”
|
||||
3:5 bncy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 **And** here introduces a new event that happened separately from the event described in the previous verse, but not after that event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh spoke”\n
|
||||
3:5 gjbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech that begins in the next verse and continues until [3:10](../03/10.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n
|
||||
3:6 e8en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
3:6 grny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹת֔וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to all the men of **the tribe of Levi**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “them”
|
||||
3:6 do5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
3:7 rwpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְשָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗וֹ וְאֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 In this verse, **keep** and **keeping** refer to performing duties for Aaron and **all the congregation**. The word **keeping** occurs twice as an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. See how you translated the similar phrase “keep the keeping” in [1:53](../01/53.md).
|
||||
3:7 vax8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְשָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗וֹ וְאֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֨רֶת֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה 1 Here Yahweh uses the possessive forms **his** and **of** to indicate that the Levites were supposed to perform their duties for the benefit of Aaron and **all the congregation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “And they shall perform duties for him and for all the congregation”
|
||||
3:7 jgrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִפְנֵ֖י 1 Here Yahweh refers to working in the presence of **the tent of meeting** as if **the tent** were a person with a **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of”
|
||||
3:7 nful rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת 1 Here, **service the service** occurs as an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
3:7 g965 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַעֲבֹ֖ד 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the means by which the Levites help Aaron and **all the congregation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of serving”
|
||||
3:8 zdb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׁמְר֗וּ 1 Here, **keep** refers to taking care of these **vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they shall care for”
|
||||
3:8 cj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלֵי֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that were used in **the tent of meeting**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the vessels that are used in the tent of meeting”
|
||||
3:8 da22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in the phrase “the keeping of all the congregation” in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:8 jlf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:8 pkf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:9 j739 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנָתַתָּה֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם & נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם 1 Here Yahweh speaks of Moses assigning **the Levites** to serve **Aaron** and his family as if **the Levites** were objects that could be **given** to **Aaron and to his sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall order the Levites to serve … are ordered to serve, ordered to serve”
|
||||
3:9 krew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְנָתַתָּה֙ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. See how you translated the same use of **you** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
3:9 p7wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְנָתַתָּה֙ 1 Here, **shall** indicates a command. See how you translated the same use of **shall** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
3:9 pi6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְבָנָ֑יו 1 Here, **sons** refers to Aaron’s descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:9 rdcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם הֵ֨מָּה֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given them, given them”
|
||||
3:9 jtof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם הֵ֨מָּה֙ 1 Yahweh is repeating the word **given** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “They are wholly given”
|
||||
3:9 hn5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns ל֔וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to **Aaron** and his descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his descendants”
|
||||
3:9 oz3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:10 nnst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּפְקֹ֔ד 1 See how you translated the same use of **you shall** in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:10 p0fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְאֶת־בָּנָיו֙ 1 See how you translated the same use of **his sons** in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:10 zr9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׁמְר֖וּ 1 See how you translated the same use of **keep** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
3:10 td9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־כְּהֻנָּתָ֑ם 1 Here, **their priesthood** refers to all the duties that members of **the priesthood** must perform. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their priestly duties”
|
||||
3:10 ftw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
3:10 t83u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יוּמָֽת 1 The direct speech that began in [3:6](../03/06.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language.\n
|
||||
3:11 wos4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:5](../03/05.md).
|
||||
3:12 pcu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַאֲנִ֞י הִנֵּ֧ה לָקַ֣חְתִּי 1 Here Yahweh repeats **I** to emphasize that he is the one who has chosen **the Levites** **instead of every firstborn**. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And behold, I myself have taken”
|
||||
3:12 ns85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֧ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **behold** to focus Moses’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “listen”
|
||||
3:12 t07q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָקַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִתּוֹךְ֙ 1 Here Yahweh speaks of choosing **the Levites** **instead of every firstborn** as if he took them **from the midst of the sons of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have selected the Levites from”
|
||||
3:12 hjxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & מִבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:12 j9z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָקַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here Yahweh implies that he has **taken the Levites** to serve him at the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have taken the Levites to minister to me in the tent of meeting”
|
||||
3:12 ths1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּכ֛וֹר פֶּ֥טֶר רֶ֖חֶם 1 The word **firstborn** and the **the opening of the womb** refer to the same thing. Yahweh is using these together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase, as in the UST.
|
||||
3:12 nx8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכ֛וֹר 1 Here, **firstborn** refers to **firstborn** males. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “firstborn son”
|
||||
3:12 zz28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְהָ֥יוּ לִ֖י הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “As a result, the Levites are for me”
|
||||
3:13 slyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכוֹר֒ & בְּכ֜וֹר & בְּכוֹר֙ 1 See how you translated the same use of **firstborn** in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:13 n4lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּיוֹם֩ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
3:13 gdxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַכֹּתִ֨י 1 The phrase **striking down** refers to killing someone, which often involved **striking** someone so that the person falls **down** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my slaying”
|
||||
3:13 ex6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the people who descended from **Israel**. See the discussion of this in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).
|
||||
3:13 es50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 The word **livestock** is singular in form, but it refers to all domesticated animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “domesticated animals”
|
||||
3:13 eoto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לִ֥י יִהְי֖וּ 1 **They** here refers to **every firstborn in Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the firstborn in Israel are for me”
|
||||
3:14 mxhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַיְדַבֵּ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינַ֖י לֵאמֹֽר 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
3:15 e8ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י לֵוִ֔י 1 Here, **the sons of Levi** refers specifically to the male descendants of **Levi**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the male descendants of Levi”
|
||||
3:15 n8dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated these clauses in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:15 shw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo תִּפְקְדֵֽם 1 Since this clause is repeated from the previous sentence, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here and combine this sentence with the previous sentence.\n
|
||||
3:15 hhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־זָכָ֛ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֥דֶשׁ וָמַ֖עְלָה 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
3:16 mn2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּפְקֹ֥ד אֹתָ֛ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 **And** here introduces the result of obeying the instructions stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “As a result, Moses counted them”\n
|
||||
3:16 b96w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר צֻוָּֽה 1 These two clauses mean similar things. Moses is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the clauses express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “exactly in accordance with what Yahweh had commanded”
|
||||
3:16 z0ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֣י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to what **Yahweh** said, which a person would do by using his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speech of”
|
||||
3:16 rt9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive צֻוָּֽה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded him”\n
|
||||
3:18 kcf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:19 wuqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:20 cow3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:20 aeon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֛ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת 1 Since what **they** refers to is stated in the next phrase, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here. Alternate translation: “These are the clans of”\n
|
||||
3:20 aufu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַלֵּוִ֖י 1 Here, **clans** refers to the three **clans** that descended from Levi’s three sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the three clans founded by the sons of Levi”
|
||||
3:20 g9jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:21 cv91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְגֵ֣רְשׁ֔וֹן 1 See how you translated the same use of **Of** in the phrase “of Reuben” in [1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
3:21 hr6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַלִּבְנִ֔י & הַשִּׁמְעִ֑י & הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּֽי 1 **Libnite** refers to the people who descended from Libni, **Shimeite** refers to the people who descended from Shimei, and **Gershonite** refers to the people who descended from Gershon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||||
3:21 j3id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֔ם 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:22 a8rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵיהֶם֙ & פְּקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, [3:16](../03/16.md) indicates that Moses counted these men. Alternate translation: “Those whom Moses counted … those whom Moses counted”\n
|
||||
3:22 qjoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּקֻדֵיהֶם֙ בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה פְּקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם שִׁבְעַ֥ת אֲלָפִ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Since the same idea of **their counted ones** is repeated later in the verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here. You may need to change the order of the clauses in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Their counted ones were 7,500 by the number of every male from a son of a month and upward”\n
|
||||
3:22 jre1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:15](../03/15.md).
|
||||
3:22 rd1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת אֲלָפִ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “were seventy-five hundred” or “were seven thousand five hundred”
|
||||
3:23 v6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md).
|
||||
3:23 zdta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָֽמָּה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
3:24 lkex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵֽית־אָ֖ב 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:24 s06i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase is in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:24 z5w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְיָסָ֖ף & לָאֵֽל 1 **Eliasaph** and **Lael** are names of men.
|
||||
3:25 vmdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת 1 Here, **the keeping** refers to the responsibility to take care of **the tent of meeting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar use of **keeping** in [1:53](../01/53.md). Alternate translation: “And the responsibility of”
|
||||
3:25 l841 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵֽי־גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to Gershon’s descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:25 j3mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְהָאֹ֑הֶל 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows are different items included with **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Dwelling, which includes the tent”
|
||||
3:26 una5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְקַלְעֵ֣י הֶֽחָצֵ֗ר 1 The phrase **hangings of the courtyard** refers to the curtains that were used to form a fence around **the courtyard**, as described in [Exodus 27:9](.../exo/27/09.md)–[15](../exo/27/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the curtains hanging around the courtyard”
|
||||
3:26 xx8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאֵת֙ מֵֽיתָרָ֔יו לְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ 1 In this clause, the word **its** represents the previously mentioned parts of the tent of meeting in general, not one particular part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and their ropes for all their service”
|
||||
3:26 zgv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for all that serves it” or “for all maintaining of it”
|
||||
3:27 v53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְלִקְהָ֗ת מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַֽעַמְרָמִי֙ וּמִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַיִּצְהָרִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֨חַת֙ הַֽחֶבְרֹנִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָֽעָזִּיאֵלִ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַקְּהָתִֽי 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [3:21](../03/21.md).
|
||||
3:27 h7g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְלִקְהָ֗ת 1 See how you translated **Kohath** in [3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
3:27 w72b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽעַמְרָמִי֙ & הַיִּצְהָרִ֔י & הַֽחֶבְרֹנִ֔י & הָֽעָזִּיאֵלִ֑י & הַקְּהָתִֽי 1 **Amramite** refers to the people who descended from Amram, **Izharite** refers to the people who descended from Izhar, **Hebronite** refers to the people who descended from Hebron, **Uzzielite** refers to the people who descended from Uzziel, and **Kohathite** refers to the people who descended from **Kohath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
3:28 t7j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּמִסְפַּר֙ כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:22](../03/22.md).
|
||||
3:28 isl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁמֹנַ֤ת אֲלָפִים֙ וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “eight thousand six hundred males”
|
||||
3:28 b3cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שֹׁמְרֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:53](../01/53.md).
|
||||
3:29 xjp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תֵּימָֽנָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
3:30 nwhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵֽית־אָ֖ב 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n
|
||||
3:30 e5m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלִיצָפָ֖ן בֶּן־עֻזִּיאֵֽל 1 **Elizaphan** and **Uzziel** are names of men.
|
||||
3:31 i5y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמִשְׁמַרְתָּ֗ם 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in [3:25](../03/25.md).
|
||||
3:31 n0mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md).
|
||||
3:32 t441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis פְּקֻדַּ֕ת 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he had the oversight”
|
||||
3:32 ow78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שֹׁמְרֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
3:33 a11m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִמְרָרִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֨חַת֙ הַמַּחְלִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַמּוּשִׁ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת מְרָרִֽי 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [3:21](../03/21.md).
|
||||
3:33 r9tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִמְרָרִ֕י & מְרָרִֽי 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
3:33 gw6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַמַּחְלִ֔י & הַמּוּשִׁ֑י 1 **Mahlite** refers to the people who descended from Mahli and **Mushite** refers to the people who descended from Mushi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
3:34 sjg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּפְקֻדֵיהֶם֙ בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:22](../03/22.md).\n
|
||||
3:34 ac3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֵׁ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “were six thousand two hundred”
|
||||
3:35 xag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּנְשִׂ֤יא בֵֽית־אָב֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md).
|
||||
3:35 wckr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צוּרִיאֵ֖ל & אֲבִיחָ֑יִל 1 **Zuriel** and **Abihail** are names of men.
|
||||
3:35 y9rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָפֹֽנָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md).
|
||||
3:36 vpdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּפְקֻדַּ֣ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **oversight** in [3:32](../03/32.md).\n
|
||||
3:36 y9hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמֶרֶת֮ 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in [3:25](../03/25.md).\n
|
||||
3:36 s58r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִי֒ 1 Here, **sons** refers to descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n
|
||||
3:36 v1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַרְשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **frames** refers to open wooden structures made to hold the curtains. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:15](../exo/26/15.md).
|
||||
3:36 d511 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּבְרִיחָ֖יו 1 The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:26](../exo/26/26.md).\n
|
||||
3:36 d6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַאֲדָנָ֑יו 1 These **bases** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:19](../exo/26/19.md).\n
|
||||
3:36 m5e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md).
|
||||
3:37 rg94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְעַמֻּדֵ֧י הֶחָצֵ֛ר 1 The phrase **the pillars of the courtyard** refers to the bronze posts that were used to form a fence around the courtyard, as described in [Exodus 27:9](../exo/27/09.md)–[15](../exo/27/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the posts around the courtyard”
|
||||
3:37 x3i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְאַדְנֵיהֶ֑ם וִיתֵדֹתָ֖ם וּמֵֽיתְרֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **bases**, **pegs**, and **ropes** refer to the items used to secure the pillars and curtains of **the courtyard** fence into place. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 27:9](../exo/27/09.md)–[19](../exo/27/19.md).
|
||||
3:38 hj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִפְנֵ֣י & לִפְנֵי֩ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
3:38 i8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִפְנֵ֣י הַמִּשְׁכָּ֡ן קֵ֣דְמָה לִפְנֵי֩ אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֨ד ׀ מִזְרָ֜חָה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. Moses is using the two clauses together for emphasize that the descendants of Moses and Aaron camped in an honored place nearest to **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “nearest to the front of the eastern side of the tent of meeting”\n
|
||||
3:38 t3vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבָנָ֗יו 1 Here, **sons** refers to descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n
|
||||
3:38 e1fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שֹֽׁמְרִים֙ מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַמִּקְדָּ֔שׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
3:38 tda3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated **the keeping of the sons of Israel** in [3:8](../03/08.md).
|
||||
3:38 bd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
3:39 h8bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־פְּקוּדֵ֨י & אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְׄאַׄהֲׄרֹ֛ׄןׄ 1 see how you translated these phrases in [1:44](../01/44.md).
|
||||
3:39 qlew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:16](../03/16.md).
|
||||
3:39 zv61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:39 uraf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־זָכָר֙ מִבֶּן־חֹ֣דֶשׁ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:15](../03/15.md).
|
||||
3:39 mb36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֥יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃ 1 Alternate translation: “were twenty-two thousand”
|
||||
3:40 q2f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 This clause introduces direct speech that begins in this verse and continues to the end of the next verse. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n
|
||||
3:40 ov8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:40 m42b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:40 jb87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְשָׂ֕א אֵ֖ת מִסְפַּ֥ר שְׁמֹתָֽם 1 This sentence could mean: (1) to write down a list of **names**. Alternate translation: “And write down their names” (2) to write down **the number** of **names** that are counted. Alternate translation: “And write down the number of their names”\n
|
||||
3:40 xl9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁמֹתָֽם 1 Here, **names** refers to the **names** of the males whom Moses would count. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the names of those counted”
|
||||
3:41 v0yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְלָקַחְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֥ם לִי֙ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 **Yahweh** interrupts the sentence with the statement **I am Yahweh** in order to emphasize that he wanted **the Levites** for himself. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, want you to take the Levites for me”
|
||||
3:41 u8ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:41 fvi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכֹ֖ר & בְּכ֔וֹר 1 In this verse, **firstborn** refers specifically to **firstborn** males. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the firstborn males of … the firstborn males”
|
||||
3:41 cum8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בֶּהֱמַ֣ת & בְּבֶהֱמַ֖ת 1 See how you translated **livestock** in [3:13](../03/13.md).
|
||||
3:42 z72r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּפְקֹ֣ד מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **And** here introduces the result of obeying the instructions stated in the previous clause. See how you translated the same use of **And** in [3:16](../03/16.md).\n
|
||||
3:42 qer2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכֹ֖ר 1 See how you translated the same use of **firstborn** in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:42 xv5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:43 bd9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּמִסְפַּ֥ר שֵׁמ֛וֹת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:43 zrj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִבֶּן־חֹ֥דֶשׁ וָמַ֖עְלָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:15](../03/15.md).
|
||||
3:43 b0yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated **their counted ones** in [3:22](../03/22.md).\n
|
||||
3:43 rk27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנַ֤יִם וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “was twenty-two thousand two hundred and seventy-three men”
|
||||
3:44 sc63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵּאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [3:48](../03/48.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n
|
||||
3:45 t2fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּ֤חַת כָּל־בְּכוֹר֙ בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated the nearly identical phrase in [3:41](../03/41.md).
|
||||
3:45 ixty rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בֶּהֱמַ֥ת & בְּהֶמְתָּ֑ם 1 See how you translated **livestock** in [3:13](../03/13.md).
|
||||
3:45 zywg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּהֶמְתָּ֑ם 1 Here Yahweh implies the firstborn male **livestock**, as stated in [3:41](../03/41.md). If it would be helpful in your language you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “their firstborn male livestock”
|
||||
3:46 o10s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּדוּיֵ֣י 1 Here, **ransoms** refers to money that must be paid to purchase the lives of the additional 273 firstborn mentioned in this verse. See the discussion of this in the [General Notes](../03/intro.md) for this chapter.
|
||||
3:46 asd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers הַשְּׁלֹשָׁ֔ה וְהַשִּׁבְעִ֖ים וְהַמָּאתָ֑יִם 1 Alternate translation: “the two hundred seventy-three”
|
||||
3:46 cyy4 הַשְּׁלֹשָׁ֔ה וְהַשִּׁבְעִ֖ים וְהַמָּאתָ֑יִם הָעֹֽדְפִים֙ עַל־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִבְּכ֖וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This means that there were **273** more firstborn males among the other tribes of the Israelites than there are total number of Levite males.
|
||||
3:46 k7c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish הָעֹֽדְפִים֙ עַל־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִבְּכ֖וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This clause gives further information about **the 273**. It is not making a distinction between **the 273** and **the ones in excess**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the ones in excess over the Levites from the firstborn of the sons of Israel”\n
|
||||
3:46 g2tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִבְּכ֖וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:41](../03/41.md).
|
||||
3:47 i4c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְלָקַחְתָּ֗ & תִּקָּ֔ח 1 In this verse, **shall** indicates a command. See how you translated the same use of **shall** in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n
|
||||
3:47 vgw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney חֲמֵ֧שֶׁת חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים & הַשָּֽׁקֶל 1 A **shekel** was an amount of silver that weighed about 11 grams. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “55 grams, 55 grams of silver … is 11 grams of silver”
|
||||
3:47 zecs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication חֲמֵ֧שֶׁת חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת 1 Yahweh repeats the same word **five** in order to emphasize the exact amount. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “precisely five”
|
||||
3:47 ooxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לַגֻּלְגֹּ֑לֶת 1 See how you translated the same use of “skulls” in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:47 ijv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney בְּשֶׁ֤קֶל הַקֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 The silver **shekel** that was used in **the holy place** was an ancient measurement of the weight of silver that functioned as a currency, equivalent to approximately 11 grams or two-fifths of an ounce of silver. You could try to express this amount in terms of the current monetary value of silver, but that might cause your translation to become outdated and inaccurate since those values can change over time. Instead, consider using a generic phrase. Alternate translation: “by the standard weight of silver that is used by the priests in the holy place”\n
|
||||
3:47 djw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה 1 A “gerah” is a unit of weight equal to about 0.57 kilograms. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote.
|
||||
3:48 g4uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְנָתַתָּ֣ה 1 In this verse, **shall** indicates a command. See how you translated the same use of **shall** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
3:48 oek5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָעֹדְפִ֖ים בָּהֶֽם 1 This phrase refers to the 273 firstborn male Israelites mentioned in [3:46](../03/46.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 273 in excess among the firstborn Israelite males”
|
||||
3:48 rgbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בָּהֶֽם 1 The direct speech that began in [3:45](../03/45.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language.\n
|
||||
3:49 qw8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּקַּ֣ח מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **And** here indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “As a result, Moses took”\n
|
||||
3:49 lvmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֶּ֣סֶף הַפִּדְי֑וֹם 1 Here Moses uses the possessive form to describe **the silver** that was **the ransom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the silver, that is, the ransom”
|
||||
3:49 lo8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָעֹ֣דְפִ֔ים עַ֖ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:46](../03/46.md).
|
||||
3:49 abki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּדוּיֵ֥י הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Levites ransomed”
|
||||
3:49 spku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּדוּיֵ֥י 1 Here, **ransomed** refers to paying for lives by substituting them with other lives, whereas **ransom** earlier in the verse referred to paying for lives with money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones substituted by” or “the ones who were replaced by”
|
||||
3:50 udxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכ֛וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:41](../03/41.md).
|
||||
3:50 h971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף 1 Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five”
|
||||
3:50 gkvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:47](../03/47.md).
|
||||
3:51 u72d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֶּ֧סֶף הַפְּדֻיִ֛ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:49](../03/49.md).
|
||||
3:51 gn66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 These two clauses mean similar things. Moses is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the clauses express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. See how you translated this similar clauses in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “exactly in accordance with what Yahweh had commanded”\n
|
||||
3:51 pt1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md).
|
||||
4:intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Counting the Levites by clans\n\nMoses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
|
||||
4:2 png1 Kohath 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
4:3 j52n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2043,3 +2235,4 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
36:13 z8ke plains 0 a large area of flat land
|
||||
1:26 jsxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1
|
||||
1:26 bdn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:16 etwk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “ are 151,450 men”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 990 and column 202.
|
1108
tn_PRO.tsv
1108
tn_PRO.tsv
|
|
@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n1. Introduction and purpose for Proverbs (1:1–7)\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n4. Sayings from wise men (22:17–24:22)\n5. More sayings from wise men (24:23–34)\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n7. Sayings from Agur (30:1–33)\n8. Sayings from Lemuel (31:1–9)\n9. Description of a good and capable wife (31:10–31)\n\n### What is the Book of Proverbs about?\n\nThe Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. A proverb is a saying that gives wise advice or teaches something that is generally true about life. Most societies have their own proverbs and may use specific language that indicates something is a proverb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Sayings for Wise People,” “Wise Sayings,” or something similar.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Proverbs?\n\nProverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” However, Solomon did not write all of the proverbs in this book. Unnamed wise men wrote the proverbs in [22:17](../22/17.md)–[24:34](../24/34.md). Agur the son of Jakeh wrote the proverbs in [30:1–33](../30/01.md) and King Lemuel wrote the proverbs in [31:1–31](../31/01.md).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?\n\n“Wisdom” refers to understanding and doing what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh considers to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])\n\n### My Son\n\nSeveral parts of Proverbs contain a series of proverbs addressed to “my son” or “sons” ([1:8](../01/08.md)–[9:18](../09/18.md); [19:27](../19/27.md); [23:15](../23/15.md)–[24:22](../24/22.md); [27:11](../27/11.md); [31:2](../31/02.md)–[31](../31/31.md)) This does not mean that all the lessons in those proverbs only apply to males. Rather, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son. Whenever the lesson of such proverbs is not specifically about common temptations of young men, the UST uses more general language that could refer to both male and female children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Proverbs\n\nMost of this book consists of proverbs. A proverb is a short saying about something that is generally true in life. Proverbs often use parallelism and metaphors to teach a lesson by referring to something or some event that would be familiar to the readers. If possible, translate each proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])\n\n### Parallelism\n\nMany proverbs have two parts that have a relationship to each other. The second part may strengthen the first part, give more details about the first part, or say what seems to be the opposite of the first part. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Personification\n\nIn Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and stupidity are often represented as if they were human. [Proverbs 1:20–33](../01/20.md), [3:15–18](../03/15.md), [4:6–9](../04/06.md), and [8:1](../08/01.md)–[9:12](../09/12.md) refer to wisdom as if it were a woman. [Proverbs 9:13–18](../09/13.md) might also refer to stupidity as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom or folly would be presented as being like a wise or stupid woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n\n### Generic Nouns\n\nProverbs contains many generic noun phrases that refer to people or things in general rather than to specific individuals or things. This type of nouns occur frequently in this book because proverbs tell about things that are true about people in general. Most of the cases of generic nouns will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n
|
||||
1:intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction and purpose for Proverbs (1:1–7)\n * Title (1:1)\n * The Purpose of Proverbs (1:2–6)\n * Main Theme: Fearing Yahweh is essential to being wise (1:7)\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [1:20–33](../01/20.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n1. Introduction and purpose for Proverbs (1:1–7)\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n4. Sayings from wise men (22:17–24:22)\n5. More sayings from wise men (24:23–34)\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n7. Sayings from Agur (30:1–33)\n8. Sayings from Lemuel (31:1–9)\n9. Description of a good and capable wife (31:10–31)\n\n### What is the book of Proverbs about?\n\nThe book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. A proverb is a saying that gives wise advice or teaches something that is generally true about life. Most societies have their own proverbs and may use specific language that indicates something is a proverb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Sayings for Wise People,” “Wise Sayings,” or something similar.\n\n### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?\n\nProverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” However, Solomon did not write all of the proverbs in this book. Unnamed wise men wrote the proverbs in [22:17](../22/17.md)–[24:34](../24/34.md). Agur the son of Jakeh wrote the proverbs in [30:1–33](../30/01.md) and King Lemuel wrote the proverbs in [31:1–31](../31/01.md).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the book of Proverbs?\n\n“Wisdom” refers to understanding and doing what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh considers to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])\n\n### My Son\n\nSeveral parts of Proverbs contain a series of proverbs addressed to “my son” or “sons” ([1:8](../01/08.md)–[9:18](../09/18.md); [19:27](../19/27.md); [23:15](../23/15.md)–[24:22](../24/22.md); [27:11](../27/11.md); [31:2](../31/02.md)–[31](../31/31.md)) This does not mean that all the lessons in those proverbs only apply to males. Rather, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son. Whenever the lesson of such proverbs is not specifically about common temptations of young men, the UST uses more general language that could refer to both male and female children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Proverbs\n\nMost of this book consists of individual proverbs. A proverb is a short saying about something that is generally true in life. Proverbs often use parallelism and metaphors to teach a lesson by referring to something or some event that would be familiar to the readers. If possible, translate each proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])\n\n### Parallelism\n\nMany proverbs have two parts that have a relationship to each other. The second part may strengthen the first part, give more details about the first part, or say what seems to be the opposite of the first part. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Personification\n\nIn Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and stupidity are often represented as if they were human. [Proverbs 1:20–33](../01/20.md), [3:15–18](../03/15.md), [4:6–9](../04/06.md), and [8:1](../08/01.md)–[9:12](../09/12.md) refer to wisdom as if it were a woman. [Proverbs 9:13–18](../09/13.md) might also refer to stupidity as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom or folly would be presented as being like a wise or stupid woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n\n### Generic Nouns\n\nProverbs contains many generic noun phrases that refer to people or things in general rather than to specific individuals or things. This type of nouns occur frequently in this book because proverbs tell about things that are true about people in general. Most of the cases of generic nouns will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n
|
||||
1:intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Introduction and purpose for Proverbs (1:1–7)\n * Title (1:1)\n * The purpose of Proverbs (1:2–6)\n * Main theme: Fearing Yahweh is essential to being wise (1:7)\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [1:20–33](../01/20.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:1 ej1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִ֭שְׁלֵי שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the proverbs of Solomon”
|
||||
1:1 q6pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ֭שְׁלֵי שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe **proverbs** that were written by **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The proverbs that were written by Solomon”
|
||||
1:2 sah7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לָדַ֣עַת חָכְמָ֣ה וּמוּסָ֑ר 1 [1:2–6](../01/02.md) are one long sentence that lacks some of the words that a sentence in many languages would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The purposes of proverbs are to know wisdom and instruction”
|
||||
1:2 i8k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָדַ֣עַת & לְ֝הָבִ֗ין 1 **To** and **to** here indicate two purposes for proverbs. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of knowing … and they are for the purpose of understanding”
|
||||
1:2 sah7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לָדַ֣עַת חָכְמָ֣ה וּמוּסָ֑ר 1 [1:2–6](../01/02.md) form one long sentence that lacks some of the words that a sentence in many languages would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The purposes of proverbs are to know wisdom and instruction”
|
||||
1:2 i8k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָדַ֣עַת & לְ֝הָבִ֗ין 1 **To** and **to** here indicate two purposes for these proverbs. Use a natural way in your language to introduce purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of knowing … and they are for the purpose of understanding”
|
||||
1:2 iaq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֣ה וּמוּסָ֑ר 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wisdom** and **instruction**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “wise and instructive things”
|
||||
1:2 rs3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִמְרֵ֥י בִינָֽה 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe **sayings** that give a person **understanding**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sayings that give someone understanding”
|
||||
1:3 ew1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָ֭קַחַת מוּסַ֣ר 1 Here, **to** indicates a third purpose for proverbs. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of receiving instruction of”
|
||||
1:3 ew1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָ֭קַחַת מוּסַ֣ר 1 Here, **to** indicates a third purpose for these proverbs. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of receiving instruction of”
|
||||
1:3 aun5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסַ֣ר הַשְׂכֵּ֑ל צֶ֥דֶק וּ֝מִשְׁפָּ֗ט וּמֵישָׁרִֽים 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **instruction**, **insight**, **righteousness**, **justice**, and **integrity**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what is instructive of what is insightful, what is righteous, what is just, and what is honest”
|
||||
1:4 j62d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָתֵ֣ת לִפְתָאיִ֣ם עָרְמָ֑ה 1 Here, **to** indicates a fourth purpose for proverbs. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of giving naive ones prudence”
|
||||
1:4 p2ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עָרְמָ֑ה & דַּ֣עַת וּמְזִמָּֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **prudence**, **knowledge**, and **discretion**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what is prudent … what he should know and how to be discreet”
|
||||
1:4 j62d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָתֵ֣ת לִפְתָאיִ֣ם עָרְמָ֑ה 1 Here, **to** indicates a fourth purpose for these proverbs. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of giving naive ones prudence”
|
||||
1:4 p2ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עָרְמָ֑ה & דַּ֣עַת וּמְזִמָּֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **prudence**, **knowledge**, and **discretion**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what is prudent … what he should know and how he can be discreet”
|
||||
1:4 wxv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לְ֝נַ֗עַר 1 Although the term **young man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to young men and women”\n
|
||||
1:5 lrm2 0 This verse is parenthetical and interrupts the list of purposes for proverbs in [1:2–6](../01/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could add parentheses, as in the ULT, or use a natural way in your language to indicate a parenthetical statement.
|
||||
1:5 gagy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יִשְׁמַ֣ע חָ֭כָם וְי֣וֹסֶף לֶ֑קַח וְ֝נָב֗וֹן תַּחְבֻּל֥וֹת יִקְנֶֽה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “a wise one will hear and increase insight, yes, the understanding one will acquire guidance”
|
||||
1:5 lrm2 0 This verse is parenthetical and interrupts the list of purposes for the proverbs in [1:2–6](../01/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could add parentheses, as in the ULT, or use a natural way in your language to indicate a parenthetical statement.
|
||||
1:5 gagy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יִשְׁמַ֣ע חָ֭כָם וְי֣וֹסֶף לֶ֑קַח וְ֝נָב֗וֹן תַּחְבֻּל֥וֹת יִקְנֶֽה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, so it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “a wise one will hear and increase insight, yes, the understanding one will acquire guidance”
|
||||
1:5 r7sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִשְׁמַ֣ע חָ֭כָם 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a wise one will hear these proverbs”
|
||||
1:5 koqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חָ֭כָם & וְ֝נָב֗וֹן 1 Here, **a wise one** and **the understanding one** do not refer to specific people, but refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any wise person … and any understanding person”
|
||||
1:5 sddg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּחְבֻּל֥וֹת יִקְנֶֽה 1 The author implies that this person **will acquire directions** from proverbs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will acquire directions from these proverbs”
|
||||
1:5 ykul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּחְבֻּל֥וֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea **directions**, you could express the same ides in another way. Alternate translation: “what directs”
|
||||
1:5 ykul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּחְבֻּל֥וֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea **directions**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “that which directs”
|
||||
1:6 kp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְהָבִ֣ין מָ֭שָׁל וּמְלִיצָ֑ה דִּבְרֵ֥י חֲ֝כָמִ֗ים וְחִידֹתָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that indicates that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to understand a proverb and a satire, yes, to understand the words of the wise ones and their riddles”
|
||||
1:6 rcl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהָבִ֣ין מָ֭שָׁל וּמְלִיצָ֑ה 1 Here, **to** indicates a fifth purpose for proverbs. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of understanding a proverb and a satire”
|
||||
1:6 rcl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהָבִ֣ין מָ֭שָׁל וּמְלִיצָ֑ה 1 Here, **to** indicates a fifth purpose for these proverbs. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “These proverbs are for the purpose of understanding a proverb and a satire”
|
||||
1:6 oalz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מָ֭שָׁל וּמְלִיצָ֑ה 1 Here, **a proverb** and **a satire** refer to these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any proverb and any satire”\n
|
||||
1:6 h2dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis דִּבְרֵ֥י חֲ֝כָמִ֗ים 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “to understand the words of the wise ones”
|
||||
1:6 wlac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּבְרֵ֥י 1 Here, the author uses the term **words** to describe what **the wise ones** say by using **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words spoken by”
|
||||
1:7 r9nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that a person should have for **Yahweh**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The fear for Yahweh”
|
||||
1:7 ga71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רֵאשִׁ֣ית דָּ֑עַת 1 Here, **beginning** refers to the basis of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the prerequisite for acquiring knowledge” or “is what knowledge is based upon”
|
||||
1:7 l9za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יִרְאַ֣ת & דָּ֑עַת חָכְמָ֥ה וּ֝מוּסָ֗ר 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear**, **knowledge**, **wisdom**, and **instruction**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **wisdom** and **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Being fearful of … knowing something … wise things and instructive things”
|
||||
1:7 ooap rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast חָכְמָ֥ה וּ֝מוּסָ֗ר אֱוִילִ֥ים בָּֽזוּ 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “by contrast, fools despise wisdom and instruction”
|
||||
1:7 ooap rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast חָכְמָ֥ה וּ֝מוּסָ֗ר אֱוִילִ֥ים בָּֽזוּ 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “By contrast, fools despise wisdom and instruction”
|
||||
1:8 v4em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ֭נִי מוּסַ֣ר אָבִ֑יךָ וְאַל־תִּ֝טֹּ֗שׁ תּוֹרַ֥ת אִמֶּֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Hear, my son, the instruction of your father, yes, do not forsake the law of your mother”
|
||||
1:8 p2x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ֭נִי מוּסַ֣ר 1 **Hear** often means “hear and obey.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “Pay attention, my son, to the instruction of”
|
||||
1:8 wp6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to either a male or female child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “my offspring”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:8 liis rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns תּוֹרַ֥ת 1 Here, the word **law** is singular in form, but it refers to several laws as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rules of”
|
||||
1:9 h55y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Obey these instructions because” or “Obey your parents because”
|
||||
1:9 esiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן הֵ֬ם לְרֹאשֶׁ֑ךָ וַ֝עֲנָקִ֗ים לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “they are a garland of grace for your head, yes, pendants for your neck”
|
||||
1:9 lcw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן הֵ֬ם 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the instruction and teaching of one’s parents, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the instruction and law from your parents are a garland of grace” or “what your parents taught you is a garland of grace”
|
||||
1:9 qxp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן הֵ֬ם לְרֹאשֶׁ֑ךָ וַ֝עֲנָקִ֗ים לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the rules and instructions that parents teach their children as if they were a **garland** or **pendants.** These two items make a person look more attractive to other people and may cause other people to respect that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “they make you look more beautiful and respectable” or “they are like a garland of grace for your head and like pendants for your neck”
|
||||
1:9 b1ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **garland** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are a gracious garland”
|
||||
1:9 lcw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן הֵ֬ם 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the instruction and teaching of one’s parents, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the instruction and law from your parents are a garland of grace” or “the things your parents taught you are a garland of grace”
|
||||
1:9 qxp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן הֵ֬ם לְרֹאשֶׁ֑ךָ וַ֝עֲנָקִ֗ים לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the rules and instructions that parents teach their children as if they were a **garland** or **pendants.** These two items make a person look more attractive to other people and may cause other people to respect that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “they make you look more beautiful and respectable” or “they are like a garland of grace for your head and like pendants for your neck”
|
||||
1:9 b1ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִוְיַ֤ת חֵ֓ן 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **garland** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are a gracious garland”
|
||||
1:10 agm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנִ֡י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
1:10 ucf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־יְפַתּ֥וּךָ חַ֝טָּאִ֗ים 1 Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers understand how important it is to resist temptation from **sinners**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose sinners entice you”
|
||||
1:10 ucf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־יְפַתּ֥וּךָ חַ֝טָּאִ֗ים 1 Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers understand how important it is to resist temptation from **sinners**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “should it happen that sinners entice you”
|
||||
1:10 y9bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־יְפַתּ֥וּךָ חַ֝טָּאִ֗ים אַל־תֹּבֵֽא 1 Solomon implies that the **sinners** would **entice** his **son** to sin with them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “if sinners entice you to join them in sinning, do not consent to sin with them”
|
||||
1:11 f89h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־יֹאמְרוּ֮ 1 Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers understand how sinners might entice someone to join them in sinning. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they say”
|
||||
1:11 nvn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יֹאמְרוּ֮ 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to sinners, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinners say”
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:11 qu4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְדָ֑ם נִצְפְּנָ֖ה 1 Here, **for** and **to** introduce the purposes for these actions. The purpose for lying in wait is to shed blood. The purpose for hiding is to ambush someone. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate purposes. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of shedding blood. Let us hide for the purpose of ambushing”
|
||||
1:11 yxfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְנָקִ֣י 1 The sinners are speaking of an **innocent** person in general, not of one particular **innocent one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “some innocent person”
|
||||
1:12 ohx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִ֭בְלָעֵם 1 By **us**, the sinners are referring to themselves but not other people, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
1:12 w4w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֭בְלָעֵם 1 The sinners speak of murdering people as if they were swallowing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us murder them”
|
||||
1:12 b8bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּשְׁא֣וֹל חַיִּ֑ים וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים כְּי֣וֹרְדֵי בֽוֹר 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the living ones, like Sheol, yes, the whole ones like those going down to a pit”
|
||||
1:12 w4w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֭בְלָעֵם 1 The sinners speak of murdering people as if they were swallowing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us destroy them”
|
||||
1:12 b8bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּשְׁא֣וֹל חַיִּ֑ים וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים כְּי֣וֹרְדֵי בֽוֹר 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the living ones, like Sheol, yes, the whole ones, like those going down to a pit”
|
||||
1:12 uwk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כִּשְׁא֣וֹל 1 The sinners are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like Sheol swallows people”
|
||||
1:12 cvaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification כִּשְׁא֣וֹל 1 The Israelites sometimes referred to dying as “going down to **Sheol**.” Here, **Sheol** is spoken of as if it were an animal that could **swallow** someone. The idea of **Sheol** swallowing someone refers to how people are completely gone after they die and are buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like death is complete”
|
||||
1:12 ewpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים 1 The sinners are leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “and let us swallow the whole ones”
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,19 +61,19 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:12 ayt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּי֣וֹרְדֵי בֽוֹר 1 The Israelites referred to dying as **going down to** **Sheol** or a **pit**. Here the sinners are saying that their victims are like **those going down to a pit** because those people will die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “like those who die”
|
||||
1:13 ls9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִמְצָ֑א נְמַלֵּ֖א בָתֵּ֣ינוּ 1 In this verse, the sinners use **We** and **our** to refer to themselves but not other people. Use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
1:13 jh51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל 1 The sinners say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very much”
|
||||
1:14 x2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom גּ֭וֹרָ֣לְךָ תַּפִּ֣יל בְּתוֹכֵ֑נוּ 1 This is an idiom. If could refer to: (1) joining with a group of people that will share the same destiny. Alternate translation: “You must join us and share our destiny” (2) the practice of throwing small objects called lots to determine who would receive something. Alternate translation: “You must join us in sharing loot by casting lots”
|
||||
1:14 l56r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּ֥יס אֶ֝חָ֗ד יִהְיֶ֥ה לְכֻלָּֽנוּ 1 Here, **purse** represents everything that these sinners steal. Some of what they steal would be put in a **purse**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will equally share everything that we steal”
|
||||
1:14 x2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom גּ֭וֹרָ֣לְךָ תַּפִּ֣יל בְּתוֹכֵ֑נוּ 1 This is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) joining with a group of people that will share the same destiny. Alternate translation: “You must join us and share our destiny” (2) the practice of throwing small objects called lots to determine who would receive something. Alternate translation: “You must join us in sharing loot by casting lots”
|
||||
1:14 l56r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּ֥יס אֶ֝חָ֗ד יִהְיֶ֥ה לְכֻלָּֽנוּ 1 Here, **purse** represents everything that these sinners steal. Some of what they steal would be put in a **purse**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that we steal we will share equally”
|
||||
1:14 ci4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive בְּתוֹכֵ֑נוּ & לְכֻלָּֽנוּ 1 In this verse, the sinners use **our** and **us** to refer to themselves but not other people. Use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||||
1:15 a6ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנִ֗י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
1:15 vdao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תֵּלֵ֣ךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ אִתָּ֑ם מְנַ֥ע רַ֝גְלְךָ֗ מִנְּתִיבָתָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not walk in the way with them, yes, restrain your foot from their path”
|
||||
1:15 t25u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תֵּלֵ֣ךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ אִתָּ֑ם מְנַ֥ע רַ֝גְלְךָ֗ מִנְּתִיבָתָֽם 1 Here, Solomon uses **walk** to refer to associating with the sinners, and he uses **way** and **path** to refer to the behavior of the sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have nothing to do with those sinners; keep yourself from behaving like them”
|
||||
1:15 t25u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תֵּלֵ֣ךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ אִתָּ֑ם מְנַ֥ע רַ֝גְלְךָ֗ מִנְּתִיבָתָֽם 1 Here Solomon uses **walk** to refer to associating with the sinners, and he uses **way** and **path** to refer to the behavior of the sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have nothing to do with those sinners; keep yourself from behaving like them”
|
||||
1:15 bcrz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רַ֝גְלְךָ֗ 1 Solomon is using one part of a person, the **foot**, to represent the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yourself”
|
||||
1:16 cdbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not walk with them because”
|
||||
1:16 v6fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רַ֭גְלֵיהֶם & יָר֑וּצוּ 1 Here, “feet” represents the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they run”
|
||||
1:16 vap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רַ֭גְלֵיהֶם לָרַ֣ע יָר֑וּצוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of how eager the sinners are to do evil as if **their feet** were running to it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are eager to do evil”
|
||||
1:16 vap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רַ֭גְלֵיהֶם לָרַ֣ע יָר֑וּצוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of how eager the sinners are to do evil as if **their feet** were running to it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are eager to do evil”
|
||||
1:16 m7ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִשְׁפָּךְ־דָּֽם 1 The phrase **pour out blood** refers to violently murdering people, which usually causes **blood** to come out of the people who are murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others”
|
||||
1:17 ll92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מְזֹרָ֣ה הָרָ֑שֶׁת 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “does someone spread out a net”
|
||||
1:17 uzlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מְזֹרָ֣ה הָרָ֑שֶׁת 1 A **net** is a trap that hunters use to catch animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of trap, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is the trap set up”
|
||||
1:17 uzlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מְזֹרָ֣ה הָרָ֑שֶׁת 1 A **net** is a woven rope or wire trap that hunters use to catch animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of trap, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is the trap set up”
|
||||
1:17 v3ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ֝עֵינֵ֗י 1 Here, **eyes** refers to what is seen with the **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in view of” or “in the sight of”
|
||||
1:17 geds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּ֥עַל כָּנָֽף 1 The phrase **owner of wing** refers to a bird. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
|
||||
1:18 oexi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ֭הֵם 1 Here, **but** indicates a strong contrast between the bird mentioned in the previous verse and the sinners who speak in [1:11–14](../01/11.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. You may want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “By contrast, they”
|
||||
|
|
@ -83,35 +83,35 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:18 b16m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֭הֵם לְדָמָ֣ם יֶאֱרֹ֑בוּ יִ֝צְפְּנ֗וּ לְנַפְשֹׁתָֽם 1 In this verse, **for** introduces the result of these actions. They **lie in wait** and **hide in ambush** and the result is that it costs them **their blood**and **their lives**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “but they lie in wait, which costs them their blood; they hide in ambush, which costs them their lives”
|
||||
1:18 vs5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְדָמָ֣ם 1 See how you translated **blood** in [1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
1:18 rih3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְנַפְשֹׁתָֽם 1 Here, “their own lives” refers to the sinners themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for themselves”
|
||||
1:19 fz7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָ֭רְחוֹת 1 Here, Solomon uses **paths** to refer to the destiny of those sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are the destinies of”
|
||||
1:19 cse7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כָּל 1 Here, Solomon uses the adjective **all** as a noun to mean “every person.” Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “every person”
|
||||
1:19 fz7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָ֭רְחוֹת 1 Here Solomon uses **paths** to refer to the destiny of those sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are the destinies of”
|
||||
1:19 cse7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כָּל 1 Here Solomon uses the adjective **all** as a noun to mean “every person.” Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “every person”
|
||||
1:19 abzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בֹּ֣צֵֽעַ בָּ֑צַע 1 Here, **unjustly gain unjust gain** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
1:19 zdvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בָּ֑צַע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gain**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what they gain unjustly”
|
||||
1:19 jk1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּעָלָ֣יו יִקָּֽח 1 Here, the pronouns **it** and **its** refer to the **unjust gain** that is mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that unjust gain takes … unjust gain’s owner”
|
||||
1:19 su23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֶת־נֶ֖פֶשׁ בְּעָלָ֣יו יִקָּֽח 1 Solomon speaks of **unjust gain** as if it were a person who could kill his **owner**. He means that the wicked things that sinful people do to **unjustly gain unjust gain** will cause them to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “unjust gain results in its owner dying” or “seeking unjust gain kills those who do it” or “it is as if unjust gain takes the life of its owner”
|
||||
1:20 xza5 0 In [1:20–33](../01/20.md), wisdom is spoken of as if it were a woman speaking to the people. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter.
|
||||
1:19 r7lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת־נֶ֖פֶשׁ & יִקָּֽח 1 Here, the phrase **takes the life of** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it kills”
|
||||
1:20 kh97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חָ֭כְמוֹת בַּח֣וּץ תָּרֹ֑נָּה בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 These two clauses and the two clauses of the next verse mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word that shows the connection between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “Wisdom cries out outside, yes, she gives her voice in the open places”
|
||||
1:20 pj5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חָ֭כְמוֹת & תָּרֹ֑נָּה & תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Wisdom** as if it were a woman who **cries out** or **gives her voice**. He means that **Wisdom** is available to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Wisdom is available … it is available” or “Wisdom is like a woman who cries out … like a woman who gives her voice” or “It is as if wisdom cries out … it is as if wisdom gives its voice”
|
||||
1:20 lje6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָ֭כְמוֹת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:20 kh97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חָ֭כְמוֹת בַּח֣וּץ תָּרֹ֑נָּה בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 These two clauses and the two clauses of the next verse mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word that shows the connection between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “Wisdom cries out outside, indeed, she gives her voice in the open places”
|
||||
1:20 pj5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חָ֭כְמוֹת & תָּרֹ֑נָּה & תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **Wisdom** as if it were a woman who **cries out** or **gives her voice**. He means that **Wisdom** is available to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Wisdom is available … it is available” or “Wisdom is like a woman who cries out … like a woman who gives her voice” or “It is as if wisdom cries out … it is as if wisdom gives its voice”
|
||||
1:20 lje6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָ֭כְמוֹת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **Wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
1:20 pj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּח֣וּץ 1 Here, **outside** refers to the public space **outside** of one’s house where there would be many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the streets”
|
||||
1:20 u7zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 This is an idiom that means **she** spoke very loudly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaks with a loud voice”
|
||||
1:20 u7zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 This is an idiom that means **she** spoke very loudly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she speaks with a loud voice”
|
||||
1:20 njj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת 1 Here, **open areas** refers to large, outdoor public places where there would usually be many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the marketplaces” or “in the plazas”
|
||||
1:21 b47p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הֹמִיּ֗וֹת תִּ֫קְרָ֥א בְּפִתְחֵ֖י שְׁעָרִ֥ים בָּעִ֗יר אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ תֹאמֵֽר 1 These two clauses and the two clauses of the previous verse mean basically the same thing. These two clauses emphasize the meaning of the first clause of the previous verse by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show that these clauses are repeating the first one in the previous verse, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Yes, at the head of the tumultuous places she calls out; yes, at the opening of the gates in the city she says her sayings”
|
||||
1:21 ggk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּרֹ֥אשׁ 1 Here, **head** refers to the place where busy streets intersect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “At the intersection of streets in”
|
||||
1:21 jy0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּ֫קְרָ֥א & אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ תֹאמֵֽר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman who **calls out** or **says her sayings**. He means that **Wisdom** is available to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “wisdom is available … it is available” or “it is as if wisdom calls out … it is as if wisdom says its sayings”
|
||||
1:21 jy0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּ֫קְרָ֥א & אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ תֹאמֵֽר 1 Here Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman who **calls out** or **says her sayings**. He means that **Wisdom** is available to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “wisdom is available … it is available” or “it is as if wisdom calls out … it is as if wisdom says its sayings”
|
||||
1:21 b1k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּפִתְחֵ֖י שְׁעָרִ֥ים בָּעִ֗יר 1 Solomon’s readers would have understood that the **the opening of the gates in the city** was a crowded place where many people gathered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the opening of the gates in the city, where many people gather,”
|
||||
1:21 aeba rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ תֹאמֵֽר 1 Here, **says her sayings** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
|
||||
1:22 atm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עַד־מָתַ֣י 1 [1:22–33](../01/22.md) are one long quotation that Solomon presents as if wisdom itself were speaking. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “She says, ‘Until when” or “It is as if wisdom says, ‘Until when”
|
||||
1:22 jk3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַ֣י ׀ פְּתָיִם֮ תְּֽאֵהֲב֫וּ פֶ֥תִי וְלֵצִ֗ים לָ֭צוֹן חָמְד֣וּ לָהֶ֑ם וּ֝כְסִילִ֗ים יִשְׂנְאוּ־דָֽעַת 1 Wisdom is using the question form to emphasize that these types of people should stop acting the way they do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For too long the naive ones have loved naiveté and mockers have delighted in mockery for themselves and stupid ones have hated knowledge!”
|
||||
1:22 atm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עַד־מָתַ֣י 1 [1:22–33](../01/22.md) are one long quotation that Solomon presents as if wisdom itself were speaking. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “She says, ‘Until when” or “It is as if Wisdom says, ‘Until when”
|
||||
1:22 jk3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַ֣י ׀ פְּתָיִם֮ תְּֽאֵהֲב֫וּ פֶ֥תִי וְלֵצִ֗ים לָ֭צוֹן חָמְד֣וּ לָהֶ֑ם וּ֝כְסִילִ֗ים יִשְׂנְאוּ־דָֽעַת 1 Wisdom is using the question form to emphasize that these types of people should stop acting the way they do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For too long the naive ones have loved naiveté, and mockers have delighted in mockery for themselves, and stupid ones have hated knowledge!”
|
||||
1:22 v3nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֶ֥תִי & לָ֭צוֹן & דָֽעַת 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **naiveté**, **mockery**, and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “thinking naively … mocking … knowing something”
|
||||
1:23 la68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּשׁ֗וּבוּ 1 **Turn** here implies turning one’s head in order to listen better to what someone is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Turn your heads and listen”
|
||||
1:23 uv1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֤ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
|
||||
1:23 jw6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַבִּ֣יעָה לָכֶ֣ם רוּחִ֑י אוֹדִ֖יעָה דְבָרַ֣י אֶתְכֶֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I shall allow my spirit to gush forth to you, yes, I shall cause you to know my words”
|
||||
1:23 c7ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רוּחִ֑י 1 Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my thoughts”
|
||||
1:23 t4c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַבִּ֣יעָה לָכֶ֣ם רוּחִ֑י 1 Wisdom telling the people what she thinks is spoken of as if her thoughts were a liquid that she would **gush forth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I shall tell you what I think”
|
||||
1:23 mwpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְבָרַ֣י 1 Here, wisdom uses the term **words** to describe what she says by using **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that I speak”
|
||||
1:24 rpx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result יַ֣עַן 1 **Because** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is the reason for the result that is stated in [1:26–27](../01/26.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. If you divide [1:24–27](../01/24.md) into two sentences, then you will need to remove **Because** here and add a word to express result at the beginning of [1:26](../01/26.md), as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Since”
|
||||
1:23 mwpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְבָרַ֣י 1 Here, Wisdom uses the term **words** to describe what she says by using **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that I speak”
|
||||
1:24 rpx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result יַ֣עַן 1 **Because** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is the reason for the result, which is stated in [1:26–27](../01/26.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. If you divide [1:24–27](../01/24.md) into two sentences, then you will need to remove **Because** here and add a word to express result at the beginning of [1:26](../01/26.md), as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Since”
|
||||
1:24 p5wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קָ֭רָאתִי וַתְּמָאֵ֑נוּ נָטִ֥יתִי יָ֝דִ֗י וְאֵ֣ין מַקְשִֽׁיב 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I have called and you have refused, yes, I have stretched out my hand and there was no one listening attentively”
|
||||
1:24 e734 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַתְּמָאֵ֑נוּ 1 Wisdom implies that people **refused** to listen to what she said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you have refused to listen to me”
|
||||
1:24 i835 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָטִ֥יתִי יָ֝דִ֗י 1 This phrase **stretched out my hand** is an idiom that refers to beckoning someone or inviting a person to come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I stretched out my hand to beckon you” or “I beckoned you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:25 l0le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲצָתִ֑י וְ֝תוֹכַחְתִּ֗י 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **counsel** and **rebuke**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “that I have counseled, and … what I said to rebuke you”
|
||||
1:26 r8lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result גַּם־אֲ֭נִי 1 [1:26–27](../01/26.md) state the result of what was stated in [1:24–25](../01/24.md). If you divided [1:24–27](../01/24.md) into two sentences and removed **Because** from [1:24](../01/24.md), then you will need to add a word here to express the result of the reasons given in [1:24–25](../01/24.md). Alternate translation: “As a result, I too” or “So, I too”
|
||||
1:26 sl5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism גַּם־אֲ֭נִי בְּאֵידְכֶ֣ם אֶשְׂחָ֑ק אֶ֝לְעַ֗ג בְּבֹ֣א פַחְדְּכֶֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I too shall laugh in your calamity, yes, I shall mock when your dread comes”
|
||||
1:26 rfi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גַּם־אֲ֭נִי 1 The phrase translated as **I too** shifts the focus from the foolish people mentioned in [1:24–25](../01/24.md) to the person speaking, who represents wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I in turn” or “I, for my part”
|
||||
1:26 rfi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גַּם־אֲ֭נִי 1 The phrase translated as **I too** shifts the focus from the foolish people mentioned in [1:24–25](../01/24.md) to the person speaking, who represents wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation,n: “I, in turn,” or “I, for my part”
|
||||
1:26 p97h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּאֵידְכֶ֣ם & בְּבֹ֣א פַחְדְּכֶֽם 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **calamity** and **dread**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “when you suffer … when you are scared”
|
||||
1:26 jucu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּבֹ֣א פַחְדְּכֶֽם 1 Here, wisdom speaks of experiencing **dread** as if it were a person who **comes** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you experience dread”
|
||||
1:27 efxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּבֹ֤א & פַּחְדְּכֶ֗ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:30 jhg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹא־אָב֥וּ & נָ֝אֲצ֗וּ 1 In this verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the foolish people who ignored wisdom, as described in [1:22–27](../01/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those who ignored me did not want … and those people despised”
|
||||
1:30 h1ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַעֲצָתִ֑י & כָּל־תּוֹכַחְתִּֽי 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **counsel** and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
1:31 nr9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְֽ֭יֹאכְלוּ מִפְּרִ֣י דַרְכָּ֑ם וּֽמִמֹּעֲצֹ֖תֵיהֶ֣ם יִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And they will eat from the fruit of their way, yes, from their plans they will be satisfied”
|
||||
1:31 wkf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְֽ֭יֹאכְלוּ מִפְּרִ֣י דַרְכָּ֑ם 1 Here, people suffering the consequences of their behavior is spoken of as if they were eating **the fruit of their way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they will experience the consequences of their behavior”
|
||||
1:31 wkf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְֽ֭יֹאכְלוּ מִפְּרִ֣י דַרְכָּ֑ם 1 Here, people suffering the consequences of their behavior are spoken of as if they were eating **the fruit of their way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they will experience the consequences of their behavior”
|
||||
1:31 c1jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּֽמִמֹּעֲצֹ֖תֵיהֶ֣ם יִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and their plans will satisfy them”
|
||||
1:31 bk2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּֽמִמֹּעֲצֹ֖תֵיהֶ֣ם יִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Here, the word translated as **satisfied** means “to be made full of.” This word can have either a positive or negative meaning, but here the meaning is negative. It means that these foolish people will suffer the full consequences of **their** foolish **plans**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they will experience the consequences of their plans”
|
||||
1:32 t8af rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [1:32–33](../01/32.md) is the conclusion to what Wisdom stated in [1:22–31](../01/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In conclusion,”
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,32 +145,32 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:32 bwme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מְשׁוּבַ֣ת פְּתָיִ֣ם תַּֽהַרְגֵ֑ם 1 Here, **turning away** is spoken of as if it were a person who could **slay** someone. This expression means that **the naive ones** will die because of their **turning away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the naive ones will die because of their turning away” or “the turning away of the naive ones is like someone who will slay them”
|
||||
1:32 s7ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְשׁוּבַ֣ת פְּתָיִ֣ם 1 Here, refusing to listen to wisdom is spoken of as **turning away** from the one who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the refusing to listen of the naive ones”
|
||||
1:32 le64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְשַׁלְוַ֖ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **false security**, you could express the same idea with a different expression. Alternate translation: “wrongly feeling secure”
|
||||
1:32 cmi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְשַׁלְוַ֖ת כְּסִילִ֣ים תְּאַבְּדֵֽם 1 Here, **false security** is spoken of as if it were a person who could **lead** someone. This expression means that **stupid ones** will die because of their **false security**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and stupid ones will be ruined because of their false security” or “false security of stupid ones is like someone who will ruin them”
|
||||
1:32 cmi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְשַׁלְוַ֖ת כְּסִילִ֣ים תְּאַבְּדֵֽם 1 Here, **false security** is spoken of as if it were a person who could **lead** someone. This expression means that **stupid ones** will die because of their **false** sense of **security**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and stupid ones will be ruined because of their false security” or “false security of stupid ones is like someone who will ruin them”
|
||||
1:33 pspz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְשֹׁמֵ֣עַֽ 1 **But** here indicates a strong contrast between **the one who listens** and “the naive ones,” who were mentioned in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “However, the one who listens”
|
||||
1:33 kho1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִפַּ֥חַד רָעָֽה 1 Here, the possessive form describes **dread** that a person has for **evil**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from dreading evil”
|
||||
1:33 zjk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִפַּ֥חַד רָעָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **dread** in [1:26](../01/26.md) and **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2:intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crimes or adultery (2:1–22)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.
|
||||
2:intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crimes or adultery (2:1–22)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.
|
||||
2:1 ku26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
2:1 fkcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם 1 Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from this verse to [2:5](../02/05.md). This is the first of three **if** clauses in this long sentence. If it would be clearer in your language, you could divide this long sentence into shorter sentences and indicate the condition along with the result in [2:5](../02/05.md), as in the UST.
|
||||
2:1 jh3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מִצְוֺתַ֗י תִּצְפֹּ֥ן אִתָּֽךְ 1 Valuing the father’s **commandments** is spoken of as if the **commandments** were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store that treasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and consider my commandments to be as valuable as a treasure”
|
||||
2:2 hiva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְהַקְשִׁ֣יב לַֽחָכְמָ֣ה אָזְנֶ֑ךָ תַּטֶּ֥ה לִ֝בְּךָ֗ לַתְּבוּנָֽה 1 The word translated as **to** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains the means by which a person can receive the sayings and commandments mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by causing your ear to be attentive to wisdom, and by inclining your heart to understanding”
|
||||
2:2 an5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְהַקְשִׁ֣יב & אָזְנֶ֑ךָ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to forcing oneself to listen carefully. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “force yourself to listen carefully”
|
||||
2:2 w1il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַֽחָכְמָ֣ה & לַתְּבוּנָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:2 ibaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תַּטֶּ֥ה לִ֝בְּךָ֗ לַתְּבוּנָֽה 1 Here, Solomon uses **heart** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incline your inner being to understanding” or “incline your mind to understanding”
|
||||
2:2 ibaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תַּטֶּ֥ה לִ֝בְּךָ֗ לַתְּבוּנָֽה 1 Here Solomon uses **heart** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incline your inner being to understanding” or “incline your mind to understanding”
|
||||
2:2 gme3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּטֶּ֥ה לִ֝בְּךָ֗ לַתְּבוּנָֽה 1 The phrase **incline your heart** is an idiom that refers to fully committing one’s mind to doing something. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully commit yourself to gaining understanding”
|
||||
2:3 j5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אִ֣ם לַבִּינָ֣ה תִקְרָ֑א לַ֝תְּבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלֶֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with words that show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “if you call out for understanding, yes, if for perception you lift up your voice”
|
||||
2:3 ntaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לַבִּינָ֣ה & לַ֝תְּבוּנָ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of calling out to receive **understanding** and **perception** as if they were people whom someone could summon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to receive understanding … to receive perception”
|
||||
2:3 j5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אִ֣ם לַבִּינָ֣ה תִקְרָ֑א לַ֝תְּבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלֶֽךָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “if for perceptive understanding you lift up your voice to call out”
|
||||
2:3 ntaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לַבִּינָ֣ה & לַ֝תְּבוּנָ֗ה 1 Here Solomon speaks of calling out to receive **understanding** and **perception** as if they were people whom someone could summon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to receive understanding … to receive perception”
|
||||
2:3 v4y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַבִּינָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **understanding** in the previous verse.
|
||||
2:3 cda0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַ֝תְּבוּנָ֗ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perception**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what should be perceived”
|
||||
2:3 q192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלֶֽךָ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to speaking loudly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you speak with a loud voice”
|
||||
2:4 ci1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with words other than **and** that show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “if you seek it like silver, yes, if search for it like hidden treasures”
|
||||
2:4 mvqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if you seek it like it were silver and search for it like it were hidden treasures” or “if you seek it like you would seek silver and search for it like you would search for hidden treasures”
|
||||
2:4 ci1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “if you diligently search for it like a valuable hidden treasure"
|
||||
2:4 mvqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if you seek it as if it were silver and search for it as if it were hidden treasures” or “if you seek it as you would seek silver and search for it as you would search for hidden treasures”
|
||||
2:4 sm8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה & תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 In this verse, the pronoun **it** refers to wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you seek wisdom … search for wisdom”
|
||||
2:4 ll3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 Solomon is saying that wisdom is like **silver** and **hidden treasures** because those are items they people value greatly and work very hard to find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you seek it diligently like one seeks silver and search for it diligently like one searches for hidden treasures”
|
||||
2:5 y8la rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אָ֗ז 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of meeting the conditions that are stated in [2:1–4](../02/01.md). If you divided this long sentence in [2:1–5](../02/01.md) into shorter sentences, then you will need to indicate condition before the result here, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “If you do so, then the result will be that”
|
||||
2:4 ll3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile אִם־תְּבַקְשֶׁ֥נָּה כַכָּ֑סֶף וְֽכַמַּטְמוֹנִ֥ים תַּחְפְּשֶֽׂנָּה 1 Solomon is saying that wisdom is like **silver** and **hidden treasures** because those are items that people value greatly and work very hard to find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you seek it diligently, like one seeks silver, and search for it diligently, like one searches for hidden treasures”
|
||||
2:5 y8la rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אָ֗ז 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of meeting the conditions that are stated in [2:1–4](../02/01.md). If you divided this long sentence in [2:1–5](../02/01.md) into shorter sentences, then you will need to indicate the condition before the result here in this new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “If you do so, then the result will be that”
|
||||
2:5 ngzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
2:5 h49h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדַ֖עַת אֱלֹהִ֣ים תִּמְצָֽא 1 Obtaining **the knowledge of God** is spoken of as if **the knowledge of God** were an object that a person can **find** by searching for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will have the knowledge of God”
|
||||
2:5 vknk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדַ֖עַת אֱלֹהִ֣ים תִּמְצָֽא 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe knowing **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you will find how to know God”
|
||||
2:5 h49h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדַ֖עַת אֱלֹהִ֣ים תִּמְצָֽא 1 Obtaining **the knowledge of God** is spoken of as if **the knowledge of God** were an object that a person can **find** by searching for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will have the knowledge of God”
|
||||
2:5 vknk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדַ֖עַת אֱלֹהִ֣ים תִּמְצָֽא 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe knowing **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you will find how to know God”
|
||||
2:6 cq0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Solomon stated in [2:1–4](../02/01.md) is true. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that”
|
||||
2:6 ab3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֑ה & דַּ֣עַת וּתְבוּנָֽה 1 See how you translated **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** and **understanding** in the previous verse.
|
||||
2:6 g5bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ֝פִּ֗יו דַּ֣עַת וּתְבוּנָֽה 1 Here, **mouth** represents Yahweh himself or what he says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh comes knowledge and understanding”
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,102 +181,102 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
2:7 xk74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תֹֽם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:8 ajdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִ֭נְצֹר 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the purpose for Yahweh giving “sound wisdom” and being a “shield,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh does these things for the purpose of guarding”
|
||||
2:8 qt7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָרְח֣וֹת מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 Here, **paths** could refer to: (1) the behavior of people, in which case the meaning is similar to the next clause in the verse. Alternate translation: “those who behave justly” (2) **justice** itself, as if it were **paths**. Alternate translation: “the path that is justice” or “justice”
|
||||
2:8 t2qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֖רֶךְ חֲסִידָ֣יו יִשְׁמֹֽר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the lives of God’s **faithful ones** as if they were a **way** or road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will preserve the lives of his faithful ones”
|
||||
2:8 t2qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֖רֶךְ חֲסִידָ֣יו יִשְׁמֹֽר 1 Here Solomon speaks of the lives of God’s **faithful ones** as if they were a **way** or road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will preserve the lives of his faithful ones”
|
||||
2:9 qn9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אָ֗ז 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is another result of meeting the conditions stated in [2:1–4](../02/01.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate the result of meeting conditions. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, then the result will be that”
|
||||
2:9 hh3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צֶ֣דֶק וּמִשְׁפָּ֑ט וּ֝מֵישָׁרִ֗ים 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness**, **justice**, and **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
2:9 ex8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל־מַעְגַּל־טֽוֹב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of wise behavior as if it were a **good track**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every good behavior”
|
||||
2:9 ex8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל־מַעְגַּל־טֽוֹב 1 Here Solomon speaks of wise behavior as if it were a **good track**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every good way of living”
|
||||
2:10 ftxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֣ה & וְ֝דַ֗עַת 1 See how you translated **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
2:10 sjsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְלִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
2:10 kf4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָב֣וֹא & בְלִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to fully knowing something. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be fully known by you” or “will be fully in your mind”
|
||||
2:10 z4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְֽנַפְשְׁךָ֥ יִנְעָֽם 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be pleasant to you”
|
||||
2:11 oo4b 1 [2:11–17](../02/11.md) are one long sentence. If you divide these verses into multiple sentences, as the UST does, then you may need to repeat some phrases in order to make the meaning clear.
|
||||
2:11 q2th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מְ֭זִמָּה תִּשְׁמֹ֥ר עָלֶ֗יךָ תְּבוּנָ֥ה תִנְצְרֶֽכָּה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Discretion will preserve over you, yes, understanding will protect you”
|
||||
2:11 jbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מְ֭זִמָּה תִּשְׁמֹ֥ר עָלֶ֗יךָ תְּבוּנָ֥ה תִנְצְרֶֽכָּה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **discretion** and **understanding** as if they were people who could **protect** someone else. He means that someone who has **discretion** and **understanding** will be safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If you have discretion, you will be safe; if you have understanding, you will be secure”
|
||||
2:11 jbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מְ֭זִמָּה תִּשְׁמֹ֥ר עָלֶ֗יךָ תְּבוּנָ֥ה תִנְצְרֶֽכָּה 1 Here Solomon speaks of **discretion** and **understanding** as if they were people who could **protect** someone else. He means that someone who has **discretion** and **understanding** will be safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If you have discretion, you will be safe; if you have understanding, you will be secure”
|
||||
2:11 dnu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְ֭זִמָּה & תְּבוּנָ֥ה 1 See how you translated **Discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
2:12 ix2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לְ֭הַצִּ֣ילְךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of “discretion” and “understanding” as if they were people who could **rescue** someone. He means that people who have “discretion” and “understanding” will **rescue** themselves from harm. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to rescue yourselves”
|
||||
2:12 ix2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לְ֭הַצִּ֣ילְךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of “discretion” and “understanding” as if they were people who could **rescue** someone. He means that people who have “discretion” and “understanding” will **rescue** themselves from harm. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to rescue yourselves”
|
||||
2:12 w9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ֭הַצִּ֣ילְךָ 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the purpose for “discretion” and “understanding” protecting a person, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “Discretion and understanding will protect you for the purpose of rescuing you”
|
||||
2:12 xcem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִדֶּ֣רֶךְ רָ֑ע 1 This phase **the way of evil** could refer to: (1) the **way** of an **evil** person. This interpretation fits the context of the descriptions of evil people given in [2:12–17](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “from the way of an evil person” (2) a **way** that is characterized by **evil**. Alternate translation: “from the evil way”
|
||||
2:12 vs4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִדֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 Here, Solomon uses **way** to refer to how people behave. See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
2:12 vs4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִדֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 Here Solomon uses **way** to refer to how people behave. See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
2:12 ekbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2:12 utj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מֵ֝אִ֗ישׁ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to rescue you from a man”
|
||||
2:12 vund rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֵ֝אִ֗ישׁ 1 The word **man** here represents a type of person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “from any person”
|
||||
2:13 i8sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַ֭עֹ֣זְבִים 1 See how you translated the same use of **forsake** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
2:13 a5k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָרְח֣וֹת יֹ֑שֶׁר 1 Here, **the paths of straightness** refers to behaving in a right manner. The word **paths** refers to human behavior, and **straightness** refers to being righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing what is right” or “acting rightly”
|
||||
2:13 tc6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לָ֝לֶ֗כֶת 1 Here, **to** introduces the purpose for forsaking **the paths of straightness**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of walking”
|
||||
2:13 q9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָ֝לֶ֗כֶת בְּדַרְכֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 This phrase refers to behaving in an evil manner. The biblical authors often use **walk** to refer to how someone behaves and **darkness** to refer to evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to do what is evil” or “to behave in an evil manner”
|
||||
2:13 q9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָ֝לֶ֗כֶת בְּדַרְכֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 This phrase refers to behaving in an evil manner. The biblical authors often use **walk** to refer to how someone behaves and they use **darkness** to refer to evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to do what is evil” or “to behave in an evil manner”
|
||||
2:14 e571 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֑ע & רָֽע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2:14 t4yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּֽתַהְפֻּכ֥וֹת רָֽע 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **perverse things** that are characterized by **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “evil perverse things”
|
||||
2:14 t4yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּֽתַהְפֻּכ֥וֹת רָֽע 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **perverse things** that are characterized by **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “evil perverse things”
|
||||
2:15 ei69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָרְחֹתֵיהֶ֣ם עִקְּשִׁ֑ים וּ֝נְלוֹזִ֗ים בְּמַעְגְּלוֹתָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “whose paths are crooked, yes, who go astray in their tracks”
|
||||
2:15 jpq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָרְחֹתֵיהֶ֣ם עִקְּשִׁ֑ים & בְּמַעְגְּלוֹתָֽם 1 Here, Solomon refers to human behavior as if it were **paths** and **tracks** that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior is crooked … in their behavior”
|
||||
2:15 lsl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עִקְּשִׁ֑ים & וּ֝נְלוֹזִ֗ים 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrases **are crooked** and **go astray** to refer to being deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are deceptive and who are deceptive”
|
||||
2:16 p5k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ֭הַצִּ֣ילְךָ 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is another purpose for “discretion” and “understanding” guarding a person, as stated in the [2:11](../02/11.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. If you divided up the long sentence in [2:11–17](../02/11.md) into shorter sentences, then here you will need to repeat some information from [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Discretion and understanding will guard you for the additional purpose of rescuing you”
|
||||
2:16 wotd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵאִשָּׁ֣ה זָרָ֑ה מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to an immoral and adulterous **woman** as if she were a stranger or foreigner. God considers such a **woman** to be **strange** or **foreign** because her sinful acts have caused her to be alienated from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
|
||||
2:15 jpq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָרְחֹתֵיהֶ֣ם עִקְּשִׁ֑ים & בְּמַעְגְּלוֹתָֽם 1 Here Solomon refers to human behavior as if it were **paths** and **tracks** that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior is crooked … in their behavior”
|
||||
2:15 lsl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עִקְּשִׁ֑ים & וּ֝נְלוֹזִ֗ים 1 Here Solomon uses the phrases **are crooked** and **go astray** to refer to being deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are deceptive and who are deceptive”
|
||||
2:16 p5k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ֭הַצִּ֣ילְךָ 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is another purpose for “discretion” and “understanding” guarding a person, as stated in the [2:11](../02/11.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. If you divided up the long sentence in [2:11–17](../02/11.md) into shorter sentences, then here, beginning a new sentence, you will need to repeat some information from [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Discretion and understanding will guard you for the additional purpose of rescuing you”
|
||||
2:16 wotd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵאִשָּׁ֣ה זָרָ֑ה מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה 1 Here Solomon refers to an immoral and adulterous **woman** as if she were a stranger or foreigner. God considers such a **woman** to be **strange** or **foreign** because her sinful acts have caused her to be alienated from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
|
||||
2:16 dtaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֵאִשָּׁ֣ה זָרָ֑ה מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה 1 Solomon is speaking of any women who do these things, not of one particular **woman**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “from any strange woman, from any foreign woman”
|
||||
2:16 yvpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to rescue you from a foreign woman”
|
||||
2:16 zrdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ הֶחֱלִֽיקָה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of this woman speaking seductively as if she were making what she says **smooth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who makes her sayings seductive”
|
||||
2:16 zrdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ הֶחֱלִֽיקָה 1 Here Solomon speaks of this woman speaking seductively as if she were making what she says **smooth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who makes her sayings seductive”
|
||||
2:17 c2iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַלּ֣וּף 1 Here, **companion** refers to the husband of the adulterous woman mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the husband of”
|
||||
2:17 on5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַלּ֣וּף נְעוּרֶ֑יהָ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the companion** whom this woman married while she was in **her youth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the companion whom she married in her youth”
|
||||
2:17 on5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַלּ֣וּף נְעוּרֶ֑יהָ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the companion** whom this woman married while she was in **her youth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the companion whom she married in her youth”
|
||||
2:17 omt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נְעוּרֶ֑יהָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **youth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when she was young”
|
||||
2:17 awb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרִ֖ית אֱלֹהֶ֣יהָ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the covenant** that this woman made with **her God.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the covenant that she made with her God”
|
||||
2:17 awb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרִ֖ית אֱלֹהֶ֣יהָ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the covenant** that this woman made with **her God.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the covenant that she made with her God”
|
||||
2:17 yeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרִ֖ית 1 Here, **covenant** refers specifically to the **covenant** that a man and woman made with each other and God when they married. This **covenant** included promising not to commit adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the covenant that she made with her God when she married her husband”
|
||||
2:18 i084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why “discretion” and “understanding” rescue a man from an adulterous woman, as stated in [2:16](../02/16.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Discretion and understanding will rescue you from her because”
|
||||
2:18 v1ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת בֵּיתָ֑הּ וְאֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽיהָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “her house sinks down to death, yes, her tracks to the spirits of the dead”
|
||||
2:18 v1ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת בֵּיתָ֑הּ וְאֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽיהָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “involvement with her will totally destroy you"
|
||||
2:18 dn9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּיתָ֑הּ 1 Here, **house** could refer to: (1) going to the adulterous woman’s **house**. Alternate translation: “going to her house” (2) the adulterous activity that takes place in her house. Alternate translation: “what she does in her house”
|
||||
2:18 hbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path or to a **house** that **sinks down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”
|
||||
2:18 hbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path or to a **house** that **sinks down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”
|
||||
2:18 rkj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽיהָ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and her tracks sink down to the spirits of the dead” or “and her tracks lead to the spirits of the dead”
|
||||
2:18 g44z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽיהָ 1 Here, **tracks** could refer to: (1) the path that leads to the adulterous woman. Alternate translation: “the path that leads to her” (2) how she behaves, which is how **tracks** is used in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “her behavior”
|
||||
2:18 hwl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רְ֝פָאִ֗ים 1 Here, **the spirits of dead ones** refers to the place where people’s spirits go when they die, which was called “Sheol” in [1:12](../01/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “the place of the dead”
|
||||
2:19 n7tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּ֭אֶיהָ 1 Here, **enter** refers to someone having sex with another person. This is a polite way of referring to something that is offensive or embarrassing in some cultures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this act or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who have sex with her” or “those who sleep with her”
|
||||
2:19 wzqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א יְשׁוּב֑וּן 1 Here, **return** could refer to: (1) those people coming back to life, as suggested by the references to death in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will not become alive again” (2) those people returning to a joyful or prosperous life. Alternate translation: “will not return to living well”
|
||||
2:19 zg4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־יַ֝שִּׂ֗יגוּ אָרְח֥וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 This could mean: (1) those people will not be able to come back to life, as suggested by the references to death in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and they will not return to the land of the living” (2) those people will not be able to enjoy a good life again. Alternate translation: “and they will never live a happy life again”
|
||||
2:20 ts71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֗עַן 1 **So** here indicates that what follows is the result of what was stated in [2:11–19](../02/11.md) being true. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Because this is true”
|
||||
2:20 kzax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְאָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you shall walk in the way of the good ones, yes, the paths of the righteous ones you shall keep”
|
||||
2:20 ts71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֗עַן 1 **So** here indicates that what follows is the result of what was stated in [2:11–19](../02/11.md) being true. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Because this is true,”
|
||||
2:20 kzax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְאָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you shall keep the path of the righteous ones as you walk the way of the good ones'
|
||||
2:20 hp7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְאָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 Solomon is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “walk in the way of the good ones and keep the paths of the righteous ones”
|
||||
2:20 fiw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ & וְאָרְח֖וֹת & תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 The phrases **walk in the way of** and **keep the paths of** both refer to how people behave or live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shall behave like … and you shall behave like”
|
||||
2:21 wou9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [2:21–22](../02/21.md) is the conclusion to what was stated in [2:11–20](../02/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar use of **For** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “In conclusion,”
|
||||
2:21 uy6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְשָׁרִ֥ים יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the upright ones will dwell in the land, yes, the blameless ones will remain in it”
|
||||
2:21 uy6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְשָׁרִ֥ים יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the blameless, upright ones will remain to dwell in the land”
|
||||
2:21 bqn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ & יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽהּ 1 Here, **the land** and **it** could refer to: (1) the **land** of Israel, which God had given to the Jewish people and which Solomon was ruling over when he wrote these proverbs. Alternate translation: “will dwell in the land of Israel … will remain in Israel” or “will dwell in our land … will remain in our land” (2) the earth in general, in which case this would refer to staying alive. Alternate translation: “will dwell on the earth … will remain alive on the earth”
|
||||
2:21 p0cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים 1 Here, **blameless ones** refers to people whom Yahweh does not blame for acting wickedly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones whom Yahweh rightly does not blame”
|
||||
2:22 nyod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ֭רְשָׁעִים 1 Here, **but** indicates a strong contrast between the **wicked** and **treacherous** people and the “upright” and “blameless” people, who were mentioned in the previous verse. See how you translated a similar strong contrast in [1:33](../01/33.md).
|
||||
2:22 mnw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִכָּרֵ֑תוּ &יִסְּח֥וּ 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off … Yahweh will tear away”
|
||||
2:22 r5sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִכָּרֵ֑תוּ & יִסְּח֥וּ 1 Solomon speaks of Yahweh removing people from **the land** as if he were cutting those people off, like a person cuts a branch from a tree, or as if he were tearing those people away, like a person violently pulls someone off of something. Solomon does not state if these people are removed by being killed or by being forced to leave **the land**, so it is best to use general expressions for these phrases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be removed … will be taken away”
|
||||
2:22 w94m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵאֶ֣רֶץ & מִמֶּֽנָּה 1 See how you translated **the land** and **it** in the previous verse.
|
||||
3:intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [3:15–18](../03/15.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [3:15–18](../03/15.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:1 tjcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
3:1 p6r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תּוֹרָתִ֣י אַל־תִּשְׁכָּ֑ח וּ֝מִצְוֺתַ֗י יִצֹּ֥ר לִבֶּֽךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not forget my law, yes, my commandments let your heart guard”
|
||||
3:1 jvym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תִּשְׁכָּ֑ח 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively, as in the UST.
|
||||
3:1 ji5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns תּוֹרָתִ֣י 1 Here, the word **law** is singular in form, but it refers to several laws as a group. See how you translated this use of **law** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
3:1 f5cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝מִצְוֺתַ֗י 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **commandments** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
3:1 n273 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִצֹּ֥ר לִבֶּֽךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
3:1 g7i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִצֹּ֥ר לִבֶּֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person’s **heart** as if it were a person who could **guard** something, and he speaks of **commandments** as if they were things that could be guarded. He means that he wants his son to remember these **commandments** in order to obey them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember to obey”
|
||||
3:1 g7i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִצֹּ֥ר לִבֶּֽךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person’s **heart** as if it were a person who could **guard** something, and he speaks of **commandments** as if they were things that could be guarded. He means that he wants his son to remember these **commandments** in order to obey them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember to obey”
|
||||
3:2 e1jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Remember my commandments because”\n
|
||||
3:2 yp9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֹ֣רֶךְ יָ֭מִים וּשְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּ֑ים וְ֝שָׁל֗וֹם יוֹסִ֥יפוּ לָֽךְ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “they will add to you length of days and years of life and peace”
|
||||
3:2 fmbi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֹ֣רֶךְ יָ֭מִים 1 Here, **length of days** is an idiom that means “a long life.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a long life”
|
||||
3:2 r3ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּשְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּ֑ים 1 Here, **years of life** is an idiom that means “a long and fulfilling life.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a fulfilling life” or “and years of fulfilling life”
|
||||
3:2 jl5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ֝שָׁל֗וֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and a peaceful life”
|
||||
3:2 f1ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יוֹסִ֥יפוּ 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the law and commandments mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my law and commandments will add”
|
||||
3:2 rplu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יוֹסִ֥יפוּ לָֽךְ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his commandments as if they could **add** **length** to a person’s life. He means that obeying his commandments will enable a person to life a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeying them will add to you” or “by obeying them you will add to yourself”
|
||||
3:2 rplu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יוֹסִ֥יפוּ לָֽךְ 1 Here Solomon speaks of his commandments as if they could **add length** to a person’s life. He means that obeying his commandments will enable a person to live a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeying them will add to you” or “by obeying them you will add to yourself”
|
||||
3:3 s6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶ֗ת אַֽל־יַעַ֫זְבֻ֥ךָ קָשְׁרֵ֥ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרוֹתֶ֑יךָ כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם עַל־ל֥וּחַ לִבֶּֽךָ 1 These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third clauses emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word that shows the connection between these three clauses. Alternate translation: “Do not let covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness leave you, yes, bind them on your throats, indeed, write them on the tablet of your heart”
|
||||
3:3 w5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶ֗ת אַֽל־יַעַ֫זְבֻ֥ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** as if they were people who could **leave** someone. He means that a person should not stop being faithful and trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stop being faithful and trustworthy”
|
||||
3:3 w5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶ֗ת אַֽל־יַעַ֫זְבֻ֥ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** as if they were people who could **leave** someone. He means that a person should not stop being faithful and trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stop being faithful and trustworthy”
|
||||
3:3 jx0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶ֗ת אַֽל־יַעַ֫זְבֻ֥ךָ 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Retain covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”
|
||||
3:3 v4wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶ֗ת 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “being faithful and trustworthy”
|
||||
3:3 xj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָשְׁרֵ֥ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרוֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** as if they were objects that someone could **tie** around his **neck** like a necklace. He means that these are valuable qualities that people should display outwardly by their behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show them outwardly by how you behave” or “display them like one would wear a necklace”
|
||||
3:3 xj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָשְׁרֵ֥ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרוֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** as if they were objects that a person could **tie** around his **neck** like a necklace. He means that these are valuable qualities that people should display outwardly by their behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show them outwardly by how you behave” or “display them like one would wear a necklace”
|
||||
3:3 i4pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם עַל־ל֥וּחַ לִבֶּֽךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
3:3 i8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם עַל־ל֥וּחַ לִבֶּֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the **heart** as if it were a **tablet** upon which someone could **write** **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness**. He means that people should always remember to behave with **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “keep these things in your mind” or “always remember them, as if you had written them permanently on a tablet”
|
||||
3:4 xajl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּמְצָא־חֵ֖ן 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the commands stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do these things, then you will find favor” or “This will result in you finding favor”
|
||||
3:4 uwqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְצָא־חֵ֖ן וְשֵֽׂכֶל־ט֑וֹב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **favor and good insight** as if they were objects that a person could find. He means that **God and man** will show **favor** and **good insight** to the person who does what Solomon commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will experience favor and good insight”
|
||||
3:3 i8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם עַל־ל֥וּחַ לִבֶּֽךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the **heart** as if it were a **tablet** upon which someone could **write** **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness**. He means that people should always remember to behave with **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “keep these things in your mind” or “always remember them, as if you had written them permanently on a tablet”
|
||||
3:4 xajl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּמְצָא־חֵ֖ן 1 Here the word **and** introduces the result of obeying the commands stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do these things, then you will find favor” or “This will result in you finding favor”
|
||||
3:4 uwqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְצָא־חֵ֖ן וְשֵֽׂכֶל־ט֑וֹב 1 Here Solomon speaks of **favor and good insight** as if they were objects that a person could find. He means that **God and man** will show **favor** and **good insight** to the person who does what Solomon commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will experience favor and good insight”
|
||||
3:4 g3fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּעֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **eyes** refers to seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the judgment of”
|
||||
3:4 i2ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְאָדָֽם 1 Solomon is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “and others”
|
||||
3:5 w345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
3:5 m1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֶל־בִּֽ֝ינָתְךָ֗ אַל־תִּשָּׁעֵֽן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of relying on one’s own **understanding** as if **understanding** were an object that a person could **lean on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not rely on your own understanding”
|
||||
3:5 m1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֶל־בִּֽ֝ינָתְךָ֗ אַל־תִּשָּׁעֵֽן 1 Here Solomon speaks of relying on one’s own **understanding** as if **understanding** were an object that a person could **lean on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not rely on your own understanding”
|
||||
3:5 xos0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בִּֽ֝ינָתְךָ֗ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:6 c7br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּכָל־דְּרָכֶ֥יךָ & אֹֽרְחֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person’s actions as if they were **ways** or **paths** on which that person walks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In all that you do … what you do”
|
||||
3:6 c7br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּכָל־דְּרָכֶ֥יךָ & אֹֽרְחֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person’s actions as if they were **ways** or **paths** on which that person walks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In all that you do … how you live”
|
||||
3:6 ftuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֝ה֗וּא יְיַשֵּׁ֥ר 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the commands stated in the previous verse and the beginning of this verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do these things, then he himself will straighten” or “This will result in he himself straightening”
|
||||
3:6 vunk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ֝ה֗וּא יְיַשֵּׁ֥ר 1 For emphasis, Solomon is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already stated as **he**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “he indeed will straighten”
|
||||
3:6 m1v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝ה֗וּא יְיַשֵּׁ֥ר אֹֽרְחֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of Yahweh showing people what they should do as if Yahweh were removing obstacles and smoothing out **paths** that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he himself will make clear to you what you should do” or “and he himself will guide your actions”
|
||||
3:7 y6is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person’s opinion as if that person were seeing something with his **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your own opinion”
|
||||
3:6 m1v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝ה֗וּא יְיַשֵּׁ֥ר אֹֽרְחֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of Yahweh showing people what they should do as if Yahweh were removing obstacles and smoothing out **paths** that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he himself will make clear to you what you should do” or “and he himself will guide your actions”
|
||||
3:7 y6is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person’s opinion as if that person were seeing something with his **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your own opinion”
|
||||
3:7 dgv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast יְרָ֥א אֶת־יְ֝הוָ֗ה וְס֣וּר מֵרָֽע 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. While the previous clause said what a person should not do, this clause says what that person should do instead. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, fear Yahweh and turn from evil”\n
|
||||
3:7 au5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְס֣וּר מֵרָֽע 1 Here, Solomon speaks of refusing to do **evil** actions as if are person were turning away **from evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not commit evil”
|
||||
3:7 au5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְס֣וּר מֵרָֽע 1 Here Solomon speaks of refusing to do **evil** actions as if a person were turning away **from evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not commit evil”
|
||||
3:7 fwf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵרָֽע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
3:8 yl6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism רִ֭פְאוּת תְּהִ֣י לְשָׁרֶּ֑ךָ וְ֝שִׁקּ֗וּי לְעַצְמוֹתֶֽיךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “It will be healing for your navel, yes, refreshment for your bones”
|
||||
3:8 du95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תְּהִ֣י 1 The pronoun **It** here refers to following the commands that Solomon stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Obeying these commands will be”
|
||||
|
|
@ -292,70 +292,70 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
3:10 vtx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ֝תִיר֗וֹשׁ יְקָבֶ֥יךָ יִפְרֹֽצוּ 1 The word **vats** refers to large containers in which the juice of grapes called **new wine** was processed into **wine**. If a very large amount of **new wine** was put in the **vat**, it could flow out and spill over the top of the **vat**. If your readers would not be familiar with **wine** or the way it is produced, you could refer to something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and your storage containers will become so extremely full that they break open”
|
||||
3:11 f4sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסַ֣ר & בְּתוֹכַחְתּֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **correction** and **rebuke**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Being corrected by … being rebuked by him”
|
||||
3:11 qf59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנִ֣י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
3:12 vqzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here introduces the reason for obeying the commands stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not do these things because”
|
||||
3:12 qsno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝כְאָ֗ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ן יִרְצֶֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and like a father he rebukes a son he is pleased with”
|
||||
3:12 gpk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־בֵּ֥ן יִרְצֶֽה 1 The phrase **he is pleased with** refers to the father’s affection for his **son**. It does not mean that the father approves of his son’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a son who is dear to him”
|
||||
3:12 vqzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here introduces the reason for obeying the commands stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not do these things, because”
|
||||
3:12 qsno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝כְאָ֗ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ן יִרְצֶֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and like a father, he rebukes a son he is pleased with”
|
||||
3:12 gpk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־בֵּ֥ן יִרְצֶֽה 1 The phrase **he is pleased with** refers to the father’s affection for his **son**. It does not mean that the father approves of his son’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a son in whom he delights”
|
||||
3:12 oyvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בֵּ֥ן 1 See how you translated the same use of **son** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
3:13 cg8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַשְׁרֵ֣י אָ֭דָם מָצָ֣א חָכְמָ֑ה וְ֝אָדָ֗ם יָפִ֥יק תְּבוּנָֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy is a man who finds wisdom and happy is a man who obtains understanding”
|
||||
3:13 cckc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַשְׁרֵ֣י אָ֭דָם מָצָ֣א חָכְמָ֑ה וְ֝אָדָ֗ם יָפִ֥יק תְּבוּנָֽה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Happy is a man who finds wisdom, yes, happy is a man who obtains understanding”
|
||||
3:13 g5fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אָ֭דָם & וְ֝אָדָ֗ם 1 In this verse, **a man** represents a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is a person … and a person”
|
||||
3:13 d1nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָצָ֣א חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of attaining **wisdom** as if it were an object that a person **finds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attains wisdom”
|
||||
3:13 d1nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָצָ֣א חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon speaks of attaining **wisdom** as if it were an object that a person **finds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attains wisdom”
|
||||
3:13 gdvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֑ה & תְּבוּנָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
3:14 xyy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason what was stated in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that”
|
||||
3:14 jir1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝מֵחָר֗וּץ תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and than the produce of gold better is its produce”
|
||||
3:14 jir1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝מֵחָר֗וּץ תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and better than the produce of gold is its produce”
|
||||
3:14 rcci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ט֣וֹב סַ֭חְרָהּ מִסְּחַר־כָּ֑סֶף וּ֝מֵחָר֗וּץ תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “better {is} its profit than the profit of silver, yes, better than the produce of gold is its produce”
|
||||
3:14 eetj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns סַ֭חְרָהּ & תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 In this verse, **its** refers to wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is wisdom’s profit … wisdom’s produce”
|
||||
3:14 jkcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סַ֭חְרָהּ מִסְּחַר־כָּ֑סֶף 1 Although the word **profit** usually refers to money that someone earns, Solomon uses it here to refer to a benefit in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is its benefit than the benefit of silver”
|
||||
3:14 gy74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִסְּחַר־כָּ֑סֶף 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the monetary **profit** that one gains by selling or investing **silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the profit one can make from selling silver”
|
||||
3:14 ssa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מֵחָר֗וּץ תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 Although the word **produce** usually refers to harvested crops, Solomon uses it here to refer to a benefit in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and than gold its benefit”
|
||||
3:14 gy74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִסְּחַר־כָּ֑סֶף 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the monetary **profit** that one gains by selling or investing **silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “than the profit one can make from selling silver”
|
||||
3:14 ssa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מֵחָר֗וּץ תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 Although the word **produce** usually refers to harvested crops, Solomon uses it here to refer to a benefit in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and than gold, its benefit”
|
||||
3:15 y2yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הִ֭יא & בָֽהּ 1 In [3:15–18](../03/15.md) Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “It … with it”
|
||||
3:15 vxz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יְקָ֣רָה & מִפְּנִינִ֑ים 1 The word translated **corals** could also refer to precious stones called “rubies.” Either word refers to an item that is extremely valuable. If your readers would not be familiar with **corals** or rubies, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is more precious than valuable stones” or “is more precious than something extremely valuable”
|
||||
3:15 vxz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יְקָ֣רָה & מִפְּנִינִ֑ים 1 The word translated **corals** could also refer to precious stones called “rubies.” Either word refers to an item that is extremely valuable. If your readers would not be familiar with **corals** or rubies, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is more precious than valuable stones” or “is more precious than something that is extremely valuable”
|
||||
3:16 k6ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֹ֣רֶךְ יָ֭מִים 1 See how you translated this idiom in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
3:16 e88d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בִּֽימִינָ֑הּ בִּ֝שְׂמֹאולָ֗הּ 1 In this verse, **her** refers to wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is in wisdom’s right hand, in wisdom’s left hand”
|
||||
3:16 p6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּֽימִינָ֑הּ בִּ֝שְׂמֹאולָ֗הּ עֹ֣שֶׁר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of wise people receiving **length of days**, **riches**, and **honor** as if they were objects received from the **right** and **left** hands of wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is received by those who have wisdom, those who have wisdom receive riches”
|
||||
3:16 p6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּֽימִינָ֑הּ בִּ֝שְׂמֹאולָ֗הּ עֹ֣שֶׁר 1 Here Solomon speaks of wise people receiving **length of days**, **riches**, and **honor** as if they were objects received from the **right** and **left** hands of wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is received by those who have wisdom; those who have wisdom receive riches”
|
||||
3:16 yu0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְכָבֽוֹד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and being honored”
|
||||
3:17 dpuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification דְּרָכֶ֥יהָ & נְתִ֖יבוֹתֶ֣יהָ 1 **Her** and **her** here refer to wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Wisdom’s ways … wisdom’s beaten paths”
|
||||
3:17 t64o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism דְּרָכֶ֥יהָ דַרְכֵי־נֹ֑עַם וְֽכָל־נְתִ֖יבוֹתֶ֣יהָ שָׁלֽוֹם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Her ways are ways of pleasantness, yes, all her beaten paths are peace”
|
||||
3:17 t64o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism דְּרָכֶ֥יהָ דַרְכֵי־נֹ֑עַם וְֽכָל־נְתִ֖יבוֹתֶ֣יהָ שָׁלֽוֹם 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Her way of life is one of peaceful pleasantness.
|
||||
3:17 a7ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכֶ֥יהָ דַרְכֵי & נְתִ֖יבוֹתֶ֣יהָ שָׁלֽוֹם 1 In this verse, **ways** and **beaten paths** refer to how being wise guides a person’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Wise behavior is behavior of … wise behavior brings peace”
|
||||
3:17 l02t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַרְכֵי־נֹ֑עַם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **ways** that result in **pleasantness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are ways that lead to pleasantness”
|
||||
3:17 aq1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שָׁלֽוֹם 1 Here, Solomon implies that **peace** is the result of following the **beaten paths**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “lead to being peaceful” or “result in living peacefully”
|
||||
3:17 l02t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַרְכֵי־נֹ֑עַם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **ways** that result in **pleasantness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are ways that lead to pleasantness”
|
||||
3:17 aq1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שָׁלֽוֹם 1 Here Solomon implies that **peace** is the result of following the **beaten paths**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “lead to being peaceful” or “result in living peacefully”
|
||||
3:17 u5du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שָׁלֽוֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another Alternate translation: “are what is peaceful”
|
||||
3:18 ac5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הִ֭יא & בָּ֑הּ וְֽתֹמְכֶ֥יהָ 1 **She** and **her** here refer to wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Wisdom … of wisdom, and those who grasp wisdom”
|
||||
3:18 l7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵץ־חַיִּ֣ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **tree** with fruit that sustains **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a tree that gives life” or “is a tree with fruit that sustains life”
|
||||
3:18 le9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵץ־חַיִּ֣ים & לַמַּחֲזִיקִ֣ים בָּ֑הּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a **tree** that gives **life** to those who eat its fruit. He means that wisdom causes a person to live a long and happy life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “results in a good life for the ones who take hold of her” or “is like a tree that sustains the life the ones who take hold of her”
|
||||
3:18 ka8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַמַּחֲזִיקִ֣ים בָּ֑הּ וְֽתֹמְכֶ֥יהָ 1 Here, Solomon refers to people who persist in being wise as if they **take hold of** or **grasp** wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who retain wisdom, and those who remain wise”
|
||||
3:19 c1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָֽסַד־אָ֑רֶץ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** creating **the earth** as if he were laying the foundation of a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh created the earth”
|
||||
3:18 l7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵץ־חַיִּ֣ים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **tree** with fruit that sustains **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a tree that gives life” or “is a tree with fruit that sustains life”
|
||||
3:18 le9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵץ־חַיִּ֣ים & לַמַּחֲזִיקִ֣ים בָּ֑הּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a **tree** that gives **life** to those who eat its fruit. He means that wisdom causes a person to live a long and happy life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “results in a good life for the ones who take hold of her” or “is like a tree that sustains the lives of the ones who take hold of her”
|
||||
3:18 ka8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַמַּחֲזִיקִ֣ים בָּ֑הּ וְֽתֹמְכֶ֥יהָ 1 Here Solomon refers to people who persist in being wise as if they **take hold of** or **grasp** wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who obtain wisdom, and those who hold on to wisdom”
|
||||
3:19 c1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָֽסַד־אָ֑רֶץ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** creating **the earth** as if he were laying the foundation of a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “created the earth”
|
||||
3:19 rkhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּחָכְמָ֥ה & בִּתְבוּנָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **understanding** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
3:20 ulw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּהוֹמ֣וֹת 1 Here, **depths** refers to bodies of water that were deep under the earth’s surface. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the underground bodies of water”
|
||||
3:20 aov5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִבְקָ֑עוּ 1 Here, **broke open** could refer to: (1) the water from **the depths** bursting out from under the ground to form rivers, which best fits the discussion of creation in [3:19–20](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “burst forth water that formed rivers” (2) the water from **the depths** bursting out during the global flood of Noah’s time, as described in [7:11](../07/11.md). Alternate translation: “burst forth flood water”
|
||||
3:20 aov5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִבְקָ֑עוּ 1 Here, **broke open** could refer to: (1) the water from **the depths** bursting out from under the ground to form rivers, which best fits the discussion of creation in [3:19–20](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “burst forth water that formed rivers” (2) the water from **the depths** bursting out during the global flood of Noah’s time, as described in [7:11](../07/11.md). Alternate translation: “burst forth flood waters”
|
||||
3:21 gh75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
3:21 t2j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַל־יָלֻ֣זוּ מֵעֵינֶ֑יךָ נְצֹ֥ר תֻּ֝שִׁיָּ֗ה וּמְזִמָּֽה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “guard prudence and discretion, do not let them depart from your eyes”
|
||||
3:21 xa9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יָלֻ֣זוּ מֵעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of not forgetting something as if someone were always able to see that thing with his **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not forget them”
|
||||
3:21 p05r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֥ר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **prudence** and **discretion** as they were things that could be guarded. He means that he wants his son to remember these qualities in order to practice them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember to practice”
|
||||
3:21 xa9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יָלֻ֣זוּ מֵעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of not forgetting something as if someone were always able to see that thing with his **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not forget them”
|
||||
3:21 p05r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֥ר 1 Here Solomon speaks of **prudence** and **discretion** as if they were things that could be guarded. He means that he wants his son to remember these qualities in order to practice them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember to practice”
|
||||
3:21 g4b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תֻּ֝שִׁיָּ֗ה וּמְזִמָּֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **prudence** and **discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
3:22 c7za rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְיִֽהְי֣וּ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the commands stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and this will result in them being” or “If you do this, then they will be”
|
||||
3:22 v7jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְיִֽהְי֣וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to “prudence” and “discretion” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And prudence and discretion will be”
|
||||
3:22 v7jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְיִֽהְי֣וּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the “prudence” and “discretion” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and prudence and discretion will be”
|
||||
3:22 mr5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְנַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **soul** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
3:22 aqnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְיִֽהְי֣וּ חַיִּ֣ים לְנַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to having a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they will cause your life to be long”
|
||||
3:22 aqnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְיִֽהְי֣וּ חַיִּ֣ים לְנַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to having a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they will cause you to have a long life”
|
||||
3:22 c3ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝חֵ֗ן לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **grace** refers to something that looks graceful or attractive to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and graceful ornaments for your neck”
|
||||
3:22 x4q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝חֵ֗ן לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of “prudence” and “discretion” as if they were objects that a person could tie around the **neck** like a necklace. The image suggests that these are valuable things that the person displays outwardly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. See how you translated a similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and a gracious display like a necklace around your neck”
|
||||
3:23 lr2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אָ֤ז תֵּלֵ֣ךְ 1 **Then** here introduces more results of obeying the commands stated in [3:21](../03/21.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “Having prudence and discretion will also result in you walking”
|
||||
3:23 k64j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּלֵ֣ךְ לָבֶ֣טַח דַּרְכֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of living one’s life as if one were walking along a **way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will live your life in security”
|
||||
3:23 hbrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָבֶ֣טַח 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **security**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “securely”
|
||||
3:22 x4q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝חֵ֗ן לְגַרְגְּרֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of “prudence” and “discretion” as if they were objects that a person could wear around their **neck** like a necklace. The image suggests that these are valuable things that the person displays outwardly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. See how you translated a similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and a gracious display, like a necklace around your neck”
|
||||
3:23 lr2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אָ֤ז תֵּלֵ֣ךְ 1 **Then** here introduces more results of obeying the commands stated in [3:21](../03/21.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “Because of having prudence and discretion, you will walk”
|
||||
3:23 k64j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּלֵ֣ךְ לָבֶ֣טַח דַּרְכֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of living one’s life as if one were walking along a **way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will live your life in security”
|
||||
3:23 hbrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָבֶ֣טַח 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **security**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “confidently”
|
||||
3:23 uxka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֝רַגְלְךָ֗ 1 Here, the word “foot” represents the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you”
|
||||
3:23 d5hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝רַגְלְךָ֗ לֹ֣א תִגּֽוֹף 1 Here, **not stumble** could refer to: (1) a person not experiencing harm, which is similar to the idea in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and your foot will not be harmed” (2) not sinning, which **stumble** is a common metaphor for in other scripture. Alternate translation: “and you will not sin”
|
||||
3:23 d5hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝רַגְלְךָ֗ לֹ֣א תִגּֽוֹף 1 Here, **not stumble** could refer to: (1) a person not experiencing harm, which is similar to the idea in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and you will not be harmed” (2) not sinning, for for which **stumble** is a common metaphor in other scriptures. Alternate translation: “and you will not sin”
|
||||
3:24 f69h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּשְׁכַּ֥ב & וְ֝שָׁכַבְתָּ֗ 1 In this verse, **lie down** implies lying down in order to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||||
3:25 dxf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִפַּ֣חַד פִּתְאֹ֑ם וּמִשֹּׁאַ֥ת 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **dread** and **devastation**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “of dreadful things that happen suddenly and of what devastates”
|
||||
3:25 ds94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמִשֹּׁאַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the devastation** that is experienced by **the wicked ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and of the wicked ones being devastated”
|
||||
3:25 ds94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמִשֹּׁאַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the devastation** that is experienced by **the wicked ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and of the wicked ones being devastated”
|
||||
3:25 ri9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תָבֹֽא 1 Here, **it** refers to **the devastation** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that devastation comes”
|
||||
3:26 zyov rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the command in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of these things because”
|
||||
3:26 aw88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְכִסְלֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon uses **confidence** to refer to the source of a person’s **confidence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your source of confidence”
|
||||
3:26 gtf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְכִסְלֶ֑ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who makes you confident”
|
||||
3:26 gtf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְכִסְלֶ֑ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who makes you confident”
|
||||
3:26 z3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְשָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְךָ֣ מִלָּֽכֶד 1 Here, **foot** represents the whole person. See how you translated the similar use of **foot** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
3:26 jc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְךָ֣ מִלָּֽכֶד 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone experiencing “sudden dread” or “devastation” as if the person were captured in a trap. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will keep you from sudden dread or devastation” or “and he will keep you from harm”
|
||||
3:26 jc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְךָ֣ מִלָּֽכֶד 1 Here Solomon refers to someone experiencing “sudden dread” or “devastation” as if the person were captured in a trap. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will keep you from sudden dread or devastation” or “and he will keep you from harm”
|
||||
3:27 yl8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ט֥וֹב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “something that is good”
|
||||
3:27 yag5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבְּעָלָ֑יו 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the **good** that people deserve as if they were **its owners**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from those to whom it is due”
|
||||
3:27 sqz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בִּהְי֨וֹת לְאֵ֖ל יָדְךָ֣ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of being able to do something as if doing something was **in the power of** one’s **hand**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you have the ability”
|
||||
3:27 yag5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבְּעָלָ֑יו 1 Here Solomon speaks of the **good** that people deserve as if they were **its owners**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from those to whom it is due”
|
||||
3:27 sqz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בִּהְי֨וֹת לְאֵ֖ל יָדְךָ֣ 1 Here Solomon speaks of being able to do something as if doing something were **in the power of** one’s **hand**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you have the ability”
|
||||
3:28 taqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תֹּ֘אמַ֤ר לְרֵֽעֲךָ֨ 1 Solomon implies that the **neighbor** needs something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When your neighbor needs something, do not say to your neighbor”
|
||||
3:28 r0kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶתֵּ֗ן וְיֵ֣שׁ 1 In this verse, **it** refers to the thing that the **neighbor** needs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will give you what you need, yet that thing is”
|
||||
3:28 e1qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְיֵ֣שׁ 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is true at the same time as the speaker is speaking in the previous clause. This means that the person speaking refuses to give something to someone even though he has it with him. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “when it is”
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,171 +364,171 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
3:29 yfoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָבֶ֣טַח 1 Here, **securely** implies that this person trusts **you** and does not expect to be harmed by **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “trustfully”
|
||||
3:29 aheb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִתָּֽךְ 1 Here, **with you** refers to being near someone. It does not mean these people dwell in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “near you”
|
||||
3:30 h9r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אָדָ֣ם & לֹ֖א גְמָלְךָ֣ 1 Here, **man** and **he** represent a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “a person … that person has not done you”
|
||||
3:30 ohzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חִנָּ֑ם אִם־לֹ֖א גְמָלְךָ֣ רָעָֽה 1 This clause gives the reason why the contending mentioned in the beginning of the sentence would be **without cause**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use change the sentence structure to show this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has not done you evil. There is no reason to argue.”
|
||||
3:30 ohzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חִנָּ֑ם אִם־לֹ֖א גְמָלְךָ֣ רָעָֽה 1 This clause gives the reason why the contention mentioned in the beginning of the sentence would be **without cause**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the sentence structure to show this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has not done you evil when there is no reason to argue”
|
||||
3:30 ykrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָעָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
3:31 p0vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּאִ֣ישׁ חָמָ֑ס 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of a violent man”
|
||||
3:31 p0vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּאִ֣ישׁ חָמָ֑ס 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of a violent man”
|
||||
3:31 bqus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּאִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, **man** represents a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any person of”
|
||||
3:31 pae7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכָֽיו 1 Here, Solomon uses **ways** to refer to the behavior of **a man of violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things he does”
|
||||
3:31 pae7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכָֽיו 1 Here Solomon uses **ways** to refer to the behavior of **a man of violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things he does”
|
||||
3:31 k7bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאַל־תִּ֝בְחַ֗ר בְּכָל־דְּרָכָֽיו 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that this command refers to choosing not to do something. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and do not choose to do anything he does”
|
||||
3:32 pi68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the command in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not do these things because”
|
||||
3:32 eu7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abomination**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is an abominable person to Yahweh”
|
||||
3:32 n8ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָל֑וֹז 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone who refuses to act righteously and deliberately does what is wicked as if that person **goes astray** from a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he who acts wickedly”
|
||||
3:32 uy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽאֶת־יְשָׁרִ֥ים סוֹדֽוֹ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of Yahweh giving **secret counsel** to people as if it were an object that could be **with** those people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but to the upright ones he gives his secret counsel”
|
||||
3:32 eu7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abomination**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “an abominable person to Yahweh”
|
||||
3:32 n8ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָל֑וֹז 1 Here Solomon refers to someone who refuses to act righteously, instead deliberately doing what is wicked, as if that person **goes astray** from a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he who acts wickedly”
|
||||
3:32 uy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽאֶת־יְשָׁרִ֥ים סוֹדֽוֹ 1 Here Solomon speaks of Yahweh giving **secret counsel** to people as if it were an object that could be **with** those people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but to the upright ones he gives his secret counsel”
|
||||
3:32 bu8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סוֹדֽוֹ 1 The phrase **secret counsel** refers to confidential conversation between friends. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his confidential conversation”
|
||||
3:33 h6ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מְאֵרַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **curse** that comes from **Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The curse from Yahweh”
|
||||
3:33 h6ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מְאֵרַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **curse** that comes from **Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The curse from Yahweh”
|
||||
3:33 bsfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית 1 Solomon speaks of the **curse of Yahweh** as if it were an object that he placed **on** top of the wicked person’s **house**. He means that Yahweh curses that **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is against the house of”
|
||||
3:33 q866 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּבֵ֣ית & וּנְוֵ֖ה & יְבָרֵֽךְ 1 Here, the words **house** and **abode** represent the families who live in those houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is on the households of … but he blesses the households of”
|
||||
3:33 hqxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָשָׁ֑ע 1 Here, **the wicked one** refers to wicked people in general, not a specific **wicked** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any wicked person”
|
||||
3:34 bb7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הֽוּא־יָלִ֑יץ 1 For emphasis, Solomon is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already stated as **he**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “he indeed mocks”
|
||||
3:34 kb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתֶּן־חֵֽן 1 The writer speaks of Yahweh favoring people as if his **favor** were an object that he gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he acts favorably” or “he is gracious”
|
||||
3:35 y7vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִנְחָ֑לוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of wise people receiving **honor** as if **honor** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Wise ones will receive honor”
|
||||
3:34 bb7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הֽוּא־יָלִ֑יץ 1 For emphasis, Solomon is stating the pronoun **himself**, the meaning of which is already stated as **he**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “he indeed mocks”
|
||||
3:34 kb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתֶּן־חֵֽן 1 The writer speaks of Yahweh favoring people as if his **favor** were an object that he gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he acts favorably” or “he gives grace”
|
||||
3:35 y7vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִנְחָ֑לוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of wise people receiving **honor** as if **honor** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Wise ones will receive honor”
|
||||
3:35 ly3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּ֭בוֹד & קָלֽוֹן 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “what is honorable … what is dishonorable”
|
||||
3:35 b6jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרִ֥ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **stupid** people being dishonored as if their **dishonor** was lifted up for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you cold express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive”
|
||||
4:intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [4:6–9](../04/06.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
3:35 b6jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרִ֥ים 1 Here Solomon speaks of **stupid** people being dishonored as if their **dishonor** was lifted up for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive”
|
||||
4:intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn [4:6–9](../04/06.md), wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent an abstract concept like wisdom, the translator should translate the personification directly. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate these personifications as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
4:1 ik8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שִׁמְע֣וּ 1 See how you translated **Hear** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:1 hqv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָ֭נִים 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to both male and female children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “offspring”
|
||||
4:1 rao5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֣וּסַר & בִּינָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
4:1 zck6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָ֑ב 1 Here, Solomon is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your father”
|
||||
6:20 td2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָבִ֑יךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **your father** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:1 zck6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָ֑ב 1 Here Solomon is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your father”
|
||||
4:2 s4lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Hear these instructions because”\n
|
||||
4:2 paf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you לָכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the “sons” referred to in the previous verse.
|
||||
4:2 emym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result תּֽ֝וֹרָתִ֗י אַֽל־תַּעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 This clause is the result of what came before in the previous clause. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is why you must not forsake my law”
|
||||
4:2 emym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result תּֽ֝וֹרָתִ֗י אַֽל־תַּעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 This clause is the result of what came before in the previous clause. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “this is why you must not forsake my law”
|
||||
4:2 szcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַֽל־תַּעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).\n
|
||||
4:2 bzrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns תּֽ֝וֹרָתִ֗י 1 See how you translated the collective noun **law** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:3 y999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי־בֵ֭ן הָיִ֣יתִי לְאָבִ֑י 1 **When** here indicates that what follows refers to the time when Solomon was a child and still lived under his father’s care. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When I was still a boy learning from my father”
|
||||
4:3 n5ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys רַ֥ךְ וְ֝יָחִ֗יד 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **tender** tells what the **only one** was like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “the tender only one”\n
|
||||
4:3 ev51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝יָחִ֗יד 1 Here, **only one** could mean: (1) he was his mother’s only child. Alternate translation: “and only child” (2) he was a unique child of his mother. Alternate translation: “and unique one”
|
||||
4:3 wjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֥י אִמִּֽי 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his **mother** considering him to be **the tender and only one** as if he were **before** her **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to my mother” or “in my mother’s estimation”
|
||||
4:3 wjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֥י אִמִּֽי 1 Here Solomon speaks of his **mother** considering him to be **the tender and only one** as if he were **before** her **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to my mother” or “in my mother’s estimation”
|
||||
6:20 td2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָבִ֑יךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **your father** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:4 yg9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַיֹּרֵ֗נִי 1 Here, **he** refers to Solomon’s father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||||
4:4 b7y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
4:4 w8fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִֽתְמָךְ & לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of remembering **words** as if the **heart** were holding on tightly to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your heart remember”
|
||||
4:4 w8fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִֽתְמָךְ & לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of remembering **words** as if the **heart** were holding on tightly to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your heart remember”
|
||||
4:4 jcen rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבָרַ֥י 1 See how you translated the similar use of **my words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
|
||||
4:4 kgqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִצְוֺתַ֣י 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **commandments** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
4:4 f7zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וֶֽחְיֵֽה 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and it will result in you living”\n
|
||||
4:5 ft42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָ֭כְמָה & בִינָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
4:5 m9r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֥ח וְאַל־תֵּ֝֗ט מֵֽאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here, the phrases **do not forget** and **do not veer from** are figures of speech that express strongly positive meanings by using a negative word, **not**, together with expressions that are the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meanings. Alternate translation: “remember and keep going in the direction of the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
4:5 l92p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֥ח וְאַל־תֵּ֝֗ט מֵֽאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here, Solomon speaks of not forgetting something as if a person were not veering off of a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not forget and do not stop remembering the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
4:5 l92p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֥ח וְאַל־תֵּ֝֗ט מֵֽאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here Solomon speaks of not forgetting something as if a person were not veering off of a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not forget and do not stop remembering the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
4:5 fb3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֥ח וְאַל־תֵּ֝֗ט מֵֽאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here, the terms **forget** and **veer** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “certainly do not forget the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
4:5 m3uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵֽאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here, **mouth** represents Solomon’s father himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from my sayings”\n
|
||||
4:6 vrf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תַּעַזְבֶ֥הָ 1 See how you translated **Do not forsake** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:6 xx1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְתִשְׁמְרֶ֑ךָּ & וְתִצְּרֶֽךָּ 1 Both occurrences of **and** in this verse indicate that what follows are the results of the phrases that precede them. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “and it will result in her preserving you … and it will result in her guarding you”\n
|
||||
4:6 zc73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אַל־תַּעַזְבֶ֥הָ וְתִשְׁמְרֶ֑ךָּ אֱהָבֶ֥הָ וְתִצְּרֶֽךָּ 1 In [4:6–9](../04/06.md) Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Do not forsake wisdom and wisdom will be like a woman who preserves you; love wisdom and wisdom will be like a woman who guards you”\n
|
||||
4:6 zc73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אַל־תַּעַזְבֶ֥הָ וְתִשְׁמְרֶ֑ךָּ אֱהָבֶ֥הָ וְתִצְּרֶֽךָּ 1 In [4:6–9](../04/06.md) Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Do not forsake wisdom, and wisdom will be like a woman who preserves you; love wisdom, and wisdom will be like a woman who guards you”\n
|
||||
4:7 zu2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רֵאשִׁ֣ית חָ֭כְמָה 1 Here, **beginning** could refer to: (1) the most important thing. Alternate translation: “the most important thing is wisdom” or “wisdom is supreme” (2) the foundation or basis of something, as it means in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “the foundation of wisdom” or “the prerequisite for acquiring wisdom”\n
|
||||
4:7 guq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קְנֵ֣ה חָכְמָ֑ה & קְנֵ֣ה בִינָֽה 1 See how you translated these phrases in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
4:7 qcf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וּבְכָל־קִ֝נְיָנְךָ֗ 1 The word **acquisition** here is singular in form, but it refers to all of a person’s possessions as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And with all your acquisitions” or “And with everything that you acquire”
|
||||
4:7 b9ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְכָל־קִ֝נְיָנְךָ֗ 1 Here, **all your acquisition** implies the price of everything that someone has acquired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And with the price of all your acquisition” or “And with the price of all you possess”
|
||||
4:8 pa2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification סַלְסְלֶ֥הָ וּֽתְרוֹמְמֶ֑ךָּ תְּ֝כַבֵּ֗דְךָ כִּ֣י תְחַבְּקֶֽנָּה 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Cherish wisdom and wisdom will be like a woman who raises you up; wisdom will be like a woman who honors you when you embrace her”
|
||||
4:8 x13z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result סַלְסְלֶ֥הָ וּֽתְרוֹמְמֶ֑ךָּ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “If you cherish her, then she will raise you up” or “Cherish her and it will result in her raising you up”\n
|
||||
4:8 k4fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽתְרוֹמְמֶ֑ךָּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a wise person receiving honor as if wisdom were raising that person **up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will cause you to be honored”
|
||||
4:8 oyxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּ֝כַבֵּ֗דְךָ 1 Here, Solomon implies that wisdom will cause people to **honor** the person who embraces **her**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “she will cause people to honor you”
|
||||
4:8 o4nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְחַבְּקֶֽנָּה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone valuing wisdom as if he were embracing a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you value wisdom”
|
||||
4:8 x13z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result סַלְסְלֶ֥הָ וּֽתְרוֹמְמֶ֑ךָּ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “If you cherish her, then she will raise you up” or “Cherish her, and it will result in her raising you up”\n
|
||||
4:8 k4fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽתְרוֹמְמֶ֑ךָּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a wise person receiving honor as if wisdom were raising that person **up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will cause you to be honored”
|
||||
4:8 oyxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּ֝כַבֵּ֗דְךָ 1 Here Solomon implies that wisdom will cause people to **honor** the person who embraces **her**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “she will cause people to honor you”
|
||||
4:8 o4nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְחַבְּקֶֽנָּה 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone valuing wisdom as if he were embracing a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you value wisdom”
|
||||
4:9 bft9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תִּתֵּ֣ן לְ֭רֹאשְׁךָ לִוְיַת־חֵ֑ן עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת תְּמַגְּנֶֽךָּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “She will give for your head a garland of grace; yes, with a crown of splendor she will cover you”
|
||||
4:9 z38e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּתֵּ֣ן לְ֭רֹאשְׁךָ לִוְיַת־חֵ֑ן עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת תְּמַגְּנֶֽךָּ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of wisdom as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Wisdom will be like a woman who gives a garland of grace for your head; wisdom will be like a woman who covers you with a crown of splendor”
|
||||
4:9 beu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִוְיַת־חֵ֑ן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
4:9 z184 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת תְּמַגְּנֶֽךָּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the honor that a person will have from gaining wisdom as if wisdom placed a **crown** upon that person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “wisdom will cause people to honor you” or “wisdom will be like someone who puts a crown of splendor on your head”
|
||||
4:9 py0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is characterized by **splendor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with a splendorous crown”
|
||||
4:9 z184 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת תְּמַגְּנֶֽךָּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the honor that a person will have from gaining wisdom as if wisdom placed a **crown** upon that person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “wisdom will cause people to honor you” or “wisdom will be like someone who puts a crown of splendor on your head”
|
||||
4:9 py0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֲטֶ֖רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is characterized by **splendor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with a splendorous crown”
|
||||
4:10 p1f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׁמַ֣ע 1 See how you translated the same use of **Hear** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:10 suyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:10 ucq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְיִרְבּ֥וּ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the commands stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do these things, then they will multiply” or “This will result in them multiplying”\n
|
||||
4:10 l7bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיִרְבּ֥וּ לְ֝ךָ֗ שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his **sayings** as if they were able to cause someone to live longer. He means that someone who obeys his **sayings** will live longer than if they did not do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and obey my sayings will multiply for you the years of life”
|
||||
4:10 t094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **years** that a person lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the years that you are alive”
|
||||
4:11 h1ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ חָ֭כְמָה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by **wisdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the wise way”
|
||||
4:10 l7bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיִרְבּ֥וּ לְ֝ךָ֗ שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here Solomon speaks of his **sayings** as if they were able to cause someone to live longer. He means that someone who obeys his **sayings** will live longer than if they did not do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and obeying my sayings will multiply for you the years of life”
|
||||
4:10 t094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **years** that a person lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the years that you are alive”
|
||||
4:11 h1ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ חָ֭כְמָה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by **wisdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the wise way”
|
||||
4:11 zzp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ חָ֭כְמָה 1 Here, **the way** refers to how people behave or live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wise behavior” or “how to behave wisely”\n
|
||||
4:11 i8u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הִ֝דְרַכְתִּ֗יךָ בְּמַעְגְּלֵי־יֹֽשֶׁר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **tracks** that are characterized by **uprightness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I caused you to tread in the upright tracks”
|
||||
4:11 m6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִ֝דְרַכְתִּ֗יךָ בְּמַעְגְּלֵי־יֹֽשֶׁר 1 Here, Solomon refers to how people behave or live their lives as if they **tread** **in tracks** on a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I caused you to behave uprightly”
|
||||
4:11 i8u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הִ֝דְרַכְתִּ֗יךָ בְּמַעְגְּלֵי־יֹֽשֶׁר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **tracks** that are characterized by **uprightness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I caused you to tread in the upright tracks”
|
||||
4:11 m6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִ֝דְרַכְתִּ֗יךָ בְּמַעְגְּלֵי־יֹֽשֶׁר 1 Here Solomon refers to how people behave or live their lives as if they **tread in the tracks** of a certain path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I caused you to behave uprightly”
|
||||
4:12 xxp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּֽ֭לֶכְתְּךָ לֹא־יֵצַ֣ר צַעֲדֶ֑ךָ וְאִם־תָּ֝ר֗וּץ לֹ֣א תִכָּשֵֽׁל 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “When you walk, your step will not be restricted; yes, if you run, you will not stumble”
|
||||
4:12 dnyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּֽ֭לֶכְתְּךָ לֹא־יֵצַ֣ר צַעֲדֶ֑ךָ וְאִם־תָּ֝ר֗וּץ לֹ֣א תִכָּשֵֽׁל 1 In this verse, Solomon refers to what people do as if they were walking or running along paths, and he refers to their success in what they do as if the paths were free of obstacles that might make the person **stumble**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When you do something, you will not be hindered; and if you attempt to do something, you will not fail”
|
||||
4:12 e986 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־יֵצַ֣ר & לֹ֣א תִכָּשֵֽׁל 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech in these two phrases that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will be free … you will keep going”
|
||||
4:13 d7gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַחֲזֵ֣ק בַּמּוּסָ֣ר אַל־תֶּ֑רֶף 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person remembering **instruction** as if it were an object that the person could **grasp** and **not let go** of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **grasp** in [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Keep on remembering instruction, do not forget it”
|
||||
4:13 d7gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַחֲזֵ֣ק בַּמּוּסָ֣ר אַל־תֶּ֑רֶף 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person remembering **instruction** as if it were an object that the person could **grasp** and **not let go**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **grasp** in [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Keep on remembering instruction; do not forget it”
|
||||
4:13 o3nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּמּוּסָ֣ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
4:13 b1b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֑רֶף 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “keep holding on to it”
|
||||
4:13 vymy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֝צְּרֶ֗הָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **instruction** as if it were an object that someone should **guard**. He means that he wants his son to remember to do what he has taught him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of **guard** in [3:21](../03/21.md). Alternate translation: “remember to practice it”\n
|
||||
4:13 ljf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִ֥יא חַיֶּֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **instruction** preserving a person’s **life** as if it were that person’s **life** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will preserve your life”
|
||||
4:14 hyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּאֹ֣רַח רְ֭שָׁעִים אַל־תָּבֹ֑א וְאַל־תְּ֝אַשֵּׁ֗ר בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ רָעִֽים 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “On the path of wicked ones do not go, yes, do not advance on the way of evil ones”
|
||||
4:13 b1b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֑רֶף 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “keep holding on”
|
||||
4:13 vymy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֝צְּרֶ֗הָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **instruction** as if it were an object that someone should **guard**. He means that he wants his son to remember to do what he has taught him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of **guard** in [3:21](../03/21.md). Alternate translation: “remember to practice it”\n
|
||||
4:13 ljf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִ֥יא חַיֶּֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **instruction** preserving a person’s **life** as if instruction were that person’s **life** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will preserve your life”
|
||||
4:14 hyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּאֹ֣רַח רְ֭שָׁעִים אַל־תָּבֹ֑א וְאַל־תְּ֝אַשֵּׁ֗ר בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ רָעִֽים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not follow their ways, but rather, avoid the path of wicked, evil people”
|
||||
4:14 gi8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאֹ֣רַח & בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ 1 See how you translated the similar use of “paths” and “ways” in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
4:15 cr8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns פְּרָעֵ֥הוּ & בּ֑וֹ & מֵעָלָ֣יו 1 In this verse, the pronoun **it** refers to “the way of evil ones” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Avoid the way of evil ones … that way … from that evil way”
|
||||
4:15 hi51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּרָעֵ֥הוּ אַל־תַּעֲבָר־בּ֑וֹ שְׂטֵ֖ה מֵעָלָ֣יו וַעֲבֽוֹר 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of behaving wickedly as if it were a path that people could **pass through**, **veer from**, and **pass on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Avoid acting evilly, do not try it; completely avoid doing evil and do not even think about it”
|
||||
4:15 hi51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּרָעֵ֥הוּ אַל־תַּעֲבָר־בּ֑וֹ שְׂטֵ֖ה מֵעָלָ֣יו וַעֲבֽוֹר 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of behaving wickedly as if wicked behavior were a path that people could **pass through**, **veer from**, and **pass on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Avoid acting evilly; do not try it; completely avoid doing evil and do not even think about it”
|
||||
4:16 w2ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows are reasons why someone should avoid doing **evil**, as stated in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Avoid acting wickedly because”\n
|
||||
4:16 vx6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֣א יִֽ֭שְׁנוּ אִם־לֹ֣א יָרֵ֑עוּ וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 In this verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the wicked people mentioned in [4:14](../04/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the instruction and law from your parents are a garland of grace” or “wicked ones do not sleep if they do not do evil and the sleep of wicked ones is robbed if those wicked ones do not cause stumbling”
|
||||
4:16 n1jz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לֹ֣א יִֽ֭שְׁנוּ אִם־לֹ֣א יָרֵ֑עוּ וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 In these two clauses, Solomon exaggerates to express how intensely these wicked people desire to do evil actions. Solomon did not mean that these people really did not **sleep** without doing **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they desire to do evil so much that it is as if they cannot sleep unless they have done evil”
|
||||
4:16 md91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of not being able to **sleep** as if **sleep** were an object that someone could be **robbed** of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are not able to sleep”
|
||||
4:16 bvp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of causing harm to another person as if it were causing that person to **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if they do not harm someone”
|
||||
4:17 ld87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows are more reasons why someone should avoid doing evil, as commanded in [4:15](../04/15.md). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Avoid acting wickedly because”
|
||||
4:16 vx6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֣א יִֽ֭שְׁנוּ אִם־לֹ֣א יָרֵ֑עוּ וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 In this verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the wicked people mentioned in [4:14](../04/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “wicked ones do not sleep if they do not do evil, and the sleep of wicked ones is robbed if those wicked ones do not cause stumbling”
|
||||
4:16 n1jz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לֹ֣א יִֽ֭שְׁנוּ אִם־לֹ֣א יָרֵ֑עוּ וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 In these two clauses, Solomon exaggerates to express how intensely these wicked people desire to do evil actions. Solomon did not mean that these people really did not **sleep** without doing **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they desire to do evil so much that it is as if they would not be able to sleep unless they did evil”
|
||||
4:16 md91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽנִגְזְלָ֥ה שְׁ֝נָתָ֗ם 1 Here Solomon is speaking of not being able to **sleep** as if **sleep** were an object that someone could be **robbed** of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are not able to sleep”
|
||||
4:16 bvp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִם־לֹ֥א יַכְשִֽׁילוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of causing harm to another person as if it were causing that person to **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if they do not harm someone”
|
||||
4:17 ld87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows are more reasons why someone should avoid doing evil, as commanded in [4:15](../04/15.md). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Avoid being one who acts wickedly, because”
|
||||
4:17 w41y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לָ֭חֲמוּ & יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 In this verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the wicked people mentioned in [4:14](../04/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “wicked ones eat … wicked ones drink”\n
|
||||
4:17 vfi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֭חֲמוּ לֶ֣חֶם רֶ֑שַׁע וְיֵ֖ין חֲמָסִ֣ים יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 These two clauses could mean: (1) these wicked people do acts of **wickedness** and **violence** as regularly as they **eat bread** and **drink wine**. Alternate translation: “wickedness is like the bread that they eat and violence is like the wine that they drink” or (2) these wicked people do acts of **wickedness** and **violence** in order to get their **bread** and **wine**. Alternate translation: “they eat bread that they obtain by doing wicked things and they drink wine that they obtain through violent acts”
|
||||
4:18 w7hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֹ֣רַח צַ֭דִּיקִים 1 Here, **path** could refer to: (1) the things that people experience during their lives. Alternate translation: “But what the righteous ones experience” (2) how people behave, as it does in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “But the lifestyle of the righteous ones”
|
||||
4:18 w7hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֹ֣רַח צַ֭דִּיקִים 1 Here, **the path** could refer to: (1) the things that people experience during their lives. Alternate translation: “But what the righteous ones experience” (2) how people behave, as it does in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “But the lifestyle of the righteous ones”
|
||||
4:18 y8l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּא֣וֹר נֹ֑גַהּ 1 Here, **the light of brightness** refers to the first sunlight that appears in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is like the light of dawn” or “is like the first sunlight in the morning”
|
||||
4:18 etf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּא֣וֹר נֹ֑גַהּ 1 Here, Solomon compares **the path of the righteous ones** to **the light** that appears at sunrise. He means that **righteous** people are safe because they understand what God wants them to do during their lives, just like people can walk safely on a path because **the light** enables them to see where they are going. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is safe”
|
||||
4:18 etf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּא֣וֹר נֹ֑גַהּ 1 Here Solomon compares **the path of the righteous ones** to **the light** that appears at sunrise. He means that **righteous** people are safe because they understand what God wants them to do during their lives, just like people can walk safely on a path because **the light** enables them to see where they are going. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is safe”
|
||||
4:18 jv88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וָ֝א֗וֹר עַד־נְכ֥וֹן הַיּֽוֹם 1 The phrase **the day is established** refers to the time of **day** when the sun shines the brightest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “going and shining until the sun shines the brightest” or “going and shining brighter until full daylight”
|
||||
4:18 i5k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וָ֝א֗וֹר עַד־נְכ֥וֹן הַיּֽוֹם 1 Here, Solomon continues the comparison of **the path of the righteous ones** to **the light** at sunrise. Just like the sunlight shines increasingly brighter from sunrise until the middle of the day, so also **the righteous ones** will be safer and safer as they understand more and more of how God wants them to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “increasing in safety until they are completely safe”
|
||||
4:18 i5k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וָ֝א֗וֹר עַד־נְכ֥וֹן הַיּֽוֹם 1 Here Solomon continues the comparison of **the path of the righteous ones** to **the light** at sunrise. Just like the sunlight shines increasingly brighter from sunrise until the middle of the day, so also **the righteous ones** will be safer and safer as they understand more and more of how God wants them to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “increasing in safety until they are completely safe”
|
||||
4:19 bqj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 Here, **way** has the same meaning as “path” in the previous verse. See how you translated “path” there.
|
||||
4:19 mj9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כָּֽאֲפֵלָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon compares the **way of the wicked ones** to **darkness**. He means that the wicked people are always in danger, just like people who walk in darkness are in danger because they cannot see where they are going. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is dangerous”
|
||||
4:19 m9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א יָ֝דְע֗וּ בַּמֶּ֥ה יִכָּשֵֽׁלוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people experiencing harm as if they were stumbling over an object in the path they were walking on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they do not know why they experience harm”
|
||||
4:19 mj9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כָּֽאֲפֵלָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon compares the **way of the wicked ones** to **darkness**. He means that the wicked people are always in danger, just like people who walk in darkness are in danger because they cannot see where they are going. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is dangerous”
|
||||
4:19 m9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א יָ֝דְע֗וּ בַּמֶּ֥ה יִכָּשֵֽׁלוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of people experiencing harm as if they were stumbling over an object in the path on which they were walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they do not know why they experience harm”
|
||||
4:20 dih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
4:20 x1dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִדְבָרַ֣י הַקְשִׁ֑יבָה לַ֝אֲמָרַ֗י הַט־אָזְנֶֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “listen attentively to my words, yes, incline your ear to my sayings”
|
||||
4:20 w8jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִדְבָרַ֣י 1 See how you translated **my words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
|
||||
4:20 kji2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַט־אָזְנֶֽךָ 1 The phrase **incline your ear** is an idiom that refers to listening carefully to what someone is saying as if the listener was turning his **ear** toward the person speaking. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “listen carefully”\n
|
||||
4:21 zdv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יַלִּ֥יזוּ מֵעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:21](../03/21.md).
|
||||
4:21 cb9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁ֝מְרֵ֗ם בְּת֣וֹךְ לְבָבֶֽךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
4:21 a189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁ֝מְרֵ֗ם בְּת֣וֹךְ לְבָבֶֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of remembering something as if someone were keeping it **in the midst of** his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always remember them”
|
||||
4:21 a189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁ֝מְרֵ֗ם בְּת֣וֹךְ לְבָבֶֽךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of remembering something as if someone were keeping it **in the midst of** his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always remember them”
|
||||
4:22 ihlw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֭ם לְמֹצְאֵיהֶ֑ם 1 In this verse, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the “sayings” mentioned in [4:20](../04/20.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my sayings … to those who find my sayings”
|
||||
4:22 jnu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חַיִּ֣ים הֵ֭ם לְמֹצְאֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his sayings as if they were the lives of those who remember them. He means that those who remember what he says will preserve their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they preserve the life of those who find them” or “they cause those who find them to keep living”
|
||||
4:22 lby5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמֹצְאֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people remembering his sayings as if those people have found them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who remember them”
|
||||
4:22 rxml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּֽלְכָל־בְּשָׂר֥וֹ מַרְפֵּֽא 1 Here, Solomon uses the word **flesh** to refer to a person’s whole body, which is made of flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and healing to all of his body”\n
|
||||
4:22 jnu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חַיִּ֣ים הֵ֭ם לְמֹצְאֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here Solomon speaks of his sayings as if they were the lives of those who remember them. He means that those who remember what he says will preserve their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they preserve the life of those who find them” or “they cause those who find them to keep living”
|
||||
4:22 lby5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמֹצְאֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here Solomon speaks of people remembering his sayings as if those people have found them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who remember them”
|
||||
4:22 rxml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּֽלְכָל־בְּשָׂר֥וֹ מַרְפֵּֽא 1 Here Solomon uses the word **flesh** to refer to a person’s whole body, which is made of flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and healing to all of his body”\n
|
||||
4:22 hqbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּשָׂר֥וֹ 1 Although **his** is masculine, here it refers to anyone who remembers Solomon’s sayings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person’s flesh”
|
||||
4:22 d57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽלְכָל־בְּשָׂר֥וֹ מַרְפֵּֽא 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his sayings as if they were **healing** for those who remember them. He means that those who remember what he says will have healthy bodies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they preserve their health” or “and they cause their bodies to stay healthy”
|
||||
4:23 tgel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֣ר לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person being careful of what he thinks in his **heart** as if his **heart** were an object that could be guarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Protect what you think in your heart”
|
||||
4:22 d57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽלְכָל־בְּשָׂר֥וֹ מַרְפֵּֽא 1 Here Solomon speaks of his sayings as if they were **healing** for those who remember them. He means that those who remember what he says will have healthy bodies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they preserve their health” or “and they cause their bodies to stay healthy”
|
||||
4:23 tgel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֣ר לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person being careful of what he thinks in his **heart** as if his **heart** were an object that could be guarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Protect what you think in your heart”
|
||||
4:23 pf19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
4:23 klv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִֽכָּל־מִ֭שְׁמָר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more than all that you protect”
|
||||
4:23 orad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽכָּל־מִ֭שְׁמָר 1 This phrase is an idiom that means “with all diligence.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “with utmost diligence”\n
|
||||
4:23 n8vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִ֝מֶּ֗נּוּ 1 Here, **it** refers to the **heart**, which refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from your heart” or “from your mind”
|
||||
4:23 gmwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ֝מֶּ֗נּוּ תּוֹצְא֥וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the influence that a person’s **heart** has over what happens in that person’s life as if the **heart** were **sources** that produce **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your heart comes what will direct your life” or “your mind determines what your life will be like”
|
||||
4:23 gmwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ֝מֶּ֗נּוּ תּוֹצְא֥וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here Solomon speaks of the influence that a person’s **heart** has over what happens in that person’s life as if the **heart** were **sources** that produce **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your heart comes what will direct your life” or “your mind determines what your life will be like”
|
||||
4:24 jv11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הָסֵ֣ר מִ֭מְּךָ עִקְּשׁ֣וּת פֶּ֑ה וּלְז֥וּת שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם הַרְחֵ֥ק מִמֶּֽךָּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Remove from you perversity of mouth, yes, the deviousness of lips put far away from you”\n
|
||||
4:24 a2sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָסֵ֣ר מִ֭מְּךָ עִקְּשׁ֣וּת פֶּ֑ה וּלְז֥וּת שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם הַרְחֵ֥ק מִמֶּֽךָּ 1 The phrases **perversity of mouth** and **deviousness of lips** both refer to someone using his **mouth** or **lips** to speak deceitfully. If these phrases do not have that meaning in your language, you could use idioms from your language that do have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remove from you perverse speech, and devious speech put far away from you”
|
||||
4:24 tdwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָסֵ֣ר מִ֭מְּךָ עִקְּשׁ֣וּת פֶּ֑ה וּלְז֥וּת שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם הַרְחֵ֥ק מִמֶּֽךָּ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **perversity of mouth** and **the deviousness of lips** as if they were objects that someone could **Remove** or **put far away**. He means that a person should not speak deceitfully. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak perversely, and do not speak deviously”
|
||||
4:24 tdwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָסֵ֣ר מִ֭מְּךָ עִקְּשׁ֣וּת פֶּ֑ה וּלְז֥וּת שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם הַרְחֵ֥ק מִמֶּֽךָּ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **perversity of mouth** and **the deviousness of lips** as if they were objects that someone could **Remove** or **put far away**. He means that a person should not speak deceitfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak perversely and do not speak deviously”
|
||||
4:25 d1zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עֵ֭ינֶיךָ לְנֹ֣כַח יַבִּ֑יטוּ וְ֝עַפְעַפֶּ֗יךָ יַיְשִׁ֥רוּ נֶגְדֶּֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Cause your eyes to gaze to the front, yes, cause your eyelids to be straight in front of you”
|
||||
4:25 il8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵ֭ינֶיךָ לְנֹ֣כַח יַבִּ֑יטוּ וְ֝עַפְעַפֶּ֗יךָ יַיְשִׁ֥רוּ נֶגְדֶּֽךָ 1 In this verse, **eyes** and **eyelids** represent the person who is looking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Cause yourself to gaze to the front, and cause yourself to look straight in front of you”
|
||||
4:25 wkv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֭ינֶיךָ לְנֹ֣כַח יַבִּ֑יטוּ וְ֝עַפְעַפֶּ֗יךָ יַיְשִׁ֥רוּ נֶגְדֶּֽךָ 1 In these two clauses, Solomon speaks of committing oneself to behaving wisely and righteously as if those qualities were always **in front** of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep yourself focused on doing what is right, and keep looking ahead to what is good”
|
||||
4:26 mnhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פַּ֭לֵּס 1 Here, Solomon speaks of being careful as if someone were making the ground in front of them flat before walking on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful with” or “Take heed to”
|
||||
4:26 mnhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פַּ֭לֵּס 1 Here Solomon speaks of being careful as if someone were making the ground in front of them flat for walking on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful with” or “Take heed to”
|
||||
4:26 nt2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מַעְגַּ֣ל רַגְלֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, the word **foot** represents the whole person who is walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your track”
|
||||
4:26 g2a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַעְגַּ֣ל רַגְלֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **track** refers to how someone behaves. See how you translated the same use of **track** in [2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
4:26 uxsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְֽכָל 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then all” or “This will result in all”\n
|
||||
4:26 xyn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכֶ֥יךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
4:26 gbd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִכֹּֽנוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of person’s life being successful as if that person were walking safely on solid ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be successful”
|
||||
4:27 h89u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אַֽל־תֵּט־יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here, Solomon uses **right** and **left** to refer to going in any direction other than straight ahead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not go in any direction other than straight ahead”
|
||||
4:27 vmyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor אַֽל־תֵּט־יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול הָסֵ֖ר רַגְלְךָ֣ מֵרָֽע 1 In this verse, Solomon continues to make an extended comparison between how a person behaves and a person walking on a path that he should not **veer** or **turn away from**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stop behaving rightly, make yourself avoid doing evil”
|
||||
4:26 gbd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִכֹּֽנוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of person’s life being successful as if that person were walking safely on solid ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be successful”
|
||||
4:27 h89u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אַֽל־תֵּט־יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here Solomon uses **right** and **left** to refer to going in any direction other than straight ahead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not go in any direction other than straight ahead”
|
||||
4:27 vmyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor אַֽל־תֵּט־יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול הָסֵ֖ר רַגְלְךָ֣ מֵרָֽע 1 In this verse, Solomon continues to make an extended comparison between how a person behaves and a person walking on a path from which he should not **veer** or **turn away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stop behaving rightly; make yourself avoid doing evil”
|
||||
4:27 j3tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רַגְלְךָ֣ 1 See how you translated the same use of **foot** in the previous verse.
|
||||
4:27 jh5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵרָֽע 1 See how you translated **from evil** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
5:intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nIn [5:15–20](../05/15.md), Solomon uses several euphemisms to refer to sexual activity between a man and his wife or an adulterous woman. Although the UST expresses the meaning of these euphemisms plainly, only do so if sexual language would not be offensive in your culture. It is usually best to use a euphemism from your own language that means the same thing.
|
||||
5:1 lh1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְחָכְמָתִ֣י הַקְשִׁ֑יבָה לִ֝תְבוּנָתִ֗י הַט־אָזְנֶֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “listen attentively to my wisdom, yes, incline your ear to my understanding”\n
|
||||
5:intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, whom Solomon calls “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nIn [5:15–20](../05/15.md), Solomon uses several euphemisms to refer to sexual activity between a man and his wife or an adulterous woman. Although the UST expresses the meaning of these euphemisms plainly, only do so if sexual language would not be offensive in your culture. It is usually best to use a euphemism from your own language that means the same thing.
|
||||
5:1 lh1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְחָכְמָתִ֣י הַקְשִׁ֑יבָה לִ֝תְבוּנָתִ֗י הַט־אָזְנֶֽךָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "listen attentively to my wisdom, inclining your ear to my understanding"
|
||||
5:1 vi27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְחָכְמָתִ֣י & לִ֝תְבוּנָתִ֗י 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
5:1 t72r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְחָכְמָתִ֣י & לִ֝תְבוּנָתִ֗י 1 Here, **my wisdom** and **my understanding** refer to the wise lessons that Solomon teaches his **son** and what he tells his **son** to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to my wise lessons … to what I tell you to understand”
|
||||
5:1 nl9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַט־אָזְנֶֽךָ 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:20](../04/20.md).
|
||||
5:2 ntln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִשְׁמֹ֥ר מְזִמּ֑וֹת וְ֝דַ֗עַת & יִנְצֹֽרוּ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **discretion** as if it were an object that someone should **keep**, and **knowledge** as if it were an object that someone’s **lips** should **guard**. He means that he wants his son to preserve or remember what he has taught him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to preserve discretion, and your lips may preserve knowledge”
|
||||
5:2 ntln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִשְׁמֹ֥ר מְזִמּ֑וֹת וְ֝דַ֗עַת & יִנְצֹֽרוּ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **discretion** as if it were an object that someone should **keep**, and he speaks of **knowledge** as if it were an object that someone’s **lips** should **guard**. He means that he wants his son to preserve or remember what he has taught him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to remember discretion, and your lips may preserve knowledge”
|
||||
5:2 cei4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְזִמּ֑וֹת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
5:2 la7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֝דַ֗עַת שְׂפָתֶ֥יךָ יִנְצֹֽרוּ 1 Here, **lips** represents the person who speaks by moving his **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you may guard knowledge by what you say”
|
||||
5:2 uilu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝דַ֗עַת 1 Here, **knowledge** refers to what the son has learned from his father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and … what you have learned”\n
|
||||
5:3 fyuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason why someone should obey the commands introduced in [5:1](../05/01.md). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do what I say because”\n
|
||||
5:3 zxr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵ֣י זָרָ֑ה & חִכָּֽהּ 1 Here, **lips** and **palate** represent the words that the **strange woman** speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you cold express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what a strange woman says … is what she says”
|
||||
5:3 fyuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason why someone should obey the commands introduced in [5:1](../05/01.md). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do what I say, because”\n
|
||||
5:3 zxr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵ֣י זָרָ֑ה & חִכָּֽהּ 1 Here, **lips** and **palate** represent the words that the **strange woman** speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what words a strange woman says … is what she says”
|
||||
5:3 dvhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זָרָ֑ה 1 See how you translated **strange woman** in [2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
5:3 z9rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נֹ֣פֶת תִּ֭טֹּפְנָה & וְחָלָ֖ק מִשֶּׁ֣מֶן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the tempting words that the **strange woman** speaks is as if what she says is **fresh honey** and **oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “are delightful like fresh honey and more pleasant than oil”
|
||||
5:4 p23o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְֽ֭אַחֲרִיתָהּ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **aftermath** of having a sexual relationship with an adulterous woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the aftermath of having a sexual relationship with her”
|
||||
5:3 z9rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נֹ֣פֶת תִּ֭טֹּפְנָה & וְחָלָ֖ק מִשֶּׁ֣מֶן 1 Here Solomon speaks of the tempting words that the **strange woman** speaks is as if what she says is **fresh honey** and **oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “are delightful like fresh honey and more pleasant than oil”
|
||||
5:4 p23o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְֽ֭אַחֲרִיתָהּ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **aftermath** of having a sexual relationship with an adulterous woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the aftermath of having a sexual relationship with her”
|
||||
5:4 m3sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַֽלַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 The word **wormwood** refers to a plant that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous in some amounts. If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a bitter-tasting plant in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like a bitter-tasting plant”\n
|
||||
5:4 pd3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile מָרָ֣ה כַֽלַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon compares the harm that comes from having a relationship with an adulterous woman to tasting bitter **wormwood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is harmful like bitter-tasting wormwood”
|
||||
5:4 j9aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “her aftermath is sharp like a sword with mouths”
|
||||
5:4 fcsc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 The phrase **sword of mouths** refers to a **sword** with a blade that is sharp on both sides. Each side can cut a person like a mouth that bites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sharp like a sword with a blade that is sharp on both sides”
|
||||
5:4 jy84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the pain that the adulteress will cause to the one who has a relationship with her as if it were a **sharp** **sword** that cuts the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it wounds a person, as if it were a sharp sword of mouths”
|
||||
5:4 pd3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile מָרָ֣ה כַֽלַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon compares the harm that comes from having a relationship with an adulterous woman to tasting bitter **wormwood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is harmful like bitter-tasting wormwood”
|
||||
5:4 j9aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “her aftermath is sharp like a sword of mouths”
|
||||
5:4 fcsc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 The phrase **sword of mouths** refers to a **sword** with a blade that is sharpened on both sides. Each side can cut a person like a mouth that bites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sharp like a sword with a blade that is sharpened on both sides”
|
||||
5:4 jy84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַ֝דָּ֗ה כְּחֶ֣רֶב פִּיּֽוֹת 1 Here Solomon speaks of the pain that the adulteress will cause to the one who has a relationship with her as if it were a **sharp** **sword** that cuts the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it wounds a person, as if it were a sharp sword of mouths”
|
||||
5:5 uyhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism רַ֭גְלֶיהָ יֹרְד֣וֹת מָ֑וֶת שְׁ֝א֗וֹל צְעָדֶ֥יהָ יִתְמֹֽכוּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Her feet are going down to death; yes, her steps take hold of Sheol”
|
||||
5:5 kc88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רַ֭גְלֶיהָ יֹרְד֣וֹת מָ֑וֶת שְׁ֝א֗וֹל צְעָדֶ֥יהָ יִתְמֹֽכוּ 1 Here the phrases **her feet** and **her steps** could refer to: (1) the behavior of the adulterous woman as if she were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “Her lifestyle goes down to death; her way of living takes hold of Sheol” (2) the adulterous woman. Alternate translation: “She goes down to death; she takes hold of Sheol”
|
||||
5:5 u7m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹרְד֣וֹת מָ֑וֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the behavior of the adulterous woman causing her death and the death of whoever commits adultery with her as if they were going on a path that leads**down to death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “result in death” or “cause them to die”
|
||||
5:5 g7qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שְׁ֝א֗וֹל & יִתְמֹֽכוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the behavior of the adulterous woman causing her death and the death of whoever commits adultery with her as if they were taking **hold of Sheol**, which is the place where people’s spirits go when they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “result in death” or “cause them to die”
|
||||
5:5 u7m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹרְד֣וֹת מָ֑וֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of the behavior of the adulterous woman causing her death and the death of whoever commits adultery with her as if they were going on a path that leads **down to death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "lead to death” or “cause them to die”
|
||||
5:5 g7qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שְׁ֝א֗וֹל & יִתְמֹֽכוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the behavior of the adulterous woman causing her death and the death of whoever commits adultery with her as if they were taking **hold of Sheol**, which is the place where people’s spirits go when they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “result in death” or “cause them to die”
|
||||
5:6 yot0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים פֶּן־תְּפַלֵּ֑ס 1 **Lest** here implies that the adulterous woman has an aversion to **the path of life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She refuses to observe the path of life”
|
||||
5:6 nxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים פֶּן־תְּפַלֵּ֑ס 1 Here, Solomon speaks of behavior that results in living a long **life** as if it were a **path** that leads to **life** and can be observed. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lest she cares about behavior that leads to life”\n
|
||||
5:6 nxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים פֶּן־תְּפַלֵּ֑ס 1 Here Solomon speaks of behavior that results in living a long **life** as if it were a **path** that leads to **life** and can be observed. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lest she cares about behavior that leads to life”\n
|
||||
5:6 iki3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַ֝עְגְּלֹתֶ֗יהָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **tracks** in [2:15](../02/15.md).
|
||||
5:7 dwp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְעַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** here indicates a transition from the description of the adulterous woman in [5:3–6](../05/03.md) to the call to pay attention that follows. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a transition. Alternate translation: “Next”
|
||||
5:7 dwp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְעַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** here indicates a transition from the description of the adulterous woman in [5:3–6](../05/03.md) to the call to pay attention, which follows. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a transition. Alternate translation: “Next”
|
||||
5:7 ry9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְעַתָּ֣ה בָ֭נִים שִׁמְעוּ־לִ֑י וְאַל־תָּ֝ס֗וּרוּ מֵאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And now, sons, listen to me; yes, do not turn aside from the sayings of my mouth”\n
|
||||
5:7 lt5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָ֭נִים 1 See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [4:1](../04/01.md).\n
|
||||
5:7 e4q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאַל־תָּ֝ס֗וּרוּ מֵאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone not listening to someone else as if the person physically turned **away** from what he was saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not stop listening to the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
5:7 e4q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאַל־תָּ֝ס֗וּרוּ מֵאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone not listening to someone else as if the person physically turned **away** from what he was saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not stop listening to the sayings of my mouth”
|
||||
5:7 zb82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְאַל־תָּ֝ס֗וּרוּ מֵאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “and listen to the sayings of my mouth”\n
|
||||
5:7 ih1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 See how you translated **the sayings of my mouth** in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
5:8 y32e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַרְחֵ֣ק מֵעָלֶ֣יהָ דַרְכֶּ֑ךָ 1 Here, **way** represents the person and their daily activities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep yourself far away from her”
|
||||
|
|
@ -545,57 +545,57 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
5:10 iftp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ֝עֲצָבֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **your toils** refers to everything that a person earns by working hard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and what you gain from toiling”
|
||||
5:10 ksf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּבֵ֣ית נָכְרִֽי 1 Here, **house** could refer to: (1) the **house** where the **foreigner** keeps the things he takes from this person, as in the UST. (2) the people who live in **the house of a foreigner**. Alternate translation: “be with the household or a foreigner”
|
||||
5:10 auzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָכְרִֽי 1 Here, **a foreigner** could refer to: (1) one person, possibly the adulterous woman or her husband. Alternate translation: “a foreign person” (2) a group of **foreign** people who are called **strangers** in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “to foreign people”
|
||||
5:11 i4yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְאַחֲרִיתֶ֑ךָ בִּכְל֥וֹת בְּ֝שָׂרְךָ֗ וּשְׁאֵרֶֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon is referring to dying in a polite way by using the word **end** and the phrase **your body and your flesh are finished**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death in your language, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time of your death, when your flesh and your body die”
|
||||
5:11 i4yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְאַחֲרִיתֶ֑ךָ בִּכְל֥וֹת בְּ֝שָׂרְךָ֗ וּשְׁאֵרֶֽךָ 1 Here Solomon is referring to dying in a polite way by using the word **end** and the phrase **your body and your flesh are finished**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death in your language, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time of your death, when your flesh and your body die”
|
||||
5:11 la5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ֝שָׂרְךָ֗ וּשְׁאֵרֶֽךָ 1 The words **flesh** and **body** mean basically the same thing and represent the whole person. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
|
||||
5:12 x4di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׂנֵ֣אתִי מוּסָ֑ר וְ֝תוֹכַ֗חַת נָאַ֥ץ לִבִּֽי 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I hated correction, yes, my heart despised rebuke”\n
|
||||
5:12 m4gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אֵ֭יךְ שָׂנֵ֣אתִי מוּסָ֑ר 1 “How” here is an exclamation that emphasizes how much he **hated correction**. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “I hated correction so very much”
|
||||
5:12 pm48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסָ֑ר וְ֝תוֹכַ֗חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** and **rebuke** in [3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||||
5:12 b7lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבִּֽי 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
5:13 t507 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֭מַעְתִּי בְּק֣וֹל מוֹרָ֑י וְ֝לִֽמְלַמְּדַ֗י לֹא־הִטִּ֥יתִי אָזְנִֽי 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And I did not listen to the voice of my teachers, yes, to my instructors I did not incline my ear”
|
||||
5:13 t507 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֭מַעְתִּי בְּק֣וֹל מוֹרָ֑י וְ֝לִֽמְלַמְּדַ֗י לֹא־הִטִּ֥יתִי אָזְנִֽי 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And I did not listen to the voice of my teachers, no, to my instructors I did not incline my ear”
|
||||
5:13 n7o7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֭מַעְתִּי בְּק֣וֹל 1 The phrase **listen to the voice of** is an idiom that refers to obeying someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I did not obey the instructions of”
|
||||
5:13 kvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־הִטִּ֥יתִי אָזְנִֽי 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:20](../04/20.md).
|
||||
5:14 kne6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְכָל־רָ֑ע 1 Here, the adulterous man speaks of experiencing complete disgrace as if **all evil** were a location he was **in**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing total disgrace”
|
||||
5:14 he4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּת֖וֹךְ קָהָ֣ל וְעֵדָֽה 1 The terms **assembly** and **congregation** mean the same thing and refer to the man’s community. The man is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the entire assembly”
|
||||
5:15 f76j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁתֵה־מַ֥יִם מִבּוֹרֶ֑ךָ וְ֝נֹזְלִ֗ים מִתּ֥וֹךְ בְּאֵרֶֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Drink water from your cistern, yes, drink flowing waters from the midst of your well”
|
||||
5:15 w3lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁתֵה־מַ֥יִם מִבּוֹרֶ֑ךָ וְ֝נֹזְלִ֗ים מִתּ֥וֹךְ בְּאֵרֶֽךָ 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Drink water from your cistern and drink flowing waters from the midst of your well”
|
||||
5:15 t8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שְׁתֵה־מַ֥יִם מִבּוֹרֶ֑ךָ וְ֝נֹזְלִ֗ים מִתּ֥וֹךְ בְּאֵרֶֽךָ 1 In both of these clauses, Solomon is referring to a man satisfying his sexual desire with his own wife in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more normal polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Sleep with your wife only and only satisfy yourself with her” or “Satisfy your sexual desire only with your wife, yes, satisfy your sexual desire only with her”
|
||||
5:15 w3lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁתֵה־מַ֥יִם מִבּוֹרֶ֑ךָ וְ֝נֹזְלִ֗ים מִתּ֥וֹךְ בְּאֵרֶֽךָ 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Drink water from your cistern, and drink flowing waters from the midst of your well”
|
||||
5:15 t8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שְׁתֵה־מַ֥יִם מִבּוֹרֶ֑ךָ וְ֝נֹזְלִ֗ים מִתּ֥וֹךְ בְּאֵרֶֽךָ 1 In both of these clauses, Solomon is referring in a polite way to a man satisfying his sexual desire with his own wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more normal polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Sleep with your own wife only and satisfy yourself only with her” or “Satisfy your sexual desire only with your wife, yes, satisfy your sexual desire only with her”
|
||||
5:16 pe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion יָפ֣וּצוּ מַעְיְנֹתֶ֣יךָ ח֑וּצָה בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת פַּלְגֵי־מָֽיִם 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that a man should not commit adultery. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your springs should not overflow outside, channels of water in the open areas!”
|
||||
5:16 vww6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יָפ֣וּצוּ מַעְיְנֹתֶ֣יךָ ח֑וּצָה בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת פַּלְגֵי־מָֽיִם 1 Solomon is leaving out some words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. You may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Should your springs overflow outside? Should your channels of water overflow in the open areas?”
|
||||
5:16 u3ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָפ֣וּצוּ מַעְיְנֹתֶ֣יךָ ח֑וּצָה בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת פַּלְגֵי־מָֽיִם 1 In both clauses, Solomon is using a polite way to refer to a man having sex with women who are not his wife as if he were allowing his **springs** or **water** to flow in public places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of euphemisms in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Should you sleep with other women, sleeping with them openly”
|
||||
5:16 ss2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ח֑וּצָה & בָּ֝רְחֹב֗וֹת 1 Here, **outside** and **open areas** refer to public places where there are many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “out into public streets … in public places”
|
||||
5:17 f7ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִֽהְיוּ 1 Here, **them** refers to the “springs” and “channels of water” mentioned in the previous verse, which are euphemisms for sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated those euphemisms in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Let your sexual desires be”
|
||||
5:17 s9wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לְךָ֥ לְבַדֶּ֑ךָ 1 The phrases **for you** and **for you alone** mean the same thing. Solomon is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “for only you alone”
|
||||
5:17 s9wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לְךָ֥ לְבַדֶּ֑ךָ 1 The phrases **for you** and **for you alone** mean the same thing. Solomon is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “only for you alone” or "for you and no one else"
|
||||
5:18 eyoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהִֽי־מְקוֹרְךָ֥ בָר֑וּךְ 1 This clause is a command like the command to **be glad** in the next clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Be blessed by your fountain”
|
||||
5:18 xd81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהִֽי־מְקוֹרְךָ֥ בָר֑וּךְ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his son’s wife as if she were a **fountain** by which his son should be **blessed**. Here the word **blessed** refers to experiencing joy or sexual pleasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May you experience joy with your wife”
|
||||
5:18 tz7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֵ֥שֶׁת נְעוּרֶֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **wife** whom his son married while he was in his **youth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the wife whom you married in your youth”\n
|
||||
5:18 xd81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהִֽי־מְקוֹרְךָ֥ בָר֑וּךְ 1 Here Solomon speaks of his son’s wife as if she were a **fountain** by which his son should be **blessed**. Here the word **blessed** refers to experiencing joy or sexual pleasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May you experience joy with your wife”
|
||||
5:18 tz7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֵ֥שֶׁת נְעוּרֶֽךָ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **wife** whom his son married while he was in his **youth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the wife whom you married in your youth”\n
|
||||
5:18 fcek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נְעוּרֶֽךָ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **youth** in [2:17](../02/17.md).
|
||||
5:19 n93j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַיֶּ֥לֶת אֲהָבִ֗ים וְֽיַעֲלַ֫ת־חֵ֥ן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of how beautiful the “wife of your youth” is as if she were a **doe of loves and a mountain goat of grace**. The Israelites considered these two animals to be symbols of physical beauty and graceful movements. If it would be helpful in your language or it would not be appropriate in your language to compare a woman to an animal, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “She is as beautiful as a doe of loves and as graceful as a goat of grace”
|
||||
5:19 dv45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַיֶּ֥לֶת אֲהָבִ֗ים 1 Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe a **doe** that is characterized by **loves**. The word **loves** is plural here for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “A very lovely doe”
|
||||
5:19 krq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְֽיַעֲלַ֫ת־חֵ֥ן 1 Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe a **mountain goat** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “a graceful mountain goat”
|
||||
5:19 x1vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּ֭דֶּיהָ יְרַוֻּ֣ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a wife’s **breasts** satisfying her husband’s sexual desires as they would satisfy the thirst of a hungry baby. Here, **drench** refers to giving a baby a satisfying amount of milk. If it would be helpful in your language or if it would be offensive in your language to refer to **breasts**, then you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “may her breasts fill you with delight as a mother’s breasts fill her child with food” or “may she satisfy your sexual desires”
|
||||
5:19 pb8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּשְׁגֶּ֥ה תָמִֽיד 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the exhilarating delight of the love that a man should have for his wife as if he were staggering like an intoxicated person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may you continually revel”
|
||||
5:19 n93j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַיֶּ֥לֶת אֲהָבִ֗ים וְֽיַעֲלַ֫ת־חֵ֥ן 1 Here Solomon speaks of how beautiful the “wife of your youth” is as if she were a **doe of loves and a mountain goat of grace**. The Israelites considered these two animals to be symbols of physical beauty and graceful movements. If it would be helpful in your language or if it would not be appropriate in your language to compare a woman to an animal, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “She is as beautiful as a doe of loves and as graceful as a goat of grace”
|
||||
5:19 dv45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַיֶּ֥לֶת אֲהָבִ֗ים 1 Here Solomon uses the possessive form to describe a **doe** that is characterized by **loves**. The word **loves** is plural here for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “A very lovely doe”
|
||||
5:19 krq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְֽיַעֲלַ֫ת־חֵ֥ן 1 Here Solomon uses the possessive form to describe a **mountain goat** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “a graceful mountain goat”
|
||||
5:19 x1vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּ֭דֶּיהָ יְרַוֻּ֣ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of a wife’s **breasts** satisfying her husband’s sexual desires as they would satisfy the thirst of a hungry baby. Here, **drench** refers to giving a baby a satisfying amount of milk. If it would be helpful in your language or if it would be offensive in your language to refer to **breasts**, then you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “may her bosom fill you with delight as a mother’s breasts fill her child with food” or “may she satisfy your sexual desires”
|
||||
5:19 pb8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּשְׁגֶּ֥ה תָמִֽיד 1 Here Solomon speaks of the exhilarating delight of the love that a man should have for his wife as if he were staggering like an intoxicated person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may you continually revel”
|
||||
5:20 d78f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְלָ֤מָּה תִשְׁגֶּ֣ה בְנִ֣י בְזָרָ֑ה וּ֝תְחַבֵּ֗ק חֵ֣ק נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that a man should not commit adultery. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “And you should not stagger, my son, with a strange woman, or embrace the bosom of a foreign woman!”
|
||||
5:20 zuu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְלָ֤מָּה תִשְׁגֶּ֣ה בְנִ֣י בְזָרָ֑ה וּ֝תְחַבֵּ֗ק חֵ֣ק נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And why would you stagger, my son, with a strange woman, or why would you embrace the bosom of a foreign woman”
|
||||
5:20 z71k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִשְׁגֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **stagger** in the previous verse.
|
||||
5:20 x9gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְזָרָ֑ה & נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 See how you translated **strange woman** and **foreign woman** in [2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
5:21 bsb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here introduces the reason for obeying the commands stated in [5:15–20](../05/15.md). Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not commit adultery because”\n
|
||||
5:21 jh86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נֹ֨כַח ׀ עֵינֵ֣י יְ֭הוָה דַּרְכֵי־אִ֑ישׁ וְֽכָל־מַעְגְּלֹתָ֥יו מְפַלֵּֽס 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “in front of the eyes of Yahweh are the ways of a man, yes, all of his paths he observes”\n
|
||||
5:21 mpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֹ֨כַח ׀ עֵינֵ֣י יְ֭הוָה & מְפַלֵּֽס 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** knowing what people do as if everything people do is **in front of** his **eyes** or is what **he observes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is fully aware of … he is fully aware of”
|
||||
5:21 jh86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נֹ֨כַח ׀ עֵינֵ֣י יְ֭הוָה דַּרְכֵי־אִ֑ישׁ וְֽכָל־מַעְגְּלֹתָ֥יו מְפַלֵּֽס 1 These two clauses mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that they express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the clauses and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “seeing everything he does, God observes how a man lives”
|
||||
5:21 mpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֹ֨כַח ׀ עֵינֵ֣י יְ֭הוָה & מְפַלֵּֽס 1 Here Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** knowing what people do as if everything people do is **in front of** his **eyes** or is what **he observes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is fully aware of … he is fully aware of”
|
||||
5:21 p1ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵי & מַעְגְּלֹתָ֥יו 1 See how you translated the same use of **ways** and **paths** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
5:21 y1w0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֑ישׁ & מַעְגְּלֹתָ֥יו 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … that person’s paths”
|
||||
5:22 agzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו יִלְכְּדֻנ֥וֹ אֶת־הָרָשָׁ֑ע וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 **His** in this verse refers to **the wicked one** mentioned in the first clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The iniquities of the wicked one capture him; and by the cords of the wicked one’s sin he is grasped”
|
||||
5:22 yljv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו יִלְכְּדֻנ֥וֹ אֶת־הָרָשָׁ֑ע וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 Although the terms **His**, **him**, and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could uses phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “The wicked person’s iniquities capture that person; and by the cords of that person’s sins that person is grasped”
|
||||
5:22 agzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו יִלְכְּדֻנ֥וֹ אֶת־הָרָשָׁ֑ע וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 **His** in this verse refers to **the wicked one** mentioned in the first clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The iniquities of the wicked one capture him, and by the cords of the wicked one’s sin, he is grasped”
|
||||
5:22 yljv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו יִלְכְּדֻנ֥וֹ אֶת־הָרָשָׁ֑ע וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 Although the terms **His**, **him**, and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “The wicked person’s iniquities capture that person, and by the cords of that person’s sins that person is grasped”
|
||||
5:22 u9ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו יִלְכְּדֻנ֥וֹ & וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his **iniquities** and **sin** as if those **iniquities** and **sin** were people who could **capture** or grasp that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will not escape being punished for his iniquities … and he is trapped because of the cords of his sin”
|
||||
5:22 fmn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עַֽווֹנוֹתָ֗יו & חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquities** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “The iniquitous things he does … the sinful things he does”
|
||||
5:22 ziey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ יִתָּמֵֽךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the cords of his sin grasp him”
|
||||
5:22 he5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the cords** that are **sin**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and by the cords, that is, his sin,”
|
||||
5:22 he5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּבְחַבְלֵ֥י חַ֝טָּאת֗וֹ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the cords** that are **sin**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and by the cords, that is, his sin,”
|
||||
5:23 w7f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ה֗וּא & וּבְרֹ֖ב אִוַּלְתּ֣וֹ יִשְׁגֶּֽה 1 Although the terms **He** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “That person … and in the abundance of that person’s folly that person staggers”
|
||||
5:23 x16k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּאֵ֣ין מוּסָ֑ר וּבְרֹ֖ב אִוַּלְתּ֣וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **correction**, **abundance**, and **folly**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “because he is not corrected; and in how abundantly foolish he is”
|
||||
5:23 n1a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִשְׁגֶּֽה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person behaving in a sinful manner that will cause him to die as if he were staggering like an intoxicated person who gets lost. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he loses his way” or “he behaves recklessly”\n
|
||||
6:intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:9](../06/09.md), [27](../06/27.md), [28](../06/28.md), Solomon uses rhetorical questions to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Animals used as examples\n\nIn this chapter, the gazelle, bird, and ant have certain characteristics which Solomon uses to teach about wisdom. If your language does not recognize those animals as being wise, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute other animals from your culture that would help explain the same concept.
|
||||
5:23 n1a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִשְׁגֶּֽה 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person behaving in a sinful manner that will cause him to die as if he were staggering like an intoxicated person who gets lost. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he loses his way” or “he behaves recklessly”\n
|
||||
6:intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:9](../06/09.md), [27](../06/27.md), [28](../06/28.md), Solomon uses rhetorical questions to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter\n\n### Animals used as examples\n\nIn this chapter, the gazelle, bird, and ant have certain characteristics which Solomon uses to teach about wisdom. If your language does not recognize those animals as being wise, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute other animals from your culture that would help explain the same concept.
|
||||
6:1 ewfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
6:1 rs3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם 1 Here, **if** indicates that Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to teach his **son**. This verse and the next verse are one long conditional sentence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose”
|
||||
6:1 sb1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־עָרַ֣בְתָּ לְרֵעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon implies that the **pledge** is a promise to pay back a loan of money for **your neighbor** if he is unable to pay back the loan himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you promise to pay back the loan for your neighbor when he is unable to pay it”
|
||||
6:1 rs3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם 1 Here, **if** indicates that Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to teach his **son**. This verse and the next verse are one long, conditional sentence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose”
|
||||
6:1 sb1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־עָרַ֣בְתָּ לְרֵעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon implies that the **pledge** is a promise to pay back a loan of money for **your neighbor** if he is unable to pay back the loan himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you promise to pay back the loan for your neighbor when he is unable to pay it”
|
||||
6:1 z256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תָּקַ֖עְתָּ לַזָּ֣ר כַּפֶּֽיךָ 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if you clasp your palms for a stranger”\n
|
||||
6:1 p3wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תָּקַ֖עְתָּ & כַּפֶּֽיךָ 1 The function of this action in this culture was to confirm a contractual agreement with someone. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shake hands to confirm an agreement” or “you confirm an agreement”
|
||||
6:2 aw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נוֹקַ֥שְׁתָּ בְאִמְרֵי־פִ֑יךָ נִ֝לְכַּ֗דְתָּ בְּאִמְרֵי־פִֽיךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you are ensnared by the sayings of your mouth, yes, you are caught by the sayings of your mouth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,19 +606,19 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:3 d6yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עֲשֵׂ֨ה זֹ֥את אֵפ֪וֹא 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is what someone should do if the hypothetical conditions stated in the previous two verses take place. Use the most natural way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “then do this in response”
|
||||
6:3 qqa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנִ֡י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
6:3 f6je rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְֽהִנָּצֵ֗ל 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the purpose for doing what Solomon commands his son to do in this verse. Use a connector in your language that indicates a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of rescuing yourself”
|
||||
6:3 s2sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽהִנָּצֵ֗ל 1 Here, Solomon implies that his **son** should **rescue** himself from his obligation to fulfill the promise referred to in [6:1–2](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and rescue yourself from your obligation”
|
||||
6:3 zn5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָ֤אתָ בְכַף־רֵעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his **son** being controlled by his **neighbor** as if he had **come into the palm** of his **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your neighbor has power over you”
|
||||
6:3 mzx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּרְהַ֥ב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of his **son** begging his **neighbor** as if he were pressing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and plead with”
|
||||
6:3 bc7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּרְהַ֥ב רֵעֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon implies that his **son** should **press** his **neighbor** to free him from his obligation to fulfill the promise referred to in [6:1–2](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and press your neighbor to release you from your obligation”
|
||||
6:3 s2sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽהִנָּצֵ֗ל 1 Here Solomon implies that his **son** should **rescue** himself from his obligation to fulfill the promise referred to in [6:1–2](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and rescue yourself from your obligation”
|
||||
6:3 zn5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָ֤אתָ בְכַף־רֵעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of his **son** being controlled by his **neighbor** as if he had **come into the palm** of his **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your neighbor has power over you”
|
||||
6:3 mzx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּרְהַ֥ב 1 Here Solomon speaks of his **son** begging his **neighbor** as if he were pressing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and plead with”
|
||||
6:3 bc7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּרְהַ֥ב רֵעֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon implies that his **son** should **press** his **neighbor** to free him from his obligation to fulfill the promise referred to in [6:1–2](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and press your neighbor to release you from your obligation”
|
||||
6:4 ul9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַל־תִּתֵּ֣ן שֵׁנָ֣ה לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ וּ֝תְנוּמָ֗ה לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not give sleep to your eyes and do not give slumber to your eyelids”
|
||||
6:4 be5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּתֵּ֣ן שֵׁנָ֣ה לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ וּ֝תְנוּמָ֗ה לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Do not give sleep to your eyes, yes, do not give slumber to your eyelids”
|
||||
6:4 t2dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תִּתֵּ֣ן שֵׁנָ֣ה לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ וּ֝תְנוּמָ֗ה לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of allowing oneself to **sleep** and **slumber** as if they were objects that one could **give** to oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your eyes sleep or your eyelids slumber”
|
||||
6:4 t2dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תִּתֵּ֣ן שֵׁנָ֣ה לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ וּ֝תְנוּמָ֗ה לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon is speaking of allowing oneself to **sleep** and **slumber** as if they were objects that one could **give** to oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your eyes sleep or your eyelids slumber”
|
||||
6:4 q1t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תִּתֵּ֣ן שֵׁנָ֣ה 1 Solomon implies that this person should not allow himself to **sleep** until he goes to his neighbor to get out of the agreement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Until you rescue yourself from this problem, do not give sleep”
|
||||
6:4 n831 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ & לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon is using **eyes** and **eyelids** to refer to one’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to yourself … to yourself”
|
||||
6:4 n831 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְעֵינֶ֑יךָ & לְעַפְעַפֶּֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon is using **eyes** and **eyelids** to refer to one’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to yourself … to yourself”
|
||||
6:5 j8za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הִ֭נָּצֵל כִּצְבִ֣י מִיָּ֑ד וּ֝כְצִפּ֗וֹר מִיַּ֥ד יָקֽוּשׁ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Rescue yourself like a gazelle would rescue itself from a hand, and rescue yourself like a bird would rescue itself from the hand of the trapper”
|
||||
6:5 xjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִ֭נָּצֵל כִּצְבִ֣י מִיָּ֑ד וּ֝כְצִפּ֗וֹר מִיַּ֥ד יָקֽוּשׁ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Rescue yourself like a gazelle from a hand, yes, rescue yourself like a bird from the hand of the trapper”
|
||||
6:5 lcv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּצְבִ֣י & וּ֝כְצִפּ֗וֹר 1 Solomon is saying that the person should act like a **gazelle** and a **bird** because both of those animals are wise enough to flee from hunters quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quickly, like a gazelle … and quickly, like a bird”
|
||||
6:5 r5ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּצְבִ֣י 1 A **gazelle** is a land animal that is known for running quickly and gracefully. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “like an animal that runs quickly”
|
||||
6:5 lcv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּצְבִ֣י & וּ֝כְצִפּ֗וֹר 1 Solomon is saying that the person should act like a **gazelle** and a **bird** because both of those animals are wise and quick enough to escape from hunters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quickly, like a gazelle … and quickly, like a bird”
|
||||
6:5 r5ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּצְבִ֣י 1 A **gazelle** is a land animal that is known for running quickly and gracefully. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “like an animal that runs swiftly”
|
||||
6:6 il7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵֽךְ־אֶל־נְמָלָ֥ה 1 **Go** here implies going for the purpose of looking at **the ant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Go and observe the ant”
|
||||
6:6 nd7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נְמָלָ֥ה 1 The word **ant** represents ants in general, not one particular **ant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “ants”
|
||||
6:6 xh1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נְמָלָ֥ה 1 An **ant** is a small insect that lives underground in large groups. Ants are known for diligently working together to collect food and maintain their nests. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the hard-working insect”
|
||||
|
|
@ -630,10 +630,10 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:8 w9jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תָּכִ֣ין בַּקַּ֣יִץ לַחְמָ֑הּ אָגְרָ֥ה בַ֝קָּצִ֗יר מַאֲכָלָֽהּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “prepares its bread in the summer; yes, it gathers its food in the harvest”
|
||||
6:8 r349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּכִ֣ין & אָגְרָ֥ה 1 Here, **prepares** and **gathers** refer to collecting and storing food for winter, which is the time when food is scarce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “acquires … it stockpiles”
|
||||
6:8 ifjh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לַחְמָ֑הּ אָגְרָ֥ה & מַאֲכָלָֽהּ 1 In this verse, **its** refers to “the ant” mentioned in [6:7](../06/07.md), which is a collective word for ants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ant’s bread … the ant gathers its food” or “the ants’ bread … the ants gather their food”
|
||||
6:8 c8we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּקַּ֣יִץ & בַ֝קָּצִ֗יר 1 In the place where this book was written, **summer** is the time of year when people **harvest** crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the time for harvesting crops … in the harvesting time”
|
||||
6:8 c8we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּקַּ֣יִץ & בַ֝קָּצִ֗יר 1 In the location where this book was written, **summer** is the time of year when people **harvest** crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the time for harvesting crops … in the harvesting time”
|
||||
6:9 r6u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַ֖י עָצֵ֥ל ׀ תִּשְׁכָּ֑ב מָ֝תַ֗י תָּק֥וּם מִשְּׁנָתֶֽךָ 1 Solomon is using the question form twice in this verse for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should stop lying down! You should rise from your sleep!”
|
||||
6:9 woeb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּשְׁכָּ֑ב 1 The phrase **lie down** implies that the person has been lying on a bed to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will you sleep in your bed”
|
||||
6:9 qdlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תָּק֥וּם מִשְּׁנָתֶֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon refers to waking up as if a person were rising up from **sleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will you wake up”
|
||||
6:9 qdlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תָּק֥וּם מִשְּׁנָתֶֽךָ 1 Here Solomon refers to waking up as if a person were rising up from **sleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will you wake up”
|
||||
6:10 q6ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מְעַ֣ט שֵׁ֭נוֹת מְעַ֣ט תְּנוּמ֑וֹת מְעַ֓ט ׀ חִבֻּ֖ק יָדַ֣יִם לִשְׁכָּֽב 1 This verse is a quotation of what the “lazy one” might say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.
|
||||
6:10 kye3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מְעַ֣ט שֵׁ֭נוֹת מְעַ֣ט תְּנוּמ֑וֹת 1 The lazy person is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Let me have a little more sleep; let me have a little more slumber”
|
||||
6:10 f9h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מְעַ֣ט שֵׁ֭נוֹת מְעַ֣ט תְּנוּמ֑וֹת 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The lazy person is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Just a little more sleep”
|
||||
|
|
@ -642,13 +642,13 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:11 vvx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּבָֽא־כִמְהַלֵּ֥ךְ רֵאשֶׁ֑ךָ וּ֝מַחְסֹֽרְךָ֗ כְּאִ֣ישׁ מָגֵֽן 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and your poverty will come like one who walks, yes, your need will come like a man of shield”
|
||||
6:11 qm7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּבָֽא & רֵאשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of what the lazy person does and says in the two previous verses. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. Alternate translation: “and all this will cause your poverty to come”\n
|
||||
6:11 msvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֵאשֶׁ֑ךָ וּ֝מַחְסֹֽרְךָ֗ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **poverty** and **need**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you being poor … and you being needy”
|
||||
6:11 lkuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּבָֽא & רֵאשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of experiencing **poverty** as if it were a person who could **come** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will experience poverty”
|
||||
6:11 lkuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּבָֽא & רֵאשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of experiencing **poverty** as if it were a person who could **come** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will experience poverty”
|
||||
6:11 i2rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִמְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 Here, the phrase **one who walks** refers to a robber. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a robber”
|
||||
6:11 zz4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִמְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of how suddenly a lazy person becomes poor as if **poverty** were a robber who unexpectedly steals everything the person owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abruptly”
|
||||
6:11 zz4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִמְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 Here Solomon speaks of how suddenly a lazy person becomes poor as if **poverty** were a robber who unexpectedly steals everything the person owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abruptly”
|
||||
6:11 ajxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּאִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, the phrase **a man of shield** refers to a robber with weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a robber with weapons” or “like an armed man”
|
||||
6:11 r7za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּאִ֣ישׁ מָגֵֽן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of how suddenly a lazy person becomes needy as if **need** were a robber with weapons who steals everything the person owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abruptly”
|
||||
6:11 r7za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּאִ֣ישׁ מָגֵֽן 1 Here Solomon speaks of how suddenly a lazy person becomes needy as if **need** were a robber with weapons who steals everything the person owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abruptly”
|
||||
6:12 sk3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אָדָ֣ם בְּ֭לִיַּעַל אִ֣ישׁ אָ֑וֶן 1 The phrases **man of worthlessness** and **man of iniquity** mean the same thing. Solomon is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “A completely useless man”
|
||||
6:12 dfsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אָדָ֣ם בְּ֭לִיַּעַל אִ֣ישׁ אָ֑וֶן 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** that is characterized by **worthlessness** and **iniquity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A worthless man, an iniquitous man”
|
||||
6:12 dfsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אָדָ֣ם בְּ֭לִיַּעַל אִ֣ישׁ אָ֑וֶן 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** that is characterized by **worthlessness** and **iniquity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A worthless man, an iniquitous man”
|
||||
6:12 wtik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֣ם & אִ֣ישׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “A person of … a person of”
|
||||
6:12 q9ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ה֝וֹלֵ֗ךְ 1 See how you translated the similar use of “walking” in [2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
6:12 fxq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עִקְּשׁ֥וּת פֶּֽה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -659,81 +659,81 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:14 za5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּלִבּ֗וֹ & יְשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 Although the terms **his** and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “are in that person’s heart … that person sends forth”
|
||||
6:14 bbx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּלִבּ֗וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
6:14 zud5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֣ע 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
6:14 lq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מדנים יְשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **quarrels** as if they were objects that a person **sends forth**. He means that this person causes other people to quarrel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he causes people to quarrel”
|
||||
6:15 q038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֵיד֑וֹ & יִ֝שָּׁבֵ֗ר 1 Although the terms **his** and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could uses phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s calamity … that person will be broken”
|
||||
6:14 lq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מדנים יְשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **quarrels** as if they were objects that a person **sends forth**. He means that this person causes other people to quarrel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he causes people to quarrel”
|
||||
6:15 q038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֵיד֑וֹ & יִ֝שָּׁבֵ֗ר 1 Although the terms **his** and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s calamity … that person will be broken”
|
||||
6:15 csdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֵיד֑וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **calamity** in [1:26](../01/26.md).
|
||||
6:15 fz64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יָב֣וֹא 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **calamity** occurring as if it were a person who could **come** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will occur”
|
||||
6:15 j5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֝שָּׁבֵ֗ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his calamity will break him”
|
||||
6:15 fz64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יָב֣וֹא 1 Here Solomon speaks of **calamity** occurring as if it were a person who could **come** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will occur”
|
||||
6:15 j5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֝שָּׁבֵ֗ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his calamity will cause him to be broken”
|
||||
6:15 qzeh וְאֵ֣ין מַרְפֵּֽא 1 Alternate translation: “and he will not heal”
|
||||
6:16 it1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שֶׁשׁ־הֵ֭נָּה שָׂנֵ֣א יְהוָ֑ה וְ֝שֶׁ֗בַע תועבות נַפְשֽׁוֹ 1 To make a comprehensive statement, Solomon is using a rhetorical device in which the speaker names a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increases that number by one for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh absolutely hates these seven things, and they are abominations to his self”
|
||||
6:16 akh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj שֶׁשׁ & וְ֝שֶׁ֗בַע 1 Here, Solomon is using the adjectives **Six** and **seven** as nouns to mean **six** and **seven** things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Six things … and seven things”
|
||||
6:16 akh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj שֶׁשׁ & וְ֝שֶׁ֗בַע 1 Here Solomon is using the adjectives **Six** and **seven** as nouns to mean **six** and **seven** things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Six things … and seven things”
|
||||
6:16 zqfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תועבות 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abominations**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are abominable to”
|
||||
6:16 f9x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נַפְשֽׁוֹ 1 Here, **self** refers to **Yahweh** himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “him”
|
||||
6:17 zib9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵינַ֣יִם רָ֭מוֹת 1 Here, Solomon refers to pride as **uplifted eyes**, which is a characteristic facial expression of proud people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pride”
|
||||
6:17 c99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְשׁ֣וֹן שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **tongue** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false tongue”
|
||||
6:17 kpi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְשׁ֣וֹן שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, **tongue** represents what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speech of falsehood”
|
||||
6:17 zib9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵינַ֣יִם רָ֭מוֹת 1 Here Solomon refers to pride as **uplifted eyes**, which is a characteristic facial expression of proud people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pride”
|
||||
6:17 c99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְשׁ֣וֹן שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **tongue** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false tongue” or "lying" or "telling lies"
|
||||
6:17 kpi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְשׁ֣וֹן שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, **tongue** represents what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “telling lies”
|
||||
6:17 cip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֝יָדַ֗יִם 1 Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and people”
|
||||
6:17 vy22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֹׁפְכ֥וֹת דָּם־נָקִֽי 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
6:18 jq4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֗ב & רַגְלַ֥יִם 1 Here, **heart** and **feet** refer to a whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people … people”
|
||||
6:18 ex5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַחְשְׁב֣וֹת אָ֑וֶן 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **plans** that are characterized by **iniquity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “iniquitous plans”
|
||||
6:18 ex5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַחְשְׁב֣וֹת אָ֑וֶן 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **plans** that are characterized by **iniquity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “iniquitous plans” or "sinful plans"
|
||||
6:18 jmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אָ֑וֶן & לָֽרָעָה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **iniquity** in [6:12](../06/12.md) and **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
6:18 l6zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְ֝מַהֲר֗וֹת לָר֥וּץ לָֽרָעָה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of being eager to do **evil** as if **evil** were a place that a person could **run to**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eager to do evil”
|
||||
6:19 d68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false witness”
|
||||
6:19 g2tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָפִ֣יחַ כְּ֭זָבִים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone who lies easily as if that person **breathes out lies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “easily lies”
|
||||
6:18 l6zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְ֝מַהֲר֗וֹת לָר֥וּץ לָֽרָעָה 1 Here Solomon speaks of being eager to do **evil** as if **evil** were a place that a person could **run to**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eager to do evil”
|
||||
6:19 d68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false witness”
|
||||
6:19 g2tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָפִ֣יחַ כְּ֭זָבִים 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone who lies easily as if that person **breathes out lies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who easily lies”
|
||||
6:19 avm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְשַׁלֵּ֥חַ מְ֝דָנִ֗ים 1 See how you translated **sends forth quarrels** in [6:14](../06/14.md).
|
||||
6:19 k9xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אַחִֽים 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “family members”
|
||||
6:20 rk2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נְצֹ֣ר בְּ֭נִי מִצְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑יךָ וְאַל־תִּ֝טֹּ֗שׁ תּוֹרַ֥ת אִמֶּֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Guard, my son, the commandment of your father, yes, do not forsake the law of your mother”\n
|
||||
6:20 tplj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֣ר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a **commandment** as if it were an object that someone should **Guard**. He means that he wants his son to remember to do what he has commanded him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of guard in [3:21](../03/21.md). Alternate translation: “Remember to practice”\n
|
||||
6:20 rk2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נְצֹ֣ר בְּ֭נִי מִצְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑יךָ וְאַל־תִּ֝טֹּ֗שׁ תּוֹרַ֥ת אִמֶּֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the clauses express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Be careful, son, to remember to follow the important instructions both of your parents taught you”
|
||||
6:20 tplj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְצֹ֣ר 1 Here Solomon speaks of a **commandment** as if it were an object that someone should **Guard**. He means that he wants his son to remember to do what he has commanded him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of guard in [3:21](../03/21.md). Alternate translation: “Remember to practice”\n
|
||||
6:20 ejdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ֭נִי 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
6:20 u11d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְאַל־תִּ֝טֹּ֗שׁ תּוֹרַ֥ת אִמֶּֽךָ 1 See how you translated this clause in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
6:21 y710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קָשְׁרֵ֣ם עַל־לִבְּךָ֣ תָמִ֑יד עָ֝נְדֵ֗ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Bind them on your heart continually; yes, tie them around your neck”
|
||||
6:21 y710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קָשְׁרֵ֣ם עַל־לִבְּךָ֣ תָמִ֑יד עָ֝נְדֵ֗ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Solomon is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep them very close to you at all times"
|
||||
6:21 qz2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָשְׁרֵ֣ם עַל־לִבְּךָ֣ 1 Here Solomon is speaking of remembering his commands as if they were objects that people could **bind** on their **hearts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember them”
|
||||
6:21 b76k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָ֝נְדֵ֗ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of remembering his commands as if they were objects that people could **tie around** their **necks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember them”
|
||||
6:21 b76k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָ֝נְדֵ֗ם עַל־גַּרְגְּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 Here Solomon is speaking of remembering his commands as if they were objects that people could **tie around** their **necks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remember them” or "keep them close to you"
|
||||
6:22 r61q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּהִתְהַלֶּכְךָ֨ ׀ תַּנְחֶ֬ה אֹתָ֗ךְ בְּֽ֭שָׁכְבְּךָ תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר עָלֶ֑יךָ וַ֝הֲקִיצ֗וֹתָ הִ֣יא תְשִׂיחֶֽךָ 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of the lessons he called “the command” and “the teaching” in [6:20](../06/20.md) as if they were a person who could **guide**, **preserve**, and **converse with** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “When you walk about, it will enable you to know what to do; when you lie down, it will enable you to be safe; and you will wake up, it will be advice for you” or “When you walk about, it will be like a guide for you; when you lie down, it will be like someone who preserves you; and you will wake up, it will be like someone who converses with you”
|
||||
6:22 bvpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּהִתְהַלֶּכְךָ֨ 1 Here, **walk about** refers to doing one’s daily activities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When you do your daily activities”
|
||||
6:22 krtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּֽ֭שָׁכְבְּךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **lie down** in [3:24](../03/24.md).
|
||||
6:23 d41x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
|
||||
6:23 u5p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נֵ֣ר מִ֭צְוָה וְת֣וֹרָה א֑וֹר 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the commandment is a lamp, yes, the law is a light”
|
||||
6:23 itt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ֭צְוָה וְת֣וֹרָה 1 Here, **the commandment** and **the law** could refer to: (1) the commands of the father and mother, which were referred to in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my commandments … and your mother’s law” (2) good commandments and laws in general. Alternate translation: “what people command … and the rules people make”
|
||||
6:23 p2mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִ֭צְוָה 1 Solomon is speaking of commandments in general, not of one particular **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “the commandments”\n
|
||||
6:23 p2mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִ֭צְוָה 1 Solomon is speaking of commandments in general, and he is not speaking of one particular **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “the commandments”\n
|
||||
6:23 lk32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ֭צְוָה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun “commandments” in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
6:23 s8lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֵ֣ר & א֑וֹר 1 Here, Solomon refers to the **commandment** and **law** enabling people to understand how to live as if they were a **lamp** and a **light** that shows people the path in front of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “enables one to understand … enables one to perceive”
|
||||
6:23 s8lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֵ֣ר & א֑וֹר 1 Here Solomon refers to the **commandment** and **law** enabling people to understand how to live as if they were a **lamp** and a **light** that shows people the path in front of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “enables one to understand … enables one to perceive”
|
||||
6:23 bjz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְת֣וֹרָה 1 See how you translated this use of **law** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
6:23 llas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹכְח֥וֹת מוּסָֽר 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns “rebuke” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
6:23 n5j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹכְח֥וֹת מוּסָֽר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **rebukes** that are included in the **instruction** process. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rebukes that come from instruction”
|
||||
6:23 wxd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֥רֶךְ חַ֝יִּ֗ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that results in **life**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and … the way that results in life”
|
||||
6:23 ywhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֥רֶךְ 1 Here, Solomon uses **way** to refer to how people behave. See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
6:24 p7az rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִ֭שְׁמָרְךָ 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the purpose for the “commandments,” “law,” and “rebukes of instruction” referred to in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes indicates a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of keeping you”\n
|
||||
6:24 sjp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֵ֣שֶׁת רָ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **woman** who is characterized by **evil**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from an evil woman”
|
||||
6:24 sw14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵֽ֝חֶלְקַ֗ת לָשׁ֥וֹן 1 Here, Solomon refers to the seductive speech of an adulterous woman as if it were **the smoothness of the tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the seductive speech of”
|
||||
6:23 n5j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹכְח֥וֹת מוּסָֽר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **rebukes** that are included in the **instruction** process. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rebukes that come from instruction”
|
||||
6:23 wxd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֥רֶךְ חַ֝יִּ֗ים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that results in **life**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and … the way that results in life”
|
||||
6:23 ywhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֥רֶךְ 1 Here Solomon uses **way** to refer to how people behave. See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
6:24 p7az rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִ֭שְׁמָרְךָ 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the purpose for the “commandments,” “law,” and “rebukes of instruction” referred to in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that indicates a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of keeping you”\n
|
||||
6:24 sjp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֵ֣שֶׁת רָ֑ע 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **woman** who is characterized by **evil**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from an evil woman”
|
||||
6:24 sw14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵֽ֝חֶלְקַ֗ת לָשׁ֥וֹן 1 Here Solomon refers to the seductive speech of an adulterous woman as if it were **the smoothness of the tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the seductive speech of”
|
||||
6:24 ae9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 See how you translated the same use of **foreign woman** in [2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
6:25 ty32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָ֭פְיָהּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beauty**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST.
|
||||
6:25 rx3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).\n
|
||||
6:25 m7d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְאַל־תִּ֝קָּֽחֲךָ֗ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman seducing a man as if she could **take** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not let her tempt you”
|
||||
6:25 m7d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְאַל־תִּ֝קָּֽחֲךָ֗ 1 Here Solomon refers to a woman seducing a man as if she could **take** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not let her tempt you”
|
||||
6:25 f4km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעַפְעַפֶּֽיהָ 1 This phrase refers to a woman using her **eyelashes** to look more attractive and seduce a man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or use an expression that has the same meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “by glancing seductively”
|
||||
6:26 o5j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not do those things because”\n
|
||||
6:26 xrol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְעַד־אִשָּׁ֥ה זוֹנָ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to refer to **the price** that a person pays to have sex with **a prostitute woman**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or use a euphemism for this idea. Alternate translation: “the price to sleep with a prostitute woman”
|
||||
6:26 xrol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְעַד־אִשָּׁ֥ה זוֹנָ֗ה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to refer to **the price** that a person pays to have sex with **a prostitute woman**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or use a euphemism for this idea. Alternate translation: “the price to sleep with a prostitute woman”
|
||||
6:26 p3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּכַּ֫ר לָ֥חֶם 1 In this culture, **a loaf of bread** was inexpensive daily food. A **loaf of bread** is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with **bread** should could use the name of an inexpensive food that is commonly eaten in your country or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “inexpensive food”
|
||||
6:26 iizq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֵ֥שֶׁת אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here, Solomon implies that this **wife of a man** is an adulterous woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but a married woman who commits adultery”
|
||||
6:26 k5fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֖פֶשׁ יְקָרָ֣ה תָצֽוּד 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a adulterous woman causing the man she commits adultery with to die as if she **hunts** him the way a hunter **hunts** an animal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “kills a precious life”
|
||||
6:26 iizq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֵ֥שֶׁת אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here Solomon implies that this **wife of a man** is an adulterous woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but a married woman who commits adultery”
|
||||
6:26 k5fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֖פֶשׁ יְקָרָ֣ה תָצֽוּד 1 Here Solomon speaks of a adulterous woman causing the man she commits adultery with to die as if she **hunts** him the way a hunter **hunts** an animal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “kills a precious life”
|
||||
6:27 gzh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲיַחְתֶּ֤ה אִ֓ישׁ אֵ֬שׁ בְּחֵיק֑וֹ וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִשָּׂרַֽפְנָה 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely a man could not carry a fire on his chest and his clothes not be burned!”
|
||||
6:27-28 s1ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֲיַחְתֶּ֤ה אִ֓ישׁ אֵ֬שׁ בְּחֵיק֑וֹ וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִשָּׂרַֽפְנָה׃ & אִם־יְהַלֵּ֣ךְ אִ֭ישׁ עַל־הַגֶּחָלִ֑ים וְ֝רַגְלָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִכָּוֶֽינָה׃ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Could a man carry a fire on his chest and his clothes not be burned? Indeed, if a man walks on coals then will his feet not be scorched?”
|
||||
6:27 f8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo הֲיַחְתֶּ֤ה אִ֓ישׁ אֵ֬שׁ בְּחֵיק֑וֹ וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִשָּׂרַֽפְנָה 1 Here, Solomon is referring to the negative consequences of committing adultery as if a man were burning himself with **fire**. Since this comparison is explained in [6:29](../06/29.md), you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
|
||||
6:27 f8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo הֲיַחְתֶּ֤ה אִ֓ישׁ אֵ֬שׁ בְּחֵיק֑וֹ וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִשָּׂרַֽפְנָה 1 Here Solomon is referring to the negative consequences of committing adultery as if a man were burning himself with **fire**. Since this comparison is explained in [6:29](../06/29.md), you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
|
||||
6:27 t3xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֓ישׁ & בְּחֵיק֑וֹ וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו 1 Here, **a man** and **his** do not refer to a specific **man**. They refer to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person … on that person’s chest and that person’s clothes”
|
||||
6:27 sew8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִשָּׂרַֽפְנָה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the fire not burn his clothes”
|
||||
6:27 pt18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֝בְגָדָ֗יו 1 Here, **clothes** refers to the person who is wearing those **clothes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he” or “and that person”
|
||||
6:28 r98z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם־יְהַלֵּ֣ךְ אִ֭ישׁ עַל־הַגֶּחָלִ֑ים וְ֝רַגְלָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִכָּוֶֽינָה 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely if a man walks on coals, then his feet will be scorched!”
|
||||
6:28 tw8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo אִם־יְהַלֵּ֣ךְ אִ֭ישׁ עַל־הַגֶּחָלִ֑ים וְ֝רַגְלָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִכָּוֶֽינָה 1 Here, Solomon is referring to the negative consequences of committing adultery as if a man were burning himself with **coals**. Since this comparison is explained in [6:29](../06/29.md), you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
|
||||
6:28 tw8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo אִם־יְהַלֵּ֣ךְ אִ֭ישׁ עַל־הַגֶּחָלִ֑ים וְ֝רַגְלָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִכָּוֶֽינָה 1 Here Solomon is referring to the negative consequences of committing adultery as if a man were burning himself with **coals**. Since this comparison is explained in [6:29](../06/29.md), you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
|
||||
6:28 fy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֭ישׁ & וְ֝רַגְלָ֗יו לֹ֣א תִכָּוֶֽינָה 1 Here, **a man** and **his** do not refer to a specific **man**. They refer to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person … then will that person’s feet not be scorched”
|
||||
6:28 kf2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַגֶּחָלִ֑ים 1 Here, **coals** refers to small pieces of burning wood that are often used for cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “burning wood pieces”
|
||||
6:29 xlmj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כֵּ֗ן 1 **So** here indicates that what follows explains the meaning of the statements made in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “In the same situation”
|
||||
6:29 gh7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism הַ֭בָּא אֶל & הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּֽהּ 1 Here, **going to** and **touches** both refer to someone having sex with another person. This is a polite way of referring to something that is offensive or embarrassing in some cultures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this act or you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of “enter” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “is the one who has sexual relations with … one who has sexual relations with her” or “is the one who sleeps with … one who sleeps with her”\n
|
||||
6:29 vc2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֥א יִ֝נָּקֶ֗ה 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will certainly be guilty”
|
||||
6:29 cmmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִ֝נָּקֶ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon uses **not remain blameless** to refer to the outcome of not being **blameless**, which is being punished for being guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not avoid punishment” or “will not remain unpunished”\n
|
||||
6:29 cmmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִ֝נָּקֶ֗ה 1 Here Solomon uses **not remain blameless** to refer to the outcome of not being **blameless**, which is being punished for being guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not avoid punishment” or “will not remain unpunished”\n
|
||||
6:30 fwq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹא־יָב֣וּזוּ 1 **They** here refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “People”
|
||||
6:30 zfch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַ֭גַּנָּב & יִגְנ֑וֹב &נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ & יִרְעָֽב 1 Here, **the thief**, **he**, and **his** do not refer to a specific **thief**, but any person who steals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “thieves … they steal … their appetites … they are hungry”
|
||||
6:30 i4y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִגְנ֑וֹב 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context, as in the UST.
|
||||
6:30 kzru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appetite**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how hungry he is”
|
||||
6:30 kzru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appetite**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his desire for food”
|
||||
6:31 jnq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֭נִמְצָא יְשַׁלֵּ֣ם & בֵּית֣וֹ יִתֵּֽן 1 Here, **he** and **his** refer to any person who steals, as indicated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “But if someone is found … that person must repay … that person’s house that person must give”
|
||||
6:31 ugyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֭נִמְצָא 1 Here. **found** implies not only discovering the thief but also catching him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if he is caught”
|
||||
6:31 n1t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֭נִמְצָא 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if someone finds him” or “But if someone catches him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -741,132 +741,132 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:31 b9ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־ה֖וֹן בֵּית֣וֹ 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to everything that someone owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all that he owns”
|
||||
6:32 nu7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast נֹאֵ֣ף 1 This verse says something that is in contrast to what was said about the thief in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language to express a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “However, one who commits adultery”
|
||||
6:32 s8mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נֹאֵ֣ף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “One who acts adulterously”
|
||||
6:32 zker rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲסַר־לֵ֑ב 1 Here, Solomon uses **heart** to refer to a person’s ability to think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is lacking the ability to think”
|
||||
6:32 zker rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲסַר־לֵ֑ב 1 Here Solomon uses **heart** to refer to a person’s ability to think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is lacking the ability to think”
|
||||
6:32 jhbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מַֽשְׁחִ֥ית נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ ה֣וּא יַעֲשֶֽׂנָּה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he does what results in destroying his life”
|
||||
6:32 a1pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מַֽשְׁחִ֥ית נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ 1 This clause is the result of what is described in the next clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a result. Alternate translation: “what will result in destroying his life”
|
||||
6:32 r8fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יַעֲשֶֽׂנָּה 1 Here, the pronoun **it** refers to **adultery**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commits adultery”
|
||||
6:33 mv0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶֽגַע־וְקָל֥וֹן יִמְצָ֑א וְ֝חֶרְפָּת֗וֹ לֹ֣א תִמָּחֶֽה 1 Solomon implies that these things will happen to the adulterous man because he committed adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because he committed adultery, he will find a wound and disgrace and his shame will not be wiped out”
|
||||
6:33 m2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶֽגַע־וְקָל֥וֹן יִמְצָ֑א 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the adulterous man receiving **a wound and disgrace** as if they were objects that a person would **find**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will receive a wound and disgrace” or “He will become wounded and disgraced”
|
||||
6:33 t4bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְקָל֥וֹן & וְ֝חֶרְפָּת֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disgrace** and **shame**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “and be disgraced and how shameful he is”
|
||||
6:33 m2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶֽגַע־וְקָל֥וֹן יִמְצָ֑א 1 Here Solomon speaks of the adulterous man receiving **a wound and disgrace** as if they were objects that a person would **find**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will receive a wound and disgrace” or “He will become wounded and disgraced”
|
||||
6:33 t4bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְקָל֥וֹן & וְ֝חֶרְפָּת֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disgrace** and **shame**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “and be disgraced, and how shameful he is”
|
||||
6:33 xhjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֣א תִמָּחֶֽה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will never wipe out”
|
||||
6:33 c8nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֣א תִמָּחֶֽה 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will always remain”
|
||||
6:33 wuyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תִמָּחֶֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to the adulterous man’s **shame** never ceasing as if **shame** were a stain that could **not be wiped** away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not cease”
|
||||
6:33 wuyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תִמָּחֶֽה 1 Here Solomon refers to the adulterous man’s **shame** never ceasing as if **shame** were a stain that could **not be wiped** away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not cease”
|
||||
6:34 lyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Solomon stated in in the previous verse is true. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that”\n
|
||||
6:34 q8d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קִנְאָ֥ה & נָקָֽם 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “being jealous … being avenged”
|
||||
6:34 w6nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲמַת־גָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **heat** refers to extreme anger, which causes the angry person’s body to become hot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the rage of a man”
|
||||
6:34 htuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גָּ֑בֶר וְלֹֽא־יַ֝חְמ֗וֹל 1 Here, **man** and **he** refer to the husband who has just found out that his wife has committed adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a husband of an adulterous woman, and that husband will not spare”
|
||||
6:34 qsy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְלֹֽא־יַ֝חְמ֗וֹל 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “and he will be merciless”\n
|
||||
6:34 f6oy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְלֹֽא־יַ֝חְמ֗וֹל 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and he will not spare the man who slept with his wife”
|
||||
6:34 rc71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּי֣וֹם נָקָֽם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the day** when **vengeance** occurs. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “when vengeance occurs”
|
||||
6:35 b2ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹא־יִ֭שָּׂא & וְלֹֽא־יֹ֝אבֶ֗ה 1 In this verse, the pronoun **he** refers to the man who has just found out that his wife has committed adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The husband of an adulterous wife will not life up … and that husband will not be willing”
|
||||
6:34 rc71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּי֣וֹם נָקָֽם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the day** when **vengeance** occurs. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “when vengeance occurs”
|
||||
6:35 b2ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹא־יִ֭שָּׂא & וְלֹֽא־יֹ֝אבֶ֗ה 1 In this verse, the pronoun **he** refers to the man who has just found out that his wife has committed adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The husband of an adulterous wife will not lift up … and that husband will not be willing”
|
||||
6:35 fly2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִ֭שָּׂא פְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, the phrase **lift up the face of** is an idiom that means “regard.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will not regard”
|
||||
6:35 pc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֑פֶר & שֹֽׁחַד 1 Here, the words **ransom** and **bribe** refer to money that a man would give to the husband of the woman he has committed adultery with in order to avoid harm or stop the man from being angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “money offered to appease him … that money”
|
||||
6:35 w09z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְלֹֽא־יֹ֝אבֶ֗ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and he will not be willing to be appeased” or “and he will not stop being angry”
|
||||
7:intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter continues the theme about adulterous women and warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to developments in the story, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in [7:8–13](../07/08.md) and [21–22](../07/21.md). If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])
|
||||
7:intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### My son\n\nOccasionally Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter continues the theme about adulterous women and warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to developments in the story, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in [7:8–13](../07/08.md) and [21–22](../07/21.md). If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])
|
||||
7:1 at6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּצְפֹּ֥ן 1 See how you translated the same use of **store up** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
7:1 e0if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝מִצְוֺתַ֗י 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **commandments** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
7:2 a8m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שְׁמֹ֣ר מִצְוֺתַ֣י וֶחְיֵ֑ה 1 See how you translated the same clause in [4:4](../04/04.md).
|
||||
7:2 mzcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝תוֹרָתִ֗י כְּאִישׁ֥וֹן עֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and keep my law as the pupil of your eyes”\n
|
||||
7:2 sxxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְ֝תוֹרָתִ֗י 1 See how you translated **law** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
7:2 xfb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּאִישׁ֥וֹן עֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Solomon refers to his **law** as if it were **the pupil of your eyes**. He means that people should value wise rules as much as they value their ability to see and protect their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as your most valuable possession”
|
||||
7:3 g5jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָשְׁרֵ֥ם עַל־אֶצְבְּעֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of always remembering something, as if what should be remembered were an object tied to the person’s fingers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember them at all times”
|
||||
7:2 xfb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּאִישׁ֥וֹן עֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Here Solomon refers to his **law** as if it were **the pupil of your eyes**. He means that people should value wise rules as much as they value their ability to see and protect their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as your most valuable possession”
|
||||
7:3 g5jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָשְׁרֵ֥ם עַל־אֶצְבְּעֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks of always remembering something as if what should be remembered were an object tied to the person’s fingers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember them at all times”
|
||||
7:3 wszl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns קָשְׁרֵ֥ם & כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם 1 In this verse, **them** refers to “my commandments,” which are referred to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tie my commandments … write my commandments”
|
||||
7:3 c4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּ֝תְבֵ֗ם עַל־ל֥וּחַ לִבֶּֽךָ 1 See how you translated this clause in [3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||||
7:4 zi3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֱמֹ֣ר לַֽ֭חָכְמָה אֲחֹ֣תִי אָ֑תְּ וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Say to wisdom, ‘You {are} my sister,’ yes, call to understanding, ‘Kinsman,’”
|
||||
7:4 hv4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֱמֹ֣ר לַֽ֭חָכְמָה אֲחֹ֣תִי אָ֑תְּ וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these two clauses as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Say to wisdom than she is your sister, and all to understanding that she is your kinsman”
|
||||
7:4 hv4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֱמֹ֣ר לַֽ֭חָכְמָה אֲחֹ֣תִי אָ֑תְּ וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these two clauses as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Say to wisdom than she is your sister, and call to understanding that she is your kinsman”
|
||||
7:4 b9wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַֽ֭חָכְמָה & לַבִּינָ֥ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n
|
||||
7:4 jn44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֱמֹ֣ר לַֽ֭חָכְמָה אֲחֹ֣תִי אָ֑תְּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **wisdom** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Value wisdom as if it were a woman to whom you would say, ‘You are my sister,’”
|
||||
7:4 z4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **understanding** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and value understanding as if it were someone whom you would call, ‘Kinsman,’”
|
||||
7:4 jn44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֱמֹ֣ר לַֽ֭חָכְמָה אֲחֹ֣תִי אָ֑תְּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **wisdom** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Value wisdom as if it were a woman to whom you would say, ‘You are my sister,’”
|
||||
7:4 z4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **understanding** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and value understanding as if it were someone to whom you would call, ‘Kinsman,’”
|
||||
7:4 j17k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּ֝מֹדָ֗ע לַבִּינָ֥ה תִקְרָֽא 1 Although the term **Kinsman** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to any close relative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and call to understanding, ‘Family member,’”
|
||||
7:5 xkl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵאִשָּׁ֣ה זָרָ֑ה 1 See how you translated **strange woman** in [2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
7:5 y9gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to keep you from the foreign woman”
|
||||
7:5 s251 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ֝נָּכְרִיָּ֗ה אֲמָרֶ֥יהָ הֶחֱלִֽיקָה 1 See how you translated the same clause in [2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
7:6 bs2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֭י 1 **For** here introduces a story that Solomon tells in [7:6–23](../07/06.md) in order to warn his son against committing adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a story. Alternate translation: “There was a time when”
|
||||
7:6 qhy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּחַלּ֣וֹן בֵּיתִ֑י 1 Solomon implies that he was standing **at the window** while looking out of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||||
7:6 orkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּחַלּ֣וֹן בֵּיתִ֑י 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **window** that is in the side of his **house**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “at the window that is in the side of my house”
|
||||
7:6 orkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּחַלּ֣וֹן בֵּיתִ֑י 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **window** that is in the side of his **house**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “at the window that is in the side of my house”
|
||||
7:6 v7n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶשְׁנַבִּ֣י 1 A **lattice** consists of thin strips of wood that cross one another in a slanted pattern and are placed over a **window** to partially cover it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of **window** covering, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the window screen” or “the covering on the window”
|
||||
7:6 ad5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִשְׁקָֽפְתִּי 1 Here, Solomon implies that he was standing at a location that was higher than the street outside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I looked down at the street outside”
|
||||
7:6 ad5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִשְׁקָֽפְתִּי 1 Here Solomon implies that he was standing at a location that was higher than the street outside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I looked down at the street outside”
|
||||
7:7 ie51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וָאֵ֤רֶא בַפְּתָאיִ֗ם 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the next clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And I saw a young man among the naive ones”
|
||||
7:7 il3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַבָּנִ֗ים 1 Here, **sons** refers to young men. It does not specifically refer to Solomon’s **sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among the young men”
|
||||
7:7 cwb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲסַר־לֵֽב 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:32](../06/32.md).
|
||||
7:8 i1kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns פִּנָּ֑הּ & בֵּיתָ֣הּ 1 In this verse, **her** refers to an adulterous woman, as referred to in [7:5](../07/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the corner of an adulterous woman … that woman’s house”
|
||||
7:8 v7v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּנָּ֑הּ 1 Here, **corner** refers to the place where two roads intersect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “her place at the intersection of two streets”
|
||||
7:8 az9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֖רֶךְ בֵּיתָ֣הּ יִצְעָֽד 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that leads to **her house**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he steps in the way that leads to her house”
|
||||
7:8 ek8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense יִצְעָֽד 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “he stepped in”
|
||||
7:8 az9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֖רֶךְ בֵּיתָ֣הּ יִצְעָֽד 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that leads to **her house**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he steps in the way that leads to her house”
|
||||
7:8 ek8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense יִצְעָֽד 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “he stepped in”
|
||||
7:9 ttvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background בְּנֶֽשֶׁף־בְּעֶ֥רֶב י֑וֹם בְּאִישׁ֥וֹן לַ֝֗יְלָה וַאֲפֵלָֽה 1 In this verse, Solomon provides this background information about the time period when the young man went to the adulterous woman’s house. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Now it was the time of the twilight breeze, in the evening of day, in the pupil of the night and darkness”
|
||||
7:9 ho8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֶֽשֶׁף־בְּעֶ֥רֶב י֑וֹם בְּאִישׁ֥וֹן לַ֝֗יְלָה וַאֲפֵלָֽה 1 The phrases **twilight breeze** and **evening of day** refer to the time when **evening** begins, but **the pupil of the night and darkness** refers to the time later in the **night**. Together these phrases indicate it getting progressively darker as the young man goes to the adulterous woman’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the twilight breeze, in the evening of day, and even in the pupil of the night and darkness”
|
||||
7:9 ho8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֶֽשֶׁף־בְּעֶ֥רֶב י֑וֹם בְּאִישׁ֥וֹן לַ֝֗יְלָה וַאֲפֵלָֽה 1 The phrases **twilight breeze** and **evening of day** refer to the time when **evening** begins, but **the pupil of the night and darkness** refers to the time later in the **night**. Together these phrases indicate that it was getting progressively darker as the young man went to the adulterous woman’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the twilight breeze, in the evening of day, and even in the pupil of the night and darkness”
|
||||
7:9 zn5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאִישׁ֥וֹן לַ֝֗יְלָה 1 Here, the middle of **the night** is referred to as a **pupil** because the **pupil** is the darkest part of the eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the night”
|
||||
7:10 g5f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense וְהִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “And behold, there is”
|
||||
7:10 gfjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, **behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the reader to what is about to happen next in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. Alternate translation: “And pay attention to this: there was”\n
|
||||
7:10 g5f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense וְהִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “And behold, there is”
|
||||
7:10 gfjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, **behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the reader on what is about to happen next in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. Alternate translation: “And pay attention to this: there was”\n
|
||||
7:10 m3bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לִקְרָאת֑וֹ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “who came out to meet him”
|
||||
7:10 bu68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּנְצֻ֥רַת לֵֽב 1 The phrase **guarded of heart** is an idiom that refers to hiding one’s intentions or plans from other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an idiom from your language. Alternate translation: “and she planned to deceive someone” or “and being wily of heart”
|
||||
7:11-12 vkd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 1 In these two verses, Solomon provides background information about the adulterous woman. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
|
||||
7:11 p460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense הֹמִיָּ֣ה & לֹא־יִשְׁכְּנ֥וּ 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “was a loud … did not stay”
|
||||
7:11 p460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense הֹמִיָּ֣ה & לֹא־יִשְׁכְּנ֥וּ 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “was a loud … did not stay”
|
||||
7:11 es4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ֝בֵיתָ֗הּ לֹא־יִשְׁכְּנ֥וּ רַגְלֶֽיהָ 1 Solomon is using one part of a person, the **feet**, to represent the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she did not stay in her house”
|
||||
7:12 akyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure פַּ֤עַם ׀ בַּח֗וּץ פַּ֥עַם בָּרְחֹב֑וֹת וְאֵ֖צֶל כָּל־פִּנָּ֣ה תֶאֱרֹֽב 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She lies in ambush at one time in the street, at another time in the open areas, and beside every corner”
|
||||
7:12 akyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure פַּ֤עַם ׀ בַּח֗וּץ פַּ֥עַם בָּרְחֹב֑וֹת וְאֵ֖צֶל כָּל־פִּנָּ֣ה תֶאֱרֹֽב 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She lies in wait at one time in the street, at another time in the open areas, and beside every corner”
|
||||
7:12 uo9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּח֗וּץ 1 The word **street** represents streets in general, not one particular street. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “in the streets”
|
||||
7:12 hiss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּנָּ֣ה 1 See how you translated **corner** in [7:8](../07/08.md).
|
||||
7:12 dezc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense תֶאֱרֹֽב 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “she lay in wait”
|
||||
7:12 h64f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֶאֱרֹֽב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the adulterous woman looking for a man to persuade to have sex with her as if she were preparing to attack someone by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she waited to find someone she could persuade to have sex with”
|
||||
7:13 l1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְהֶחֱזִ֣יקָה 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [7:10](../07/10.md), which Solomon had interrupted with background information in [7:11–12](../07/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After she meets him, she grabs”\n
|
||||
7:13 lfso rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense וְהֶחֱזִ֣יקָה & וְנָ֣שְׁקָה & הֵעֵ֥זָה & וַתֹּ֣אמַר 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “And she grabbed … and kissed … she strengthened … and said”
|
||||
7:12 h64f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֶאֱרֹֽב 1 Here Solomon speaks of the adulterous woman looking for a man to persuade to have sex with her as if she were preparing to attack someone by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she waited to find someone she could persuade to have sex with her”
|
||||
7:13 l1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְהֶחֱזִ֣יקָה 1 **And** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [7:10](../07/10.md), which Solomon had interrupted with background information in [7:11–12](../07/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After she meets him, she grabs”\n
|
||||
7:13 lfso rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense וְהֶחֱזִ֣יקָה & וְנָ֣שְׁקָה & הֵעֵ֥זָה & וַתֹּ֣אמַר 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “And she grabbed … and kissed … she strengthened … and said”
|
||||
7:13 vef7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵעֵ֥זָה פָ֝נֶ֗יהָ 1 Here, **strengthens her face** means that the woman had a facial expression that showed how shameless or impudent she was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she had a brazen face” or “with a shameless expression on her face”
|
||||
7:14 sa2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֣ים עָלָ֑י 1 The woman implies that she has meat to eat at her home because someone who made **peace offerings** was allowed to keep some of the meat that was offered to Yahweh in the temple (see [Leviticus 7:11–17](../lev/07/11.md) and [1 Samuel 9:11–13](../1sa/09/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have leftover meat from the sacrifices of peace offerings I made to Yahweh in the temple”
|
||||
7:14 ei2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ֝יּ֗וֹם שִׁלַּ֥מְתִּי נְדָרָֽי 1 Here, **vows** refers to the **sacrifices of peace offerings** that the woman promised to sacrifice to God. According to [Leviticus 7:16](../lev/07/16.md), the woman would have to eat the meat leftover from paying her **vows** by the end of the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I made the sacrifices I promised to give to God”
|
||||
7:14 ei2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ֝יּ֗וֹם שִׁלַּ֥מְתִּי נְדָרָֽי 1 Here, **vows** refers to the **sacrifices of peace offerings** that the woman promised to sacrifice to God. According to [Leviticus 7:16](../lev/07/16.md), the woman would have to eat the meat leftover from paying her **vows** by the end of the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “today I made the sacrifices I promised to give to God”
|
||||
7:15 zhni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְשַׁחֵ֥ר 1 The woman is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I came out to diligently seek”
|
||||
7:15 fys2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּ֝נֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to being in the presence of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your presence” or “where you are”
|
||||
7:15 fys2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּ֝נֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to being in the presence of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your presence” or “where you were”
|
||||
7:16 k6lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַרְשִׂ֑י 1 Here, **couch** refers to a platform that wealthy people would sit or lie on in order to rest or sleep. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of furniture, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “my place for resting”
|
||||
7:16 bi4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַ֭רְבַדִּים & חֲ֝טֻב֗וֹת אֵט֥וּן מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Here, the woman describes the **coverings** as being **colored linen of Egypt**, which is expensive and luxurious fabric. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with coverings, which are luxurious colored linen of Egypt”
|
||||
7:17 g7k4 נַ֥פְתִּי מִשְׁכָּבִ֑י 1 Alternate translation: “scattered on my bed”
|
||||
7:17 g7k4 נַ֥פְתִּי מִשְׁכָּבִ֑י 1 Alternate translation: “I have scattered on my bed”
|
||||
7:17 ibk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מֹ֥ר אֲ֝הָלִ֗ים וְקִנָּמֽוֹן 1 This mixture of **myrrh**, **aloes**, and **cinnamon** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together and used like perfume. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “with pleasant-smelling substances”\n
|
||||
7:18 w7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִרְוֶ֣ה דֹ֭דִים 1 The word translated **drench** refers to giving a baby a satisfying amount of milk. Here, the woman speaks about satisfying one’s sexual desires as if one were satisfying the thirst of a hungry baby. If it would be helpful in your language, your could express the meaning plainly or use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “let us satisfy our sexual desires” or “let us satisfy ourselves with lusts as a mother’s breasts fill her child with food”\n
|
||||
7:18 w7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִרְוֶ֣ה דֹ֭דִים 1 The word translated **drench** refers to giving a baby a satisfying amount of milk. Here, the woman speaks about satisfying one’s sexual desires as if one were satisfying the thirst of a hungry baby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “let us satisfy our sexual desires” or “let us satisfy ourselves with lusts as a mother’s breasts fill her child with food”\n
|
||||
7:18 h91x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דֹ֭דִים & בָּאֳהָבִֽים 1 The words **lusts** and **loves** are plural here for emphasis. In this verse, both words refer to passionate sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “intense lust … with intense love”
|
||||
7:19 ykvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the woman thinks that it is safe for the young man to come with her, as she told him in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “We can do this because”
|
||||
7:19 vc42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָאִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, **the man** refers to the woman’s husband. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man whom I married”
|
||||
7:19 jib6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּבֵית֑וֹ 1 Here, the woman speaks of the **house** that she lives in with her husband as if it were **his house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in our house”
|
||||
7:19 lzod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ מֵרָחֽוֹק 1 Here, **road** refers to a journey that would include traveling on a **road**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on a journey to a far away place”
|
||||
7:19 lzod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ מֵרָחֽוֹק 1 Here, **road** refers to a journey that would include traveling on a **road**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on a journey to a faraway place”
|
||||
7:20 v65w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צְֽרוֹר־הַ֭כֶּסֶף לָקַ֣ח בְּיָד֑וֹ 1 This clause implies that the woman’s husband will be gone for a long time because he took a lot of money with him when he left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He will be gone for a long time because he took the bag of the silver in his hand”
|
||||
7:20 aop7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צְֽרוֹר־הַ֭כֶּסֶף 1 Here, the woman is using the possessive form to describe a **bag** that is full of **silver**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the bag full of silver”
|
||||
7:20 zw96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ֝כֵּ֗סֶא 1 The phrase **full moon** refers to the **moon** when it looks like a perfectly round disk in the sky, shining at its brightest. This occurs at the middle of each month. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the moon shining its brightest”
|
||||
7:20 hel0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵיתֽוֹ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
7:21 rcm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense הִ֭טַּתּוּ & תַּדִּיחֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “She led him astray … she compelled him”
|
||||
7:21 rcm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense הִ֭טַּתּוּ & תַּדִּיחֶֽנּוּ 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “She led him astray … she compelled him”
|
||||
7:21 ev91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הִ֭טַּתּוּ & לִקְחָ֑הּ & שְׂ֝פָתֶ֗יהָ תַּדִּיחֶֽנּוּ 1 **She** and **her** in this verse refer to the adulterous woman who was spoke in [7:14–20](../07/14.md) and **him** refers to the young man whom she is seducing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The adulterous woman led the young man astray … that woman’s teaching … that woman’s lips she compels that man”
|
||||
7:21 ptg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִ֭טַּתּוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the woman persuading the young man to do something as if she were causing him to change the direction in which he was walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “She persuaded him”
|
||||
7:21 lq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרֹ֣ב לִקְחָ֑הּ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to refer to an abundant amount of **teaching**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with her abundant amount of teaching”
|
||||
7:21 l3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּחֵ֥לֶק שְׂ֝פָתֶ֗יהָ 1 Here, Solomon refers to the seductive speech of the adulterous woman as if it were **the smoothness of her lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with her seductive speech”\n
|
||||
7:21 c6k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּדִּיחֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, Solomon implies that the adulterous woman compelled the young man to commit adultery with her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she compelled him to go with her” or “she compelled him to have sex with her”
|
||||
7:21 ptg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִ֭טַּתּוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the woman persuading the young man to do something as if she were causing him to change the direction in which he was walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “She persuaded him”
|
||||
7:21 lq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרֹ֣ב לִקְחָ֑הּ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to refer to an abundant amount of **teaching**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with her abundant amount of teaching”
|
||||
7:21 l3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּחֵ֥לֶק שְׂ֝פָתֶ֗יהָ 1 Here Solomon refers to the seductive speech of the adulterous woman as if it were **the smoothness of her lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with her seductive speech”\n
|
||||
7:21 c6k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּדִּיחֶֽנּוּ 1 Here Solomon implies that the adulterous woman compelled the young man to commit adultery with her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she compelled him to go with her” or “she compelled him to have sex with her”
|
||||
7:22 sscq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כְּ֭שׁוֹר אֶל־טָ֣בַח 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like an ox that is going to slaughter”
|
||||
7:22 rvi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ֭שׁוֹר אֶל־טָ֣בַח יָב֑וֹא 1 Solomon compares the young man who does not know that he was going to die to **an ox** that was unknowingly going to be slaughtered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he unknowingly goes to be killed”
|
||||
7:22 qxqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense יָב֑וֹא 1 Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “he went”
|
||||
7:22 qxqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense יָב֑וֹא 1 Here Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “he went”
|
||||
7:22 pk4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וּ֝כְעֶ֗כֶס אֶל־מוּסַ֥ר אֱוִֽיל 1 The ULT is a translation of the Hebrew text for this clause. However, some ancient translations of this clause read “and like a deer to a trap.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
7:22 tal5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝כְעֶ֗כֶס אֶל־מוּסַ֥ר אֱוִֽיל 1 Here, Solomon compares the man not being able to escape his death as if he were a **fool** who could not escape **correction** because he had a **chain** around his **ankle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the language plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will inevitably die”
|
||||
7:22 tal5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝כְעֶ֗כֶס אֶל־מוּסַ֥ר אֱוִֽיל 1 Here Solomon compares the man not being able to escape his death as if he were a **fool** who could not escape **correction** because he had a **chain** around his **ankle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the language plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will inevitably die”
|
||||
7:22 qrn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסַ֥ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||||
7:23 t5u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְפַלַּ֪ח חֵ֡ץ כְּֽבֵד֗וֹ 1 Here, **liver** refers to an organ in one’s body that one needs in order to remain alive. Solomon means that the **arrow** will kill whomever it strikes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an arrow pierces his vital organs” or “an arrow kills him”
|
||||
7:23 r6zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּמַהֵ֣ר צִפּ֣וֹר אֶל־פָּ֑ח 1 Solomon compares the young man who is quickly doing something that will kill him to **a bird rushing into a trap**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he quickly goes to be killed”
|
||||
7:23 r6zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּמַהֵ֣ר צִפּ֣וֹר אֶל־פָּ֑ח 1 Solomon compares the young man who is quickly doing something that will kill him to **a bird rushing into a trap**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he quickly goes to be killed”
|
||||
7:23 qgxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֽוּא 1 The pronoun **it** here refers to committing adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “committing adultery” or “having sex with a married woman”
|
||||
7:23 zvp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְנַפְשׁ֥וֹ הֽוּא 1 This phrase is an idiom that means that this person will die as a result of what he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an idiom with the same meaning from your language or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it would cost him his life” or “it would kill him”
|
||||
7:24 wen3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְעַתָּ֣ה בָ֭נִים שִׁמְעוּ־לִ֑י 1 **And now** here indicates a transition from the story of the adulterous woman and young man in [7:6–23](../07/06.md) to the call to pay attention that follows. See how you translated the same clause in [5:7](../05/07.md).\n
|
||||
7:24 mtq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases לְאִמְרֵי־פִֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
7:25 l3s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־יֵ֣שְׂטְ אֶל־דְּרָכֶ֣יהָ לִבֶּ֑ךָ אַל־תֵּ֝תַע בִּנְתִיבוֹתֶֽיהָ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Do not let your heart turn aside to her ways; yes, do not wander into her tracks”\n
|
||||
7:25 gk8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יֵ֣שְׂטְ אֶל־דְּרָכֶ֣יהָ לִבֶּ֑ךָ אַל־תֵּ֝תַע בִּנְתִיבוֹתֶֽיהָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks behaving like an adulterous woman as if one were turning **aside** to go on **her ways** or wandering on **her tracks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md) and **tracks** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “Do not let your heart want to do the things that the adulterous woman does; do not do anything that she does”
|
||||
7:25 gk8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יֵ֣שְׂטְ אֶל־דְּרָכֶ֣יהָ לִבֶּ֑ךָ אַל־תֵּ֝תַע בִּנְתִיבוֹתֶֽיהָ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of behaving like an adulterous woman as if one were turning **aside** to go on **her ways** or wandering **into her tracks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md) and **tracks** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “Do not let your heart want to do the things that the adulterous woman does; do not do anything that she does”
|
||||
7:25 wm1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבֶּ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
7:26 ncnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not do those things because”\n
|
||||
7:26 umha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הִפִּ֑ילָה & הֲרֻגֶֽיהָ 1 In this verse, **she** and **her** refer to any adulterous woman, not one specific adulterous wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “an adulterous woman has caused … to fall … ones slain by such a woman”
|
||||
7:26 xx9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲלָלִ֣ים 1 Here, **pierced ones** refers to people who have been killed, since people were often killed by being **pierced** by spears or arrows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “dead ones”
|
||||
7:26 hewm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִפִּ֑ילָה 1 Here, Solomon uses **fall** to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she has caused … to die”
|
||||
7:26 hewm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִפִּ֑ילָה 1 Here Solomon uses **fall** to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she has caused … to die”
|
||||
7:26 xb2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲרֻגֶֽיהָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom she has slain”
|
||||
7:27 h6jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּיתָ֑הּ 1 See how you translated the same use of **Her house** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
7:27 cs4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דַּרְכֵ֣י שְׁא֣וֹל 1 Although **ways** here is plural, it refers to the singular **house** at the beginning of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the singular form here. Alternate translation: “is the way of Sheol”
|
||||
7:27 g21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵ֣י שְׁא֣וֹל 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **ways** that result in someone going to **Sheol**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the way that lead to Sheol” or “is the way that cause one to go to Sheol”
|
||||
7:27 g21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵ֣י שְׁא֣וֹל 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **ways** that result in someone going to **Sheol**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the way that leads to Sheol” or “is the way that causes one to go to Sheol”
|
||||
7:27 ayvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵ֣י 1 See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
7:27 ry42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹ֝רְד֗וֹת אֶל־חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path that is **descending to the rooms of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”\n
|
||||
7:27 ry42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹ֝רְד֗וֹת אֶל־חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path that is **descending to the rooms of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”\n
|
||||
7:27 fvmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 This phrase refers to the place where people’s spirits go when they die, which was called **Sheol** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “the place of the dead”\n
|
||||
8:intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n * Wisdom benefits the wise (8:1–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom calls out\n\nIn this chapter and the next chapter, wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman who calls out for all to learn from her and was with God when he created the universe. In languages where it is possible for something like wisdom to be spoken of as if it were a person who speaks, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate the personification as similes instead. In that case wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. When wisdom speaks in [8:4–36](../08/04.md), the notes will use the proper noun “Wisdom” to indicate that the personification of wisdom is speaking. See how you translated similar references to wisdom in [1:20–33](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
8:1 v9h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that **wisdom** is available to everyone. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely wisdom calls out and understanding gives her voice!”\n
|
||||
8:1 yywn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Solomon is leaving out some words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Does not wisdom call out, and does not understanding give her voice”\n
|
||||
8:1 qsc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Does not wisdom call out, yes, does not understanding give her voice” or “Surely wisdom calls out, yes, surely understanding gives her voice!”\n
|
||||
8:1 meo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֥ה & וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
8:1 i9hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִקְרָ֑א & תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 In this verse, **wisdom** and **understanding** are spoken of as if they were women. See the discussion of such personification in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “call out as if it were a woman … give her voice as if it were a woman”
|
||||
8:intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n * Wisdom benefits the wise (8:1–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Wisdom calls out\n\nIn this chapter and the next chapter, wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman who calls out for all to learn from her; she was with God when he created the universe. In languages where it is possible for something like wisdom to be spoken of as if it were a person who speaks, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate the personification as similes instead,. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. When wisdom speaks in [8:4–36](../08/04.md), the notes will use the proper noun “Wisdom” to indicate that the personification of wisdom is speaking. See how you translated similar references to wisdom in [1:20–33](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
8:1 v9h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that **wisdom** is available to everyone. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely wisdom calls out, and understanding gives her voice!”\n
|
||||
8:1 yywn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 Solomon is leaving out some words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Does not Wisdom call out, and does not understanding give her voice”\n
|
||||
8:1 qsc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֲלֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Does not Wisdom call out, yes, does not understanding give her voice” or “Surely Wisdom calls out, yes, surely understanding gives her voice!”\n
|
||||
8:1 meo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֥ה & וּ֝תְבוּנָ֗ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
8:1 i9hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִקְרָ֑א & תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 In this verse, **Wisdom** and **understanding** are spoken of as if they were women. See the discussion of such personification in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “call out as if it were a woman … give her voice as if it were a woman”
|
||||
8:1 k4ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽהּ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
8:2 co6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּרֹאשׁ־מְרוֹמִ֥ים עֲלֵי־דָ֑רֶךְ בֵּ֖ית נְתִיב֣וֹת נִצָּֽבָה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She stations herself at the head of the heights beside the road, the house of the paths”
|
||||
8:2 gpgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרֹאשׁ־מְרוֹמִ֥ים עֲלֵי־דָ֑רֶךְ בֵּ֖ית נְתִיב֣וֹת 1 The phrases **the head of the heights beside the road** and **the house of the paths** both refer to the same place, which is a place where there would be many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the public place at the head of the heights beside the road, the house of the paths”
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:6 a3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּמִפְתַּ֥ח שְׂ֝פָתַ֗י 1 Here, **the opening of my lips** refers to what is said when Wisdom opens her **lips** to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I open my mouth to speak”
|
||||
8:7 s9bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [8:7–9](../08/07.md) are additional reasons why people should listen to Wisdom, as commanded in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows are reasons. Alternate translation: “Listen because”\n
|
||||
8:7 juy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche חִכִּ֑י & שְׂפָתַ֣י 1 Here, **palate** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … me”
|
||||
8:7 f6mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֱ֭מֶת & וְתוֹעֲבַ֖ת & רֶֽשַׁע 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth**, **wickedness**, and **abomination**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md) and **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md). Alternate translation: “true things, and wicked things are abominable to”
|
||||
8:7 f6mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֱ֭מֶת & וְתוֹעֲבַ֖ת & רֶֽשַׁע 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth**, **wickedness**, and **abomination**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md) and **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md). Alternate translation: “true things, and wicked things are abominable to”
|
||||
8:8 m1kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אִמְרֵי 1 See how you translated the similar use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).\n
|
||||
8:8 am3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פִ֑י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “mine”
|
||||
8:8 k4ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּצֶ֥דֶק 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “are spoken in righteousness” or “are spoken righteously”
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,20 +899,20 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:9 ga8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וִֽ֝ישָׁרִ֗ים 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and all of them are upright things”
|
||||
8:9 jyh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמֹ֣צְאֵי דָֽעַת 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of acquiring **knowledge** as if it were something that people find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for people who acquire knowledge”
|
||||
8:9 f1c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָֽעַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
8:10 w8ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis קְחֽוּ־מוּסָרִ֥י וְאַל־כָּ֑סֶף וְ֝דַ֗עַת מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Take my instruction and not silver, and take knowledge more than choice gold”\n
|
||||
8:10 siva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קְחֽוּ־מוּסָרִ֥י וְאַל־כָּ֑סֶף וְ֝דַ֗עַת מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Take my instruction and not silver, yes, take knowledge more than choice gold”\n
|
||||
8:10 w8ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis קְחֽוּ־מוּסָרִ֥י וְאַל־כָּ֑סֶף וְ֝דַ֗עַת מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Take my instruction and not silver, and take knowledge rather than choice gold”\n
|
||||
8:10 siva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קְחֽוּ־מוּסָרִ֥י וְאַל־כָּ֑סֶף וְ֝דַ֗עַת מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Take my instruction and not silver, yes, take knowledge rather than choice gold”\n
|
||||
8:10 y385 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קְחֽוּ 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of acquiring **instruction** and **knowledge** as if they were objects that a person can **Take**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Acquire”
|
||||
8:10 z0vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסָרִ֥י & וְ֝דַ֗עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
8:10 ls6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאַל־כָּ֑סֶף 1 Here, **and not** means the same as **rather than** in the next clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rather than silver”
|
||||
8:10 v5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 Here, **choice gold** refers to **gold** that is the best quality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more than the best gold”
|
||||
8:11 wl6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person חָ֭כְמָה & בָֽהּ 1 Here, **wisdom**, personified as a woman, is speaking about herself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I … with me”
|
||||
8:10 v5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵחָר֥וּץ נִבְחָֽר 1 Here, **choice gold** refers to **gold** that is the best quality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rather than the best gold”
|
||||
8:11 wl6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person חָ֭כְמָה & בָֽהּ 1 Here, **Wisdom**, personified as a woman, speaks about herself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “I … with me”
|
||||
8:11 ph7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִפְּנִינִ֑ים 1 See how you translated **corals** in [3:15](../03/15.md).
|
||||
8:12 mj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שָׁכַ֣נְתִּי עָרְמָ֑ה 1 Here, wisdom speaks of being associated with **prudence** as if **prudence** were a person whom **wisdom** dwells with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “What is wise is associated with what is prudent” or “I dwell with prudence like two people live in the same house”
|
||||
8:12 mj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שָׁכַ֣נְתִּי עָרְמָ֑ה 1 Here, **Wisdom** speaks of being associated with **prudence** as if **prudence** were a person whom **Wisdom** dwells with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “What is wise is associated with what is prudent” or “I dwell with prudence like two people live in the same house”
|
||||
8:12 w6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָ֭כְמָה & עָרְמָ֑ה וְדַ֖עַת מְזִמּ֣וֹת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md), and **prudence**, **knowledge**, and **discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
8:12 m5lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדַ֖עַת מְזִמּ֣וֹת 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe a **knowledge** that is about **discretion**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and knowledge about discretion”
|
||||
8:12 jk94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדַ֖עַת מְזִמּ֣וֹת אֶמְצָֽא 1 Here, **Wisdom** speaks of enabling people to have **knowledge of discretion** as if they were objects that one could **find**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I enable you to acquire knowledge of discretion” or “What is wise enables you to acquire knowledge of discretion”
|
||||
8:13 gp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִֽרְאַ֣ת יְהוָה֮ 1 See how you translated the **fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
8:13 v5jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֥ע גֵּ֘אָ֤ה וְגָא֨וֹן 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **pride**, and **arrogance**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “evil things … being proud and arrogant”
|
||||
8:13 v5jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֥ע גֵּ֘אָ֤ה וְגָא֨וֹן 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **Pride**, and **arrogance**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “evil things … Being proud and arrogant”
|
||||
8:13 mixv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֣רֶךְ רָ֭ע 1 See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
8:13 kjg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּפִ֨י תַהְפֻּכ֬וֹת 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe a **mouth** that speaks **perverse things**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the mouth that speaks perverse things”
|
||||
8:13 cnc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּפִ֨י 1 Here, **mouth** represents the person speaking **perverse things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the person who speaks”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -921,9 +921,9 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:15 dewa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝רוֹזְנִ֗ים יְחֹ֣קְקוּ צֶֽדֶק 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and by me dignitaries decree righteousness” or “and by what is wise dignitaries decree righteousness”\n
|
||||
8:15 sajw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צֶֽדֶק 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
8:16 yk59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝נְדִיבִ֗ים 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and by me nobles rule” or “and by what is wise nobles rule”
|
||||
8:16 qn4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish וּ֝נְדִיבִ֗ים כָּל־שֹׁ֥פְטֵי צֶֽדֶק 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **nobles** who are **judges of righteousness** and those who are not. It is not giving us further information the **nobles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and nobles, that is, all those nobles who are judges of righteousness”\n
|
||||
8:16 qn4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish וּ֝נְדִיבִ֗ים כָּל־שֹׁ֥פְטֵי צֶֽדֶק 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **nobles** who are **judges of righteousness** and those who are not. It is not giving us further information about the **nobles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and nobles, that is, all those nobles who are judges of righteousness”\n
|
||||
8:16 hg7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שֹׁ֥פְטֵי צֶֽדֶק 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **judges** who are characterized by **righteousness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “righteous judges”
|
||||
8:17 e3jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אֲ֭נִי & אֵהָ֑ב 1 Wisdom uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant it was that wisdom is like a woman who loves those who love her. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “Even I love”
|
||||
8:17 e3jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אֲ֭נִי & אֵהָ֑ב 1 Wisdom uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant it is that wisdom is like a woman who loves those who love her. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “Even I love”
|
||||
8:17 kpvv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֲ֭נִי אֹהֲבַ֣י אֵהָ֑ב 1 Here, wisdom is depicted as if it were a person who can **love** and be loved by people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Wisdom benefits those who value it” or “It is as if wisdom were a woman who loves those who love her”
|
||||
8:17 xz9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝מְשַׁחֲרַ֗י יִמְצָאֻֽנְנִי 1 Here, people trying to be wise and succeeding is spoken of as if wisdom were a person whom people can **seek** and **find**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and those who diligently try to become wise will become wise”
|
||||
8:18 k7hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֹֽשֶׁר־וְכָב֥וֹד אִתִּ֑י 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of enabling people to have **Riches**, **honor**, **surpassing wealth**, and **righteousness** as if they were objects that were **with** Wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I enable you to have riches, honor, surpassing wealth, and righteousness” or “What is wise enables you to have riches, honor, surpassing wealth, and righteousness”
|
||||
|
|
@ -934,21 +934,21 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:19 rqy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝תְבוּאָתִ֗י 1 Here, **produce** refers to the benefits that a person receives from having wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and my benefits” or “and the benefits I can give you”
|
||||
8:19 dzjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִכֶּ֥סֶף נִבְחָֽר 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is better than choice silver”
|
||||
8:19 i7wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכֶּ֥סֶף נִבְחָֽר 1 Here, **choice silver** refers to **silver** that is the best quality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “than the best silver”
|
||||
8:20 tks1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאֹֽרַח־צְדָקָ֥ה אֲהַלֵּ֑ך 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of behaving righteously as if someone were walking on a **path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I behave righteously”
|
||||
8:20 tks1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאֹֽרַח־צְדָקָ֥ה אֲהַלֵּ֑ך 1 Here Wisdom speaks of behaving righteously as if she were walking on a **path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I behave righteously”
|
||||
8:20 wask rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּאֹֽרַח־צְדָקָ֥ה 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **the path** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous path”
|
||||
8:20 ax2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּ֝ת֗וֹךְ נְתִיב֥וֹת מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I walk in the midst of the beaten paths of justice”
|
||||
8:20 rg74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נְתִיב֥וֹת מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **the beaten paths** that are characterized by **justice**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the just beaten paths”
|
||||
8:20 rg74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נְתִיב֥וֹת מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **the beaten paths** that are characterized by **justice**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the just, beaten paths”
|
||||
8:21 kx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהַנְחִ֖יל אֹהֲבַ֥י 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the purpose for what Wisdom does in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. You may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I do that for the purpose of causing those who love me to inherit”\n
|
||||
8:21 mg4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֹצְרֹ֖תֵיהֶ֣ם 1 The word **treasuries** refers to buildings or rooms where people store valuable things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and their buildings where they store precious things”
|
||||
8:22 f91m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יְֽהוָ֗ה קָ֭נָנִי רֵאשִׁ֣ית דַּרְכּ֑וֹ קֶ֖דֶם מִפְעָלָ֣יו מֵאָֽז 1 Wisdom is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh possessed me at the beginning of his way; Yahweh possessed me before his works from then”\n
|
||||
8:22 eias rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְֽהוָ֗ה קָ֭נָנִי רֵאשִׁ֣ית דַּרְכּ֑וֹ קֶ֖דֶם מִפְעָלָ֣יו מֵאָֽז 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Yahweh possessed me at the beginning of his way, yes, Yahweh possessed me before his works from then”\n
|
||||
8:22 ucgn קָ֭נָנִי 1 Some scholars believe that the word translated as **possessed** could also mean “created.” Either way, the point is that **Yahweh** had wisdom before he created the universe. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
8:22 ucgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants קָ֭נָנִי 1 Some scholars believe that the word translated as **possessed** could also mean “created.” Either way, the point is that **Yahweh** had wisdom before he created the universe. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
8:22 xu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דַּרְכּ֑וֹ & מִפְעָלָ֣יו 1 The phrases **his way** and **his works** both refer to Yahweh creating the universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his creating … his creative works”
|
||||
8:22 g6hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵאָֽז 1 Here, **then** refers to **the beginning** mentioned in the previous clause, which refers to when **Yahweh** started creating the universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the beginning”
|
||||
8:23 hkmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ֭עוֹלָם נִסַּ֥כְתִּי מֵרֹ֗אשׁ מִקַּדְמֵי־אָֽרֶץ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I was poured out from eternity, from the head, from the ancient times of the earth”\n
|
||||
8:23 mh2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ֭עוֹלָם 1 Here, **eternity** refers to the distant past. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Very long ago”
|
||||
8:23 swag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִסַּ֥כְתִּי 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh did the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh poured me out”
|
||||
8:23 vhov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִסַּ֥כְתִּי 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of being established as if it were a liquid that was **poured out**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I was established”
|
||||
8:23 vhov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִסַּ֥כְתִּי 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of being established as if she were a liquid that was **poured out**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I was established”
|
||||
8:23 v4tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרֹ֗אשׁ 1 Here, **head** refers to the first in a series of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the first”
|
||||
8:23 mth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקַּדְמֵי־אָֽרֶץ 1 The phrase **the ancient times of the earth** refers to the time when the earth was made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from when God created the earth”
|
||||
8:24 oijk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּאֵין־תְּהֹמ֥וֹת חוֹלָ֑לְתִּי בְּאֵ֥ין מַ֝עְיָנ֗וֹת נִכְבַּדֵּי־מָֽיִם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I was brought forth when there were no watery depths and when there were no springs heavy with water”
|
||||
|
|
@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:24 el5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַ֝עְיָנ֗וֹת נִכְבַּדֵּי־מָֽיִם 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of **springs** being full of **water** that flows out as if they were **heavy with water**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “springs full of flowing water”
|
||||
8:25 u2m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּטֶ֣רֶם הָרִ֣ים הָטְבָּ֑עוּ לִפְנֵ֖י גְבָע֣וֹת חוֹלָֽלְתִּי 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I was brought forth before the mountains were sunk and before the face of the hills”
|
||||
8:25 z5y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָרִ֣ים הָטְבָּ֑עוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sunk the mountains”
|
||||
8:25 ryrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָרִ֣ים הָטְבָּ֑עוּ 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of the creation of **the mountains** as if their foundations **were sunk** in the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the mountains were created”
|
||||
8:25 ryrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָרִ֣ים הָטְבָּ֑עוּ 1 Here Wisdom speaks of the creation of **the mountains** as if their foundations **were sunk** in the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the mountains were created”
|
||||
8:25 f9dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִפְנֵ֖י גְבָע֣וֹת 1 Here, **face** represents the existence of **the hills** as if they were a person with a **face**. Wisdom is referring to the time **before** **the hills** existed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before the existence of the hills”\n
|
||||
8:25 asn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חוֹלָֽלְתִּי 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
8:26 r8jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַד־לֹ֣א עָ֭שָׂה אֶ֣רֶץ וְחוּצ֑וֹת וְ֝רֹ֗אשׁ עָפְר֥וֹת תֵּבֵֽל 1 This verse continues the sentence that began in the previous verse. If you divide the previous verse and this verse into separate sentences, then you will need to repeat the main clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I was brought forth before he made the earth or the outside places or the head of the loose soil of the world”
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,15 +966,15 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:27 t648 This verse is the beginning of a sentence that continues through [8:29](../08/29.md). If you make each of these verses a separate sentence, then you will need to repeat **I was there** in each of those verses.
|
||||
8:27 nk15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּהֲכִינ֣וֹ שָׁ֭מַיִם שָׁ֣ם אָ֑נִי 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. This verse is the beginning of a sentence that continues through [8:29](../08/29.md). If you make each verse a separate sentence, then you will need to repeat the main clause of this verse in each of those verses. Alternate translation: “I was there when he established the heavens”
|
||||
8:27 b5db rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּח֥וּקוֹ ח֝֗וּג עַל־פְּנֵ֥י תְהֽוֹם 1 This clause refers to Yahweh forming the horizon between the sky and ocean as if he were drawing a **circle** on the ocean’s surface. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he made the horizon between the heavens and the surface of the ocean”
|
||||
8:28 wnj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּאַמְּצ֣וֹ שְׁחָקִ֣ים 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of God forming **the clouds** as if he made them **firm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When he created the clouds”
|
||||
8:28 z2v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַּ֝עֲז֗וֹז עִינ֥וֹת תְּהוֹם 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of the **springs** flowing with much water as if they were people who **became strong**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the springs of the watery deep flowed strongly”
|
||||
8:28 ii3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עִינ֥וֹת תְּהוֹם 1 Here, Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **the springs** that supply water to **the watery deep**, which refers to the bottom of the ocean. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the springs that fill the watery deep”
|
||||
8:28 wnj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּאַמְּצ֣וֹ שְׁחָקִ֣ים 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of God forming **the clouds** as if he made them **firm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he created the clouds”
|
||||
8:28 z2v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַּ֝עֲז֗וֹז עִינ֥וֹת תְּהוֹם 1 Here Wisdom speaks of the **springs** flowing with much water as if they were people who **became strong**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the springs of the watery deep flowed strongly”
|
||||
8:28 ii3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עִינ֥וֹת תְּהוֹם 1 Here Wisdom is using the possessive form to describe **the springs** that supply water to **the watery deep**, which refers to the bottom of the ocean. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the springs that fill the watery deep”
|
||||
8:29 titz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּשׂ֘וּמ֤וֹ & פִ֑יו & בְּ֝חוּק֗וֹ 1 In this verse, **he** and **his** refer to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Yahweh set up … Yahweh’s mouth … when Yahweh inscribed”
|
||||
8:29 pd76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֻקּ֗וֹ 1 Here, **law** refers to the limit or boundary of **sea**, where the **sea** ends and the dry land begins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its limit”
|
||||
8:29 vk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִ֑יו 1 Here, **mouth** refers to God’s **law** that was mentioned in the previous clause as if it were a command spoken by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his command” or “that limit”
|
||||
8:29 pd76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֻקּ֗וֹ 1 Here, **its statute** refers to the limit or boundary of **sea**, where the **sea** ends and the dry land begins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its limit”
|
||||
8:29 vk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִ֑יו 1 Here, **mouth** refers to God’s **statute** that was mentioned in the previous clause as if it were a command spoken by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his command” or “that limit”
|
||||
8:29 f3j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ֝חוּק֗וֹ 1 This clause refers to Yahweh designating **the foundations of the earth** as if he were drawing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he designated” or “when he decreed”
|
||||
8:29 j9sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מ֣וֹסְדֵי אָֽרֶץ 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the limits of the land, which were considered to be the bottoms of the mountains (see [Micah 6:2](../mic/06/02.md)). Alternate translation: “the limits of the land” (2) where Yahweh placed **the earth**, which was spoken as if **the earth** were resting on top of **foundations**. Alternate translation: “where the earth would be placed”
|
||||
8:30 ph2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וָֽאֶהְיֶ֥ה אֶצְל֗וֹ אָ֫מ֥וֹן 1 Here, Yahweh using wisdom to create the universe is spoke of as if wisdom were **a skilled worker** who was **beside him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Then he used wisdom skillfully” or “Then I was like a skilled worker beside him”
|
||||
8:30 ph2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וָֽאֶהְיֶ֥ה אֶצְל֗וֹ אָ֫מ֥וֹן 1 Here Yahweh using Wisdom to create the universe is spoken of as if Wisdom were **a skilled worker** who was **beside him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Then he used Wisdom skillfully” or “Then I was like a skilled worker beside him”
|
||||
8:30 ky7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁ֭עֲשֻׁעִים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **delight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “delightful”
|
||||
8:30 a22n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְשַׂחֶ֖קֶת 1 Here, **frolicking** refers to dancing or playing in a way that expresses great joy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acting joyfully”
|
||||
8:30 mhxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנָ֣יו 1 Here, **face** refers to Yahweh’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his presence”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,27 +987,26 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:32 hwt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֝אַשְׁרֵ֗י 1 Here, **and** introduces the reason for obeying the command stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “since happy”\n
|
||||
8:32 m6ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכַ֥י יִשְׁמֹֽרוּ 1 Here, **ways** refers to behavior. See how you translated the similar use of **keep** and “paths” in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “are they who behave like me”
|
||||
8:33 uqpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסָ֥ר 1 See how you translated **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
8:33 bcx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative וַחֲכָ֗מוּ 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates the result of obeying the command stated in the previous phrase. Use a form in your language that communicates a result. Alternate translation: “and it will result in you becoming wise”
|
||||
8:33 ky6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְאַל־תִּפְרָֽעוּ 1 Wisdom is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to pay attention to” or “be sure to follow”
|
||||
8:33 ky6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְאַל־תִּפְרָֽעוּ 1 Wisdom is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to pay attention to me” or “be sure to follow me”
|
||||
8:34 ao5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אָדָם֮ 1 The word **man** represents a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “is the person”
|
||||
8:34 i55j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִשְׁקֹ֣ד עַל־דַּ֭לְתֹתַי י֤וֹם ׀ י֑וֹם לִ֝שְׁמֹ֗ר מְזוּזֹ֥ת פְּתָחָֽי 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “keeping vigil over my doors day by day, yes, keeping watch over the doorposts of my entrances”\n
|
||||
8:34 vj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִשְׁקֹ֣ד עַל־דַּ֭לְתֹתַי י֤וֹם ׀ י֑וֹם לִ֝שְׁמֹ֗ר מְזוּזֹ֥ת פְּתָחָֽי 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of someone being eager to listen to her as if that person was vigilantly waiting at the door to her house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “being eager to listen to me” or “being eager to listen to me as if one were keeping vigil over my doors day by day, keeping watch over the doorposts of my entrances”
|
||||
8:34 vj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִשְׁקֹ֣ד עַל־דַּ֭לְתֹתַי י֤וֹם ׀ י֑וֹם לִ֝שְׁמֹ֗ר מְזוּזֹ֥ת פְּתָחָֽי 1 Here Wisdom speaks of someone being eager to listen to her as if that person was vigilantly waiting at the door to her house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “being eager to listen to me” or “being eager to listen to me as if one were keeping vigil over my doors day by day, keeping watch over the doorposts of my entrances”
|
||||
8:34 rlm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִשְׁקֹ֣ד עַל־דַּ֭לְתֹתַי י֤וֹם ׀ י֑וֹם לִ֝שְׁמֹ֗ר מְזוּזֹ֥ת פְּתָחָֽי 1 Here, **doors** and **doorposts of my entrances** implies that Wisdom has a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keeping vigil over the doors of my house day by day, keeping watch over the doorposts of the entrances of my house”
|
||||
8:35 z6lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason why someone who listens to Wisdom will be happy, as stated in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “That man will be happy because”\n
|
||||
8:35 hfn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מֹצְאַי 1 Here, learning wisdom is spoken of as if wisdom were a person whom someone could find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [8:17](../08/17.md). Alternate translation: “those who attain wisdom” or “those who become wise”
|
||||
8:35 i5ov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מֹצְאֵי חַיִּ֑ים 1 Having a long **life** is spoken of as if **life** were an object that a person can find by searching for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are those who will have long lives”\n
|
||||
8:35 du0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וַיָּ֥פֶק 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Wisdom is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to either a man or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and that person obtains”
|
||||
8:35 qybq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֝צ֗וֹן 1 See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
8:36 gfoj וְֽ֭חֹטְאִי 1 The phrase translated **a sinner against me** could also be translated as “one who misses me,” which has the idea of failing to “find” wisdom. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
8:36 hmls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְֽ֭חֹטְאִי 1 Here, wisdom is spoken of as if it were a person whom people could sin **against**. This phrase refers to people who sin by rejecting wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But someone who sins by rejecting me” or “But someone who sins by rejecting wisdom”
|
||||
8:36 gfoj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְֽ֭חֹטְאִי 1 The phrase translated **a sinner against me** could also be translated as “one who misses me,” which has the idea of failing to “find” wisdom. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
8:36 hmls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְֽ֭חֹטְאִי 1 Here, Wisdom is spoken of as if it were a person whom people could sin **against**. This phrase refers to people who sin by rejecting wisdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But someone who sins by rejecting me” or “But someone who sins by rejecting Wisdom”
|
||||
8:36 yl6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֹמֵ֣ס & מָֽוֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **violence** in [3:31](../03/31.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
8:36 w73k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נַפְשׁ֑וֹ 1 Here, **life** refers to the person himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “himself”
|
||||
8:36 tttn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אָ֣הֲבוּ מָֽוֶת 1 This phrase is an exaggeration that emphasizes that people who hate wisdom choose to live in a way that will cause them to die. It does not mean that people who hate wisdom actually **love death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “show by their actions that they choose to die” or “act as if they love death”
|
||||
9:intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n * Wisdom benefits the wise (8:1–36)\n * Wisdom and folly (9:1–18)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom calls out\n\nIn this chapter and the previous chapter, wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman who prepares a meal and calls out for all to come and learn from her. In languages where it is possible for something like wisdom to be spoken of as if it were a person who speaks, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate the personification as similes instead. In that case wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. When wisdom speaks in [9:4–12](../09/04.md), the notes will use the proper noun “Wisdom” to indicate that the personification of wisdom is speaking. See how you translated similar references to wisdom in [1:20–33](../01/20.md) and [8:4–36](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
9:intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n * Wisdom benefits the wise (8:1–36)\n * Wisdom and folly (9:1–18)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Wisdom calls out\n\nIn this chapter and the previous chapter, wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman who prepares a meal and calls out for all to come and learn from her. In languages where it is possible for something like wisdom to be spoken of as if it were a person who speaks, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate the personification as similes instead. In that case, wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. When wisdom speaks in [9:4–12](../09/04.md), the notes will use the proper noun “Wisdom” to indicate that the personification of wisdom is speaking. See how you translated similar references to wisdom in [1:20–33](../01/20.md) and [8:4–36](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
|
||||
9:1 m12a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חָ֭כְמוֹת בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑הּ חָצְבָ֖ה עַמּוּדֶ֣יהָ שִׁבְעָֽה 1 In [9:1–12](../09/01.md), **Wisdom** is spoken of as if it were a woman. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “It is as if wisdom were a woman who has built her house and has hewn out her seven pillars”\n
|
||||
9:1 s64d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָצְבָ֖ה עַמּוּדֶ֣יהָ שִׁבְעָֽה 1 This clause refers to part of the process of building the **house** that was mentioned in the previous clause. A **house** with **seven pillars** would have been very large. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has hewn out seven pillars to support the roof of her house”
|
||||
9:2 zr00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification טָבְחָ֣ה טִ֭בְחָהּ מָסְכָ֣ה יֵינָ֑הּ אַ֝֗ף עָֽרְכָ֥ה שֻׁלְחָנָֽהּ 1 In this verse, wisdom is spoken of as if it were a woman. See the discussion of such personification in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “It is as if wisdom were a woman who has slaughtered her slaughter, mixed her wine, and arranged her table”
|
||||
9:2 hk6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָבְחָ֣ה טִ֭בְחָהּ מָסְכָ֣ה יֵינָ֑הּ אַ֝֗ף עָֽרְכָ֥ה שֻׁלְחָנָֽהּ 1 All three of these clauses refer to parts of the process to prepare a special meal for guests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She has prepared a meal for guests by slaughtering her slaughter, mixing her wine, and arranging her table”
|
||||
9:2 hk6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָבְחָ֣ה טִ֭בְחָהּ מָסְכָ֣ה יֵינָ֑הּ אַ֝֗ף עָֽרְכָ֥ה שֻׁלְחָנָֽהּ 1 All three of these clauses refer to parts of the process of preparing a special meal for guests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She has prepared a meal for guests by slaughtering her slaughter, mixing her wine, and arranging her table”
|
||||
9:2 x5sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy טָבְחָ֣ה טִ֭בְחָהּ 1 Here, **slaughter** refers to the animals that Wisdom has **slaughtered** so that their meat may be eaten at a meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “She has slaughtered the animals so that their meat may be eaten at the meal”
|
||||
9:2 ywr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מָסְכָ֣ה יֵינָ֑הּ 1 In ancient Israel, people often prepared **wine** for drinking by mixing it with water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has prepared her wine by mixing it with water”
|
||||
9:2 h2zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָֽרְכָ֥ה שֻׁלְחָנָֽהּ 1 This phrase refers to putting the food and eating utensils on a table in order to prepare for a meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has prepared her table for people to eat a meal”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1028,24 +1027,24 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
9:6 d5j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וִֽחְי֑וּ 1 Here, **live** refers to living a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and live a long life”
|
||||
9:6 lpn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝אִשְׁר֗וּ בְּדֶ֣רֶךְ בִּינָֽה 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of a people behaving in a manner that will enable them to acquire **understanding** as if they were striding on a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and behave in a manner that will enable you to acquire understanding”
|
||||
9:6 ycu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בִּינָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
9:7 xm8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun יֹ֤סֵ֨ר ׀ לֵ֗ץ לֹקֵ֣חַֽ ל֣וֹ קָל֑וֹן וּמוֹכִ֖יחַ לְרָשָׁ֣ע מוּמֽוֹ 1 Here, **The instructor**, **a mocker**, **himself**, **the rebuker**, **a wicked one**, and **his** do not refer to specific people, but refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any instructor of any mocker receives disgrace for that person, and any rebuker of any wicked one, that person’s injury”
|
||||
9:7 xm8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun יֹ֤סֵ֨ר ׀ לֵ֗ץ לֹקֵ֣חַֽ ל֣וֹ קָל֑וֹן וּמוֹכִ֖יחַ לְרָשָׁ֣ע מוּמֽוֹ 1 Here, the terms **The instructor**, **a mocker**, **himself**, **the rebuker**, **a wicked one**, and **his** do not refer to specific people, but refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any instructor of any mocker receives disgrace for that person, and any rebuker of any wicked one, that person’s injury”
|
||||
9:7 k7j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יֹ֤סֵ֨ר ׀ לֵ֗ץ 1 Since **a mocker** does not accept instruction, this phrase implies that someone attempted to be an **instructor of a mocker**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who attempts to instruct a mocker”
|
||||
9:7 x5sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹקֵ֣חַֽ ל֣וֹ קָל֑וֹן 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of **disgrace** as if it were an object that a person **receives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will himself be disgraced”
|
||||
9:7 oad5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קָל֑וֹן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **disgrace** in [6:33](../06/33.md).
|
||||
9:7 vif7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּמוֹכִ֖יחַ לְרָשָׁ֣ע מוּמֽוֹ 1 Wisdom is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the rebuker of a wicked one receives his injury”\n
|
||||
9:7 k4b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּמֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **injury**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his being injured”\n
|
||||
9:8 fpc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תּ֣וֹכַח 1 This clause states what Wisdom wants people to do as a result of what Wisdom said in the previous verse. Use the most natural way to express an intended result in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore, do not rebuke”
|
||||
9:8 mjq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֭ץ פֶּן־יִשְׂנָאֶ֑ךָּ & לְ֝חָכָ֗ם וְיֶאֱהָבֶֽךָּ 1 Here, **a mocker**, **he**, and **a wise one** do not refer to specific people, but refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any mocker, lest that person hate you … any wise one and that person will love you”
|
||||
9:8 mjq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֭ץ פֶּן־יִשְׂנָאֶ֑ךָּ & לְ֝חָכָ֗ם וְיֶאֱהָבֶֽךָּ 1 Here, **a mocker**, **he**, and **a wise one** do not refer to specific people, but refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any mocker, lest that person hate you … any wise one, and that person will love you”
|
||||
9:8 g1qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast הוֹכַ֥ח לְ֝חָכָ֗ם 1 This clause says something that is in contrast to what was said in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language to express a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast, rebuke a wise one”\n
|
||||
9:8 rpxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְיֶאֱהָבֶֽךָּ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “and it will result in him loving you”\n
|
||||
9:9 y95j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תֵּ֣ן 1 Wisdom is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give instruction” or “Give what is wise”\n
|
||||
9:9 c8r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ֭חָכָם וְיֶחְכַּם־ע֑וֹד & לְ֝צַדִּ֗יק וְי֣וֹסֶף 1 Here, **a wise one**, **he**, and **a righteous one** do not refer to specific people, but refer to these types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “to any wise one and that person will become more wise … any righteous one and that person will increase”
|
||||
9:9 c8r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ֭חָכָם וְיֶחְכַּם־ע֑וֹד & לְ֝צַדִּ֗יק וְי֣וֹסֶף 1 Here, **a wise one**, **he**, and **a righteous one** do not refer to specific people but refer to these types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “to any wise one, and that person will become more wise … any righteous one, and that person will increase”
|
||||
9:10 zryv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תְּחִלַּ֣ת 1 See how you translated the same use of **beginning** in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
9:10 oxjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָ֭כְמָה & וְדַ֖עַת & בִּינָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
9:10 l6yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
9:11 xbl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּי 1 **For** here indicates that Wisdom is emphasizing what follows in this verse. Use a connector in your language that makes that emphasis clear. Alternate translation: “Truly”\n
|
||||
9:11 uv8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְבּ֣וּ יָמֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of people living for a long time as if the **days** that they are alive were something that could **increase** in number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will live many more days”
|
||||
9:11 jt1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיוֹסִ֥יפוּ לְּ֝ךָ֗ שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here, Wisdom speaks of people living for a long time as if the **years** that they are alive were something that could **be added** to their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will live many more years”
|
||||
9:11 uv8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְבּ֣וּ יָמֶ֑יךָ 1 Here Wisdom speaks of people living for a long time as if the **days** that they are alive were something that could **increase** in number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will live many more days”
|
||||
9:11 jt1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיוֹסִ֥יפוּ לְּ֝ךָ֗ שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 Here Wisdom speaks of people living for a long time as if the **years** that they are alive were something that could **be added** to their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will live many more years”
|
||||
9:11 wpx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׁנ֣וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 See how you translated this idiom in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
9:11 u5qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְיוֹסִ֥יפוּ לְּ֝ךָ֗ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and … I will add to you”\n
|
||||
9:12 z3ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָּ֑ךְ 1 Here, **for** implies that being **wise** is for the benefit of the **wise** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of yourself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1064,22 +1063,21 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
9:17 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מַֽיִם־גְּנוּבִ֥ים יִמְתָּ֑קוּ 1 The stupid woman implies that what she says in this verse is the reason why the “naive” should “turn aside” to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Turn aside here because stolen waters are sweet”
|
||||
9:17 jsi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַֽיִם־גְּנוּבִ֥ים יִמְתָּ֑קוּ וְלֶ֖חֶם סְתָרִ֣ים יִנְעָֽם 1 In this verse, the foolish woman refers to the pleasure of having sex with someone to whom one is not married as if it were as **sweet** as **stolen waters** or as **pleasant** as **bread of secrecies**. Water and food are also used as euphemisms for sexual activity in [5:15–19](../05/15.md) and [30:20](../30/20.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile: “Having sex with me is truly enjoyable” or “Having sex with me is as enjoyable as drinking stolen waters or eating bread of secrecies”
|
||||
9:17 v8z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְלֶ֖חֶם סְתָרִ֣ים 1 The phrase **bread of secrecies** could refer to: (1) **bread** that a person secretly eats by himself. Alternate translation: “and bread that is eaten in secrecy” (2) **bread** that one obtains through secret deeds, which implies stealing the **bread**. Alternate translation: “and bread obtained secretly” or “and stolen bread”
|
||||
9:18 zo93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְֽלֹא־יָ֭דַע 1 **And** here indicates that was follows is in contrast with what the foolish woman stated in the previous verses. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “However, he does not know”
|
||||
9:18 kjuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְֽלֹא־יָ֭דַע 1 Here, **he** refers to any naive man to whom the stupid woman calls. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And any naive man does not know”
|
||||
9:18 kjuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְֽלֹא־יָ֭דַע 1 Here, **he** refers to any naive man to whom the stupid woman calls. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But any naive man does not know”
|
||||
9:18 kg4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְפָאִ֣ים שָׁ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of those men who died because they went to the stupid woman’s house as if their dead **spirits** were **there**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that the men who have gone to her house are now dead”
|
||||
9:18 m5oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קְרֻאֶֽיהָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom she called”
|
||||
9:18 k1fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קְרֻאֶֽיהָ 1 This phrase refers to the men who went to the stupid woman’s house to commit adultery with her in response to her calling them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the men whom she called and they accepted her call” or “the men who went to her house after she called them”
|
||||
10:intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n\nChapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs that were written by Solomon.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [10:10](../10/10.md), [18](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [26](../10/26.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
10:intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n\nChapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs that were written by Solomon.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [10:10](../10/10.md), [18](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [26](../10/26.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
10:1 tab7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִשְׁלֵ֗י שְׁלֹ֫מֹ֥ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
10:1 sank rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם יְשַׂמַּח־אָ֑ב וּבֵ֥ן כְּ֝סִ֗יל תּוּגַ֥ת אִמּֽוֹ 1 Although the terms **son** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “Any wise person gladdens that person’s father, but any stupid person is the grief of that person’s mother”\n
|
||||
10:1 a6oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָ֑ב 1 Here, **father** refers specifically to the **father** of the **son** mentioned earlier in the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||||
10:1 msr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוּגַ֥ת אִמּֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grief**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “grieves his mother”
|
||||
10:2 ffz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אוֹצְר֣וֹת רֶ֑שַׁע 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Treasures** that someone gained by **wickedness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Treasures gained in wicked ways” or “Treasures obtained by wicked means”
|
||||
10:2 ffz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אוֹצְר֣וֹת רֶ֑שַׁע 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Treasures** that someone gained by **wickedness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Treasures gained in wicked ways” or “Treasures obtained by wicked means”
|
||||
10:2 xnh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹא־י֭וֹעִילוּ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “do not profit those who possess them”
|
||||
10:2 iavl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝צְדָקָ֗ה & מִמָּֽוֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
10:2 kdl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תַּצִּ֥יל 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “delivers a person”
|
||||
10:3 df3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נֶ֣פֶשׁ צַדִּ֑יק 1 Here **life** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the righteous person”
|
||||
10:3 u9iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶהְדֹּֽף 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** preventing **the wicked ones** from getting what they **desire** as if that **desire** were an object that **Yahweh** **thrusts away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thwarts”
|
||||
10:3 u9iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶהְדֹּֽף 1 Here Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** preventing **the wicked ones** from getting what they **desire** as if that **desire** were an object that **Yahweh thrusts away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thwarts”
|
||||
10:4 e3ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כַף־רְמִיָּ֑ה וְיַ֖ד חָרוּצִ֣ים 1 Here, **palm** and **hand** represent the whole person, who works by using a **palm** or **hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person unwilling to work … but people who work diligently”
|
||||
10:4 yly7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֗אשׁ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **poverty** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
|
||||
10:5 o7c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹגֵ֣ר & בֵּ֣ן & נִרְדָּ֥ם & בֵּ֣ן 1 **One who gathers**, **a son**, and **one who keeps** refer to types of people in general, not specific people or sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who gathers … is any son … but any person who sleeps … is any son”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1090,34 +1088,34 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
10:6 y4mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 Here, **mouth** could refer to: (1) what **the wicked ones** say. Alternate translation: “but the speech of the wicked ones” (2) **the wicked ones** themselves. Alternate translation: “but the wicked ones themselves”\n
|
||||
10:6 todb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְכַסֶּ֥ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone concealing **violence** as if it were an object that someone **covers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “conceals”
|
||||
10:6 k4dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָמָֽס 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **violence** in [3:31](../03/31.md).
|
||||
10:7 k8ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֵ֣כֶר צַ֭דִּיק לִבְרָכָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **memory** that other people have about **the righteous one**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The righteous one will be remembered for a blessing”
|
||||
10:7 k8ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֵ֣כֶר צַ֭דִּיק לִבְרָכָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **memory** that other people have about **the righteous one**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The righteous one will be remembered for a blessing”
|
||||
10:7 gzif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַ֭דִּיק 1 Although **righteous one** here is singular, it refers to all **righteous** people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “any righteous person”
|
||||
10:7 nmda rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִבְרָכָ֑ה 1 This phrase indicates that people will be blessed when they remember **the righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be a blessing to others” or “will bless others”
|
||||
10:7 edf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְשֵׁ֖ם 1 Although **name** here is singular, it refers to the names of all the **wicked ones** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but the names of”
|
||||
10:7 e1w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְשֵׁ֖ם 1 Here, **name** refers to a person’s reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the reputation of” or “but what people think of”
|
||||
10:7 s7ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְקָֽב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people forgetting **the name of the wicked ones** as if that **name** is an object that rots and disappears. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be forgotten” or “will be forgotten like something that rots away”
|
||||
10:8 m4yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֲכַם־לֵ֭ב 1 This phrase refers to a person who thinks wisely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A wise thinker”
|
||||
10:8 q33f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִקַּ֣ח מִצְוֺ֑ת 1 Here, Solomon refers to obeying **commands** as if they were objects that a person **receives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys commands”
|
||||
10:8 q33f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִקַּ֣ח מִצְוֺ֑ת 1 Here Solomon refers to obeying **commands** as if they were objects that a person **receives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys commands”
|
||||
10:8 vu21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִצְוֺ֑ת 1 Solomon implies that **wise** people obey good **commands**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “good commands”
|
||||
10:8 lays rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וֶאֱוִ֥יל שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, **the one stupid of lips** refers to someone who speaks foolishly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a chattering fool” or “but one who speaks stupidly”
|
||||
10:8 bmhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִלָּבֵֽט 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will throw themselves down”
|
||||
10:8 e725 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִלָּבֵֽט 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person’s life becoming ruined or destroyed as if that person were **thrown down** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be destroyed” or “will be made useless”
|
||||
10:8 e725 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִלָּבֵֽט 1 Here Solomon refers to a person’s life becoming ruined or destroyed as if that person were **thrown down** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be destroyed” or “will be made useless”
|
||||
10:9 ps6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בַּ֭תֹּם 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “walking with integrity” in [2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
10:9 e1m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵ֣לֶךְ בֶּ֑טַח 1 See how you translated a similar use of **walk** in [3:23](../03/23.md).
|
||||
10:9 f151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְעַקֵּ֥שׁ דְּ֝רָכָ֗יו 1 See how you translated the similar use of “paths” and **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md).
|
||||
10:9 oc4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִוָּדֵֽעַ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will know” or “God will know”
|
||||
10:9 xw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִוָּדֵֽעַ 1 Here, **known** refers to the **one who causes his ways** being discovered or found out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be discovered” or “will be found out”
|
||||
10:9 xw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִוָּדֵֽעַ 1 Here, **known** refers to the **one who causes his ways to be crooked** being discovered or found out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be discovered” or “will be found out”
|
||||
10:10 mi1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction קֹ֣רֵֽץ עַ֭יִן 1 See how you translated a similar phrase is [6:13](../06/13.md).
|
||||
10:10 zlfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתֵּ֣ן עַצָּ֑בֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of causing people to feel **pain** or grief as if **pain** were an object that someone **gives** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes pain”
|
||||
10:10 zlfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתֵּ֣ן עַצָּ֑בֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of causing people to feel **pain** or grief as if **pain** were an object that someone **gives** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes pain”
|
||||
10:10 p957 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וֶאֱוִ֥יל שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם יִלָּבֵֽט 1 See how you translated the nearly identical clause in [10:8](../10/08.md).
|
||||
10:11 tv58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מְק֣וֹר חַ֭יִּים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **fountain** that gives **life**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A fountain that gives life”
|
||||
10:11 uifo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְק֣וֹר חַ֭יִּים 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of **the mouth of the righteous one** as if it were a **fountain of life**. He means that what a **righteous** person says is beneficial to a person’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Something that benefits a person’s life”
|
||||
10:11 tv58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מְק֣וֹר חַ֭יִּים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **fountain** that gives **life**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A fountain that gives life”
|
||||
10:11 uifo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְק֣וֹר חַ֭יִּים 1 Here Solomon is speaking of **the mouth of the righteous one** as if it were a **fountain of life**. He means that what a **righteous** person says is beneficial to a person’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Something that benefits a person’s life”
|
||||
10:11 f47s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֣י 1 In this verse, **mouth** refers to what a person says by using his **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the speech of”
|
||||
10:11 bz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים יְכַסֶּ֥ה חָמָֽס 1 See how you translated the identical clause in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
10:12 t8a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שִׂ֭נְאָה תְּעוֹרֵ֣ר מְדָנִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Hatred** as if it were a person who could cause **quarrels**. He means that people who hate cause such **quarrels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Being hateful causes one to stir up quarrels”
|
||||
10:12 ph1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְעַ֥ל כָּל־פְּ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תְּכַסֶּ֥ה אַהֲבָֽה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **love** as if it were a person who could cover over **transgressions**. He means that people who love forgive **transgressions**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but being hateful causes one to forgive transgressions”
|
||||
10:12 t8a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שִׂ֭נְאָה תְּעוֹרֵ֣ר מְדָנִ֑ים 1 Here Solomon speaks of **Hatred** as if it were a living thing that could cause **quarrels**. He means that people who hate cause such **quarrels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Being hateful causes one to stir up quarrels”
|
||||
10:12 ph1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְעַ֥ל כָּל־פְּ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תְּכַסֶּ֥ה אַהֲבָֽה 1 Here Solomon speaks of **love** as if it were a living thing that could cover over **transgressions**. He means that people who love forgive **transgressions**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but being hateful causes one to forgive transgressions”
|
||||
10:12 rrwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פְּ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, **transgressions** refers to crimes committed against people. Alternate translation: “that people do to harm others”
|
||||
10:13 n8pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשִׂפְתֵ֣י נָ֭בוֹן 1 Here, Solomon refers to what a **discerning** person says as if it were an object on that person’s **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what a discerning person says”
|
||||
10:13 n8pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשִׂפְתֵ֣י נָ֭בוֹן 1 Here Solomon refers to what a **discerning** person says as if it were an object on that person’s **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what a discerning person says”
|
||||
10:13 i0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּמָּצֵ֣א חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to the existence of **wisdom** as if it were an object that could be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wisdom exists” or “there is wisdom”
|
||||
10:13 xjnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
10:13 ww93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝שֵׁ֗בֶט לְגֵ֣ו 1 The phrase **rod for the back** refers to a form of punishment that involved beating a person on **the back** with a **rod**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general expression for physical punishment. Alternate translation: “but physical punishment is for”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,33 +1123,33 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
10:14 m077 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִצְפְּנוּ 1 See how you translated the same use of **store up** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
10:14 gzs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָ֑עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).\n
|
||||
10:14 ej72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּפִֽי 1 See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
10:14 u04u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְחִתָּ֥ה קְרֹבָֽה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of what a **fool** says causing **ruin** as if that fool’s **mouth** was **near ruin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes ruin”
|
||||
10:14 u04u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְחִתָּ֥ה קְרֹבָֽה 1 Here Solomon speaks of what a **fool** says causes **ruin** as if that fool’s **mouth** was **near ruin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes ruin”
|
||||
10:15 ip06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קִרְיַ֣ת עֻזּ֑וֹ 1 The phrase **city of his strength** is an idiom that refers to a **city** with walls that protect the people inside the **city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a walled city” or “is a city with strong walls”
|
||||
10:15 fd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קִרְיַ֣ת עֻזּ֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to **wealth** enabling its owners to be safe as if it were a strong **city** that protects them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is his protection”
|
||||
10:15 izlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast מְחִתַּ֖ת דַּלִּ֣ים רֵישָֽׁם 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the ruin of lowly ones is their poverty”\n
|
||||
10:15 fd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קִרְיַ֣ת עֻזּ֑וֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to **wealth** enabling its owners to be safe as if it were a strong **city** that protects them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is his protection”
|
||||
10:15 izlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast מְחִתַּ֖ת דַּלִּ֣ים רֵישָֽׁם 1 This clause is in strong contrast to the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the ruin of lowly ones is their poverty”\n
|
||||
10:15 wgyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּלִּ֣ים 1 The phrase **lowly ones** refers to poor people as if they were located in a place that is lower than that of people who are not poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
|
||||
10:15 xiq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֵישָֽׁם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **poverty** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
|
||||
10:16 im19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּעֻלַּ֣ת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the reward that **the righteous one** receives as if it were a **wage** that someone pays. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The reward for”
|
||||
10:16 im19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּעֻלַּ֣ת 1 Here Solomon speaks of the reward that **the righteous one** receives as if it were a **wage** that someone pays. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The reward for”
|
||||
10:16 rya2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֣יק & רָשָׁ֣ע 1 The phrases **the righteous one** and **the wicked one** represent types of people in general, not one particular **righteous one** or **wicked one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any righteous person … any wicked person”
|
||||
10:16 pxqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְחַיִּ֑ים & לְחַטָּֽאת 1 In this verse, the phrase **is for** indicates that what follows is the result of what was previous stated. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “leads to life … leads to sin” or “results in life … results in sin”
|
||||
10:16 y9vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְחַיִּ֑ים 1 Here, **life** refers to a long **life**. If it would be helpful in your family, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is to a long life” “is to living a long time”
|
||||
10:16 arpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast תְּבוּאַ֖ת רָשָׁ֣ע לְחַטָּֽאת 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the income of the wicked one is to sin”
|
||||
10:16 m318 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּבוּאַ֖ת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the recompense or punishment that **the wicked one** receives as if it were **income**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the recompense for”
|
||||
10:16 m318 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּבוּאַ֖ת 1 Here Solomon speaks of the recompense or punishment that **the wicked one** receives as if it were **income**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the recompense for”
|
||||
10:16 y0f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְחַטָּֽאת 1 Here, **sin** could refer to: (1) the punishment that someone receives for **sin**, which is suggested by the contrasting parallelism between this clause and the previous clause. Alternate translation: “is for punishment for sin” (2) **sin** itself. Alternate translation: “is to sin more”
|
||||
10:17 k6n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֹ֣רַח 1 See how you translated the same use of **path** in [8:20](../08/20.md).
|
||||
10:17 whb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְ֭חַיִּים 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the result of keeping **instruction**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to life” or “that results in life”
|
||||
10:17 uz9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסָ֑ר & תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
10:17 st2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְעוֹזֵ֖ב 1 See how you translated the same use of “forsake” in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
10:17 w1bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַתְעֶֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone deliberately doing wicked things that will result in that person’s destruction as if that person were wandering away from a road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will do what will result in that person’s destruction”
|
||||
10:17 w1bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַתְעֶֽה 1 Here Solomon refers to someone deliberately doing wicked things that will result in that person’s destruction as if that person were wandering away from a road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does what will result in that person’s destruction”
|
||||
10:18 b97z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְכַסֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
10:18 yvue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שִׂפְתֵי־שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “has false lips”
|
||||
10:18 yvue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שִׂפְתֵי־שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “has false lips”
|
||||
10:18 d6bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵי 1 Here, **lips** refers to what people say by moving their **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “tells”
|
||||
10:18 hrop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ה֣וּא 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to either a man or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person”\n
|
||||
10:19 zfsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרֹ֣ב דְּ֭בָרִים 1 Here, Solomon implies someone speaking **a multitude of words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When someone speaks a multitude of words”
|
||||
10:19 zfsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרֹ֣ב דְּ֭בָרִים 1 Here Solomon implies that someone is speaking **a multitude of words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When someone speaks a multitude of words”
|
||||
10:19 gn9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פָּ֑שַׁע 1 See how you translated “transgressions” in [10:12](../10/12.md).
|
||||
10:19 zc3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֣א יֶחְדַּל 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, forsake. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “continues”\n
|
||||
10:19 bemw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְחֹשֵׂ֖ךְ שְׂפָתָ֣יו 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who stops himself from speaking. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who keeps his mouth shut” or “but one who prevents himself from speaking”
|
||||
10:20 f3ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֣סֶף נִ֭בְחָר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the value of what righteous people say as if it were the best quality **silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Extremely valuable” or “Like choice silver”
|
||||
10:20 f3ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֣סֶף נִ֭בְחָר 1 Here Solomon speaks of the value of what righteous people say as if it were the best quality **silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Extremely valuable” or “Like choice silver”
|
||||
10:20 h1pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְשׁ֣וֹן 1 See how you translated the same use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md).
|
||||
10:20 hqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְשׁ֣וֹן צַדִּ֑יק 1 See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
10:20 j8nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast לֵ֖ב רְשָׁעִ֣ים כִּמְעָֽט 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the heart of the wicked ones is like little”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1159,158 +1157,158 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
10:20 np2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּמְעָֽט 1 Here, **like little** refers to having **little** value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has little value” or “is not valuable”
|
||||
10:21 h4rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵ֣י 1 Here, **lips** refers to what people say by moving their **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sayings of”
|
||||
10:21 zs7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַ֭דִּיק 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
10:21 kp6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִרְע֣וּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of what **righteous** people say benefitting people as if it were shepherding them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help”
|
||||
10:21 kp6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִרְע֣וּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of what **righteous** people say benefitting people as if their words were shepherding the hearers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help”
|
||||
10:21 p2vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result בַּחֲסַר־לֵ֥ב יָמֽוּתוּ 1 Here, **by** indicates that what follows is the reason why **fools die**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “die as a result of lacking heart”
|
||||
10:21 hxdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֥ב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [6:32](../06/32.md).
|
||||
10:22 es92 וְלֹֽא־יוֹסִ֖ף עֶ֣צֶב עִמָּֽהּ 1 The word translated as **pain** can also mean “toil.” Some scholars think this word is the subject of the phrase **does not add**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “and toil does not add to it” or “and hard work does not add more riches to it”
|
||||
10:23 ipb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּשְׂח֣וֹק לִ֭כְסִיל עֲשׂ֣וֹת זִמָּ֑ה 1 Solomon is saying that **doing a wicked plan** is like **laughter** because **a stupid one** enjoys it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Doing a wicked plan is as fun as laughing for a stupid one”
|
||||
10:22 es92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְלֹֽא־יוֹסִ֖ף עֶ֣צֶב עִמָּֽהּ 1 The word translated as **pain** can also mean “toil.” Some scholars think this word is the subject of the phrase **does not add**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “and toil does not add to it” or “and hard work does not add more riches to it”
|
||||
10:23 ipb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּשְׂח֣וֹק לִ֭כְסִיל עֲשׂ֣וֹת זִמָּ֑ה 1 Solomon is saying that **doing a wicked plan** is like **laughter** because **a stupid one** enjoys it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Doing a wicked plan is as much fun as laughing for a stupid one”
|
||||
10:23 s120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝חָכְמָ֗ה לְאִ֣ישׁ תְּבוּנָֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words in this clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but wisdom is like laughter for a man of understanding”\n
|
||||
10:23 xso2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ֝חָכְמָ֗ה & תְּבוּנָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
10:23 a7he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לְאִ֣ישׁ תְּבוּנָֽה 1 Although **man** is masculine, here it refers to any person with **understanding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a person of understanding”\n
|
||||
10:23 l951 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְאִ֣ישׁ תְּבוּנָֽה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **understanding**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for an understanding man” or “for a person who has understanding”
|
||||
10:24 xai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְגוֹרַ֣ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **terror**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what terrifies”
|
||||
10:23 l951 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְאִ֣ישׁ תְּבוּנָֽה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **understanding**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for an understanding man” or “for a person who has understanding”
|
||||
10:24 xai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְגוֹרַ֣ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **terror**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “That which terrifies”
|
||||
10:24 vsxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֭שָׁע הִ֣יא תְבוֹאֶ֑נּוּ 1 In this verse, **the wicked one** and **him** refer to **wicked** people in general. See how you translated **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md). Alternate translation: “any wicked person, it will come to that person”
|
||||
10:24 qvlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הִ֣יא תְבוֹאֶ֑נּוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone experiencing **terror** as if **terror** were a person who could **come** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will happen to him”
|
||||
10:24 qvlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הִ֣יא תְבוֹאֶ֑נּוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone experiencing **terror** as if **terror** were a living thing that could **come** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will happen to him”
|
||||
10:24 o37f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִתֵּֽן 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will be given to them”
|
||||
10:24 t4gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתֵּֽן 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give”
|
||||
10:25 ba1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כַּעֲב֣וֹר ס֭וּפָה 1 This could refer to: (1) any destructive event. Alternate translation: “At the occurring of a disaster” or “When a disaster occurs” (2) a storm. Alternate translation: “When a storm occurs”
|
||||
10:25 ci43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְאֵ֣ין רָשָׁ֑ע 1 The word translated **and** here indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event stated in the previous clause. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an event that happened at the same time as another event. Alternate translation: “at that time there is no wicked one”
|
||||
10:25 fhvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין רָשָׁ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon implies that the **whirlwind** blew away every **wicked one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and there is no wicked one because the whirlwind blew them away”
|
||||
10:25 fhvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין רָשָׁ֑ע 1 Here Solomon implies that the **whirlwind** blew away every **wicked one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and there is no wicked one because the whirlwind blew them away”
|
||||
10:25 lf8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝צַדִּ֗יק 1 Solomon is speaking of **righteous** people in general, not of one particular **righteous** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “but any righteous person”
|
||||
10:25 v58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְס֣וֹד עוֹלָֽם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **a righteous one** being able to endure disasters as if that person were the **foundation** of a building that storms do not damage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “endures to eternity” or “remains forever”
|
||||
10:25 a7e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יְס֣וֹד עוֹלָֽם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **foundation** that lasts to **eternity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is an eternal foundation” or “is a foundation that lasts to eternity”
|
||||
10:25 v58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְס֣וֹד עוֹלָֽם 1 Here Solomon refers to **a righteous one** being able to endure disasters as if that person were the **foundation** of a building that storms do not damage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “endures to eternity” or “remains forever”
|
||||
10:25 a7e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יְס֣וֹד עוֹלָֽם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **foundation** that lasts to **eternity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is an eternal foundation” or “is a foundation that lasts to eternity”
|
||||
10:26 fk5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּחֹ֤מֶץ ׀ לַשִּׁנַּ֗יִם וְכֶעָשָׁ֥ן לָעֵינָ֑יִם 1 Solomon is saying that **the lazy one** is like **vinegar to the teeth and smoke to the eyes** because **vinegar** irritates **teeth** and **smoke** irritates **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Like vinegar is irritating to teeth and smoke is irritating to eyes”
|
||||
10:26 i1xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הֶ֝עָצֵ֗ל לְשֹׁלְחָֽיו 1 In this verse, **the lazy one** and **him** refer to **lazy** people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any lazy person to one who sends that person”
|
||||
10:26 t15r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְשֹׁלְחָֽיו 1 Here, Solomon implies that **the lazy one** was sent to do some errand for the person who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to one who sends him to do an errand”
|
||||
10:26 t15r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְשֹׁלְחָֽיו 1 Here Solomon implies that **the lazy one** was sent to do some errand for the person who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to one who sends him to do an errand”
|
||||
10:27 rv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated the **fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md).\n
|
||||
10:27 s8vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תּוֹסִ֣יף יָמִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the **fear of Yahweh** as if it could **add days** to a person’s life. He means that fearing **Yahweh** will enable a person to live a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will result in days being added”\n
|
||||
10:27 ubhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תּוֹסִ֣יף יָמִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon implies that **days** are added to the length of a person’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will add days to the length of a person’s life”
|
||||
10:27 qdwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּשְׁנ֖וֹת רְשָׁעִ֣ים 1 Here, Solomon uses **years** to refer to the length of time that a person lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the lifetimes of the wicked ones”
|
||||
10:28 pds2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹחֶ֣לֶת & שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “What is hoped by … what is joyful”
|
||||
10:27 s8vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תּוֹסִ֣יף יָמִ֑ים 1 Here Solomon speaks of the **fear of Yahweh** as if it could **add days** to a person’s life. He means that fearing **Yahweh** will enable a person to live a long life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will result in days being added”\n
|
||||
10:27 ubhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תּוֹסִ֣יף יָמִ֑ים 1 Here Solomon implies that **days** are added to the length of a person’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will add days to the length of a person’s life”
|
||||
10:27 qdwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּשְׁנ֖וֹת רְשָׁעִ֣ים 1 Here Solomon uses **years** to refer to the length of time that a person lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the lifetimes of the wicked ones”
|
||||
10:28 pds2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹחֶ֣לֶת & שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “What is hoped by … is what is joyful”
|
||||
10:28 rrjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 This could mean: (1) the **hope** results in **joy**. Alternate translation: “results in joy” (2) **joy** is what **the righteous ones** hope for, as in the ULT.
|
||||
10:28 zqr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְתִקְוַ֖ת רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֹּאבֵֽד 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **the wicked ones** having unfulfilled expectations as if their **expectation** **will perish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the expectation of the wicked ones will remain unfulfilled”
|
||||
10:29 gey1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָע֣וֹז 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the way of Yahweh** protecting people as if it were a **stronghold**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Protection”
|
||||
10:28 zqr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְתִקְוַ֖ת רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֹּאבֵֽד 1 Here Solomon speaks of **the wicked ones** having unfulfilled expectations as if their **expectation will perish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the expectation of the wicked ones will remain unfulfilled”
|
||||
10:29 gey1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָע֣וֹז 1 Here Solomon refers to **the way of Yahweh** protecting people as if it were a **stronghold**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Protection”
|
||||
10:29 xa49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַ֭תֹּם & אָֽוֶן 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **iniquity** in [6:12](../06/12.md).
|
||||
10:29 m9nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **way** refers to what **Yahweh** does or his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what Yahweh does” or “is the behavior of Yahweh”
|
||||
10:29 m9nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **way** refers to what **Yahweh** does, or his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what Yahweh does” or “is the behavior of Yahweh”
|
||||
10:29 e60k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝מְחִתָּ֗ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but the way of Yahweh is ruin”
|
||||
10:30 url1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֣יק 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [9:9](../09/09.md).
|
||||
10:30 ub25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes בַּל־יִמּ֑וֹט 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will be secure”
|
||||
10:30 fpnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָֽרֶץ 1 See how you translated the same use of **the land** in [2:21](../02/21.md).
|
||||
10:31 f7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּֽי־צַ֭דִּיק 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
10:31 h789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָנ֣וּב חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **righteous** person saying wise things as if **wisdom** were a **fruit** that a plant **bears**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “speaks wisdom” or “speaks wisdom like a plant bears fruit”
|
||||
10:31 h789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָנ֣וּב חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon refers to a **righteous** person saying wise things as if **wisdom** were a **fruit** that a plant **bears**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “speaks wisdom” or “speaks wisdom like a plant bears fruit”
|
||||
10:31 amx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְשׁ֥וֹן 1 See how you translated the same use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md).
|
||||
10:31 p9y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּכָּרֵֽת 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off”
|
||||
10:31 s2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole תִּכָּרֵֽת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **the perverse ones** not being permitted to speak as if someone **cut off** their tongues. He does not mean that someone would literally **cut off** their tongues. If it would be helpful in your language, you cold express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be allowed to speak” or “will be stopped”
|
||||
10:31 s2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole תִּכָּרֵֽת 1 Here Solomon speaks of **the perverse ones** not being permitted to speak as if someone **cut off** their tongues. He does not mean that someone would literally **cut off** their tongues. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be allowed to speak” or “will be stopped”
|
||||
10:32 y79y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵ֣י צַ֭דִּיק 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:21](../10/21.md).
|
||||
10:32 gn3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יֵדְע֣וּן רָצ֑וֹן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a **righteous** person saying pleasing things as if that person’s **lips** were people who **know favor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “express favor”
|
||||
10:32 bx51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָצ֑וֹן 1 See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
10:32 scfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תַּהְפֻּכֽוֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but the mouth of the wicked ones knows perverse things” or “but the mouth of the wicked ones expresses perverse things”
|
||||
10:32 scfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תַּהְפֻּכֽוֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but the mouth of the wicked ones speaks perverse things” or “but the mouth of the wicked ones expresses perverse things”
|
||||
10:32 ay8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
11:intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
11:intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
11:1 nux3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֹאזְנֵ֣י & וְאֶ֖בֶן שְׁלֵמָ֣ה 1 Solomon does not mean that **Yahweh** actually hates these **Scales** or has **delight** in this **whole stone**. Rather, he means that **Yahweh** hates people using these **Scales** and has **delight** in people using **a whole stone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The use of scales of … but the use of a whole stone”
|
||||
11:1 wl8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 **Scales** describes an instrument for determining the weight of an object or comparing the weight of two objects. It consists of a central post with a crossbar from which two pans are hung. An object may be placed in one pan and known weights placed in the other pan until the crossbar remains level, meaning that both pans contain an equal weight. Or one object may be placed in one pan and a different object in the other pan; the pan that hangs lower contains the heavier object. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weighing instrument, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a balancing scale of deceit” or “a weighing instrument of deceit”\n
|
||||
11:1 qsoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Scales** that are used for **deceit**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Scales used to deceive people” or “Scales people use to deceive others”
|
||||
11:1 wl8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 **Scales** describes an instrument for determining the weight of an object or comparing the weight of two objects. It consists of a central post with a crossbar from which two pans are hung. An object may be placed in one pan and known weights placed in the other pan until the crossbar remains level, indicating that both pans contain an equal weight. Or one object may be placed in one pan and a different object in the other pan; the pan that hangs lower contains the heavier object. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weighing instrument, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a balancing scale of deceit” or “a weighing instrument of deceit”\n
|
||||
11:1 qsoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Scales** that are used for **deceit**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Scales used to deceive people” or “Scales people use to deceive others”
|
||||
11:1 g3jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated **an abomination to Yahweh** in [3:32](../03/32.md).
|
||||
11:1 pe2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֶ֖בֶן שְׁלֵמָ֣ה 1 Here, **whole stone** refers to a **stone** people use as a weight on a pair of **Scales** that accurately weighs the **whole** amount that people expect it to weigh. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but an accurate weight” or “but a stone that weighs the correct weight”
|
||||
11:1 pe2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאֶ֖בֶן שְׁלֵמָ֣ה 1 Here, **whole stone** refers to a **stone** people use as a weight on a pair of **Scales** that accurately weighs the **whole** amount that people expect it to weigh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but an accurate weight” or “but a stone that weighs the correct weight”
|
||||
11:1 x8n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רְצוֹנֽוֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **delight** in [8:30](../08/30.md).
|
||||
11:2 fofi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בָּֽא־זָ֭דוֹן וַיָּבֹ֣א קָל֑וֹן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person acting with **presumptuousness** and experiencing **disgrace** as if **presumptuousness** and **disgrace** were people who come to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When someone acts with presumptuousness then that person experiences disgrace”\n
|
||||
11:2 fofi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בָּֽא־זָ֭דוֹן וַיָּבֹ֣א קָל֑וֹן 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person acting with **presumptuousness** and experiencing **disgrace** as if **presumptuousness** and **disgrace** were living things that come to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When someone acts with presumptuousness, then that person experiences disgrace”\n
|
||||
11:2 zylz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns זָ֭דוֹן 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **presumptuousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being presumptuous”
|
||||
11:2 xgro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּבֹ֣א קָל֑וֹן 1 The word translated **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the even described in the previous phrase. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the next event in a sequence of events. Alternate translation: “disgrace comes afterward”
|
||||
11:2 xgro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּבֹ֣א קָל֑וֹן 1 The word translated **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the event described in the previous phrase. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the next event in a sequence of events. Alternate translation: “disgrace comes afterward”
|
||||
11:2 n8ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קָל֑וֹן & חָכְמָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **disgrace** in [6:33](../06/33.md) and **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
11:3 bg97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תֻּמַּ֣ת יְשָׁרִ֣ים תַּנְחֵ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **integrity** as if it were a person who could **guide** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “When upright ones act with integrity, doing so will enable them to know what to do” or “The integrity of the upright ones is like a guide for them”
|
||||
11:3 bg97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תֻּמַּ֣ת יְשָׁרִ֣ים תַּנְחֵ֑ם 1 Here Solomon speaks of **integrity** as if it were a living thing that could **guide** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “When upright ones act with integrity, doing so will enable them to know what to do” or “The integrity of the upright ones is like a guide for them”
|
||||
11:3 rj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תֻּמַּ֣ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
11:3 k9jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְסֶ֖לֶף בּוֹגְדִ֣ים יְשָׁדֵּֽם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **crookedness** as if it were a person who could **destroy** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “but when treacherous ones act with crookedness, doing so will destroy them” or “but the crookedness of the treacherous ones is like a person who destroys them”
|
||||
11:3 k9jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְסֶ֖לֶף בּוֹגְדִ֣ים יְשָׁדֵּֽם 1 Here Solomon speaks of **crookedness** as if it were a living thing that could **destroy** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “but when treacherous ones act with crookedness, doing so will destroy them” or “but the crookedness of the treacherous ones is like a person who destroys them”
|
||||
11:3 cq7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסֶ֖לֶף 1 See how you translated a similar use of “crooked” in [2:15](../02/15.md).
|
||||
11:4 wqkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹא־יוֹעִ֣יל ה֭וֹן בְּי֣וֹם עֶבְרָ֑ה וּ֝צְדָקָ֗ה תַּצִּ֥יל מִמָּֽוֶת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages both of these clauses would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Wealth will not profit you in the day of rage, but righteousness will deliver you from death” or “Wealth will not profit people in the day of rage, but righteousness will deliver people from death”
|
||||
11:4 sgq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־יוֹעִ֣יל 1 See how you translated the same use of **profit** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
|
||||
11:4 r538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּי֣וֹם עֶבְרָ֑ה 1 Here, **the day of rage** refers to a time when God will judge wicked people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the day of Yahweh’s judgment”
|
||||
11:4 fc86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝צְדָקָ֗ה תַּצִּ֥יל מִמָּֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **righteousness** enabling a person to escape **death** as if it were a person who could **deliver** that person **from death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but righteousness will enable someone to be delivered from death” or “but righteousness is like someone who delivers a person from death”
|
||||
11:4 fc86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝צְדָקָ֗ה תַּצִּ֥יל מִמָּֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of **righteousness** enabling a person to escape **death** as if ""righteousness** were a living thing that could **deliver** that person **from death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but righteousness will enable someone to be delivered from death” or “but righteousness is like someone who delivers a person from death”
|
||||
11:4 zlmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝צְדָקָ֗ה & מִמָּֽוֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
11:5 lc4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צִדְקַ֣ת & וּ֝בְרִשְׁעָת֗וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md).
|
||||
11:5 ytaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun תָּ֭מִים 1 The phrase **a blameless one** represents **blameless** people in general, not one particular **blameless one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any blameless person”
|
||||
11:5 aqrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּ֭מִים 1 Here, **a blameless one** refers to someone whom Yahweh does not blame for acting wickedly. See how you translated the same use of “blameless ones” in [2:21](../02/21.md).
|
||||
11:5 d5mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּיַשֵּׁ֣ר דַּרְכּ֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to enabling someone to know what that person should do as making that person’s **way straight**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar idea in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “will cause that person to know what to do”
|
||||
11:5 d5mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּיַשֵּׁ֣ר דַּרְכּ֑וֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to enabling someone to know what that person should do as making that person’s **way straight**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar idea in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “will cause that person to know what to do”
|
||||
11:5 lmxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָשָֽׁע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
11:5 vhe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפֹּ֥ל 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone experiencing disaster as if that person were falling down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience disaster”
|
||||
11:5 vhe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפֹּ֥ל 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone experiencing disaster as if that person were falling down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience disaster”
|
||||
11:6 v49j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צִדְקַ֣ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **righteousness** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
11:6 av1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification צִדְקַ֣ת יְ֭שָׁרִים תַּצִּילֵ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **righteousness** enabling a person to escape something as if it were a person who could **deliver** that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “The righteousness of the upright ones will enable them to be delivered” or “The righteousness of the upright ones is like someone who delivers them”
|
||||
11:6 av1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification צִדְקַ֣ת יְ֭שָׁרִים תַּצִּילֵ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **righteousness** enabling a person to escape something as if **righteousness** were a person who could **deliver** that person from harm. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “The righteousness of the upright ones will enable them to be delivered” or “The righteousness of the upright ones is like someone who delivers them”
|
||||
11:6 koj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִלָּכֵֽדוּ 1 The pronoun **they** here refers to **the treacherous ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those treacherous ones will be captured”
|
||||
11:6 b5vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִלָּכֵֽדוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will capture them”
|
||||
11:7 zn33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּמ֤וֹת אָדָ֣ם רָ֭שָׁע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When a wicked man dies”
|
||||
11:7 jaln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֣ם רָ֭שָׁע 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wicked person”
|
||||
11:7 snm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תֹּאבַ֣ד & אָבָֽדָה 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **expectation** and **hope** remaining unfulfilled as if they were people who could **perish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “will remain unfulfilled … remains unfulfilled” or “will be like someone who perishes … is like someone who perishes”
|
||||
11:7 snm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תֹּאבַ֣ד & אָבָֽדָה 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of **expectation** and **hope** remaining unfulfilled as if they were living things that could **perish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “will remain unfulfilled … remains unfulfilled” or “will be like someone who perishes … is like someone who perishes”
|
||||
11:7 dz8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְתוֹחֶ֖לֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **hope** in [10:28](../10/28.md).
|
||||
11:7 modb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אוֹנִ֣ים 1 Here, **strong ones** could refer to: (1) people who rely on their own strength to get what they hope for. Alternate translation: “those who rely on their own strength” (2) people who rely on their wealth to get what they hope for. Alternate translation: “those who rely on their wealth”
|
||||
11:8 rh97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַ֭דִּיק & רָשָׁ֣ע 1 See how you translated **A righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md) and **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
11:8 q5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צַ֭דִּיק מִצָּרָ֣ה נֶחֱלָ֑ץ וַיָּבֹ֖א רָשָׁ֣ע תַּחְתָּֽיו 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of avoiding and experience **distress** as if **distress** were a place that someone could be **drawn away from** or enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A righteous one is prevented from experiencing distress, but a wicked one experiences it instead of him”
|
||||
11:8 q5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צַ֭דִּיק מִצָּרָ֣ה נֶחֱלָ֑ץ וַיָּבֹ֖א רָשָׁ֣ע תַּחְתָּֽיו 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of avoiding and experiencing **distress** as if **distress** were a place that someone could be **drawn away from** or enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A righteous one is prevented from experiencing distress, but a wicked one experiences distress instead of him”
|
||||
11:8 z4am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive צַ֭דִּיק & נֶחֱלָ֑ץ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh does the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh draws away a righteous one”
|
||||
11:8 dt68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִצָּרָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **distress** in [1:27](../01/27.md).
|
||||
11:8 u873 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וַיָּבֹ֖א רָשָׁ֣ע 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but a wicked one enters distress”
|
||||
11:9 r7vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּפֶ֗ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
11:9 ekbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חָ֭נֵף 1 The phrase **a godless one** represents **godless** people in general, not one particular **godless one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any godless person”
|
||||
11:9 d00a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָ֭נֵף 1 Here, **a godless one** refers to any person who rebels against God or behaves as if God does not exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who rebels against God”
|
||||
11:9 d00a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָ֭נֵף 1 Here, **a godless one** refers to any person who rebels against God or behaves as if God did not exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who rebels against God”
|
||||
11:9 p5y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations רֵעֵ֑הוּ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s neighbor”
|
||||
11:9 p5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝בְדַ֗עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
11:9 cyae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ֝בְדַ֗עַת צַדִּיקִ֥ים יֵחָלֵֽצוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but knowledge will deliver righteous ones”
|
||||
11:10 f28a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּט֣וּב צַ֭דִּיקִים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the good** things that happen to **the righteous ones**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the good things that happen to righteous ones” or “When good things happen to the righteous ones”
|
||||
11:10 f28a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּט֣וּב צַ֭דִּיקִים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the good** things that happen to **the righteous ones**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the good things that happen to righteous ones,” or “When good things happen to the righteous ones,”
|
||||
11:10 hkq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תַּעֲלֹ֣ץ קִרְיָ֑ה 1 Here, **city** refers to the people who live in a **city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a city exult”
|
||||
11:10 mdln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּבַאֲבֹ֖ד רְשָׁעִ֣ים רִנָּֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and when wicked ones perish, there is a shout of joy” or “and when wicked ones perish, a city gives a shout of joy”
|
||||
11:11 mx3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּבִרְכַּ֣ת יְ֭שָׁרִים תָּר֣וּם קָ֑רֶת וּבְפִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תֵּהָרֵֽס 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The blessing of the upright ones raises up a city, but the mouth of the wicked ones tears down a city”
|
||||
11:11 eeiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּבִרְכַּ֣ת יְ֭שָׁרִים 1 Here, **the blessing of the upright ones** could refer to: (1) **the blessing** that **the upright ones** give to **a city**. Alternate translation: “With the blessing given by the upright ones” (2) **the blessing** that God gives **the upright ones**. Alternate translation: “With the blessing God gives the upright ones”
|
||||
11:11 sim1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תָּר֣וּם קָ֑רֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to **a city** becoming great as if it were **raised up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a city is made great”
|
||||
11:11 sim1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תָּר֣וּם קָ֑רֶת 1 Here Solomon refers to **a city** becoming great as if it were **raised up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a city is made great”
|
||||
11:11 p4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבְפִ֥י 1 See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
11:11 d0z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תֵּהָרֵֽס 1 Here, Solomon uses **a city** being **torn down** to refer to it being destroyed, which could include tearing **down** its walls and buildings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a city is destroyed”
|
||||
11:11 d0z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תֵּהָרֵֽס 1 Here Solomon uses **a city** being **torn down** to refer to it being destroyed, which could include tearing **down** its walls and buildings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a city is destroyed”
|
||||
11:12 z5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּז־לְרֵעֵ֥הוּ 1 Contrasting this clause with the second clause indicates that Solomon is referring to someone who **despises his neighbor** by what he says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who vocally despises his neighbor” or “One who despises his neighbor in what he says”
|
||||
11:12 l0yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לְרֵעֵ֥הוּ & וְאִ֖ישׁ תְּבוּנ֣וֹת 1 Although **he** and **man** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that could refer to either a man or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s neighbor … but a person of understanding”\n
|
||||
11:12 dj0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲסַר־לֵ֑ב 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:32](../06/32.md).\n
|
||||
11:12 wdiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְאִ֖ישׁ תְּבוּנ֣וֹת 1 See how you translated **a man of understanding** in [10:23](../10/23.md).
|
||||
11:13 yb2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָ֭כִיל 1 Here, Solomon is using the adjective **gossip** as a noun to mean “someone who gossips.” Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Someone who gossips”
|
||||
11:13 en2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְגַלֶּה 1 Here, Solomon refers to revealing **secret** information as if that information were a hidden object that people were **uncovering**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking about”
|
||||
11:13 s2og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְנֶאֱמַן־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe someone who is characterized by being **faithful**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a faithful one”\n
|
||||
11:13 yb2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָ֭כִיל 1 Here Solomon is using the adjective **gossip** as a noun to mean “someone who gossips.” Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Someone who gossips”
|
||||
11:13 en2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְגַלֶּה 1 Here Solomon refers to revealing **secret** information as if that information were a hidden object that people were **uncovering**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “revealing”
|
||||
11:13 s2og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְנֶאֱמַן־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe someone who is characterized by being **faithful**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a faithful one”\n
|
||||
11:13 ot6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְכַסֶּ֥ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
11:14 xqvv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּאֵ֣ין תַּ֭חְבֻּלוֹת & וּ֝תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּרֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **directions**, **salvation**, **abundance**, and **counsel**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md). Alternate translation: “When no one directs … but many people counseling someone will save that person”
|
||||
11:14 tw7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns עָ֑ם 1 In this verse, the word **people** is singular in form, but it refers to multiple people as a group that could also be called a “nation” or “country.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “a nation”
|
||||
11:14 j012 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפָּל 1 See how you translated the same use of “fall” in [11:5](../11/05.md).
|
||||
11:14 a9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּרֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of **salvation** as if it were an object that could be found **in an abundance of counsel**. He means that **an abundance of counsel** can result in **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but salvation is the result of an abundance of counsel”
|
||||
11:14 a9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּרֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ 1 Here Solomon is speaking of **salvation** as if it were an object that could be found **in an abundance of counsel**. He means that **an abundance of counsel** can result in **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but salvation is the result of an abundance of counsel”
|
||||
11:15 ir1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations עָ֣רַב 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “one pledged for” or “that person pledges for”
|
||||
11:15 j2ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָ֣רַב 1 See how you translated the same use of “pledge” in [6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
11:15 z46f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תֹקְעִ֣ים 1 The function of this action in this culture was to confirm a contractual agreement with someone. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “clasp your palms” in [6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “shaking hands to confirm an agreement” or “confirming an agreement”\n
|
||||
11:15 z46f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תֹקְעִ֣ים 1 The function of this action in this culture was to confirm a contractual agreement between people. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “clasp your palms” in [6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “shaking hands to confirm an agreement” or “confirming an agreement”\n
|
||||
11:16 uqha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֵֽשֶׁת־חֵ֭ן 1 Here, **woman** refers to a type of **woman** in general, not one particular **woman**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any woman of grace”
|
||||
11:16 bvh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵֽשֶׁת־חֵ֭ן 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **woman** who is characterized by **grace**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A woman who is gracious”
|
||||
11:16 qm22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּתְמֹ֣ךְ & יִתְמְכוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people obtaining **honor** and **riches** as if they were objects that someone could **grasp**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will obtain … will obtain”
|
||||
11:16 bvh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵֽשֶׁת־חֵ֭ן 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **woman** who is characterized by **grace**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A woman who is gracious”
|
||||
11:16 qm22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּתְמֹ֣ךְ & יִתְמְכוּ 1 Here Solomon speaks of people obtaining **honor** and **riches** as if they were objects that someone could **grasp**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will obtain … will obtain”
|
||||
11:16 h7rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּב֑וֹד 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
|
||||
11:16 ojz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתְמְכוּ־עֹֽשֶׁר 1 Solomon contrasts this clause from the previous clause in order to imply that **riches** are not as important as **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will merely grasp riches”
|
||||
11:16 ojz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתְמְכוּ־עֹֽשֶׁר 1 Solomon contrasts this clause with the previous clause in order to imply that **riches** are not as important as **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will merely grasp riches”
|
||||
11:17 du8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations גֹּמֵ֣ל נַ֭פְשׁוֹ אִ֣ישׁ חָ֑סֶד & שְׁ֝אֵר֗וֹ 1 Although **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “A person of covenant faithfulness deals fully with that person’s soul … that person’s flesh”
|
||||
11:17 b60p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִ֣ישׁ חָ֑סֶד 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **covenant faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A man who has covenant faithfulness”
|
||||
11:17 b60p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִ֣ישׁ חָ֑סֶד 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **covenant faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A man who has covenant faithfulness”
|
||||
11:17 dxp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom גֹּמֵ֣ל 1 Here, the phrase **deals fully** refers to rewarding or benefiting someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rewards”
|
||||
11:17 acrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נַ֭פְשׁוֹ & שְׁ֝אֵר֗וֹ 1 Here, **soul** and **flesh** refer to people who have a **soul** and **flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
11:17 acrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נַ֭פְשׁוֹ & שְׁ֝אֵר֗וֹ 1 Here, **soul** and **flesh** refer to people, who have a **soul** and **flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.\n
|
||||
11:17 ehrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אַכְזָרִֽי 1 The phrase **a cruel one** represents cruel people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any cruel person”
|
||||
11:18 c37s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָשָׁ֗ע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
11:18 fjg0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פְעֻלַּת־שָׁ֑קֶר & שֶׂ֣כֶר אֱמֶֽת 1 In this verse, Solomon is using possessive forms to describe a **wage** that is characterized by **falsehood** and to describe a **wage** that is characterized by **truth**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “a false wage … a true wage”
|
||||
11:18 k8u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְעֻלַּת־שָׁ֑קֶר & שֶׂ֣כֶר אֱמֶֽת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of results or rewards as if they were a **wage** someone receives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a false reward … a true reward”
|
||||
11:18 rfix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְזֹרֵ֥עַ צְ֝דָקָ֗ה שֶׂ֣כֶר אֱמֶֽת 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “makes a wage of truth”\n
|
||||
11:18 imr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְזֹרֵ֥עַ צְ֝דָקָ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to doing righteous deeds as if one were sowing seeds in a field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who does righteous deeds”
|
||||
11:18 imr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְזֹרֵ֥עַ צְ֝דָקָ֗ה 1 Here Solomon refers to doing righteous deeds as if one were sowing seeds in a field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who does righteous deeds”
|
||||
11:19 ibb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כֵּן־צְדָקָ֥ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words in this clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the next clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Pursuing veritable righteousness” or “Behaving with veritable righteousness”\n
|
||||
11:19 w39m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְחַיִּ֑ים & לְמוֹתֽוֹ 1 In this verse, **is to** indicates that what follows is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “leads to life … leads him to death”\n
|
||||
11:19 w39m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְחַיִּ֑ים & לְמוֹתֽוֹ 1 In this verse, **is to** indicates that what follows is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “leads to life … leads him to his death”\n
|
||||
11:19 s86d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְחַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated the same use of **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
11:19 un2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְרַדֵּ֖ף רָעָ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone who eagerly does **evil** as if that person were pursuing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who eagerly does evil”
|
||||
11:19 un2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְרַדֵּ֖ף רָעָ֣ה 1 Here Solomon refers to someone who eagerly does **evil** as if that person were pursuing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who eagerly does evil”
|
||||
11:19 ey2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְמוֹתֽוֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
11:20 r5lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:32](../03/32.md).
|
||||
11:20 rvki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עִקְּשֵׁי 1 See how you translated the same use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md).
|
||||
11:20 vxth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֑ב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
11:20 spnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝רְצוֹנ֗וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **delight** in [8:30](../08/30.md).
|
||||
11:20 rrdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תְּמִ֣ימֵי דָֽרֶךְ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by being **blameless**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is those whose way is blameless”
|
||||
11:20 rrdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תְּמִ֣ימֵי דָֽרֶךְ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by being **blameless**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is those whose way is blameless”
|
||||
11:20 p8r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דָֽרֶךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
11:21 gum3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָ֣ד לְ֭יָד 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to something being certain. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As sure as the sun comes up” or “Assuredly”
|
||||
11:21 kwnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָּ֑ע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
11:21 gh2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־יִנָּ֣קֶה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:29](../06/29.md).
|
||||
11:21 ckyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְזֶ֖רַע 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to all seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “but the seeds of”
|
||||
11:21 kk9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְזֶ֖רַע 1 Here, Solomon refers to the descendants of **the righteous ones** as if they were **the seed** of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the descendants of”\n
|
||||
11:21 cqgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִמְלָֽט 1 Here, Solomon implies **escape** from punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will escape punishment” or “will not be punished”
|
||||
11:21 kk9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְזֶ֖רַע 1 Here Solomon refers to the descendants of **the righteous ones** as if they were **the seed** of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the descendants of”\n
|
||||
11:21 cqgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִמְלָֽט 1 Here Solomon implies **escape** from punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will escape punishment” or “will not be punished”
|
||||
11:22 qn7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב בְּאַ֣ף חֲזִ֑יר אִשָּׁ֥ה יָ֝פָ֗ה וְסָ֣רַת טָֽעַם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A beautiful woman that turns away from discretion is a ring of gold in the nose of a pig”
|
||||
11:22 y2me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב בְּאַ֣ף חֲזִ֑יר אִשָּׁ֥ה יָ֝פָ֗ה וְסָ֣רַת טָֽעַם 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of how inappropriate it is for a **beautiful woman** to not have **discretion** as if that **woman** were a **ring of gold** in a pig’s **nose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “A beautiful woman that turns away from discretion is inappropriate, like a ring of gold in the nose of a pig”
|
||||
11:22 lnjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֲזִ֑יר 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, it would be very inappropriate for a **pig** to have **a ring of gold** in its **nose**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar disgusting animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a disgusting animal”\n
|
||||
11:22 fe2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסָ֣רַת טָֽעַם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of refusing to act with **discretion** as if the person were turning **away** from it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that does not act with discretion”\n
|
||||
11:22 y2me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב בְּאַ֣ף חֲזִ֑יר אִשָּׁ֥ה יָ֝פָ֗ה וְסָ֣רַת טָֽעַם 1 In this verse, Solomon speaks of how inappropriate it is for a **beautiful woman** not to have **discretion**. He speaks as if that **woman** were a **ring of gold** in a pig’s **nose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “A beautiful woman that turns away from discretion is inappropriate, like a ring of gold in the nose of a pig”
|
||||
11:22 lnjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֲזִ֑יר 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very inappropriate for a **pig** to have **a ring of gold** in its **nose**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a disgusting animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a disgusting animal”\n
|
||||
11:22 fe2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסָ֣רַת טָֽעַם 1 Here Solomon speaks of refusing to act with **discretion** as if someone were turning **away** from it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that does not act with discretion”\n
|
||||
11:22 utzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns טָֽעַם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
11:23 rzak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּאֲוַ֣ת צַדִּיקִ֣ים אַךְ־ט֑וֹב תִּקְוַ֖ת רְשָׁעִ֣ים עֶבְרָֽה 1 This verse could mean: (1) **The desire** of **righteous** people results in what is **good**, but **the expectation** of **wicked** people results in **rage**. Alternate translation: “The desire of the righteous ones leads only to good; the expectation of the wicked ones leads to rage” (2) **righteous** people **only desire** what is **good**, but **wicked** people expect anger. Alternate translation: “The righteous ones only desire good; the wicked ones expect rage”
|
||||
11:23 bqva rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast תִּקְוַ֖ת רְשָׁעִ֣ים עֶבְרָֽה 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the expectation of the wicked ones is rage”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1322,18 +1320,18 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
11:24 x97i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְחוֹשֵׂ֥ךְ מִ֝יֹּ֗שֶׁר 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. The context is about a person not sharing what they have with others. Alternate translation: “but one who withholds from those in need more of what he has than is right”
|
||||
11:24 p1q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַךְ־לְמַחְסֽוֹר 1 Here, **for** introduces the result of what was stated earlier in the clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a result. Alternate translation: “will only lack as a result”
|
||||
11:25 xagi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נֶֽפֶשׁ & וּ֝מַרְוֶ֗ה & ה֥וּא 1 In this verse, **A life**, **the one**, and **he** refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any life of … and any person who drenches, that person”
|
||||
11:25 q9vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶֽפֶשׁ־בְּרָכָ֥ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **life** that is characterized by **blessing**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A life that blesses”
|
||||
11:25 q9vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶֽפֶשׁ־בְּרָכָ֥ה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **life** that is characterized by **blessing**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A life that blesses”
|
||||
11:25 azqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נֶֽפֶשׁ 1 Here, **life** refers to the person himself. See how you translated the same use of **life** in [8:36](../08/36.md).
|
||||
11:25 isim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרָכָ֥ה 1 Here, Solomon implies **blessing** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “blessing other people”
|
||||
11:25 isim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרָכָ֥ה 1 Here Solomon implies that the **blessing** is given to other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “blessing other people”
|
||||
11:25 lf1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תְדֻשָּׁ֑ן & יוֹרֶֽא 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fatten … Yahweh will drench”
|
||||
11:25 xmj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְדֻשָּׁ֑ן 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person becoming prosperous as if they were **fattened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will become prosperous”
|
||||
11:25 sglx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מַרְוֶ֗ה גַּם־ה֥וּא יוֹרֶֽא 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone giving and receiving a generous amount of water as if that person were drenching others with water and being **drenched**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning carefully. Alternate translation: “and the one who freely gives water to others will also freely receive water”
|
||||
11:25 xmj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְדֻשָּׁ֑ן 1 Here Solomon refers to a person becoming prosperous as if they were **fattened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will become prosperous”
|
||||
11:25 sglx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝מַרְוֶ֗ה גַּם־ה֥וּא יוֹרֶֽא 1 Here Solomon refers to someone giving and receiving a generous amount of water as if that person were drenching others with water and being **drenched**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning carefully. Alternate translation: “and the one who freely gives water to others will also freely receive water”
|
||||
11:26 eb69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֹ֣נֵֽעַ & יִקְּבֻ֣הוּ & מַשְׁבִּֽיר 1 In this verse, **One**, **him**, and **the seller** refer to types of people in general. They do not refer to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who withholds … will curse that person … any seller”
|
||||
11:26 fuax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֹ֣נֵֽעַ בָּ֭ר 1 Here, Solomon implies that this person selfishly **withholds grain** in order to sell it later for a greater profit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who selfishly withholds grain”
|
||||
11:26 fuax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֹ֣נֵֽעַ בָּ֭ר 1 Here Solomon implies that this person selfishly **withholds grain** in order to sell it later for a greater profit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who selfishly withholds grain from the sale of it”
|
||||
11:26 h1qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ֝בְרָכָ֗ה לְרֹ֣אשׁ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
11:26 dvu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׁבִּֽיר 1 Here, Solomon implies that **the seller** sells **grain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who sells grain”
|
||||
11:27 gt1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שֹׁ֣חֵֽר & וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ & תְבוֹאֶֽנּוּ 1 In this verse, **One who diligently seeks**, **one who search for**, and **him** refer to types of people in general. They do not refer to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who diligently seeks … but any person who searches for … it will come to that person”
|
||||
11:27 k983 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁ֣חֵֽר & וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ 1 In this verse, Solomon refers to people trying to do **good** and trying to do **evil** as if **good** and **evil** were objects that someone **seeks** or **searches for**. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who diligently tries to do good … but one who tries to do evil”
|
||||
11:26 dvu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׁבִּֽיר 1 Here Solomon implies that **the seller** sells **grain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who sells grain”
|
||||
11:27 gt1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שֹׁ֣חֵֽר & וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ & תְבוֹאֶֽנּוּ 1 In this verse, **One who diligently seeks**, **one who searches for**, and **him** refer to types of people in general. They do not refer to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who diligently seeks … but any person who searches for … it will come to that person”
|
||||
11:27 k983 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁ֣חֵֽר & וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ 1 In this verse, Solomon refers to people trying to do **good** and trying to do **evil** as if **good** and **evil** were objects that someone **seeks** or **searches for**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who diligently tries to do good … but one who tries to do evil”
|
||||
11:27 k6ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ט֭וֹב & רָצ֑וֹן & רָעָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good**, **favor**, and **evil**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what is good … to be favored … what is evil”
|
||||
11:27 z1tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ רָצ֑וֹן 1 Solomon implies that the one **who diligently seeks good** also **seeks favor** and receives it from Yahweh and other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “finds favor from Yahweh and people”
|
||||
11:27 vzfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְבוֹאֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone experiencing **evil** as if **evil** were a person who could **come** to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “he will experience it” or “it will happen to him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1341,13 +1339,13 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
11:28 kny5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ה֣וּא יִפֹּ֑ל 1 Solomon uses the word **himself** to emphasize who **will fall**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that very person will fall”
|
||||
11:28 q218 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ה֣וּא יִפֹּ֑ל 1 See how you translated the same use of **fall** in [11:5](../11/05.md).
|
||||
11:28 p1e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ֝כֶעָלֶ֗ה צַדִּיקִ֥ים יִפְרָֽחוּ 1 Solomon is saying that **righteous ones** are like **a leaf** that sprouts out of a plant because they prosper and thrive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but righteous ones prosper like a leaf sprouts and grows”
|
||||
11:28 mf6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝כֶעָלֶ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a green **leaf** that is growing, rather than a fallen or withered **leaf**. If it would be helpful in your language, or if you language uses different words for a fresh or withered **leaf**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but like a healthy leaf”
|
||||
11:28 mf6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝כֶעָלֶ֗ה 1 Here Solomon refers to a green **leaf** that is growing, rather than a fallen or withered **leaf**. If it would be helpful in your language, or if you language uses different words for a fresh or withered **leaf**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but like a healthy leaf,”
|
||||
11:29 qggj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עוֹכֵ֣ר בֵּ֭יתוֹ 1 **One** and **his** in this verse refer to a type of person in general. They do not refer to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who troubles that person’s own house”
|
||||
11:29 f3z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֭יתוֹ 1 Here, **house** represents the family who lives in **his house**. See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
|
||||
11:29 p1pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִנְחַל־ר֑וּחַ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **wind** as if it were property that someone could **inherit**. He means that someone **who troubles his house** will not **inherit** anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will inherit nothing”
|
||||
11:29 p1pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִנְחַל־ר֑וּחַ 1 Here Solomon speaks of **wind** as if it were property that someone could **inherit**. He means that someone **who troubles his house** will not **inherit** anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will inherit nothing”
|
||||
11:29 n7ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לַחֲכַם־לֵֽב 1 See how you translated **wise of heart** in [10:8](../10/08.md).
|
||||
11:30 q7ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פְּֽרִי־צַ֭דִּיק 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **fruit** that is produced by **the righteous one**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The fruit produced by the righteous one”
|
||||
11:30 wt50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּֽרִי 1 Here, Solomon refers to what **righteous** people do as if it were **fruit** that they produced. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The deeds of”
|
||||
11:30 q7ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פְּֽרִי־צַ֭דִּיק 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **fruit** that is produced by **the righteous one**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The fruit produced by the righteous one”
|
||||
11:30 wt50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּֽרִי 1 Here Solomon refers to what **righteous** people do as if it were **fruit** that they produced. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The deeds of”
|
||||
11:30 bcng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַ֭דִּיק & וְלֹקֵ֖חַ נְפָשׂ֣וֹת 1 In this verse, **the righteous one** and **the taker of souls** refer to types of people in general. They do not refer to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:3](../10/03.md). Alternate translation: “any righteous person … and any person who takes souls”
|
||||
11:30 hlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֣ץ חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:18](../03/18.md).
|
||||
11:30 azis rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְלֹקֵ֖חַ נְפָשׂ֣וֹת חָכָֽם 1 Some ancient translations translate this clause as “and the one who takes away lives is violent.” That would be indicating that this clause refers to violent people who kill others, which is in contrast with the type of person described in the previous clause. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT.\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1356,21 +1354,21 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
11:31 vmnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַ֭דִּיק & רָשָׁ֥ע וְחוֹטֵֽא 1 In this verse, **a righteous one**, **a wicked one**, and **a sinner** refer to types of people in general. They do not refer to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md) and **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “any righteous person … any wicked person and any sinner”
|
||||
11:31 q0g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּאָ֣רֶץ 1 Here, **the land** refers to the earth in general. It does not refer to the land of Israel, as it does in [2:21–22](../02/21.md) and [10:30](../10/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the earth”
|
||||
11:31 leti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will repay”
|
||||
11:31 x6ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon refers to people receiving what they deserve for their actions as if they were being **repaid** for what they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive what is due to them”
|
||||
11:31 x6ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם 1 Here Solomon refers to people receiving what they deserve for their actions as if they were being **repaid** for what they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive what is due to them”
|
||||
11:31 wlsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֝֗ף כִּֽי־רָשָׁ֥ע וְחוֹטֵֽא 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much more will a wicked one and a sinner be repaid”
|
||||
12:intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
12:intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
12:1 ktr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֭וּסָר & דָּ֑עַת & תוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md), **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md), and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
12:2 rz0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ט֗וֹב 1 **A good one** here does not refer to a specific person, but refers to this type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any good person”\n
|
||||
12:2 b11m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֭צוֹן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
12:2 z6x0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְאִ֖ישׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to either a man or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “but a person of”\n
|
||||
12:2 yy0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְאִ֖ישׁ מְזִמּ֣וֹת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who makes **schemes**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a man who schemes”
|
||||
12:2 yy0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְאִ֖ישׁ מְזִמּ֣וֹת 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who makes **schemes**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a man who schemes”
|
||||
12:3 jf61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֣ם 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that could refer to either a man or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “A person”
|
||||
12:3 nly2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹא־יִכּ֣וֹן & בַּל־יִמּֽוֹט 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will not establish himself … nobody will shake”
|
||||
12:3 h4n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יִכּ֣וֹן 1 Here, the word translated as **established** refers to having a stable and secure life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not be secure”
|
||||
12:3 h4n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יִכּ֣וֹן 1 Here the word translated as **established** refers to having a stable and secure life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not be made secure”
|
||||
12:3 qpmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּרֶ֑שַׁע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md).
|
||||
12:3 md5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשֹׁ֥רֶשׁ צַ֝דִּיקִ֗ים בַּל־יִמּֽוֹט 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone’s life remaining secure as if that person’s security was a **root** that could **not be shaken**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the security of the righteous ones will not end” or “but the security of the righteous ones will remain”
|
||||
12:4 n7wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵֽשֶׁת־חַ֭יִל 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **wife** that is characterized by **worth**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A worthy wife”
|
||||
12:4 wh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת בַּעְלָ֑הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman causing her husband to be honored as if she were his **crown**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is a sign of great honor for her husband” or “honors her husband as if she were his crown”
|
||||
12:3 md5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשֹׁ֥רֶשׁ צַ֝דִּיקִ֗ים בַּל־יִמּֽוֹט 1 Here Solomon refers to someone’s life remaining secure as if that person’s security were a **root** that could **not be shaken**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the security of the righteous ones will not end” or “but the security of the righteous ones will remain”
|
||||
12:4 n7wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵֽשֶׁת־חַ֭יִל 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **wife** that is characterized by **worth**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A worthy wife”
|
||||
12:4 wh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת בַּעְלָ֑הּ 1 Here Solomon refers to a woman causing her husband to be honored as if she were his **crown**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is a sign of great honor for her husband” or “honors her husband as if she were his crown”
|
||||
12:4 ced6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וּכְרָקָ֖ב בְּעַצְמוֹתָ֣יו מְבִישָֽׁה 1 Solomon is saying that a woman **who causes shame** for her husband is like **rottenness in his bones** because she gradually ruins his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but she who causes shame is what makes his life miserable”
|
||||
12:4 n1gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּכְרָקָ֖ב בְּעַצְמוֹתָ֣יו 1 Here, **rottenness** refers to a disease like cancer that slowly destroys a person’s body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is like cancer in his bones”
|
||||
12:4 bdlp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּעַצְמוֹתָ֣יו 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to the husband of the woman **who causes shame**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in her husband’s bones”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1379,15 +1377,15 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:6 sw3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּבְרֵ֣י & וּפִ֥י 1 See how you translated the same use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md) and **mouth** in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
12:6 n6s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֱרָב־דָּ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the wicked ones** saying things that will cause other people to die as if what they say is a person who waits to ambush someone on the road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated this phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “result in people dying” or “are like someone who lies in wait to murder someone”
|
||||
12:6 au1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יַצִּילֵֽם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the upright ones** rescuing themselves from trouble through what they say as if what they say were a person who could **deliver them**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will result in them delivering themselves”
|
||||
12:7 qw8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָפ֣וֹךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word **overthrown** here refers to being ruined or destroyed. Alternate translation: “Wicked people experience destruction”
|
||||
12:7 qw8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָפ֣וֹךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word **overthrown** here refers to being ruined or destroyed. Alternate translation: “Wicked people experience destruction”
|
||||
12:7 t5c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבֵ֖ית 1 See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
|
||||
12:7 krk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַעֲמֹֽד 1 Here, Solomon refers to the families of **the righteous ones** continuing to exist as if they were a **house** that would continue to **stand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will remain” or “will keep on existing”
|
||||
12:7 krk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַעֲמֹֽד 1 Here Solomon refers to the families of **the righteous ones** continuing to exist as if they were a **house** that would continue to **stand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will remain” or “will keep on existing”
|
||||
12:8 fxg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְֽפִי 1 **For the mouth of** is an idiom that means “According to.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In proportion to”
|
||||
12:8 wa5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations שִׂ֭כְלוֹ & אִ֑ישׁ 1 Although **his** and **man** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s insight that person”
|
||||
12:8 z31b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שִׂ֭כְלוֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
12:8 hfu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְהֻלַּל־אִ֑ישׁ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will praise that man”
|
||||
12:8 hq69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנַעֲוֵה־לֵ֝֗ב 1 Here, Solomon is speaking of people who think wrongly as if they have a **twisted** **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who thinks wrongly”
|
||||
12:8 eq1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִהְיֶ֥ה לָבֽוּז 1 Here, Solomon implies that people will have **contempt** for this type of person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be held in contempt” or “will be despised by people”
|
||||
12:8 hfu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְהֻלַּל־אִ֑ישׁ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will praise that man”
|
||||
12:8 hq69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנַעֲוֵה־לֵ֝֗ב 1 Here Solomon is speaking of people who think wrongly, as if they have a **twisted** **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who thinks wrongly”
|
||||
12:8 eq1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִהְיֶ֥ה לָבֽוּז 1 Here Solomon implies that people will have **contempt** for this type of person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be held in contempt” or “will be despised by people”
|
||||
12:9 k522 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִ֭קְלֶה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom others dishonor”
|
||||
12:9 v47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֶ֣בֶד ל֑וֹ & וַחֲסַר־לָֽחֶם 1 In both of these phrases, **and** indicates that what follows is in contrast to what precedes it. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “but has a servant … but is lacking of bread”
|
||||
12:9 d86j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1398,29 +1396,29 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:11 wl9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ֑חֶם 1 See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
|
||||
12:11 dd6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹבֵ֣ד אַ֭דְמָתוֹ 1 This phrase refers to a farmer who plants, cultivates, and harvests crops on **his ground**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or you could use a general expression for working hard. Alternate translation: “a farmer who cultivates his land” or “someone who works hard at their job”
|
||||
12:11 xsga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אַ֭דְמָתוֹ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s ground”
|
||||
12:11 ipcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֵיקִ֣ים 1 Here, Solomon refers to worthless things that people do as if they were **empty** containers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “worthless activities”
|
||||
12:11 ipcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֵיקִ֣ים 1 Here Solomon refers to worthless things that people do as if they were **empty** containers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “worthless activities”
|
||||
12:11 a0v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲסַר־לֵֽב 1 See how you translated **lacking of heart** in [6:32](../06/32.md).
|
||||
12:12 b6y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֭שָׁע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
12:12 hy7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מְצ֣וֹד 1 Here, Solomon refers to what **the evil ones** catch in a **snare** as if it were the **snare** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the plunder of”
|
||||
12:12 hy7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מְצ֣וֹד 1 Here Solomon refers to what **the evil ones** catch in a **snare** as if it were the **snare** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the plunder of”
|
||||
12:12 j853 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשֹׁ֖רֶשׁ צַדִּיקִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
12:12 npcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתֵּֽן 1 Here, Solomon uses **give** to refer to producing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will produce fruit” or “will be productive”
|
||||
12:13 rwf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּפֶ֣שַׁע שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **transgression**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the lips that speak transgression” or “In the lips that speak transgression”
|
||||
12:12 npcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתֵּֽן 1 Here Solomon uses **give** to refer to producing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will produce fruit” or “will be productive”
|
||||
12:13 rwf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּפֶ֣שַׁע שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **transgression**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the lips that speak transgression”
|
||||
12:13 fmze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
12:13 ak1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to the disasters that **the evil one** experiences because of what he says as if it were a **snare** he was trapped in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what destroys an evil one”
|
||||
12:13 ak1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָ֑ע 1 Here Solomon refers to the disasters that **the evil one** experiences because of what he says as if it were a **snare** he was trapped in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what destroys an evil one”
|
||||
12:13 dwqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֑ע & צַדִּֽיק 1 See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md) and **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
|
||||
12:13 s16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיֵּצֵ֖א מִצָּרָ֣ה צַדִּֽיק 1 Here, Solomon refers to avoiding **distress** as if it were a place that one could **go out from**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one will avoid distress”
|
||||
12:13 s16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיֵּצֵ֖א מִצָּרָ֣ה צַדִּֽיק 1 Here Solomon refers to avoiding **distress** as if it were a place that one could **go out from**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one will avoid distress”
|
||||
12:13 nuzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִצָּרָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **distress** in [1:27](../01/27.md).\n
|
||||
12:14 owwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִפְּרִ֣י פִי־אִ֭ישׁ 1 Here, Solomon refers to what a person says as if it were **fruit** that was produced by that person’s **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From what a man says”\n
|
||||
12:14 owwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִפְּרִ֣י פִי־אִ֭ישׁ 1 Here Solomon refers to what a person says as if it were **fruit** that was produced by that person’s **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From what a man says”\n
|
||||
12:14 vkix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֭ישׁ יִשְׂבַּע & אָ֝דָ֗ם יָשִׁ֥יב לֽוֹ 1 Although **a man**, **he**, and **him** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person will that person be satisfied with … a person will return to that person”
|
||||
12:14 kaag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִפְּרִ֣י פִי־אִ֭ישׁ יִשְׂבַּע־ט֑וֹב 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The fruit of the mouth of a man will satisfy him with good”
|
||||
12:14 kaag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִפְּרִ֣י פִי־אִ֭ישׁ יִשְׂבַּע־ט֑וֹב 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The fruit of the mouth of a man will satisfy that him with good”
|
||||
12:14 mxho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ט֑וֹב 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **good** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
|
||||
12:14 z5v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּגְמ֥וּל יְדֵי־אָ֝דָ֗ם 1 Here, Solomon refers to what a person accomplishes through physical labor as if it were the **accomplishment** of that person’s **hands**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and what a man accomplishes through physical labor”
|
||||
12:14 xt3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יָשִׁ֥יב לֽוֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to the benefits that a person receives as a result of working hard as if that **accomplishment** were a person who could **return to him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will benefit him”
|
||||
12:14 z5v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּגְמ֥וּל יְדֵי־אָ֝דָ֗ם 1 Here Solomon refers to what a person accomplishes through physical labor as if it were the **accomplishment** of that person’s **hands**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and what a man accomplishes through physical labor”
|
||||
12:14 xt3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יָשִׁ֥יב לֽוֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to the benefits that a person receives as a result of working hard as if that **accomplishment** were a person who could **return to him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will benefit him”
|
||||
12:15 g1od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
12:15 lr2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָשָׁ֣ר בְּעֵינָ֑יו 1 See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
12:15 wlp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְעֵצָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
12:16 xpnt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כַּעְס֑וֹ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person’s anger”
|
||||
12:16 ydmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כַּעְס֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **anger**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when he is angry”
|
||||
12:16 ydmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כַּעְס֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **anger**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when he is angry,”
|
||||
12:16 n8pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִוָּדַ֣ע 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know”
|
||||
12:16 gfvd בַּ֭יּוֹם 1 Alternate translation: “on the same day” or “right away”
|
||||
12:16 e5k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְכֹסֶ֖ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,14 +1428,14 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:17 azjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֱ֭מוּנָה יַגִּ֣יד צֶ֑דֶק & שְׁקָרִ֣ים מִרְמָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faithfulness** and **righteousness**, **falsehoods**, and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what is faithful tells what is righteous … false things, what is deceitful”
|
||||
12:17 r0fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְעֵ֖ד שְׁקָרִ֣ים מִרְמָֽה 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in this clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but a witness of falsehoods tells deceit”\n
|
||||
12:17 mtnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְעֵ֖ד שְׁקָרִ֣ים 1 Although**a witness** here is singular, it refers to any **witness of falsehoods** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form. Alternate translation: “but any witness of falsehoods”\n
|
||||
12:17 n20u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְעֵ֖ד שְׁקָרִ֣ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** who speaks **falsehoods**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a witness who speaks falsehoods”
|
||||
12:18 xuou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בּ֭וֹטֶה 1 Here, **one** refers to **one** type of person. It does not mean that there is only **one** person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a type of person who speaks thoughtlessly”\n
|
||||
12:17 n20u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְעֵ֖ד שְׁקָרִ֣ים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** who speaks **falsehoods**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a witness who speaks falsehoods”
|
||||
12:18 xuou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בּ֭וֹטֶה 1 Here, **one** refers to a type of person. It does not mean that there is only **one** person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a type of person who speaks thoughtlessly”\n
|
||||
12:18 k26n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּמַדְקְר֣וֹת חָ֑רֶב 1 Solomon is saying that what people who speak **thoughtlessly** say is **like the thrusts of a sword** because it hurts people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and hurt others as if he stabbed them with a sword”
|
||||
12:18 keo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּלְשׁ֖וֹן 1 The word **tongue** represents tongues in general, not one particular **tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but the tongues of”
|
||||
12:18 gzdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְשׁ֖וֹן 1 See how you translated the same use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md).
|
||||
12:19 wm6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שְֽׂפַת 1 Here, the word **lip** represents lips in general, not one particular **lip**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Lips of”
|
||||
12:19 vhel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְֽׂפַת 1 Here, **lip** refers to what people say by moving their lips. See how you translated the same use of “lips” in [10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
12:19 dsad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְֽׂפַת־אֱ֭מֶת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **lip** that speaks **truth**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A lip that speaks truth” or “True sayings”
|
||||
12:19 dsad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְֽׂפַת־אֱ֭מֶת 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **lip** that speaks **truth**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A lip that speaks truth” or “True sayings”
|
||||
12:19 r5ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּכּ֣וֹן 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will exist”
|
||||
12:19 rlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָעַ֑ד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perpetuity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually”
|
||||
12:19 opmz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְעַד־אַ֝רְגִּ֗יעָה לְשׁ֣וֹן שָֽׁקֶר 1 Solomon is leaving out a word in this clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but a tongue of falsehood will be established for as long as I would blink” or “but a tongue of falsehood will exist for as long as I would blink”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1445,7 +1443,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:19 e5v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְעַד־אַ֝רְגִּ֗יעָה 1 The phrase **as long as I would blink** is an idiom that refers to a short amount of time, such as the time it takes to **blink** an eye. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but … in the blink of an eye” or “but … for a brief time”
|
||||
12:20 xs9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ֭רְמָה & רָ֑ע & שָׁל֣וֹם שִׂמְחָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Deceit** in [11:1](../11/01.md), **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md), **joy** in [10:28](../10/28.md), and **peace** in [3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
12:20 o3fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּלֶב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
12:20 l6zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּֽלְיֹעֲצֵ֖י שָׁל֣וֹם שִׂמְחָֽה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **advisers** who advise others to do what results in **peace**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but joy is for people who advise others to do what will result in peace”
|
||||
12:20 l6zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּֽלְיֹעֲצֵ֖י שָׁל֣וֹם שִׂמְחָֽה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **advisers** who advise others to do what results in **peace**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but joy is for people who advise others to do what will result in peace”
|
||||
12:21 d4zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אָ֑וֶן 1 Here, **iniquity** refers to harm that someone might experience as a result of **iniquity**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harm”
|
||||
12:21 m6wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹא־יְאֻנֶּ֣ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not allow to happen”
|
||||
12:21 rfa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַצַּדִּ֣יק 1 See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1457,19 +1455,19 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:23 eeau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֣ם עָ֭רוּם 1 Although **man** is masculine, here it refers to any **prudent** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A prudent person”\n
|
||||
12:23 qi9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֹּ֣סֶה 1 See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).\n
|
||||
12:23 v32y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָּ֑עַת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
12:23 frtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְלֵ֥ב כְּ֝סִילִ֗ים 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the stupid ones”\n
|
||||
12:23 frtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְלֵ֥ב כְּ֝סִילִ֗ים 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the stupid one”\n
|
||||
12:24 j53h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יַד־חָרוּצִ֥ים 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [10:4](../10/04.md).
|
||||
12:24 ymw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ו֝רְמִיָּ֗ה 1 Although **an idle one** here is singular, it refers to all **idle** people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any idle person”\n
|
||||
12:25 qts2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דְּאָגָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Concern**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is concerning”
|
||||
12:25 qts2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דְּאָגָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Concern**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “That which is concerning”
|
||||
12:25 vuie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְלֶב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
12:25 bd10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Although **man** is masculine, here it refers to any person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person”\n
|
||||
12:25 n82f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַשְׁחֶ֑נָּה 1 Here, Solomon refers to **Concern** making a person depressed as if it were something that **weighs down** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes the heart of a man to become sad”
|
||||
12:25 z6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְדָבָ֖ר ט֣וֹב 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrase **good word** to describe something kind that someone says by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but kind words that someone speaks”\n
|
||||
12:25 n82f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַשְׁחֶ֑נָּה 1 Here Solomon refers to **Concern** making a person depressed as if it were something that **weighs down** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes the heart of a man to become sad”
|
||||
12:25 z6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְדָבָ֖ר ט֣וֹב 1 Here Solomon uses the phrase **good word** to describe something kind that someone says by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a kind word that someone speaks”\n
|
||||
12:26 ujm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֑יק 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:9](../09/09.md).
|
||||
12:26 aku2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָתֵ֣ר מֵרֵעֵ֣הוּ 1 This could mean: (1) **A righteous one** guides **his neighbor**. Alternate translation: “guides his neighbor” (2) **A righteous one** carefully examines a person before choosing that person to be **his neighbor**. Alternate translation: “examines carefully whom he chooses to be his neighbor”
|
||||
12:26 dh4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations מֵרֵעֵ֣הוּ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “from that person’s neighbor”\n
|
||||
12:26 d18w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֖רֶךְ רְשָׁעִ֣ים 1 See how you translated **the way of the wicked ones** in [4:19](../04/19.md).
|
||||
12:26 mr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תַּתְעֵֽם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **wicked ones** deliberately doing wicked things that will result in their destruction as if their behavior is a person who leads them **astray**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar meaning for **astray** in [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to do what will result in their destruction”\n
|
||||
12:26 mr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תַּתְעֵֽם 1 Here Solomon refers to **wicked ones** deliberately doing wicked things that will result in their destruction as if their behavior is a person who leads them **astray**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar meaning for **astray** in [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to do what will result in their destruction”\n
|
||||
12:27 t7lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רְמִיָּ֣ה 1 **A negligent one** here does not refer to a specific person, but refers to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any negligent one”\n
|
||||
12:27 gdt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יַחֲרֹ֣ךְ & צֵיד֑וֹ 1 Here, **game** refers to animals that someone has hunted and killed in order to eat their meat. And **roast** refers to cooking food over a fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not use fire to cook the meat from the animals he has hunted”
|
||||
12:27 nepd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהוֹן־אָדָ֖ם יָקָ֣ר חָרֽוּץ 1 This could mean: (1) **a diligent one** will acquire **precious** **wealth**. Alternate translation: “but a diligent one will acquire precious wealth” (2) **a diligent one** considers his **wealth** to be **precious**. Alternate translation: “but a diligent one’s wealth is precious to him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1478,10 +1476,10 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:28 wiv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאֹֽרַח־צְדָקָ֥ה 1 See how you translated **the path of righteousness** in [8:20](../08/20.md).
|
||||
12:28 cf0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result חַיִּ֑ים & אַל־מָֽוֶת 1 In this verse, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “results in life … results in no death”\n
|
||||
12:28 ihyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated the same use of **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
12:28 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to indicate that **the way** is **the beaten path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the way that is the beaten path”
|
||||
12:28 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְדֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה 1 Here Solomon uses the possessive form to indicate that **the way** is **the beaten path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the way that is the beaten path”
|
||||
12:28 h4sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה 1 Here, **the way of the beaten path** refers to **the path of righteousness** in the previous clause. Solomon refers to living righteously as if one were walking on a **beaten path** that is safe because it was made well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and living righteously”
|
||||
12:28 d3it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, **no death** could refer to: (1) a person not dying earlier than expected, which is the opposite way of saying the same idea used for **life** in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “is not dying early” (2) a person having immortality. Alternate translation: “is immortality”
|
||||
13:intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
13:intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
13:1 ugs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם מ֣וּסַר אָ֑ב 1 Solomon is leaving a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A wise son listens to the instruction of a father”
|
||||
13:1 c2rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם 1 See how you translated the same use of **son** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
|
||||
13:1 au6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֣וּסַר & גְּעָרָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1492,8 +1490,8 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
13:2 mgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנֶ֖פֶשׁ 1 Here, Solomon refers to the desire of **the treacherous ones** as if it were their **appetite**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the desire of”
|
||||
13:3 o7lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נֹצֵ֣ר פִּ֭יו שֹׁמֵ֣ר נַפְשׁ֑וֹ פֹּשֵׂ֥ק שְׂ֝פָתָ֗יו מְחִתָּה־לֽוֹ 1 **One who guards his mouth**, **his**, **one who opens his lips**, and **him** here do not refer to specific people, but to types of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Anyone who guards one’s mouth keeps one’s life; anyone who opens one’s lips is ruin for that person”
|
||||
13:3 xb3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נֹצֵ֣ר פִּ֭יו 1 The phrase **guards his mouth** is an idiom that refers to being careful about what one says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who speaks carefully”
|
||||
13:3 f4rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁמֵ֣ר נַפְשׁ֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone preserving one’s **life** as if one’s **life** were an object that one **keeps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preserves his life”
|
||||
13:3 zq0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast פֹּשֵׂ֥ק שְׂ֝פָתָ֗יו מְחִתָּה־לֽוֹ 1 This clause is a strong contrast to the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary, one who opens his lips, ruin for him”\n
|
||||
13:3 f4rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁמֵ֣ר נַפְשׁ֑וֹ 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone preserving one’s **life** as if one’s **life** were an object that one **keeps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preserves his life”
|
||||
13:3 zq0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast פֹּשֵׂ֥ק שְׂ֝פָתָ֗יו מְחִתָּה־לֽוֹ 1 This clause is in strong contrast to the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary, one who opens his lips, ruin for him”\n
|
||||
13:3 an2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis פֹּשֵׂ֥ק שְׂ֝פָתָ֗יו מְחִתָּה־לֽוֹ 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one who opens his lips keeps ruin for himself”
|
||||
13:3 bd6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פֹּשֵׂ֥ק שְׂ֝פָתָ֗יו 1 The phrase **opens his lips** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) speaking carelessly, which would be in contrast to the meaning of **guards his mouth** in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “one who talks without thinking” (2) speaking too much. Alternate translation: “one who talks too much”
|
||||
13:3 qfrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְחִתָּה־לֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ruin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “ruins himself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1502,25 +1500,25 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
13:4 mjxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִתְאַוָּ֣ה & נַפְשׁ֣וֹ 1 Here, **craving** describes the **appetite** of a **lazy** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he has a craving appetite” or “he craves”
|
||||
13:4 z2sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ֭אַיִן 1 Here, Solomon implies that **there is nothing** to satisfy the **lazy** person’s **craving**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and there is nothing to satisfy that craving”
|
||||
13:4 kakf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תְּדֻשָּֽׁן 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will become fat”
|
||||
13:4 rj8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּדֻשָּֽׁן 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the appetite of the diligent ones** being satisfied as if **the appetite** were a person who could be **fattened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be satisfied”
|
||||
13:4 rj8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּדֻשָּֽׁן 1 Here Solomon refers to **the appetite of the diligent ones** being satisfied as if **the appetite** were a person who could be **fattened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be satisfied”
|
||||
13:5 i9t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֑יק 1 See how you translated **A righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md).
|
||||
13:5 xfcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דְּבַר־שֶׁ֭קֶר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false word”\n
|
||||
13:5 xfcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דְּבַר־שֶׁ֭קֶר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false word”\n
|
||||
13:5 xrle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַר 1 See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md).
|
||||
13:5 lygo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝רָשָׁ֗ע 1 See how you translated **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
|
||||
13:5 c74k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַבְאִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, Solomon refers to people causing others to feel disgust for them as if they smell bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes others to feel disgust for him” or “disgusts others”
|
||||
13:5 c74k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַבְאִ֥ישׁ 1 Here Solomon refers to people causing others to feel disgust for them as if they smell bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes others to feel disgust for him” or “disgusts others”
|
||||
13:6 iac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צְ֭דָקָה & וְ֝רִשְׁעָ֗ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md).
|
||||
13:6 zhal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּצֹּ֣ר תָּם־דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 Here, Solomon refers to people protecting themselves by acting righteously as if **Righteousness** were a person who **guards** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “enables the blameless of way to be protected”
|
||||
13:6 zhal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּצֹּ֣ר תָּם־דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 Here Solomon refers to people protecting themselves by acting righteously as if **Righteousness** were a person who **guards** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “enables the blameless of way to be protected” or "protects those who live blamelessly"
|
||||
13:6 df15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תָּם־דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:20](../11/20.md).
|
||||
13:6 r21h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּסַלֵּ֥ף חַטָּֽאת 1 Here, Solomon refers to people deliberately doing wicked things that will result in their destruction as if **wickedness** were a person who **leads** them **astray**. See how you translated the same use of **leads** **astray** in [12:16](../12/16.md).
|
||||
13:6 r21h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּסַלֵּ֥ף חַטָּֽאת 1 Here Solomon refers to people deliberately doing wicked things that will result in their destruction as if **wickedness** were a person who **leads** them **astray**. See how you translated the same use of **leads** **astray** in [12:16](../12/16.md).
|
||||
13:7 z16h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun יֵ֣שׁ מִ֭תְעַשֵּׁר & מִ֝תְרוֹשֵׁ֗שׁ 1 The phrases **one who pretends to be rich** and **one who pretends to be poor** do not refer to specific people, but to types of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “There are people who pretend to be rich … people who pretend to be poor”
|
||||
13:7 z2e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְאֵ֣ין כֹּ֑ל 1 Solomon says **nothing at all** here as a generalization for emphasis. He means either that this person has **nothing** valuable or has very few possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but has nothing valuable at all” or “but truly does not have much wealth”
|
||||
13:8 tjrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּ֣פֶר נֶֽפֶשׁ־אִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **ransom** that must be paid to redeem **the life of a man**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The ransom that must be paid to redeem the life of a man” or “What a man must pay to buy back his own life”
|
||||
13:8 tjrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּ֣פֶר נֶֽפֶשׁ־אִ֣ישׁ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **ransom** that must be paid to redeem **the life of a man**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The ransom that must be paid to redeem the life of a man” or “What a man must pay to buy back his own life”
|
||||
13:8 q5kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ עָשְׁר֑וֹ 1 Although **a man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that could refer to either **a man** or woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person is that person’s riches”\n
|
||||
13:8 ccrr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝רָ֗שׁ 1 Solomon is speaking of **poor** people in general, not of one particular **poor one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but any poor person”\n
|
||||
13:8 xoce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־שָׁמַ֥ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to **a poor one** completely ignoring **a rebuke** as if that person didn’t even hear it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ignores” or “ignores as if he did not even hear”
|
||||
13:8 xoce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־שָׁמַ֥ע 1 Here Solomon refers to **a poor one** completely ignoring **a rebuke** as if that person didn’t even hear it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ignores” or “ignores as if he did not even hear”
|
||||
13:8 mq75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גְּעָרָֽה 1 Here, the word translated **rebuke** refers to a threat that someone makes against the life of **a poor one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a threat”
|
||||
13:9 trqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אוֹר & וְנֵ֖ר 1 **The light** and **the lamp** refer to lights and lamps in general, not one particular **light** and **lamp**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The lights of … but the lamps of”\n
|
||||
13:9 xs1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אוֹר־צַדִּיקִ֥ים יִשְׂמָ֑ח 1 Here, Solomon refers to the lives of **the righteous ones** being enjoyable as if their lives were a **light** that could be **glad**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The lives of the righteous ones will be enjoyable” or “The lives of the righteous ones will be enjoyable like a brightly shining light”
|
||||
13:9 xs1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אוֹר־צַדִּיקִ֥ים יִשְׂמָ֑ח 1 Here Solomon refers to the lives of **the righteous ones** being enjoyable as if their lives were a **light** that could be **glad**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The lives of the righteous ones will be enjoyable” or “The lives of the righteous ones will be enjoyable like a brightly shining light”
|
||||
13:9 upv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנֵ֖ר רְשָׁעִ֣ים יִדְעָֽךְ 1 Here, Solomon refers to the death of **the wicked ones** as if their lives were lamps that stop burning to produce light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but the life of the wicked ones will end” or “but the life of the wicked ones is like a lamp that will be extinguished”
|
||||
13:9 pbds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִדְעָֽךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stop shining” or “will stop producing light”
|
||||
13:10 n32q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ֭זָדוֹן & מַצָּ֑ה & חָכְמָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **presumptuousness**, **contention**, and **wisdom**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **presumptuousness** in [11:2](../11/02.md) and **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “with being presumptuous … contending with others … being wise”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1537,151 +1535,151 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
13:13 gajo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בָּ֣ז 1 Solomon is speaking of people who despise advice in general, not of one particular person **who despises**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Anyone who despises”\n
|
||||
13:13 k3tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ֭דָבָר 1 Here, **word** refers to instructions or advice that people say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instruction” or “people instructing him”
|
||||
13:13 a5vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֵחָ֣בֶל ל֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “must pay for it”
|
||||
13:13 t75v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵחָ֣בֶל ל֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone experiencing the negative consequences of despising **a word** as if he were paying money for doing so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience the consequences for doing so”
|
||||
13:13 t75v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵחָ֣בֶל ל֑וֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to someone experiencing the negative consequences of despising **a word** as if he were paying money for doing so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience the consequences for doing so”
|
||||
13:13 fzbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וִירֵ֥א מִ֝צְוָ֗ה ה֣וּא יְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Although the terms **he** and **himself** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “but someone with fear of a command, that one will be rewarded”\n
|
||||
13:13 r1bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ה֣וּא יְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reward that very person”
|
||||
13:14 xmie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תּוֹרַ֣ת 1 **The law** here does not refer to a specific **law** but refers to lessons or instructions in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The instructions of”\n
|
||||
13:14 l87y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חָ֭כָם 1 Here, Solomon is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean **wise** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise ones”
|
||||
13:13 r1bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ה֣וּא יְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reward that very person”
|
||||
13:14 xmie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תּוֹרַ֣ת 1 **The law** here does not refer to a specific **law** but refers to lessons or instructions in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The instruction of”\n
|
||||
13:14 l87y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חָ֭כָם 1 Here Solomon is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean **wise** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise ones”
|
||||
13:14 uhi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְק֣וֹר חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
13:14 po7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֝ס֗וּר מִמֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone avoiding dangerous situations that could result in that person dying as if that person were turning away from **the snares of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to avoid the snares of death”\n
|
||||
13:14 po7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֝ס֗וּר מִמֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone avoiding dangerous situations that could result in that person dying as if that person were turning away from **the snares of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to avoid the snares of death”\n
|
||||
13:14 qfy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לָ֝ס֗וּר 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the law of the wise turns people away”
|
||||
13:14 h871 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִמֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to dangerous situations that could result in someone dying as if they were **snares**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “from deadly situations” or “from dangers that are like traps that lead to death”
|
||||
13:15 ztj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שֵֽׂכֶל־ט֭וֹב יִתֶּן־חֵ֑ן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person receiving **favor** because that person has **Good insight** as if the **insight** were a person who could give **favor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Good insight causes the person who has it to be favored by others”
|
||||
13:14 h871 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִמֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon refers to dangerous situations that could result in someone dying as if they were **snares**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “from deadly situations” or “from dangers that are like traps that lead to death”
|
||||
13:15 ztj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שֵֽׂכֶל־ט֭וֹב יִתֶּן־חֵ֑ן 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person receiving **favor** because that person has **Good insight** as if the **insight** were a person who could give **favor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Good insight causes the person who has it to be favored by others”
|
||||
13:15 up13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שֵֽׂכֶל & חֵ֑ן 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
13:15 sp95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְדֶ֖רֶךְ 1 See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
13:15 r4vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵיתָֽן 1 Here, the word translated **permanent** refers to something that is unrelenting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is unrelenting” or “does not relent”
|
||||
13:15 r4vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵיתָֽן 1 Here the word translated **permanent** refers to something that is unrelenting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is unrelenting” or “does not relent”
|
||||
13:15 vilf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֵיתָֽן 1 Instead of **permanent**, some ancient translations read “their ruin.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||||
13:16 n8lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְדָ֑עַת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
13:16 p3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥שׂ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to **a stupid one** displaying how foolish he is as if his **folly** were an object that he spreads out for other people to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “displays his folly”
|
||||
13:16 n3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִפְרֹ֥שׂ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here, Solomon implies that **a stupid one spreads folly** by how he acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spreads folly by what he says and does”
|
||||
13:16 p3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥שׂ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here Solomon refers to **a stupid one** displaying how foolish he is as if his **folly** were an object that he spreads out for other people to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “displays his folly”
|
||||
13:16 n3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִפְרֹ֥שׂ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here Solomon implies that **a stupid one spreads folly** by how he acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spreads folly by what he says and does”
|
||||
13:17 n29k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלְאָ֣ךְ רָ֭שָׁע 1 Here, **wicked messenger** specifically refers to a **messenger** who is unreliable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “An unreliable messenger”
|
||||
13:17 h4gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפֹּ֣ל בְּרָ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone experiencing **evil** as if it were a place into which that person **falls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiences evil”
|
||||
13:17 h4gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפֹּ֣ל בְּרָ֑ע 1 Here Solomon refers to someone experiencing **evil** as if it were a place into which that person **falls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiences evil”
|
||||
13:17 tmcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּרָ֑ע 1 Here, **evil** refers to trouble that someone might experience as a result of **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into trouble”\n
|
||||
13:17 pfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְצִ֖יר אֱמוּנִ֣ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe an **envoy** that is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a faithful envoy”
|
||||
13:17 pfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְצִ֖יר אֱמוּנִ֣ים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe an **envoy** that is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a faithful envoy”
|
||||
13:18 m4d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֵ֣ישׁ וְ֭קָלוֹן & מוּסָ֑ר & תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Poverty** in [6:11](../06/11.md), **shame** in [6:33](../06/33.md), and **correction** and **rebuke** in [3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||||
13:18 f6rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פּוֹרֵ֣עַ & וְשׁוֹמֵ֖ר 1 Here, **one who avoids** and **one who keeps** refer to people who do these things in general, not to any specific **one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “are for those who avoid … but those who keep”
|
||||
13:18 b3wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשׁוֹמֵ֖ר 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone accepting **a rebuke** from someone else as if **a rebuke** were an object that one **keeps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who accepts”
|
||||
13:18 f6rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פּוֹרֵ֣עַ & וְשׁוֹמֵ֖ר 1 Here, **one who avoids** and **one who keeps** refer to people who do these things in general, but not to any specific **one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “are for those who avoid … but those who keep”
|
||||
13:18 b3wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשׁוֹמֵ֖ר 1 Here Solomon refers to someone accepting **a rebuke** from someone else as if **a rebuke** were an object that one **keeps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who accepts”
|
||||
13:18 owqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְכֻבָּֽד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will honor”
|
||||
13:19 h11i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְנָ֑פֶשׁ 1 Here, Solomon implies that **self** refers to the same person who has the **desire** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to one’s self”
|
||||
13:19 h11i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְנָ֑פֶשׁ 1 Here Solomon implies that **self** refers to the same person who has the **desire** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to one’s self”
|
||||
13:19 fv8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְתוֹעֲבַ֥ת & מֵרָֽע 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md) and **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
13:19 j2fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּר מֵרָֽע 1 See how you translated “turn away from evil” in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
13:20 rdzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הוֹלֵ֣ךְ & וְרֹעֶ֖ה 1 **One who walks** and **one who associates with** refer to people who do these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Those who walk … but those who associate with”
|
||||
13:20 k77z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הוֹלֵ֣ךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of “walk” in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
13:21 qnbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָעָ֑ה & טֽוֹב 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Evil** and **goodness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **Evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “What is evil … what is good”
|
||||
13:21 s35w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּרַדֵּ֣ף 1 Here, Solomon refers to **sinners** experiencing **Evil** as if **Evil** were a person who could **pursue** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen to” or “will be experienced by”
|
||||
13:21 ovgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְשַׁלֶּם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **righteous ones** experiencing **goodness** as if **goodness** were a person who could **reward** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen to” or “will be experienced by”
|
||||
13:21 s35w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּרַדֵּ֣ף 1 Here Solomon refers to **sinners** experiencing **Evil** as if **Evil** were a person who could **pursue** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen to” or “will be experienced by”
|
||||
13:21 ovgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְשַׁלֶּם 1 Here Solomon refers to **righteous ones** experiencing **goodness** as if **goodness** were a person who could **reward** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen to” or “will be experienced by”
|
||||
13:22 zohr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ט֗וֹב & לַ֝צַּדִּ֗יק & חוֹטֵֽא 1 **A good one**, **a sinner**, and **the righteous one** refer to types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any good one … any sinner … for any righteous person”
|
||||
13:22 tull rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יַנְחִ֥יל בְּנֵֽי־בָנִ֑ים 1 Solomon is leaving out words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the next clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will cause sons of sons to inherit his wealth”\n
|
||||
13:22 amv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵֽי־בָנִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon implies that **sons of sons** refers to the grandchildren of **A good one** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his sons of sons”
|
||||
13:22 fi9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְצָפ֥וּן לַ֝צַּדִּ֗יק חֵ֣יל חוֹטֵֽא 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one will receive the wealth that a sinner has stored up”
|
||||
13:22 fi9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְצָפ֥וּן לַ֝צַּדִּ֗יק חֵ֣יל חוֹטֵֽא 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one will receive the wealth that a sinner has stored up”
|
||||
13:23 z3px rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נִ֣יר 1 An **unplowed field** is a **field** that has not been prepared for growing crops. If your readers would not be familiar with plowing fields for farming, you could use the name of a similar farming practice in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is in the field that is not prepared for food production”
|
||||
13:23 bdzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְיֵ֥שׁ נִ֝סְפֶּ֗ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but there is a being swept away of the poor ones’ food”
|
||||
13:23 jv3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִ֝סְפֶּ֗ה בְּלֹ֣א מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no justice sweeping it away”
|
||||
13:23 h46l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נִ֝סְפֶּ֗ה 1 Here, **swept away** refers to completely removing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a removal”
|
||||
13:23 vz3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּלֹ֣א מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 Here, Solomon refers to **no justice** as if it were a person who causes the food of poor people to be **swept away**. He means that injustice results in poor people lacking food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of injustice” or “because people act unjustly”
|
||||
13:24 jp8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חוֹשֵׂ֣ךְ שִׁ֭בְטוֹ שׂוֹנֵ֣א בְנ֑וֹ וְ֝אֹהֲב֗וֹ 1 **One who withholds**, **his**, **one who loves**, and **him** here do not refer to specific people, but refer to these types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Those who withhold their rods hate their sons, but those who love them”\n
|
||||
13:24 jp8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חוֹשֵׂ֣ךְ שִׁ֭בְטוֹ שׂוֹנֵ֣א בְנ֑וֹ וְ֝אֹהֲב֗וֹ שִֽׁחֲר֥וֹ מוּסָֽר׃ 1 Here the terms **One who withholds**, **his**, **one who loves**, and **him** do not refer to specific people, but refer to these types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Those who withhold their rods hate their sons, but those who love them diligently seek them with discipline”\n
|
||||
13:24 ksnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole שׂוֹנֵ֣א 1 Solomon says **hates** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “acts unlovingly toward”
|
||||
13:24 lqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְנ֑וֹ & וְ֝אֹהֲב֗וֹ שִֽׁחֲר֥וֹ 1 Although the term **son** and **him** are masculine, Solomon is using those words in a generic sense that could refer to either a male or female child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his child, but one who loves that child diligently seeks that child”\n
|
||||
13:24 yu2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִֽׁחֲר֥וֹ מוּסָֽר 1 Here, Solomon refers to a parent **diligently** disciplining that parent’s child as if that parent were **diligently** seeking that child **with discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “diligently disciplines him”
|
||||
13:24 yu2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִֽׁחֲר֥וֹ מוּסָֽר 1 Here Solomon refers to a parent **diligently** disciplining that parent’s child as if that parent were **diligently** seeking that child **with discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “diligently disciplines him”
|
||||
13:25 a593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֗יק & נַפְשׁ֑וֹ 1 **A righteous one** and**his** here do not refer to specific people, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any righteous one … that person’s appetite”
|
||||
13:25 wby5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּבֶ֖טֶן 1 The word **stomach** represents stomachs in general, not one particular **stomach**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but the stomachs of”
|
||||
13:25 azl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבֶ֖טֶן רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֶּחְסָֽר 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the wicked ones** always being hungry as if their stomachs **lack**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the wicked ones can never eat enough” or “but the hunger of the wicked ones is never satisfied”
|
||||
14:intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [14:7](../14/07.md), [10](../14/10.md), [13](../14/13.md), [17](../14/17.md), [26](../14/26.md), [27](../14/27.md), and [34](../14/34.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
14:1 r3rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חַכְמ֣וֹת נָ֭שִׁים & בֵיתָ֑הּ 1 **The wisest of women** and **her** here do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Those women who are most wise … the houses of those women”\n
|
||||
14:1 zntm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman making her family prosper as if she were building a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes her house to prosper”
|
||||
13:25 azl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבֶ֖טֶן רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֶּחְסָֽר 1 Here Solomon refers to **the wicked ones** always being hungry as if their stomachs **lack**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the wicked ones can never eat enough” or “but the hunger of the wicked ones is never satisfied”
|
||||
14:intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [14:7](../14/07.md), [10](../14/10.md), [13](../14/13.md), [17](../14/17.md), [26](../14/26.md), [27](../14/27.md), and [34](../14/34.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
|
||||
14:1 r3rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חַכְמ֣וֹת נָ֭שִׁים בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑הּ 1 **The wisest of women** and **her** here do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Those women who are most wise build their houses”\n
|
||||
14:1 zntm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑הּ 1 Here Solomon refers to a woman making her family prosper as if she were building a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes her house to prosper”
|
||||
14:1 hx7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵיתָ֑הּ 1 Here, **house** represents the family who lives in the **house**. See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
|
||||
14:1 dmak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝אִוֶּ֗לֶת בְּיָדֶ֥יהָ תֶהֶרְסֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, **a foolish woman** and **her** do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “but those women who are foolish tear it down with their hands”\n
|
||||
14:1 tv3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֶהֶרְסֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman ruining her family as if she were tearing **down** a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harms it”
|
||||
14:1 tv3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֶהֶרְסֶֽנּוּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman ruining her family as if she were tearing **down** a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harms it” or "destroys it"
|
||||
14:1 l2y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָדֶ֥יהָ 1 Here, **hands** refers to what a person does, which often involves using **hands**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by her deeds”\n
|
||||
14:2 qgn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ֭יָשְׁרוֹ & וּנְל֖וֹז דְּרָכָ֣יו 1 **One who walks**, **his**, and **one who is crooked** refers to types of people in general, not to any specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The person who walks in that person’s uprightness … but any person who is crooked in that person’s ways”
|
||||
14:2 qnc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ֭יָשְׁרוֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone behaving in a upright manner as if that person **walks in his uprightness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “One who conducts his life in an upright manner”\n
|
||||
14:2 we9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּנְל֖וֹז דְּרָכָ֣יו 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrase **crooked in his ways** to refer to someone who acts deceptively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “but one who is deceptive”\n
|
||||
14:2 qnc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ֭יָשְׁרוֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to someone behaving in a upright manner as if that person **walks in his uprightness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “One who conducts his life in an upright manner”\n
|
||||
14:2 we9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּנְל֖וֹז דְּרָכָ֣יו 1 Here Solomon uses the phrase **crooked in his ways** to refer to someone who acts deceptively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “but one who is deceptive”\n
|
||||
14:3 ht6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּֽפִי־אֱ֭וִיל חֹ֣טֶר גַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 In this clause, Solomon refers to what **a fool** says with his **mouth** resulting in him being punished with **a rod** as if **a rod** were **in** his **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because of what a fool says, he is punished for pride” or “A fool is punished because of the proud things he says”
|
||||
14:3 ixb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֹ֣טֶר גַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that is used to punish someone for having **pride**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a rod for punishing proud people”
|
||||
14:3 ixb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֹ֣טֶר גַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that is used to punish someone for having **pride**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a rod for punishing proud people”
|
||||
14:3 c2ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְשִׂפְתֵ֥י 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:21](../10/21.md).
|
||||
14:3 gru7 תִּשְׁמוּרֵֽם 1 Alternate translation: “will keep them from harm” or “will keep them safe”
|
||||
14:4 uqel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵב֣וּס בָּ֑ר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **trough** that is characterized by **cleanness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a clean trough”
|
||||
14:4 w12s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵב֣וּס 1 A **trough** is a container that contains food for domesticated animals, such as **cattle**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal food container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is a container of”
|
||||
14:4 uqel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵב֣וּס בָּ֑ר 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **trough** that is characterized by **cleanness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a clean trough”
|
||||
14:4 w12s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵב֣וּס 1 A **trough** is a container that holds food for domesticated animals such as **cattle**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal food container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is a food container of”
|
||||
14:4 rd3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְרָב 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
14:4 e3k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּכֹ֣חַ שֽׁוֹר 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is produced by the strength of an ox”\n
|
||||
14:4 diy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֣חַ שֽׁוֹר 1 Here, **strength** refers to the work **an ox** does that involves using **strength**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is by the work that an ox does”
|
||||
14:4 diy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֣חַ שֽׁוֹר 1 Here, **strength** refers to the work **an ox** does that involves using **strength**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is by the work done by a strong ox”
|
||||
14:4 huma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שֽׁוֹר 1 Here, the word **ox** represents oxen in general, not one particular **ox**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression, as in the UST.
|
||||
14:5 ew9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד אֱ֭מוּנִים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** who is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A faithful witness”
|
||||
14:5 ew9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד אֱ֭מוּנִים 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** who is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A faithful witness”
|
||||
14:5 xtdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:19](../06/19.md).
|
||||
14:5 j6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְיָפִ֥יחַ כְּ֝זָבִ֗ים 1 See how you translated **breathes out lies** in [6:19](../06/19.md).
|
||||
14:6 sfgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֣ץ & לְנָב֣וֹן 1 See how you translated **a mocker** in [9:7](../09/07.md) and **the understanding one** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
14:6 xavx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּקֶּשׁ 1 Here, people trying to be wise are described as if **wisdom** were an object that people can “seek”. See how you translated the same use of **seeks** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
|
||||
14:6 xavx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּקֶּשׁ 1 Here ,**wisdom** is described as if it were an object that people, trying to be wise, could “seek.” See how you translated the same use of **seeks** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
|
||||
14:6 mc72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֣ה & וְדַ֖עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:6 wm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָאָ֑יִן 1 Here, Solomon means that **a mocker** cannot acquire **wisdom**, not that **wisdom** does not exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he finds none” or “and there is no wisdom for him”
|
||||
14:6 ek6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְדַ֖עַת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but finding knowledge” or “but acquiring knowledge”
|
||||
14:7 mvxr מִ֭נֶּגֶד 1 Alternate translation: “from in front of” or “from the presence of”
|
||||
14:7 vk5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְאִ֣ישׁ כְּסִ֑יל 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **stupidity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a stupid man”
|
||||
14:6 wm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָאָ֑יִן 1 Here Solomon means that **a mocker** cannot acquire **wisdom**, not that **wisdom** does not exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he finds none” or “and there is no wisdom for him”
|
||||
14:6 ek6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְדַ֖עַת 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that, in many languages, a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but finding knowledge” or “but acquiring knowledge”
|
||||
14:7 mvxr מִ֭נֶּגֶד 1 Alternate translation: “from the presence of”
|
||||
14:7 vk5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְאִ֣ישׁ כְּסִ֑יל 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **stupidity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a stupid man”
|
||||
14:7 vhev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְאִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, **a man** represents a type of people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person of”
|
||||
14:7 va2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבַל־יָ֝דַ֗עְתָּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to **you** not receiving **knowledge** from what a stupid person says as if **you** did **not know** such **knowledge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you will not receive”
|
||||
14:7 va2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבַל־יָ֝דַ֗עְתָּ 1 Here Solomon refers to **you** not receiving **knowledge** from what a stupid person says as if **you** did **not know** such **knowledge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you will not receive”
|
||||
14:7 ud4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵי־דָֽעַת 1 Here, **lips** refers to what people say by moving their **lips**. Solomon is referring to words that express **knowledge**. See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “words that express knowledge”
|
||||
14:8 e2qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמַ֣ת & וְאִוֶּ֖לֶת & מִרְמָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md), **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md), and **deceit** in [11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
14:8 vug2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָ֭רוּם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:16](../12/16.md).
|
||||
14:8 vp9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכּ֑וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
14:9 f44d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָשָׁ֑ם 1 Mocking **the guilt offering** implies that **Fools mock** the need for people to offer **the guilt offering** in order to ask Yahweh to forgive them for sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offering guilt offerings to Yahweh for forgiveness”\n
|
||||
14:9 t24p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָצֽוֹן 1 See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
14:9 pui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָצֽוֹן 1 Here, Solomon implies that this **favor** is from Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is Yahweh’s favor”
|
||||
14:10 xxe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֗ב & נַפְשׁ֑וֹ & וּ֝בְשִׂמְחָת֗וֹ 1 **A heart**, **itself**, and **its** refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person … that person, and in that person’s joy”
|
||||
14:10 y94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מָרַּ֣ת & וּ֝בְשִׂמְחָת֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bitterness** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “how bitter it is … and in its feeling joyful”
|
||||
14:9 pui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָצֽוֹן 1 Here Solomon implies that this **favor** is from Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is Yahweh’s favor”
|
||||
14:10 xxe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֗ב & נַפְשׁ֑וֹ & וּ֝בְשִׂמְחָת֗וֹ 1 **A heart**, **itself**, and **its** refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person … that person, and in that person’s joy,”
|
||||
14:10 y94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מָרַּ֣ת & וּ֝בְשִׂמְחָת֗וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bitterness** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “how bitter it is … and in its feeling joyful,”
|
||||
14:11 c5yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית & וְאֹ֖הֶל 1 In this verse, **house** and **tent** refer to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The household of … but the household of”
|
||||
14:11 bfxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׁמֵ֑ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will destroy” or “will become ruined”
|
||||
14:11 d165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַפְרִֽיחַ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a family prospering as if it were a plant with blooming flowers that **flourish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will prosper”
|
||||
14:11 bfxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׁמֵ֑ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will destroy”
|
||||
14:11 d165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַפְרִֽיחַ 1 Here Solomon refers to a family prospering as if it were a plant with blooming flowers that **flourish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will prosper”
|
||||
14:12 ojy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
14:12 y8gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִפְנֵי־אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here, **before the face of** refers to what a person perceives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that a man perceives”
|
||||
14:12 hslo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֑ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person”
|
||||
14:12 e0n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝אַחֲרִיתָ֗הּ 1 Here, **end** refers to a final result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but its result”
|
||||
14:12 o8df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon uses **ways** to refer to the destiny of those people who live according to what they think is **a right way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the destiny of death”\n
|
||||
14:12 c1cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the ways** that are **death**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the ways that are death” or “is the destiny that is death”
|
||||
14:12 o8df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon uses **ways** to refer to the destiny of those people who live according to what they themselves think is **a right way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the destiny of death”\n
|
||||
14:12 c1cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the ways** that are **death**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the ways that are death” or “is the destiny that is death”
|
||||
14:13 j3ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בִּשְׂח֥וֹק יִכְאַב & שִׂמְחָ֣ה תוּגָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **laughter**, **pain**, **joy**, and **grief**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “when laughing … may feel painful … feeling joyful may be feeling sad”
|
||||
14:13 a8j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֑ב 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
14:14 ocu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִדְּרָכָ֣יו & ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב וּ֝מֵעָלָ֗יו אִ֣ישׁ טֽוֹב 1 **The turning away of heart**, **his**, and **a good man** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person turning away of heart … from that person’s ways, but any good person from that person”\n
|
||||
14:14 qe8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person who has stopped behaving righteously and is behaving wickedly as if that person’s **heart** is **turning away** from behaving righteously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The person who stops living righteously”
|
||||
14:14 ocu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִדְּרָכָ֣יו & ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב וּ֝מֵעָלָ֗יו אִ֣ישׁ טֽוֹב 1 **The turning away of heart**, **his**, and **a good man** each refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person turning away of heart … from that person’s ways, but any good person from that person”\n
|
||||
14:14 qe8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב 1 Here Solomon refers to the person who has stopped behaving righteously and is now behaving wickedly as if that person’s **heart** is **turning away** from behaving righteously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The person who stops living righteously”
|
||||
14:14 hiz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֭שְׂבַּע 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fill”
|
||||
14:14 jxno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִ֭שְׂבַּע 1 In this clause, the word translated **filled** implies that **the turning away of heart** will fully experience the negative consequences of **his ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will experience the negative consequences” or “will be repaid”
|
||||
14:14 jxno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִ֭שְׂבַּע 1 In this clause, the word translated **filled** implies that **the turning away of heart** will fully experience the negative consequences of **his ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will experience all the consequences” or “will be fully repaid”
|
||||
14:14 c5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִדְּרָכָ֣יו 1 See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
14:14 tuqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝מֵעָלָ֗יו אִ֣ישׁ טֽוֹב 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but a good man will be filled from his ways”\n
|
||||
14:15 i558 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פֶּ֭תִי & וְ֝עָר֗וּם 1 **A naive one** and **a prudent one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a prudent one** in [12:16](../12/16.md). Alternate translation: “Any naive person … but any prudent person”
|
||||
14:15 nkj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֑ר 1 See how you translated the same use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md).
|
||||
14:15 h73m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲשֻׁרֽוֹ 1 Here, **step** refers to a person’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his behavior”
|
||||
14:15 h73m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲשֻׁרֽוֹ 1 Here, **step** refers to a person’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his behavior” or "his actions"
|
||||
14:16 xojs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חָכָ֣ם & וּ֝כְסִ֗יל 1 See how you translated **a wise one** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
14:16 z79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסָ֣ר מֵרָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “turn away from evil” in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
14:16 jexo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבוֹטֵֽחַ 1 Here, **confident** refers to the negative quality of being unreasonably self-confident or careless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and is overly confident” or “and is careless”
|
||||
14:17 a76z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קְֽצַר־אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **short of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a person who gets angry quickly. The word **nostrils** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his **nostrils** to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who easily vents his spleen” or “One who gets angry quickly”\n
|
||||
14:17 a76z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קְֽצַר־אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **short of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a person who becomes angry quickly. The word **nostrils** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his **nostrils** to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who easily vents his spleen” or “One who becomes angry quickly”\n
|
||||
14:17 ndbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun קְֽצַר־אַ֭פַּיִם & וְאִ֥ישׁ מְ֝זִמּ֗וֹת 1 **One short of nostrils** and **a man of schemes** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a man of schemes** in [12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “Any person short of nostrils … and any person of schemes” or “Any person who gets angry quickly … and any person who schemes”
|
||||
14:17 xri2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֑לֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
14:17 ib3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְאִ֥ישׁ מְ֝זִמּ֗וֹת 1 See how you translated **a man of schemes** in [12:2](../12/02.md).
|
||||
14:17 erby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׂנֵֽא 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST.
|
||||
14:18 c2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נָחֲל֣וּ & אִוֶּ֑לֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Naive ones** becoming foolish as if **folly** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **inherit** in [3:35](../03/35.md). Alternate translation: “become foolish”\n
|
||||
14:18 aj35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֑לֶת & דָֽעַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
14:18 spn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְתִּ֥רוּ דָֽעַת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people being rewarded with **knowledge** as if **knowledge** were a **crown** they **will wear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be rewarded with knowledge” or “will be rewarded with knowledge as if it were a crown they wore”\n
|
||||
14:18 spn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְתִּ֥רוּ דָֽעַת 1 Here Solomon speaks of people being rewarded with **knowledge** as if **knowledge** were a **crown** they **will wear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be rewarded with knowledge” or “will be rewarded with knowledge as if it were a crown they wore”\n
|
||||
14:19 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שַׁח֣וּ 1 Bowing **down** is a symbolic action that shows humble respect or submission to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “will bow down to show respect”
|
||||
14:19 mch0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the **face** of someone who is present. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of”
|
||||
14:19 resy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝רְשָׁעִ֗ים עַֽל־שַׁעֲרֵ֥י צַדִּֽיק 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and wicked ones will bow down at the gates of the righteous one”\n
|
||||
14:19 e892 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַֽל־שַׁעֲרֵ֥י 1 Here, **gates** refers to the doorway of the house of **the righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gates of the house of”
|
||||
14:19 tt7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּֽיק 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [10:3](../10/03.md).
|
||||
14:20 lsnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ֭רֵעֵהוּ & רָ֑שׁ & עָשִׁ֣יר 1 **One who is poor**, **his neighbor**, and **the rich one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who is poor … by that person’s neighbors … any rich person”\n
|
||||
14:20 h5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גַּם־לְ֭רֵעֵהוּ יִשָּׂ֣נֵא רָ֑שׁ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A poor person’s neighbor even hates him”
|
||||
14:20 lsnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ֭רֵעֵהוּ & רָ֑שׁ & עָשִׁ֣יר 1 The expressions **One who is poor**, **his neighbor**, and **the rich one** each refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who is poor … by that person’s neighbors … any rich person”\n
|
||||
14:20 h5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גַּם־לְ֭רֵעֵהוּ יִשָּׂ֣נֵא רָ֑שׁ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Even a poor person’s neighbor hates him”
|
||||
14:21 fy3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בָּז־לְרֵעֵ֥הוּ חוֹטֵ֑א וּמְחוֹנֵ֖ן עניים אַשְׁרָֽיו 1 **One who sins**, **his neighbor**, **one who shows favor**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who sins despises that person’s neighbors, but any person who shows favor to afflicted ones, happy is that person”
|
||||
14:21 d4gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמְחוֹנֵ֖ן 1 Here, **shows favor** refers to being kind to someone, not to favoring one person over another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the one who is compassionate to”
|
||||
14:22 m1cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲֽלוֹא־יִ֭תְעוּ חֹ֣רְשֵׁי רָ֑ע 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Devisers of evil certainly go astray!”
|
||||
14:22 ie8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֑ע וְחֶ֥סֶד וֶ֝אֱמֶ֗ת & טֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md), **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** in [3:3](../03/03.md), and **good** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
|
||||
14:22 mmn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲֽלוֹא־יִ֭תְעוּ 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrase **go astray** to refer to being deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Are not … deceptive”\n
|
||||
14:22 mmn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲֽלוֹא־יִ֭תְעוּ 1 Here Solomon uses the phrase **go astray** to refer to being deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Are not … deceptive”\n
|
||||
14:22 aqg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹ֣רְשֵׁי טֽוֹב 1 Here, **are for** indicates that **devisers of good** are those who will benefit from receiving the **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness** of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “benefit devisers of good”
|
||||
14:23 d7ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֶ֭צֶב & מוֹתָ֑ר & לְמַחְסֽוֹר 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns “toils” in [5:10](../05/10.md), **profit** in [3:14](../03/14.md), and **lack** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
|
||||
14:23 dbn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּדְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, Solomon implies that this refers to **the words of lips** without any **toil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the word of lips without toil” or “but the word of lips by itself”
|
||||
14:23 dbn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּדְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here Solomon implies that this refers to **the words of lips** without any **toil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the word of lips without toil” or “but the word of lips by itself”
|
||||
14:23 vvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּדְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is spoken with **lips**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but the word spoken by lips”
|
||||
14:23 r2lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּדְבַר 1 See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md).
|
||||
14:23 a06s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַךְ־לְמַחְסֽוֹר 1 Here, **is only** indicates that **lack** is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “results only in lack”\n
|
||||
14:24 dc97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the reward of **the wise ones** as if it were a **crown** they wear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated the similar use of **crown** in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “The reward of” or “The reward that is like a crown of”\n
|
||||
14:24 dc97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of the reward of **the wise ones** as if it were a **crown** they wear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated the similar use of **crown** in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “The reward of” or “The reward that is like a crown of”\n
|
||||
14:24 u3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֖לֶת כְּסִילִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:8](../14/08.md).
|
||||
14:24 gr0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֖לֶת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
14:25 xf3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד אֱמֶ֑ת 1 See how you translated the same use of **A witness of** in [14:5](../14/05.md).
|
||||
14:25 wkc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְיָפִ֖חַ כְּזָבִ֣ים 1 See how you translated **breathes out lies** in [6:19](../06/19.md).
|
||||
14:26 f120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּיִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה מִבְטַח־עֹ֑ז 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone having **confidence** because that person has **the fear of Yahweh** as if **the fear of Yahweh** were a location in which **confidence** resided. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The fear of Yahweh is the source of the confidence of the strong one” or “The confidence of the strong one is because he has the fear of Yahweh”
|
||||
14:26 f120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּיִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה מִבְטַח־עֹ֑ז 1 Here Solomon refers to someone having **confidence** because that person has **the fear of Yahweh** as if **the fear of Yahweh** were a location in which **confidence** resided. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The fear of Yahweh is the source of the confidence of the strong one” or “The confidence of the strong one is because he has the fear of Yahweh”
|
||||
14:26 tky7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּיִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated **the fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
14:26 zfgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִבְטַח 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **confidence** in [3:26](../03/26.md).
|
||||
14:26 b73j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֹ֑ז וּ֝לְבָנָ֗יו יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 Here, **the strong one**, **his**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not to one specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any strong person, and for that person’s sons that person will be”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1691,19 +1689,19 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
14:27 n41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md) and in the previous verse.
|
||||
14:27 c8u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְק֣וֹר חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated **a fountain of life** in [10:11](../10/11.md) and [13:14](../13/14.md).
|
||||
14:27 r5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֝ס֗וּר מִמֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 See how you translated the same clause in [13:14](../13/14.md).
|
||||
14:28 vxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּרָב־עָ֥ם הַדְרַת־מֶ֑לֶךְ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “An abundant amount of people is what makes a king majestic”
|
||||
14:28 vxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּרָב־עָ֥ם הַדְרַת־מֶ֑לֶךְ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “An abundant number of people is what makes a king majestic”
|
||||
14:28 c3y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֑לֶךְ & רָזֽוֹן 1 Here, **a king** and **the potentate** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any king … any potentate”
|
||||
14:28 l6zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְאֶ֥פֶס 1 Here, **end** refers to a lack of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but with the lack of”
|
||||
14:28 l6zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְאֶ֥פֶס 1 Here, **end** refers to a lack of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but with the decline of”
|
||||
14:29 c6lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם & וּקְצַר־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 **One long of nostrils** and **one short of spirit** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person long of nostrils … but any person short of spirit”
|
||||
14:29 xc7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **long of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who does not get angry quickly. The word nostrils means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his nostrils to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who does not easily vent his spleen” or “One who does not get angry quickly”\n
|
||||
14:29 xc7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **long of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who does not become angry quickly. The word "nostrils" means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his nostrils to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who does not easily vent his spleen” or “One who does not become angry quickly”\n
|
||||
14:29 hh4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּבוּנָ֑ה & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
14:29 lf5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּקְצַר־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 The phrase **short of spirit** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who gets angry quickly. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a short-tempered person” or “but one who gets angry quickly”
|
||||
14:29 pd65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרִ֥ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone publicly showing **folly** as if **folly** were an object that someone **lifts up** for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “publicly displays” or “lets everyone observe”
|
||||
14:30 o4ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֵ֣ב מַרְפֵּ֑א 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by **healing**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A healed heart”
|
||||
14:30 e9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ב 1 Here, Solomon uses **heart** to refer to a person’s inner being or mind. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
14:29 lf5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּקְצַר־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 The phrase **short of spirit** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who gets angry quickly. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a short-tempered person” or “but one who becomes angry quickly”
|
||||
14:29 pd65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרִ֥ים 1 Here Solomon speaks of someone publicly showing **folly** as if **folly** were an object that someone **lifts up** for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “publicly displays” or “lets everyone observe”
|
||||
14:30 o4ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֵ֣ב מַרְפֵּ֑א 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by **healing**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A healed heart” or "A sound heart"
|
||||
14:30 e9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ב 1 Here Solomon uses **heart** to refer to a person’s inner being or mind. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
14:30 bdfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְ֭שָׂרִים לֵ֣ב 1 **A heart of healing** and **the body** refer to hearts and bodies in general, not to a specific **heart** and **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any heart of … any body”
|
||||
14:30 e78q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַיֵּ֣י בְ֭שָׂרִים 1 Here, **life to the body** refers to a something being healthy for a person’s **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is healthy for one’s body” or “causes one’s body to be healthy”
|
||||
14:30 h3vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּרְקַ֖ב עֲצָמ֣וֹת קִנְאָֽה 1 Here, Solomon is saying that **envy** harms a person’s health like a disease that causes **the decay of bones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but envy ruins a person’s health” or “but envy harms one’s health like decay in one’s bones”\n
|
||||
14:30 h3vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּרְקַ֖ב עֲצָמ֣וֹת קִנְאָֽה 1 Here Solomon is saying that **envy** harms a person’s health like a disease that causes **the decay of bones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but envy ruins a person’s health” or “but envy harms one’s health like disease decays one’s bones”\n
|
||||
14:30 l2al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קִנְאָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being envious”
|
||||
14:31 k67r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֹ֣שֵֽׁק דָּ֭ל & עֹשֵׂ֑הוּ & חֹנֵ֥ן אֶבְיֽוֹן 1 **The oppressor**. **a lowly one**, **his**, **one showing favor**, and **a needy one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any oppressor of any lowly person … that person’s maker … any person who shows favor to any needy person”
|
||||
14:31 jij6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דָּ֭ל 1 The phrase **lowly one** refers to a poor person. See how you translated the same use of “lowly ones” in [10:15](../10/15.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1712,14 +1710,14 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
14:31 k2td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹנֵ֥ן 1 See how you translated the same use of “shows favor to” in [14:21](../14/21.md).
|
||||
14:32 kw4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּֽ֭רָעָתוֹ & רָשָׁ֑ע & בְמוֹת֣וֹ צַדִּֽיק 1 Here, **his**, **the wicked one**, and **the righteous one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md) and **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “By the evil of any wicked person that person … any righteous person … in that person’s death”
|
||||
14:32 nxxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּֽ֭רָעָתוֹ & בְמוֹת֣וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
|
||||
14:32 t8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thrusts himself down”
|
||||
14:32 b0he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person’s life becoming ruined or destroyed as if that person were **thrust down** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “thrown down” in [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “is destroyed”\n
|
||||
14:32 yk75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְחֹסֶ֖ה & צַדִּֽיק 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **refuge** as if it were an object that someone **finds**. He means that someone feels safe or protected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one feels protected”
|
||||
14:32 qhzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְמוֹת֣וֹ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the time when someone dies as if **death** were a place where that person enters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when dying”
|
||||
14:33 gsbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּלֵ֣ב נָ֭בוֹן תָּנ֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the understanding one** thinking wisely as if **wisdom** were an object that **rests** inside that person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “The understanding one thinks with wisdom”
|
||||
14:32 t8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thrusts himself down”
|
||||
14:32 b0he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 Here Solomon refers to a person’s life becoming ruined or destroyed as if that person were **thrust down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “thrown down” in [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “is destroyed”\n
|
||||
14:32 yk75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְחֹסֶ֖ה & צַדִּֽיק 1 Here Solomon speaks of **refuge** as if it were an object that someone **finds**. He means that someone feels safe or protected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one feels protected”
|
||||
14:32 qhzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְמוֹת֣וֹ 1 Here Solomon speaks of the time when someone dies as if **death** were a place where that person enters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when dying”
|
||||
14:33 gsbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּלֵ֣ב נָ֭בוֹן תָּנ֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon refers to **the understanding one** thinking wisely as if **wisdom** were an object that **rests** inside that person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “The understanding one thinks with wisdom”
|
||||
14:33 ip9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נָ֭בוֹן 1 See how you translated **the understanding one** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
14:33 sg1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
14:33 r61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּוָּדֵֽעַ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will know her”
|
||||
14:33 r61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּוָּדֵֽעַ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will know her”
|
||||
14:33 xi3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּוָּדֵֽעַ 1 Here, **she** refers to **wisdom** as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wisdom will be known”\n
|
||||
14:34 ousu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צְדָקָ֥ה & וְחֶ֖סֶד & חַטָּֽאת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md), **sin** in [5:22](../05/22.md), and **shame** in [6:33](../06/33.md).
|
||||
14:34 tavd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְרֽוֹמֵֽם־גּ֑וֹי 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **nation** becoming great as if it were an object that **Righteousness** **raises** up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “raised up” in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “makes a nation great”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1963,7 +1961,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:15 a5n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּעָ֣ב מַלְקֽוֹשׁ 1 Here, Solomon compares the king showing **favor** towards someone with a **cloud** that brings **rain** in the **spring** that is needed for crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “benefits a person” or “refreshes a person like clouds bring rain in springtime that refreshes crops”
|
||||
16:16 rgj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism קְֽנֹה־חָכְמָ֗ה מַה־טּ֥וֹב מֵחָר֑וּץ וּקְנ֥וֹת בִּ֝ינָ֗ה נִבְחָ֥ר מִכָּֽסֶף 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “How better it is to acquire wisdom than gold, yes, to acquire understanding is to be chosen more than silver”
|
||||
16:16 ylp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֗ה & בִּ֝ינָ֗ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **understanding** in [2:2](../02/02.md).\n
|
||||
16:16 bn5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּקְנ֥וֹת בִּ֝ינָ֗ה נִבְחָ֥ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people should choose to acquire understanding”
|
||||
16:16 bn5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּקְנ֥וֹת בִּ֝ינָ֗ה נִבְחָ֥ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people should choose to acquire understanding”
|
||||
16:17 ffx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְסִלַּ֣ת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **upright** behavior as if it were a well-built **highway** that is free of obstacles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The behavior of”\n
|
||||
16:17 a2qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּר מֵרָ֑ע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||||
16:17 m87o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵרָ֑ע & נַ֝פְשׁ֗וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md) and **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1986,7 +1984,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:20 tkio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׂכִּ֣יל עַל־דָּ֭בָר 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) someone who acts prudently in various matters. Alternate translation: “One who acts sensibly” (2) someone who heeds instruction, in which case the word translated **matter** would refer to instruction. Alternate translation: “One who heeds instruction”
|
||||
16:20 zg3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִמְצָא־ט֑וֹב 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone prospering as if they found **good**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will prosper”
|
||||
16:21 hq6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֭ב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
16:21 lrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִקָּרֵ֣א נָב֑וֹן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call an understanding one”
|
||||
16:21 lrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִקָּרֵ֣א נָב֑וֹן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call an understanding one”
|
||||
16:21 cj0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נָב֑וֹן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
16:21 w5ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמֶ֥תֶק שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, Solomon speaks of kind or pleasant speech as if it were **sweetness** that comes from what people say by speaking with their **lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pleasant speech”
|
||||
16:21 f79y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2033,7 +2031,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:31 aj89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to the honor of being an old person as if the old person’s **Gray hair** were a **crown of splendor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning or use a simile. See how you translated **a crown of splendor** in [4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “is a great honor” or “is like a crown of splendor on an old person’s head”
|
||||
16:31 thaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּדֶ֥רֶךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
16:31 d1fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּדֶ֥רֶךְ צְ֝דָקָ֗ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the righteous way”
|
||||
16:31 y1am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּמָּצֵֽא 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person finds it”
|
||||
16:31 y1am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּמָּצֵֽא 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person finds it”
|
||||
16:31 andi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּמָּצֵֽא 1 Here, Solomon refers to becoming old, which **Gray hair** represents, as if it were an object that a person could find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is obtained”\n
|
||||
16:32 x3rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם מִגִּבּ֑וֹר וּמֹשֵׁ֥ל בְּ֝רוּח֗וֹ מִלֹּכֵ֥ד 1 Here, **one long of nostrils**, **a mighty one**, **on who rules his spirit**, and **one who captures** represent these types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any person long of nostrils than any mighty person, and any person who rules over that person’s spirit than any person who captures”
|
||||
16:32 q1pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם 1 See how you translated **one long of nostrils** in [14:29](../14/29.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2044,7 +2042,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:32 mzu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִלֹּכֵ֥ד עִֽיר 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that **one who captures a city** is very **mighty**. You could include this information if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “than one mighty enough to capture a city”
|
||||
16:33 kg6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּ֭חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַגּוֹרָ֑ל & כָּל־מִשְׁפָּטֽוֹ 1 **A lot**, **the lap**, and **its** refer to these things in general, not to a specific **lot** and **lap**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any lot is cast into a person’s lap … that lots every judgment”
|
||||
16:33 rvg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ֭חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַגּוֹרָ֑ל 1 **A lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. People believed that God would guide the **lot** so that it showed them what to do. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “A marked stone is cast into the lap” or “People throw dice”\n
|
||||
16:33 ei8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ֭חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַגּוֹרָ֑ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws a lot into a lap”
|
||||
16:33 ei8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ֭חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַגּוֹרָ֑ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws a lot into a lap”
|
||||
16:33 js5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־מִשְׁפָּטֽוֹ 1 Here, **judgment** refers to the decision that is made based on the result of casting lots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its every decision” or “whatever happens with the lot”
|
||||
17:intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 17 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 17 also contains contrasting parallelism ([17:9](../17/09.md), [22](../17/22.md), [24](../17/24.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([17:21](../17/21.md), [28](../17/28.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
17:1 b79i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis פַּ֣ת חֲ֭רֵבָה & מִ֝בַּ֗יִת מָלֵ֥א 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. See how you translated the same use of these phrases in [15:16–17](../15/16.md). Alternate translation: “is having a dry morsel … than having a house full of”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2104,7 +2102,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:12 pzb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis פָּג֬וֹשׁ דֹּ֣ב שַׁכּ֣וּל בְּאִ֑ישׁ וְאַל־כְּ֝סִ֗יל בְּאִוַּלְתּֽוֹ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words to the second clause from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Let a female bear robbed of offspring meet a man and not a stupid one in his folly meet a man”
|
||||
17:12 hbnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פָּג֬וֹשׁ דֹּ֣ב שַׁכּ֣וּל בְּאִ֑ישׁ וְאַל־כְּ֝סִ֗יל בְּאִוַּלְתּֽוֹ 1 In this verse, Solomon implies that meeting **a female bear robbed of offspring** is better than meeting **a stupid one in his folly**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A female bear robbed of offspring meeting a man is better than meeting a stupid one in his folly”
|
||||
17:12 pknt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun דֹּ֣ב & בְּאִ֑ישׁ & כְּ֝סִ֗יל בְּאִוַּלְתּֽוֹ 1 Here, **a female bear**, **a man**, **a stupid one**, and **his** represent bears and types of people in general, not one particular **bear** or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any female bear … any person … any stupid person in that person’s folly”
|
||||
17:12 fk5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דֹּ֣ב שַׁכּ֣וּל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a female bear that someone has stolen offspring from”
|
||||
17:12 fk5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דֹּ֣ב שַׁכּ֣וּל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a female bear that someone has stolen offspring from”
|
||||
17:12 p2k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דֹּ֣ב 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that **a female bear robbed of offspring** would be extremely angry and violent. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “an angry female bear”
|
||||
17:12 u55w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שַׁכּ֣וּל 1 Although the word **offspring** is singular in form, but here it refers to all a bear’s cubs as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “robbed of cubs”
|
||||
17:12 j1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּאִוַּלְתּֽוֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2355,7 +2353,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
19:10 pq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֝֗ף כִּֽי־לְעֶ֤בֶד 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much less suitable is it for a slave”
|
||||
19:11 ah27 שֵׂ֣כֶל & וְ֝תִפאַרְתּ֗וֹ & פָּֽשַׁע 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md), **splendor** in [4:9](../04/09.md), and **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
19:11 xl98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָ֭דָם & אַפּ֑וֹ וְ֝תִפאַרְתּ֗וֹ 1 Although **a man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … that person’s nose … and that person’s splendor”\n
|
||||
19:11 j1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֶאֱרִ֣יךְ אַפּ֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to not getting angry quickly as if a person’s **nose** became **long**. The word **nose** here means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his **nose**. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. See how you translated the similar expression “long of nostrils” in [14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “causes him to not easily vent his spleen” or “causes him to not get angry quickly”\n
|
||||
19:11 j1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֶאֱרִ֣יךְ אַפּ֑וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to not becoming angry quickly as if a person’s **nose** became **long**. The word **nose** here means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his **nose**. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. See how you translated the similar expression “long of nostrils” in [14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “causes him to not easily vent his spleen” or “causes him not to become angry quickly”\n
|
||||
19:11 p96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲבֹ֣ר עַל 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person ignoring or forgiving **a transgression** as if that person passes **over** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is to ignore” or “is to forgive”
|
||||
19:11 d4i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פָּֽשַׁע 1 Here, the word **transgression** represents transgressions in general, not one particular **transgression**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any transgression”
|
||||
19:11 n3cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פָּֽשַׁע 1 Here, Solomon implies that this is **a transgression** that someone has committed against the person who passes **over** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a transgression that someone has committed against him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2413,7 +2411,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
19:23 i3m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְשָׂבֵ֥עַ & בַּל־יִפָּ֥קֶד 1 Here, **the satisfied one** and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “and any satisfied one … that person will not be visited by”
|
||||
19:23 rsor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׂבֵ֥עַ 1 Here, **the satisfied one** refers to a person who has **The fear of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and such a person is a satisfied one who”
|
||||
19:23 lmjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָ֝לִ֗ין 1 The phrase **stay overnight** here is an idiom that refers to resting or sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will rest”
|
||||
19:23 gyg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּל־יִפָּ֥קֶד רָֽע 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “evil will not visit him”
|
||||
19:23 gyg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּל־יִפָּ֥קֶד רָֽע 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “evil will not visit him”
|
||||
19:23 lg6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַּל־יִפָּ֥קֶד רָֽע 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person experiencing **evil** as if **evil** were a person who could visit him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not experience evil”
|
||||
19:23 x8ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָֽע 1 Here, **evil** refers to trouble that someone might experience as a result of **evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trouble”\n
|
||||
19:24 wf2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָצֵ֣ל יָ֭דוֹ & גַּם־אֶל־פִּ֝֗יהוּ לֹ֣א יְשִׁיבֶֽנָּה 1 **A lazy one**, **his**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated this **A lazy one** in [10:26](../10/26.md). Alternate translation: “Any lazy one … that person’s hand … that person will not even return it to that person’s own mouth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2453,7 +2451,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
20:2 rl5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism חוֹטֵ֥א נַפְשֽׁוֹ 1 Here, in a polite way Solomon refers to causing one’s own death by using the phrase **wrongs his life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause his end” or “will cause himself to be killed”
|
||||
20:3 ru7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּב֣וֹד & שֶׁ֣בֶת מֵרִ֑יב 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Honor**, **cessation** and **strife**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Being honorable … is ceasing to strive”
|
||||
20:3 jxne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לָ֭אִישׁ 1 The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for a person”
|
||||
20:3 gf5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתְגַּלָּֽע 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **fool** eagerly starting an argument as if the argument were something that suddenly **breaks out**. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every fool eagerly gets into an argument”
|
||||
20:3 gf5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתְגַּלָּֽע 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **fool** eagerly starting an argument as if the argument were something that suddenly **breaks out**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every fool eagerly gets into an argument”
|
||||
20:4 hvid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָצֵ֣ל & וְשָׁאַ֖ל 1 **A lazy one** and **he** here refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any lazy person … and that person begs”
|
||||
20:4 cva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ֭חֹרֶף 1 The phrase **from winter** refers to the time when the people in Solomon’s area would prepare their fields to grow crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the proper time to plow”
|
||||
20:4 qkwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׁאַ֖ל 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of what happened in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and it causes him to bed”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -2491,7 +2489,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
20:10 fk9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:32](../03/32.md).
|
||||
20:10 zuu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁנֵיהֶֽם 1 This phrase refers to the unequal weights and measurements called **Stone and stone** and **ephah and ephah** earlier in the verse. However, Solomon does not mean that **Yahweh** actually hates these weights and measurements. Rather, he means that **Yahweh** hates people using these things dishonestly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dishonest use of these things”
|
||||
20:11 kul3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ֭מַעֲלָלָיו יִתְנַכֶּר־נָ֑עַר & פָּעֳלֽוֹ 1 Here, **a young man**, **himself** and **his** refer to a young person in general, not a specific **young man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “youths will make themselves known by their deeds … are their behavior”
|
||||
20:11 yym3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתְנַכֶּר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will make other people know him”
|
||||
20:11 yym3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתְנַכֶּר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will make other people know him”
|
||||
20:12 we5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹ֣זֶן שֹׁ֭מַעַת וְעַ֣יִן רֹאָ֑ה & שְׁנֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **ear** and **eye** represent these body parts in general, not one particular **ear** and **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Hearing ears and seeing eyes … all of them”
|
||||
20:13 h9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־תֶּֽאֱהַ֣ב שֵׁ֭נָה 1 The phrase**love sleep** means to **sleep** a lot because one loves to **sleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not sleep a lot”
|
||||
20:13 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast פְּקַ֖ח עֵינֶ֣יךָ שְֽׂבַֽע־לָֽחֶם 1 The idea of this clause is in contrast with the idea of the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead, open your eyes, be satisfied with bread”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2521,7 +2519,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
20:17 lnt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֣חֶם 1 See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
|
||||
20:17 gjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שָׁ֑קֶר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **falsehood** in [6:17](../06/17.md).
|
||||
20:17 zi4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִמָּֽלֵא־פִ֥יהוּ חָצָֽץ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person experiencing bad results because of eating **bread of falsehood** as if **his mouth** were **filled with gravel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express them meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “he will experience unpleasantness” or “he will have bad results as if his mouth were filled with sand”
|
||||
20:18 mjl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַ֭חֲשָׁבוֹת בְּעֵצָ֣ה תִכּ֑וֹן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Counsel establishes plans”
|
||||
20:18 mjl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַ֭חֲשָׁבוֹת בְּעֵצָ֣ה תִכּ֑וֹן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Counsel establishes plans”
|
||||
20:18 amqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּעֵצָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
|
||||
20:18 b3nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֝בְתַחְבֻּל֗וֹת 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the intended result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Therefore, by guidance”
|
||||
20:18 a1pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝בְתַחְבֻּל֗וֹת עֲשֵׂ֣ה מִלְחָמָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guidance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and let others guide you when you make war”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2549,7 +2547,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
20:23 stds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md).
|
||||
20:23 d09b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּמֹאזְנֵ֖י מִרְמָ֣ה 1 See how you translated **scales of deceit** in [11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
20:23 l8ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־טֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the same use of **not good** in [16:29](../16/29.md).
|
||||
20:24 re6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְעֲדֵי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh directs a person’s steps”
|
||||
20:24 re6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְעֲדֵי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh directs a person’s steps”
|
||||
20:24 i9ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְעֲדֵי & דַּרְכּֽוֹ 1 In this verse, **steps** and **way** refers to the things that people experience during their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “path” in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “are what the life experiences of … his life experiences”
|
||||
20:24 k0am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גָ֑בֶר וְ֝אָדָ֗ם & דַּרְכּֽוֹ 1 Here, **a strong man**, **a man**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not to a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any strong person, so … a person … that person’s way”
|
||||
20:24 mfy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ֝אָדָ֗ם מַה־יָּבִ֥ין דַּרְכּֽוֹ 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so surely a man cannot understand his way!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2748,7 +2746,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
22:8 sjnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְשֵׁ֖בֶט עֶבְרָת֣וֹ 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that a **sower of iniquity** uses to express his **rage** by oppressing people. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the rod he uses to oppressively express his rage”
|
||||
22:8 htf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשֵׁ֖בֶט 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person’s authority over other people as if it were a **rod**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the authority of”
|
||||
22:9 cdse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun טֽוֹב־עַ֭יִן ה֣וּא & נָתַ֖ן מִלַּחְמ֣וֹ 1 **The one good of eye**, **he**, and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person good of eye, that person … that person gives from that person’s own bread”
|
||||
22:9 zhf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy טֽוֹב־עַ֭יִן 1 Here, **good of eye** refers to seeing what other people need and generously helping them. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The generous one” or “The person who is generous to those in need”
|
||||
22:9 zhf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy טֽוֹב־עַ֭יִן 1 Here, **good of eye** refers to seeing what other people need and generously helping them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The generous one” or “The person who is generous to those in need”
|
||||
22:9 nxi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ה֣וּא יְבֹרָ֑ךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it is Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless him”
|
||||
22:9 vs46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִלַּחְמ֣וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).\n
|
||||
22:9 vzvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַדָּֽל 1 See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -3445,7 +3443,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
27:14 xjs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מְבָ֘רֵ֤ךְ רֵעֵ֨הוּ & בַּבֹּ֣קֶר הַשְׁכֵּ֑ים & לֽוֹ 1 **One who blesses**, **his neighbor**, **the rising morning**, and **him** represent types of people and mornings in general, not a specific people or **morning**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who blesses any neighbor … in any rising morning … to that neighbor”\n
|
||||
27:14 xlwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּק֣וֹל גָּ֭דוֹל 1 Here, **great** refers to the **voice** being loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with a loud voice”
|
||||
27:14 ckpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּבֹּ֣קֶר הַשְׁכֵּ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon refers to the early **morning** as if it were **rising** because the Sun appears to rise on the horizon in the **morning**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at dawn”
|
||||
27:14 z5ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קְ֝לָלָ֗ה תֵּחָ֥שֶׁב לֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that neighbor will consider it to be a curse”
|
||||
27:14 z5ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קְ֝לָלָ֗ה תֵּחָ֥שֶׁב לֽוֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that neighbor will consider it to be a curse”
|
||||
27:15 caj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile דֶּ֣לֶף ט֭וֹרֵד בְּי֣וֹם סַגְרִ֑יר וְאֵ֥שֶׁת מדונים נִשְׁתָּוָֽה 1 Here, **alike** indicates that Solomon is comparing **a woman of quarrels** to continually **dripping** water on a rainy **day** because both are annoying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **dripping** in [19:13](../19/13.md). Alternate translation: “Bothersome like a continual dripping on a day of steady rain is a woman of quarrels” or “As annoying as a continual dripping of water on a rainy is a woman of quarrels”\n
|
||||
27:15 bh2v וְאֵ֥שֶׁת מדונים 1 See how you translated **a woman of quarrels** in [21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
27:16 emob צֹפְנֶ֥יהָ צָֽפַן 1 The word translated as **hides** in this verse is considered by some scholars to also mean “restrains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -3460,7 +3458,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
27:17 jsvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵֽי 1 Here, Solomon uses **face** to refer to a person’s character or how a person thinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the character of”
|
||||
27:18 gbr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נֹצֵ֣ר תְּ֭אֵנָה יֹאכַ֣ל פִּרְיָ֑הּ וְשֹׁמֵ֖ר אֲדֹנָ֣יו 1 **One who guards**, **a fig tree**, **its**, **one who protects**, and **his** represent fig trees and types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who guards any fig tree will eat the fruit of that tree, and any person who protects that person’s master”
|
||||
27:18 ywjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְשֹׁמֵ֖ר 1 Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **one who protects his masters** is like **One who guards a fig tree** because both receive a reward for their work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way one who protects”\n
|
||||
27:18 d71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְכֻבָּֽד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those masters will honor”
|
||||
27:18 d71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְכֻבָּֽד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those masters will honor”
|
||||
27:19 kla0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כַּ֭מַּיִם הַפָּנִ֣ים לַפָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝אָדָ֗ם לָאָדָֽם 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As the water reflects the face to the face, so the heart of the man reflects to the man”
|
||||
27:19 bvj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ֭מַּיִם הַפָּנִ֣ים לַפָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝אָדָ֗ם לָאָדָֽם 1 The words **As** and **so** in this verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **water** with **the heart of a man**. The point is that both reveal what someone really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just like the water shows the face to the face, so the heart of a man shows to the man who he really is”
|
||||
27:19 tpu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כַּ֭מַּיִם הַפָּנִ֣ים לַפָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝אָדָ֗ם לָאָדָֽם 1 Here, **the water**, **the face**, **the heart**, and **the man** refer to things and people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “As water reflects any face to itself, so any person’s heart reflects to that person”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3544,7 +3542,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
28:10 pv8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַשְׁגֶּ֤ה יְשָׁרִ֨ים & בִּשְׁחוּת֥וֹ הֽוּא־יִפּ֑וֹל 1 **One who leads**, **his**, **he**, and **himself** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who leads upright ones astray … into that person’s own pit that person will fall”
|
||||
28:10 hgy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַשְׁגֶּ֤ה יְשָׁרִ֨ים ׀ בְּדֶ֥רֶךְ רָ֗ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone causing **upright ones** to behave in a manner that is **evil** as if he were leading those people down a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of “lead them astray” in [12:26](../12/26.md) and **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “One who causes upright ones to behave in an evil manner”\n
|
||||
28:10 nxid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּדֶ֥רֶךְ רָ֗ע 1 See how you translated **way of evil** in [2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
28:10 tw7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּשְׁחוּת֥וֹ הֽוּא־יִפּ֑וֹל 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person unintentionally destroying himself by trying to harm someone else as if that person falls **into his pit** that he had dug to trap someone else. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will end up destroying himself by his behavior”
|
||||
28:10 tw7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּשְׁחוּת֥וֹ הֽוּא־יִפּ֑וֹל 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person unintentionally destroying himself by trying to harm someone else as if that person falls **into his pit** that he had dug to trap someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will end up destroying himself by his behavior”
|
||||
28:10 um6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝תְמִימִ֗ים 1 See how you translated **blameless ones** in [2:21](../02/21.md).
|
||||
28:10 w756 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִנְחֲלוּ־טֽוֹב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **blameless ones** receiving many **good** things as if **good** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. See how you translated the same use of **inherit** in [3:35](../03/35.md).\n
|
||||
28:10 g3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns טֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **good** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -3562,7 +3560,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
28:13 h8gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְכַסֶּ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone concealing **his transgressions** as if **transgressions** were objects that someone **covers**. See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
28:13 gqdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פְ֭שָׁעָיו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **transgressions** in [10:12](../10/12.md).
|
||||
28:13 wef9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּמוֹדֶ֖ה וְעֹזֵ֣ב 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but one who confesses and forsakes his transgressions”
|
||||
28:13 m9fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְרֻחָֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will show mercy to”
|
||||
28:13 m9fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְרֻחָֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context implies that Yahweh will do the action. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will show mercy to”
|
||||
28:14 ijf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אָ֭דָם & וּמַקְשֶׁ֥ה לִ֝בּ֗וֹ 1 Here, **a man**, **one who hardens**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any person … but any person who hardens that person’s own heart”
|
||||
28:14 lmxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְפַחֵ֣ד תָּמִ֑יד 1 Here, **in terror continually** refers to reverently fearing Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is in terror of Yahweh continually”
|
||||
28:14 ymm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמַקְשֶׁ֥ה לִ֝בּ֗וֹ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person being stubbornly opposed to Yahweh as if he made **his heart** hard. The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind and will, as in [2:2](../02/02.md). If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translated a similar expression in [Exodus 7:3](../exo/07/03.md). Alternate translation: “but one who is stubborn against Yahweh”\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -3901,7 +3899,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
30:31 eunr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun זַרְזִ֣יר מָתְנַ֣יִם אוֹ־תָ֑יִשׁ וּ֝מֶ֗לֶךְ אַלְק֥וּם עִמּֽוֹ 1 Here, **one girded of loans**, **a male goat**, **a king**, and **one** refer to animals or people in general, not specific animals or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “those girded of loins, or any male goat, and any king against whom any person does not rise up”
|
||||
30:31 f30z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom זַרְזִ֣יר מָתְנַ֣יִם 1 Many scholars believe that this is an idiom that refers to a rooster that struts proudly. Roosters are male birds that walk around in a proud manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “strutting roosters” or “a male bird that struts proudly”
|
||||
30:31 mnr8 אַלְק֥וּם עִמּֽוֹ 1 Some scholars believe that the phrase translated as **against whom one does not rise up** could also be translated as “whose army is with him.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
|
||||
30:32 uf0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְהִתְנַשֵּׂ֑א 1 Here, Agur speaks of someone honoring himself as if he were **lifting up** himself for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you cold express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by honoring yourself”\n
|
||||
30:32 uf0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְהִתְנַשֵּׂ֑א 1 Here, Agur speaks of someone honoring himself as if he were **lifting up** himself for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by honoring yourself”\n
|
||||
30:32 pa5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָ֣ד לְפֶֽה 1 Here, Agur uses the phrase **a hand be to mouth** to refer to tell someone to stop doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “stop doing those things”
|
||||
30:33 bu1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here introduces the reason for obeying the command stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate reason. Alternate translation: “Stop doing these things because”
|
||||
30:33 nj7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ֪יץ חָלָ֡ב י֘וֹצִ֤יא חֶמְאָ֗ה וּֽמִיץ־אַ֭ף י֣וֹצִיא דָ֑ם וּמִ֥יץ אַ֝פַּ֗יִם י֣וֹצִיא רִֽיב 1 Here, Agur mentions three cause-and-effect relationships in order to teach that doing what he described in the previous verse will have bad results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “just like the squeezing of milk brings out butter, and the squeezing of the nose brings out blood, and the squeezing of nostrils brings out strife, so does doing these things cause bad things to happen”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
98
tn_ZEP.tsv
98
tn_ZEP.tsv
|
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Zephaniah\n\nTitle of the book, introduces Zephaniah (1:1)\n1. Yahweh will punish Judah and Jerusalem (1:2–18)\n*“For in the fire of his jealousy the whole earth will be consumed.”*\n2. Yahweh will punish the nations\n * Warning to Judah (2:1–3)\n * Yahweh will punish the Philistines (2:4–7)\n * Yahweh will punish Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)\n * Yahweh will punish Ethiopia (2:12)\n * Yahweh will punish Assyria (2:13–16)\n * Yahweh will punish Jerusalem (3:1–7)\n * General review (3:8)\n*“For in the fire of my jealousy the whole earth will be consumed.”*\n3. Yahweh will restore Judah and Jerusalem (3:9–20)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Zephaniah?\n\nThis book records messages that Yahweh spoke through a man named Zephaniah. The title to the book lists Zephaniah’s ancestors back to his great-grandfather, a man named Hezekiah. Since no other prophet’s ancestry is traced back four generations, this Hezekiah must have been a significant person, and interpreters generally agree that he was King Hezekiah, who ruled over Judah from about 715 B.C. to about 686 B.C. So Zephaniah was likely a member of the royal family. In his prophecies, he shows a first-hand knowledge of the city of Jerusalem, so it is also probable that he was part of the royal court in Jerusalem. The title to the book says that he prophesied during the reign of King Josiah, who began to rule of Judah around 640 B.C. So Zephaniah would have prophesied at about the same time that Jeremiah began to prophesy.\n\n### What is the book of Zephaniah about?\n\nThrough Zephaniah’s prophecies, Yahweh warned Judah and other nations that he was about to destroy them because of their wickedness and idolatry. This message seems to have led at least the Judeans to repent, at least for a generation. Hezekiah had been a godly ruler, but his son Manasseh and his grandson Amon were wicked and idolatrous kings. Amon was so unpopular that he was assassinated, and his son Josiah became king when he was only a boy. But when Josiah became a young adult and could assert himself, he introduced a series of reforms that led the people of Judah to worship and obey Yahweh once more. The prophecies of Zephaniah seem to have influenced Josiah strongly to do this. Zephaniah also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah, and those prophecies had at least a partial fulfillment in his own time due to the reforms of Josiah.\n\n### What title should translators use for this book?\n\nTranslators may choose to use the traditional title, “The Book of Zephaniah,” or simply “Zephaniah.” They may use a different title such as “The Prophecies of Zephaniah.”\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The “day of Yahweh”\n\nZephaniah speaks many times of “the day of Yahweh,” meaning the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the nations, including Judah, for disobeying him and worshiping idols. However, in the final oracle in the book, the phrase “that day” instead means the time when Yahweh will restore Judah and Jerusalem. Notes suggest ways that you can translate these expressions in their various occurrences.\n\n### The time reference of Zephaniah’s prophecies\n\nSome of Zephaniah’s prophecies focus on specific places and times. They warn Judah and other nations that Yahweh will soon destroy them, and they suggest implicitly that this will happen when an enemy empire invades and conquers them. But other prophecies speak of the entire world, and their time reference is uncertain. For example, in the first prophecy in the book, Yahweh says that he is going to destroy every living creature on earth—people, animals, birds, and fish. This could be a prophecy about the more distant future, about the end of the world. But it could also be a generalization for emphasis, and if so, it could apply to the time of Josiah. It is not necessary to determine the exact time reference of all of the prophecies in the book in order to translate the book.\n\n### The identity of the invading empire\n\nZephaniah suggests often that a foreign empire will invade and conquer Judah and other nations. He probably means the empire of Babylon. However, he does not name it specifically, and so it would not be appropriate to use any particular name for the invading army that Zephaniah describes in this book.
|
||||
1:intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the first of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part describes how Yahweh will punish Judah and Jerusalem for their sinfulness and complacency.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of verses 2–18 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nVerses 2 and 3 state generally that Yahweh’s judgment will be comprehensive. Then, in four places later in the chapter, prophecies emphasize a general point by making a series of specific statements that illustrate that point. These typically move from more obvious or central examples to more peripheral ones. In that way, they demonstrate how comprehensive Yahweh’s judgment will be: It will reach to the most distant and obscure places.\n\nSeries of statements such as these are known as litanies. If your readers would recognize the litany form, you could translate and format these litanies the way the ULT does, as lines of poetry. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could format these litanies in a way that would illustrate how they work. You could format the general statement in a way that would set it off from the other poetry in the book. For example, if you have chosen to indent that poetry, you could present the general statement without any indentation. You could then put each sentence of the litany on a separate line. The format might look something like this:\n\nVerses 4–6:\n\nand I will cut off from this place \n\n> the remnant of Baal,\n> the name of the idol-priests with the priests,\n> and the ones bowing down on the housetops to the army of the skies,\n> and the ones bowing down, swearing to Yahweh but swearing by their king,\n> and the ones turning back from after Yahweh,\n> and who do not search for Yahweh and do not seek him.\n\nVerses 8–9:\n\nAnd it will happen on the day of the sacrifice of Yahweh that I will visit\n\n> upon the princes\n> and upon the sons of the king\n> and upon all the ones wearing foreign clothing,\nand on that day I will visit\n\n> upon all the ones leaping over the threshold,\n> the ones filling the house of their lords {with} violence and fraud.\n\nVerse 10:\n\nthe sound of\n\n> a cry from the Fish Gate\n> and a wailing from the Second {District}\n> and a great ruin from the hills.\n\nVerses 15–16:\n\nThat day {will be}\n\n> a day of wrath,\n> a day of distress and anguish,\n> a day of destruction and desolation,\n> a day of darkness and gloom,\n> a day of cloud and overcast,\n> a day of horn and battle-cry against the fortified cities and against the high towers.
|
||||
front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Zephaniah\n\nTitle of the book; introduces Zephaniah (1:1)\n1. Yahweh will punish Judah and Jerusalem (1:2–18)\n“For in the fire of his jealousy the whole earth will be consumed.”\n2. Yahweh will punish the nations\n * Warning to Judah (2:1–3)\n * Yahweh will punish the Philistines (2:4–7)\n * Yahweh will punish Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)\n * Yahweh will punish Ethiopia (2:12)\n * Yahweh will punish Assyria (2:13–16)\n * Yahweh will punish Jerusalem (3:1–7)\n * General review (3:8)\n“For in the fire of my jealousy the whole earth will be consumed.”\n3. Yahweh will restore Judah and Jerusalem (3:9–20)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Zephaniah?\n\nThis book records messages that Yahweh spoke through a man named Zephaniah. The title to the book lists Zephaniah’s ancestors back to his great-grandfather, a man named Hezekiah. Since no other prophet’s ancestry is traced back four generations, this Hezekiah must have been a significant person, and interpreters generally agree that he was King Hezekiah, who ruled over Judah from about 715 B.C. to about 686 B.C. So Zephaniah was likely a member of the royal family. In his prophecies, he shows a first-hand knowledge of the city of Jerusalem, so it is also probable that he was part of the royal court in Jerusalem. The title of the book says that he prophesied during the reign of King Josiah, who began to rule Judah around 640 B.C. So Zephaniah would have prophesied at about the same time that Jeremiah began to prophesy.\n\n### What is the book of Zephaniah about?\n\nThrough Zephaniah’s prophecies, Yahweh warned Judah and other nations that he was about to destroy them because of their wickedness and idolatry. This message seems to have led at least the Judeans to repent, if only for a generation. Hezekiah had been a godly ruler, but his son Manasseh and his grandson Amon were wicked and idolatrous kings. Amon was so unpopular that he was assassinated, and his son Josiah became king when Josiah was only a boy. But when Josiah became a young adult and could assert himself, he introduced a series of reforms that led the people of Judah to worship and obey Yahweh once more. The prophecies of Zephaniah seem to have influenced Josiah strongly to do this. Zephaniah also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah, and those prophecies had at least a partial fulfillment in his own time due to the reforms of Josiah.\n\n### What title should translators use for this book?\n\nTranslators may choose to use the traditional title, “The Book of Zephaniah,” or simply “Zephaniah.” They may use a different title such as “The Prophecies of Zephaniah.”\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The “day of Yahweh”\n\nZephaniah speaks many times of “the day of Yahweh,” meaning the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the nations, including Judah, for disobeying him and worshiping idols. However, in the final oracle in the book, the phrase “that day” instead means the time when Yahweh will restore Judah and Jerusalem. Notes suggest ways that you can translate these expressions in their various occurrences.\n\n### The time reference of Zephaniah’s prophecies\n\nSome of Zephaniah’s prophecies focus on specific places and times. They warn Judah and other nations that Yahweh will soon destroy them, and they suggest implicitly that this will happen when an enemy empire invades and conquers them. But other prophecies speak of the entire world, and their time reference is uncertain. For example, in the first prophecy in the book, Yahweh says that he is going to destroy every living creature on earth—people, animals, birds, and fish. This could be a prophecy about the more distant future, about the end of the world. But it could also be a generalization for emphasis, and if so, it could apply to the time of Josiah. It is not necessary to determine the exact time reference of all of the prophecies in the book in order to translate the book.\n\n### The identity of the invading empire\n\nZephaniah often suggests that a foreign empire will invade and conquer Judah and other nations. He probably means the empire of Babylon. However, he does not name it specifically, and so it would not be appropriate to use any particular name for the invading army that Zephaniah describes in this book.
|
||||
1:intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the first of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part describes how Yahweh will punish Judah and Jerusalem for their sinfulness and complacency.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of verses 2–18 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nVerses 2 and 3 state in general terms that Yahweh’s judgment will be comprehensive. Then, in four places later in the chapter, prophecies emphasize a general point by making a series of specific statements that illustrate that point. These typically move from more obvious or central examples to more peripheral ones. In that way, they demonstrate how comprehensive Yahweh’s judgment will be: It will reach to the most distant and obscure places.\n\nSeries of statements such as these are known as litanies. If your readers would recognize the litany form, you could translate and format these litanies the way the ULT does, as lines of poetry. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could format these litanies in a way that would illustrate how they work. You could format the general statement in a way that would set it off from the other poetry in the book. For example, if you have chosen to indent that poetry, you could present the general statement without any indentation. You could then put each sentence of the litany on a separate line. The format might look something like this:\n\nVerses 4–6:\n\nand I will cut off from this place\n> the remnant of Baal,\n> the name of the idol-priests with the priests,\n> and the ones bowing down on the housetops to the army of the skies,\n> and the ones bowing down, swearing to Yahweh but swearing by their king,\n> and the ones turning back from after Yahweh,\n> and who do not search for Yahweh and do not seek him.\n\nVerses 8–9:\n\nAnd it will happen on the day of the sacrifice of Yahweh that I will visit\n> upon the princes\n> and upon the sons of the king\n> and upon all the ones wearing foreign clothing,\nand on that day I will visit\n\n> upon all the ones leaping over the threshold,\n> the ones filling the house of their lords {with} violence and fraud.\n\nVerse 10:\n\nthe sound of\n\n> a cry from the Fish Gate\n> and a wailing from the Second {District}\n> and a great ruin from the hills.\n\nVerses 15–16:\n\nThat day {will be}\n\n> a day of wrath,\n> a day of distress and anguish,\n> a day of destruction and desolation,\n> a day of darkness and gloom,\n> a day of cloud and overcast,\n> a day of horn and battle-cry against the fortified cities and against the high towers.
|
||||
1:1 k2ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֣ה ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֗ה אֶל־צְפַנְיָה֙ 1 In this title for the book, the term **word** refers to the message that Yahweh sent to the Judeans through Zephaniah by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message that Yahweh sent through Zephaniah”
|
||||
1:1 zlc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants בֶּן־כּוּשִׁ֣י בֶן־גְּדַלְיָ֔ה בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִזְקִיָּ֑ה 1 The author is describing the ancestors of **Zephaniah** in order to introduce him to readers as a key participant in the book, the person through whom Yahweh spoke the messages that the book records. Your culture may have its own way of introducing people by describing their ancestors, and if so, you can use it here in your translation.
|
||||
1:1 yy5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צְפַנְיָה֙ & כּוּשִׁ֣י & גְּדַלְיָ֔ה & אֲמַרְיָ֖ה & חִזְקִיָּ֑ה & יֹאשִׁיָּ֥הוּ & אָמ֖וֹן 1 The words **Zephaniah**, **Cushi**, **Gedaliah**, **Amariah**, **Hezekiah**, **Josiah**, and **Amon** are the names of men.
|
||||
|
|
@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:2 z001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the surface of the earth or ground were literally its **face**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the surface of the earth”
|
||||
1:3 t70v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the phrase **the declaration of Yahweh** in the previous verse. If you used it to introduce the quotation there, you may wish to do the same thing here.
|
||||
1:3 zd2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אָסֵ֨ף אָדָ֜ם וּבְהֵמָ֗ה אָסֵ֤ף עוֹף־הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ וּדְגֵ֣י הַיָּ֔ם 1 Yahweh is using creatures from the three components of creation—land creatures, sky creatures, and **sea** creatures—to mean all creatures throughout creation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will take away all the creatures that live everywhere in creation”
|
||||
1:3 z003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֜ם וּבְהֵמָ֗ה & הָאָדָ֗ם 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “humans and beasts … humans”
|
||||
1:3 z002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אָדָ֜ם וּבְהֵמָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using two types of creatures that live on the earth, **man** and **beast**, to mean all creatures that live on the earth. If you would like to retain in your translation the references in this verse to the three different parts of creation, you could explain the meaning of this reference. Alternate translation: “all the creatures that live on the earth”
|
||||
1:3 z003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֜ם וּבְהֵמָ֗ה & הָאָדָ֗ם 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that clearly includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humans and beasts … humans”
|
||||
1:3 z002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אָדָ֜ם וּבְהֵמָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using two types of creatures that live on the earth, **man** and **beast**, to mean all creatures that live on the earth. If you would like to retain in your translation the references in this verse to the three different parts of creation, you could explain the meaning of this reference. Alternate translation: “all the creatures that live on the earth”
|
||||
1:3 z004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וְהַמַּכְשֵׁל֖וֹת אֶת־הָרְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 Yahweh is using the adjective **wicked** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the stumbling blocks with wicked people”
|
||||
1:3 kw4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהַמַּכְשֵׁל֖וֹת 1 Yahweh is speaking of idols as if they were literally **stumbling blocks**, that is, objects that people would trip over. He is using stumbling to mean doing what is morally and spiritually wrong. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the idols”
|
||||
1:3 z005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הָרְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 The implication is that the **wicked** people Yahweh is talking about are doing things that are morally and spiritually wrong because their actions are being guided by the values implicit in idolatry rather than by Yahweh’s law. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “with the people who are wicked because they worship idols”
|
||||
1:3 aqr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְהִכְרַתִּ֣י אֶת־הָאָדָ֗ם מֵעַ֛ל פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 When Yahweh says that he will kill all the people who live on earth, as in verse 2, he is making an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “and I will punish the wicked people who are disobeying me by killing them”
|
||||
1:3 aqr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְהִכְרַתִּ֣י אֶת־הָאָדָ֗ם מֵעַ֛ל פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 When Yahweh says that he will kill all the people who live on earth, as in verse 2, he is making an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “and the wicked people who are disobeying me, I will punish by killing them”
|
||||
1:3 z143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְהִכְרַתִּ֣י אֶת־הָאָדָ֗ם 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “and I will cut off all people”
|
||||
1:3 xxd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִכְרַתִּ֣י אֶת־הָאָדָ֗ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if he were going to **cut off** the people who live on the earth the way one would cut a branch off from a tree. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy all people” or “and I will eliminate all people”
|
||||
1:3 z006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the surface of the earth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,17 +36,17 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:5 w2r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַנִּשְׁבָּעִ֣ים לַֽיהוָ֔ה וְהַנִּשְׁבָּעִ֖ים בְּמַלְכָּֽם 1 The word translated **their king** could be the name of a false god, Milcom, also called Molech, Molek, or Moloch. If you choose to use the name in your translation, spell it the way it sounds in your language. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the spelling that it uses. Alternate translation: “swearing to me but swearing by Milcom”
|
||||
1:5 z014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַנִּשְׁבָּעִ֣ים לַֽיהוָ֔ה וְהַנִּשְׁבָּעִ֖ים בְּמַלְכָּֽם 1 Yahweh is drawing a contrast between **swearing to** and **swearing by**. The Judeans who swore **to** Yahweh pledged themselves to worship him as their God. But they then swore **by** Milcom, invoking the name of that false god to guarantee a vow or promise that they had made. Yahweh is saying how inconsistent and inappropriate it was for them to do that. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “pledging themselves to worship me but then guaranteeing their oaths by invoking the false god Milcom”
|
||||
1:6 z015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְאֶת־הַנְּסוֹגִ֖ים מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־בִקְשׁ֥וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א דְרָשֻֽׁהוּ 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “and the ones turning back from after me, and who do not search for me and do not seek me”
|
||||
1:6 z016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאֶת־הַנְּסוֹגִ֖ים מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־בִקְשׁ֥וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א דְרָשֻֽׁהוּ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. This could be describing: (1) two groups, people who are no longer actively worshiping Yahweh and people who still worship Yahweh formally but who do not relate to him actively as their God. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy those who have stopped worshiping me actively, and I will destroy those who still worship me formally but do not relate to me actively as their God” (2) one group, people who show that they are no longer worshiping Yahweh by the way they no longer relate to him actively as their God. Alternate translation: ““and I will destroy those who show they have stopped worshiping me by the way they no longer relate to me actively as their God”
|
||||
1:6 z017 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֶת־הַנְּסוֹגִ֖ים מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the Judeans who are ceasing to worship him were literally walking on a path and **turning back** from the direction in which they had been heading. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy the ones who have stopped worshiping me”
|
||||
1:6 z016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאֶת־הַנְּסוֹגִ֖ים מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־בִקְשׁ֥וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א דְרָשֻֽׁהוּ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. This could be describing: (1) two groups, people who are no longer actively worshiping Yahweh and people who still worship Yahweh formally but who do not relate to him actively as their God. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy those who have stopped worshiping me actively, and I will destroy those who still worship me formally but do not relate to me actively as their God” (2) one group, people who show that they are no longer worshiping Yahweh by the way they no longer relate to him actively as their God. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy those who show they have stopped worshiping me by the way they no longer relate to me actively as their God”
|
||||
1:6 z017 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֶת־הַנְּסוֹגִ֖ים מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the Judeans who are ceasing to worship him were literally walking on a path and **turning back** from the direction in which they had been heading. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy the ones who have stopped worshiping me”
|
||||
1:6 ql66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־בִקְשׁ֥וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א דְרָשֻֽׁהוּ 1 Yahweh could be using the expressions **search for** and **seek** to mean: (1) two similar things. He could be speaking as if the Judeans should literally have been looking for him, meaning that they should have been praying to him. In this case Yahweh would be using two similar terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase Alternate translation: “and I will destroy the ones who no longer pray to me at all” (2) two different things. The expression **search for** could mean to ask for help, and the expression **seek** could mean to ask for guidance. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy those who no longer ask for my help or guidance”
|
||||
1:7 z018 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ֕ס מִפְּנֵ֖י אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֑ה 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “Hush in the presence of Lord Yahweh”
|
||||
1:7 etv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הַ֕ס מִפְּנֵ֖י אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֑ה 1 The word **Hush** is an exclamation that urges listeners to be silent. In your translation, you may choose to use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. You could also translate the word as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Shh! in the presence of Lord Yahweh”
|
||||
1:7 z018 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ֕ס מִפְּנֵ֖י אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֑ה 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “Hush in the presence of Lord Yahweh”
|
||||
1:7 etv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הַ֕ס מִפְּנֵ֖י אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֑ה 1 The word **Hush** is an exclamation that urges listeners to be silent. In your translation, you may choose to use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. You could also translate the word as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Shh! in the presence of Lord Yahweh”
|
||||
1:7 z019 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קָרוֹב֙ י֣וֹם יְהוָ֔ה 1 The expression **the day of Yahweh** refers to a specific time when God will punish people for their sins. Alternate translation: “the time is coming soon when Yahweh will punish people for their sins”
|
||||
1:7 xb5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֵכִ֧ין יְהוָ֛ה זֶ֖בַח הִקְדִּ֥ישׁ קְרֻאָֽיו 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if Yahweh had literally **prepared a sacrifice** and ceremonially cleansed (**sanctified**) those he had **invited** to share a meal from the meat of the sacrificed animal. He is speaking of the people of Judah as if they were this sacrifice and of an enemy army, most likely that of the Babylonians, as if it would feast on the Judeans, meaning that this foreign power would conquer them and plunder them, as verses 13–16 indicate. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is going to allow a foreign army to conquer and plunder the land of Judah”
|
||||
1:7 xb5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֵכִ֧ין יְהוָ֛ה זֶ֖בַח הִקְדִּ֥ישׁ קְרֻאָֽיו 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if Yahweh had literally **prepared a sacrifice** and ceremonially cleansed (**sanctified**) those he had **invited** to share a meal from the meat of the sacrificed animal. He is speaking of the people of Judah as if they were this sacrifice, and of an enemy army, most likely that of the Babylonians, as if it would feast on the Judeans, meaning that this foreign power would conquer them and plunder them, as verses 13–16 indicate. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is going to allow a foreign army to conquer and plunder the land of Judah”
|
||||
1:7 hwp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קְרֻאָֽיו 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones he has invited”
|
||||
1:8 z023 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany וְהָיָ֗ה בְּיוֹם֙ זֶ֣בַח יְהוָ֔ה 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, this phrase is the beginning of a litany. You may use that discussion to help you consider how to format the material in verses 8–9.
|
||||
1:8 w2xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּיוֹם֙ זֶ֣בַח יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “on the day of my sacrifice”
|
||||
1:8 z020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּיוֹם֙ זֶ֣בַח יְהוָ֔ה 1 As Zephaniah did in the previous verse Yahweh is speaking as if he is literally going to offer a sacrifice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I punish you Judeans for your sins”
|
||||
1:8 z020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּיוֹם֙ זֶ֣בַח יְהוָ֔ה 1 As Zephaniah did in the previous verse, Yahweh is speaking as if he is literally going to offer a sacrifice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I punish you Judeans for your sins”
|
||||
1:8 z021 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּיוֹם֙ זֶ֣בַח יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the expression “the day of Yahweh” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “at the time when I punish you Judeans for your sins”
|
||||
1:8 z022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּפָקַדְתִּ֥י עַל־הַשָּׂרִ֖ים וְעַל־בְּנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וְעַ֥ל כָּל־הַלֹּבְשִׁ֖ים מַלְבּ֥וּשׁ נָכְרִֽי 1 The expression **visit upon** means to punish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that I will punish the princes and the sons of the king and all the ones wearing foreign clothing”
|
||||
1:8 z024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַשָּׂרִ֖ים 1 In some languages the term **princes** describes male direct descendants of a monarch, but here it means court officials who may or may not have been members of the royal family. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the court officials”
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:8 igq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָּל־הַלֹּבְשִׁ֖ים מַלְבּ֥וּשׁ נָכְרִֽי 1 Yahweh is using one thing that the Judeans were doing to curry favor with foreign powers, wearing the same **clothing** that they did, to mean everything that they did to curry favor, especially including worshiping their gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all those who have adopted foreign ways”
|
||||
1:9 gma8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּפָקַדְתִּ֗י עַ֧ל & בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא 1 See how you translated the expressions “on the day” and “I will visit upon” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and at the time when I punish you Judeans, I will punish”
|
||||
1:9 fr1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַדּוֹלֵ֛ג עַל־הַמִּפְתָּ֖ן 1 The expression **leaping over the threshold** seems to refer to people entering other people’s houses forcibly, as if in a rush, in order to seize their possessions by **violence** or **fraud**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all those who enter other people’s houses violently in order to seize their possessions”
|
||||
1:9 z026 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural הַֽמְמַלְאִ֛ים בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנֵיהֶ֖ם חָמָ֥ס וּמִרְמָֽה 1 Yahweh is using the plural form **lords** in a context where the singular term “lord” would suffice. This suggests that he may be using the plural form as a superlative, to indicate the supreme example of its own class, in which case this would be a reference to the king, the lord or master of the Judeans. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “who have filled the house of their king with violence and fraud” or “who have filled the royal palace with violence and fraud”
|
||||
1:9 z026 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural הַֽמְמַלְאִ֛ים בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנֵיהֶ֖ם חָמָ֥ס וּמִרְמָֽה 1 Yahweh is using the plural form **lords** in a context where the singular term “lord” would suffice. This suggests that he may be using the plural form as a superlative to indicate the supreme example of its own class, in which case this would be a reference to the king, the lord or master of the Judeans. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “who have filled the house of their king with violence and fraud” or “who have filled the royal palace with violence and fraud”
|
||||
1:9 u614 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָמָ֥ס וּמִרְמָֽה 1 Yahweh is using the terms **violence** and **fraud** by association to mean possessions unlawfully obtained from others by violence or on fraudulent grounds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with possessions that they have gotten violently or fraudulently”
|
||||
1:10 n2di rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְהָיָה֩ בַיּ֨וֹם הַה֜וּא נְאֻם־יְהוָ֗ה ק֤וֹל 1 See how you translated the phrase **the declaration of Yahweh** in verses 2 and 3. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares: ‘And it will happen on that day, the sound of’”
|
||||
1:10 z027 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַיּ֨וֹם הַה֜וּא 1 See how you translated the expressions “on that day” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “at the time when I punish you Judeans for your sins”
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:12 n4xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּנֵּר֑וֹת 1 Yahweh is speaking as if he is literally going to use **lamps** in order to **search** for evildoers so that he can find them and punish them. He means that he is going to search thoroughly, as if using a lamp in order to see into all dark corners where someone or something might escape notice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thoroughly”
|
||||
1:12 z031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּפָקַדְתִּ֣י עַל 1 See how you translated the expression “I will visit upon” in verse 8. Alternate translation: “and I will punish”
|
||||
1:12 z032 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָאֲנָשִׁ֗ים הַקֹּֽפְאִים֙ עַל־שִׁמְרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here the masculine term **men** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people who are thickening on their sediment”
|
||||
1:12 sb9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָאֲנָשִׁ֗ים הַקֹּֽפְאִים֙ עַל־שִׁמְרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the sinful, complacent people of Jerusalem were literally wine that is **thickening** because it has been left on its **sediment**. The term “sediment” describes the small pieces of stem, leaves, and seeds from grape plants that are unintentionally mixed with the juice during the winemaking process. Ordinarily these are allowed to settle to the bottom of the wine, which is then poured off to separate it from them. Yahweh means that just as wine left on its sediment becomes thick, so these Judeans have become difficult to motivate to repentance. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. You may wish to represent the image as a comparison and explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “the people who have become so complacent” or “the people who have become so complacent that they are like wine that has thickened because no one has poured it off its sediment”
|
||||
1:12 sb9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָאֲנָשִׁ֗ים הַקֹּֽפְאִים֙ עַל־שִׁמְרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the sinful, complacent people of Jerusalem were literally wine that is **thickening** because it has been left on its **sediment**. The term “sediment” describes the small pieces of stem, leaves, and seeds from grape plants that are unintentionally mixed with the juice during the winemaking process. Ordinarily, these are allowed to settle to the bottom of the wine, which is then poured off to separate it from them. Yahweh means that just as wine left on its sediment becomes thick, so these Judeans have become difficult to motivate to repentance. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. You may wish to represent the image as a comparison and explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “the people who have become so complacent” or “the people who have become so complacent that they are like wine that has thickened because no one has poured it off its sediment”
|
||||
1:12 t4ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָאֹֽמְרִים֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔ם לֹֽא־יֵיטִ֥יב יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א יָרֵֽעַ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones saying in their heart that Yahweh will not do good and that he will not do bad”
|
||||
1:12 z033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָאֹֽמְרִים֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔ם לֹֽא־יֵיטִ֥יב יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א יָרֵֽעַ 1 If you decide to turn this quotation within a quotation into an indirect quotation, then Yahweh would speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ones saying in their heart that I will not do good and that I will not do bad”
|
||||
1:12 z033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָאֹֽמְרִים֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔ם לֹֽא־יֵיטִ֥יב יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א יָרֵֽעַ 1 If you decide to turn this quotation within a quotation into an indirect quotation, then Yahweh would be speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ones saying in their heart that I will not do good and that I will not do bad”
|
||||
1:12 nu98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּלְבָבָ֔ם 1 Here the **heart** represents the thoughts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in their thoughts” or “to themselves”
|
||||
1:12 z034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בִּלְבָבָ֔ם 1 Since Job is speaking of many people, if you retain the image of **heart** in your translation, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of the word. Alternate translation: “in their hearts”
|
||||
1:12 fhk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יֵיטִ֥יב יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א יָרֵֽעַ 1 By **do good**, these people are implicitly referring to Yahweh rewarding them, and by **do bad**, they are referring to Yahweh punishing them. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. You could also bring out the further implication in what the people are saying: that Yahweh is not a God who enforces justice in the world, so they may act as they wish. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is not going to reward us, and he is not going to punish us” or “Yahweh is not the kind of God who rewards good people and punishes wicked people, so it does not matter how we live”
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:15 lw4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet י֧וֹם צָרָ֣ה וּמְצוּקָ֗ה י֤וֹם שֹׁאָה֙ וּמְשׁוֹאָ֔ה י֥וֹם חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ וַאֲפֵלָ֔ה י֥וֹם עָנָ֖ן וַעֲרָפֶֽל 1 In these four cases, Yahweh is using two words with similar meaning together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “a day of great distress, a day of severe destruction, a day of deep darkness, a day of thick cloud”
|
||||
1:15 z041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor י֥וֹם חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ וַאֲפֵלָ֔ה י֥וֹם עָנָ֖ן וַעֲרָפֶֽל 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the sky will literally be dark and cloudy at the time when he punishes people for their sins. He means that it will be a time when people experience much trouble and feel great sorrow. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a day of terrible trouble, a day of deep sorrow”
|
||||
1:16 z042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom י֥וֹם 1 If you have been translating the phrase “the day of Yahweh” with an expression that uses the word “time,” you may wish to say “time” rather than **day** here. Alternate translation: “a time of”
|
||||
1:16 deb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שׁוֹפָ֖ר וּתְרוּעָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is referring to a ram’s **horn** or shofar that soldiers would use to signal an attack. Yahweh is using the term by association to mean the sound that this horn would make. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be more natural in your language to use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “horn blasts and battle-cries”
|
||||
1:16 deb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שׁוֹפָ֖ר וּתְרוּעָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is referring to a ram’s **horn**, a shofar, that soldiers would use to signal an attack. Yahweh is using the term by association to mean the sound that this horn would make. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be more natural in your language to use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “horn blasts and battle-cries”
|
||||
1:16 z043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַ֚ל הֶעָרִ֣ים הַבְּצֻר֔וֹת וְעַ֖ל הַפִּנּ֥וֹת הַגְּבֹהֽוֹת 1 Yahweh is using the term **corners** by association to mean the towers that were built at the corners of the walls around cities in the kingdom of Judah. Those walls were not straight; they had angles and corners so that defenders could attack besieging armies from more than one direction. High towers were built at the corners so that the defenders could attack from a height. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against the fortified cities and against the high towers at the corners of their walls”
|
||||
1:16 z044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַ֚ל הֶעָרִ֣ים הַבְּצֻר֔וֹת וְעַ֖ל הַפִּנּ֥וֹת הַגְּבֹהֽוֹת 1 The phrases **fortified cities** and **high corners** mean similar things. The high towers at the corners of city walls were one part of their fortifications. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the walled cities and all of their fortifications”
|
||||
1:17 z045 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לָאָדָ֗ם 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. The reference is most likely to the sinful, complacent Judeans. Alternate translation: “to the people of Judah”
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,14 +100,14 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:17 z048 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְשֻׁפַּ֤ךְ דָּמָם֙ כֶּֽעָפָ֔ר וּלְחֻמָ֖ם כַּגְּלָלִֽים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And their blood will be poured out like dust, and their innards will be poured out like dung”
|
||||
1:17 z049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְשֻׁפַּ֤ךְ דָּמָם֙ כֶּֽעָפָ֔ר וּלְחֻמָ֖ם כַּגְּלָלִֽים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And their enemies will wound them so that their blood flows out like dust and their innards flow out like dung”
|
||||
1:17 cq1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְשֻׁפַּ֤ךְ דָּמָם֙ כֶּֽעָפָ֔ר וּלְחֻמָ֖ם כַּגְּלָלִֽים 1 The point of these comparisons is that just as people consider **dust** and **dung** to have no value, the **blood** and **innards** of the Judeans, vital to their lives, will be **poured out** as if those substances and the lives they sustain had no value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “And their enemies will wound them so that their blood and their innards flow out profusely, as if they were worthless”
|
||||
1:18 z050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification גַּם־כַּסְפָּ֨ם גַּם־זְהָבָ֜ם לֹֽא־יוּכַ֣ל לְהַצִּילָ֗ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the **silver** and the **gold** that the Judeans own were living things that could **deliver them** from their enemies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They will not even be able to pay their enemies silver or gold in order to be spared”
|
||||
1:18 z050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification גַּם־כַּסְפָּ֨ם גַּם־זְהָבָ֜ם לֹֽא־יוּכַ֣ל לְהַצִּילָ֗ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the **silver** and the **gold** that the Judeans own were living things that could **deliver them** from their enemies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They will not even be able to pay their enemies silver or gold in order to be spared”
|
||||
1:18 z051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּבְאֵשׁ֙ קִנְאָת֔וֹ תֵּאָכֵ֖ל כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For the fire of his jealousy will consume the whole earth”
|
||||
1:18 ai7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבְאֵשׁ֙ קִנְאָת֔וֹ תֵּאָכֵ֖ל כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 Yahweh is speaking as if his **jealousy** were a **fire** that is literally going to burn up the entire **earth**. As the next sentence indicates, he is using the term “earth” to mean the people who live on the earth, and he is referring to the way that he will punish those people for worshiping false gods and living sinfully. He is speaking of that punishment as if it were a fire. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For he will destroy all of the people who live on the earth when he punishes them in his jealousy”
|
||||
1:18 z052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּבְאֵשׁ֙ קִנְאָת֔וֹ תֵּאָכֵ֖ל כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **jealousy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Zephaniah is saying that Yahweh is jealous because the people who live on the earth have been worshiping false gods even though they owe him their exclusive worship because he is the only true God. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “For he will destroy all of the people who live on the earth when he punishes them because he is jealous that they have been worshiping false gods instead of him, the only true God”
|
||||
1:18 z053 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָלָ֤ה אַךְ־נִבְהָלָה֙ יַֽעֲשֶׂ֔ה אֵ֥ת כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָאָֽרֶץ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consummation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will end the lives of all the inhabitants of the earth, and he will do that quickly”
|
||||
1:18 ij81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָאָֽרֶץ 1 Since Yahweh does not kill righteous people along with wicked people, the word **all** may be a generalization for emphasis, or the expression **the inhabitants of the earth** may refer specifically to wicked people. Alternate translation: “many of the people who live on the earth” or “the wicked people who disobey him”
|
||||
1:18 z054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִבְהָלָה֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word translated **hastened** could mean: (1) that Yahweh will do what he is describing quickly. Alternate translation: “he will do this soon” (2) that when Yahweh does this, it will terrify people. Alternate translation: “a terrifying one”
|
||||
2:intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the second of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part begins with a warning to the people of Judah and Jerusalem (verses 1–3), and it then describes how Yahweh will punish the Philistines (verses 4–7), Moab and Ammon (verses 8–11), Ethiopia (verse 12), and Assyria (verses 13–16).\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 1 and 2, Zephaniah uses the litany form, as he did four times in chapter 1. See the discussion of the litany form in the General Notes to chapter 1, and see how you formatted the litanies in that chapter. You may wish to present the general statement in verse 1 without any indentation and then put each sentence of verse 2 on a separate line. The format might look something like this:\n\nGather yourselves together! Yes, gather, O nation not desired,\n> before the bringing forth of the decree,\n> before the day passes like chaff,\n> before the burning of the nose of Yahweh does not come upon you,\n> before the day of the nose of Yahweh does not come upon you.
|
||||
1:18 z054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִבְהָלָה֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word translated **hastened** could mean: (1) that Yahweh will quickly do what he is describing. Alternate translation: “he will do this soon” (2) that when Yahweh does this, it will terrify people. Alternate translation: “a terrifying one”
|
||||
2:intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the second of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part begins with a warning to the people of Judah and Jerusalem (verses 1–3), and it then describes how Yahweh will punish the Philistines (verses 4–7), Moab and Ammon (verses 8–11), Ethiopia (verse 12), and Assyria (verses 13–16).\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 1 and 2, Zephaniah uses the litany form, as he did four times in chapter 1. See the discussion of the litany form in the General Notes to chapter 1, and see how you formatted the litanies in that chapter. You may wish to present the general statement in verse 1 without any indentation and then put each sentence of verse 2 on a separate line. The format might look something like this:\n\nGather yourselves together! Yes, gather, O nation not desired,\n> before the bringing forth of the decree,\n> before the day passes like chaff,\n> before the burning of the nose of Yahweh does not come upon you,\n> before the day of the nose of Yahweh does not come upon you.
|
||||
2:1 w14p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הִֽתְקוֹשְׁשׁ֖וּ וָק֑וֹשּׁוּ 1 Zephaniah is repeating the verb **Gather** in order to emphasize the idea that it expresses. If a speaker of your language would not do that, you may be able to express the emphasis in another way in your translation. Alternate translation: “It is urgent that you gather together”
|
||||
2:1 z055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular הִֽתְקוֹשְׁשׁ֖וּ וָק֑וֹשּׁוּ 1 The word **yourselves** is plural because Zephaniah is addressing the Judeans as a group. The implied “you” in each of these imperative forms is also plural. So use plural forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (The word “you” and the implied “you” in imperatives continue to be plural in verses 2 and 3.)
|
||||
2:1 z056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִֽתְקוֹשְׁשׁ֖וּ 1 Zephaniah is implicitly telling the Judeans to **Gather … together** in order to repent. That is, he is telling them that they urgently need to hold a solemn assembly in which they confess and forsake their sins and ask Yahweh to be merciful to them. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together in repentance”
|
||||
|
|
@ -131,14 +131,14 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
2:3 s75g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּסָּ֣תְר֔וּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to hide”
|
||||
2:3 z067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּסָּ֣תְר֔וּ 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the Judeans could literally **be hidden** somewhere where Yahweh could not find them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be spared”
|
||||
2:3 z068 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּי֖וֹם אַף־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the similar expression at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh angrily punishes people”
|
||||
2:4 dth6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַזָּה֙ עֲזוּבָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה & וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 For poetic effect and emphasis, at the beginning and end of this verse Zephaniah uses verbs that echo the sound of the names of the cities he is describing. It may be possible for you to reproduce this effect in your translation.
|
||||
2:4 f893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַזָּה֙ עֲזוּבָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people who used to live in Gaza will abandon that city” or “no one will live in Gaza any more”
|
||||
2:4 z069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאַשְׁקְל֖וֹן לִשְׁמָמָ֑ה 1 Zephaniah is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and Ashkelon will become a ruin”
|
||||
2:4 dth6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַזָּה֙ עֲזוּבָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה & וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 For poetic effect and emphasis, at the beginning and end of this verse Zephaniah uses verbs that echo the sound of the names of the cities he is describing. It may be possible for you to reproduce this effect in your translation.
|
||||
2:4 f893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַזָּה֙ עֲזוּבָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people who used to live in Gaza will abandon that city” or “no one will live in Gaza anymore”
|
||||
2:4 z069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאַשְׁקְל֖וֹן לִשְׁמָמָ֑ה 1 Zephaniah is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and Ashkelon will become a ruin”
|
||||
2:4 z070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אַשְׁדּ֗וֹד & יְגָ֣רְשׁ֔וּהָ 1 Zephaniah is speaking of the city of **Ashdod** as if it were a woman who could be **expelled** from the home in which she was living. He is using the city to represent the people who live in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will expel the inhabitants of Ashdod”
|
||||
2:4 z071 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַשְׁדּ֗וֹד & יְגָ֣רְשׁ֔וּהָ 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Ashdod will be expelled” or “an army will expel the inhabitants of Ashdod”
|
||||
2:4 mi6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּֽצָּהֳרַ֨יִם֙ 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if an army would literally expel the inhabitants of Ashdod at a specific time, **at noon**. He is likely using noon, the time when the sun is brightest in the sky, to mean “in broad daylight,” that is, as the result of an open attack by an overwhelming force. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in an open attack”
|
||||
2:4 sb41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the city of **Ekron** were literally a plant that could be **uprooted**, that is, pulled completely out of the ground, including its roots. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Ekron will be completely destroyed”
|
||||
2:4 z072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it will be as if Ekron were a plant that someone had pulled out by the roots” or “and an army will destroy Ekron”
|
||||
2:4 sb41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the city of **Ekron** were literally a plant that could be **uprooted**, that is, pulled completely out of the ground, including its roots. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Ekron will be completely destroyed”
|
||||
2:4 z072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְעֶקְר֖וֹן תֵּעָקֵֽר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it will be as if Ekron were a plant that someone had pulled out by the roots” or “and an army will destroy Ekron”
|
||||
2:5 p4be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֶ֥בֶל הַיָּ֖ם 1 Zephaniah is using this possessive form to describe a **region** that is along the coast of the **sea**. He means specifically the area along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea where the Philistines lived. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the seacoast”
|
||||
2:5 z073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּרֵתִ֑ים 1 The word **Kerethites** is another name for all or part of the people group also known as the **Philistines**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name Philistines here in order to show that Zephaniah is addressing one people group, not two. Alternate translation: “the Philistines”
|
||||
2:5 z074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֣ה עֲלֵיכֶ֗ם 1 Zephaniah is using the term **word** to mean what Yahweh has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has spoken a message against you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
2:9 z082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִמְשַׁ֥ק חָר֛וּל וּמִכְרֵה־מֶ֥לַח וּשְׁמָמָ֖ה עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will become a possession of the nettle and the pit of salt and a ruin forever”
|
||||
2:9 z083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִמְשַׁ֥ק חָר֛וּל וּמִכְרֵה־מֶ֥לַח וּשְׁמָמָ֖ה עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 Yahweh is not referring to a specific **nettle** or **pit of salt**. He means nettles and salt pits in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Alternate translation: “a possession of nettles and salt pits and a ruin forever”
|
||||
2:9 l2f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִמְשַׁ֥ק חָר֛וּל וּמִכְרֵה־מֶ֥לַח וּשְׁמָמָ֖ה עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if nettles and salt pits would literally own or possess the territory where the Moabites and Ammonites formerly lived. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place where only weeds grow and where people dig for salt and where no one will ever build any buildings again”
|
||||
2:9 dr9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁאֵרִ֤ית עַמִּי֙ יְבָזּ֔וּם וְיֶ֥תֶר גּוֹיִ֖י יִנְחָלֽוּם\n\n 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. It may be clearer in your language to connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The remnant of my people will plunder them; indeed, the remainder of my nation will occupy them”
|
||||
2:9 dr9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁאֵרִ֤ית עַמִּי֙ יְבָזּ֔וּם וְיֶ֥תֶר גּוֹיִ֖י יִנְחָלֽוּם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. It may be clearer in your language to connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The remnant of my people will plunder them; indeed, the remainder of my nation will occupy them”
|
||||
2:10 z084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result זֹ֥את לָהֶ֖ם תַּ֣חַת גְּאוֹנָ֑ם כִּ֤י חֵֽרְפוּ֙ וַיַּגְדִּ֔לוּ עַל־עַ֖ם יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they reproached and made themselves great against the people of Yahweh of Armies, this will be to them instead of their pride”
|
||||
2:10 z085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֥את לָהֶ֖ם תַּ֣חַת גְּאוֹנָ֑ם 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the **pride** of the Moabites and Ammonites were literally an object that belonged to them. He is also speaking as if the destruction they are going to experience were also an object and as if he were going to take away their pride and give them destruction in its place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This will happen to them because they were so proud”
|
||||
2:10 z086 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיַּגְדִּ֔לוּ עַל 1 See how you translated the expression “made themselves great” in [2:8](../02/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and stole bordering territories from” or “and boasted that they would take territory from”
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,40 +178,40 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
2:13 vj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְיֵ֤ט יָדוֹ֙ עַל־צָפ֔וֹן וִֽיאַבֵּ֖ד אֶת־אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. You may wish to include both phrases in your translation, but it may be clearer in your language to connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And he will stretch out his hand against the north; yes, he will destroy Assyria”
|
||||
2:13 rqc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְיֵ֤ט יָדוֹ֙ 1 See how you translated the expression “I will stretch out my hand” in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “And he will use his power”
|
||||
2:13 z094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy צָפ֔וֹן 1 Zephaniah is using the term **north** by association to mean the empire that was located to the north of Judah, **Assyria**, as he indicates later in a parallel phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the empire that is north of here”
|
||||
2:14 z095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְתוֹכָ֤הּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the city of Nineveh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “in the midst of Nineveh”
|
||||
2:14 z095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְתוֹכָ֤הּ 1 The possessive pronoun **its** refers to the city of Nineveh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “in the midst of Nineveh”
|
||||
2:14 fgc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כָּל־חַיְתוֹ־ג֔וֹי 1 Zephaniah is not referring to a specific **nation**. He means nations in general. He is also saying **every** as a generalization for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be various kinds of herds, composed of the sorts of animals found in many different nations”
|
||||
2:14 rq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גַּם־קָאַת֙ גַּם־קִפֹּ֔ד 1 Zephaniah is not referring to a specific **desert owl** or **screech owl**. He means many individual birds of these types. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Zephaniah may also be using these two types of desert bird to mean desert birds in general Alternate translation: “Both desert owls and screech owls” or “Various desert birds”
|
||||
2:14 rq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גַּם־קָאַת֙ גַּם־קִפֹּ֔ד 1 Zephaniah is not referring to a specific **desert owl** or **screech owl**. He means many individual birds of these types. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Zephaniah may also be using these two types of desert bird to mean desert birds in general. Alternate translation: “Both desert owls and screech owls” or “Various desert birds”
|
||||
2:14 jp3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּכַפְתֹּרֶ֖יהָ יָלִ֑ינוּ 1 The word translated **columns** refers specifically to the tops of columns, which often had ornate decorations. The implication is that an army will have destroyed the elaborate buildings of Nineveh so that only columns remain standing, and they are not supporting a roof, so their tops are exposed and provide a roosting place for birds. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “will roost on top of the exposed columns of its destroyed buildings”
|
||||
2:14 e998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ק֠וֹל יְשׁוֹרֵ֤ר בַּֽחַלּוֹן֙ חֹ֣רֶב בַּסַּ֔ף כִּ֥י אַרְזָ֖ה עֵרָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Zephaniah is describing how badly Nineveh will be destroyed by referring to the fact that the costly and elaborate **cedar-work** of its ornate buildings will be exposed to the elements. Alternate translation: “Because the city will be destroyed so badly that the cedar-work will be bare, a call will hoot in the window; devastation will be in the threshold”
|
||||
2:14 e998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ק֠וֹל יְשׁוֹרֵ֤ר בַּֽחַלּוֹן֙ חֹ֣רֶב בַּסַּ֔ף כִּ֥י אַרְזָ֖ה עֵרָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Zephaniah is describing how badly Nineveh will be destroyed by referring to the fact that the costly and elaborate **cedar-work** of its ornate buildings will be exposed to the elements. Alternate translation: “Because the city will be destroyed so thoroughly that the cedar-work will be bare, a call will hoot in the window; devastation will be in the threshold”
|
||||
2:14 u3vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ק֠וֹל יְשׁוֹרֵ֤ר בַּֽחַלּוֹן֙ 1 Zephaniah is speaking of a bird’s **call** as if it were a living thing that could **hoot** on its own. He is using the call of birds to represent the birds themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Birds will hoot their calls in the windows”
|
||||
2:14 z096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֹ֣רֶב בַּסַּ֔ף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **devastation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “debris will block doorways”
|
||||
2:14 z096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֹ֣רֶב בַּסַּ֔ף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **devastation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “debris will block doorways”
|
||||
2:15 kl78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification זֹ֞֠את הָעִ֤יר הָעַלִּיזָה֙ הַיּוֹשֶׁ֣בֶת לָבֶ֔טַח הָאֹֽמְרָה֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔הּ אֲנִ֖י וְאַפְסִ֣י ע֑וֹד 1 Zephaniah is speaking of the **city** of Nineveh as if it were a living thing that could exult, dwell in **security**, and speak. He means that the people of Nineveh have done these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the city whose people exulted, who thought they dwelled in security, who said in their hearts, ‘We are, and besides us there are no others.’”
|
||||
2:15 pvv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָאֹֽמְרָה֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔הּ אֲנִ֖י וְאַפְסִ֣י ע֑וֹד 1 Here the **heart** represents the thoughts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one saying in its thoughts, ‘I am, and besides me there is not another’” or “the one saying to itself, ‘I am, and besides me there it not another’”
|
||||
2:15 g214 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָאֹֽמְרָה֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔הּ אֲנִ֖י וְאַפְסִ֣י ע֑וֹד 1 In this context, the quoted statement means, “I am the only city that really matters; it is as if all other cities did not even exist.” You could say that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers.
|
||||
2:15 z097 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָאֹֽמְרָה֙ בִּלְבָבָ֔הּ אֲנִ֖י וְאַפְסִ֣י ע֑וֹד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The one saying to itself that it is the only city that really matters, as if all other cities did not even exist” or “The one whose people said to themselves that their city was the only one that really mattered, as if all other cities did not even exist”
|
||||
2:15 w3q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture אֵ֣יךְ ׀ הָיְתָ֣ה לְשַׁמָּ֗ה 1 Zephaniah is using the past tense in order to describe something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “How it will become a ruin”
|
||||
2:15 z098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַרְבֵּץ֙ לַֽחַיָּ֔ה 1 Zephaniah is not referring to a specific **beast**. He means beasts in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “a lair for beasts”
|
||||
2:15 n4jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction כֹּ֚ל עוֹבֵ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ יִשְׁרֹ֖ק יָנִ֥יעַ יָדֽוֹ 1 Hissing and shaking a **fist** at Nineveh would be symbolic actions that expressed contempt for the city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions. Alternate translation: “Every one passing by will hiss at it in contempt, he will shake his fist in scorn”
|
||||
3:intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the third of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part begins with a warning to the city of Jerusalem (verses 1–8), and it then describes how Yahweh will restore Jerusalem and bring people from many nations there to worship him (verses 9–20).\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn verses 1–5, Zephaniah speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a person who was acting in certain ways. Zephaniah is actually addressing the people of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. For example, for the statement “Woe to the one rebelling” in verse 1, you might say “Woe to the people of Jerusalem, who are rebelling.”\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Gender of the pronoun for a city\n\nIn verses 1–5, Zephaniah uses the pronouns “she” and “her” to mean Jerusalem, since it was conventional in his language to use feminine pronouns when speaking about a city. In verses 11–12 and 18–19, Yahweh addresses the city as if it were a person, and he uses the feminine singular form of “you.” Zephaniah does the same in verses 14–15, as do the people who speak to Jerusalem in verses 16–17. If you decide to show in your translation that all of these speakers are addressing Jerusalem as if it were a person, you may decide to use the gender of pronoun that is conventional in your own language.\n\n### Number of pronouns\n\nThe pronoun “you” is singular throughout the chapter except for in v. 20, where it is plural. Use the corresponding forms in your translation if your language marks a distinction between singular and plural “you” and if you decide to retain the references to the city of Jerusalem as if it were a person.
|
||||
2:15 n4jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction כֹּ֚ל עוֹבֵ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ יִשְׁרֹ֖ק יָנִ֥יעַ יָדֽוֹ 1 Hissing and shaking a **fist** at Nineveh would be symbolic actions that expressed contempt for the city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions. Alternate translation: “Every one passing by will hiss at it in contempt; he will shake his fist in scorn”
|
||||
3:intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the third of the three major parts of the book of Zephaniah. (See the outline in the General Introduction to the book.) This part begins with a warning to the city of Jerusalem (verses 1–8), and it then describes how Yahweh will restore Jerusalem and bring people from many nations there to worship him (verses 9–20).\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Personification\n\nIn verses 1–5, Zephaniah speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a person who was acting in certain ways. Zephaniah is actually addressing the people of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. For example, for the statement “Woe to the one rebelling” in verse 1, you might say “Woe to the people of Jerusalem, who are rebelling.”\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Gender of the pronoun for a city\n\nIn verses 1–5, Zephaniah uses the pronouns “she” and “her” to mean Jerusalem, since it was conventional in his language to use feminine pronouns when speaking about a city. In verses 11–12 and 18–19, Yahweh addresses the city as if it were a person, and he uses the feminine singular form of “you.” Zephaniah does the same in verses 14–15, as do the people who speak to Jerusalem in verses 16–17. If you decide to show in your translation that all of these speakers are addressing Jerusalem as if the city were a person, you may decide to use the gender of pronoun that is conventional in your own language.\n\n### Number of pronouns\n\nThe pronoun “you” is singular throughout the chapter except for in v. 20, where it is plural. Use the corresponding forms in your translation if your language marks a distinction between singular and plural “you” and if you decide to retain the references to the city of Jerusalem as if it were a person.
|
||||
3:1 aew2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ה֥וֹי מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה הָעִ֖יר הַיּוֹנָֽה 1 Zephaniah is implicitly referring to the **city** of Jerusalem. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Woe to Jerusalem, the one rebelling and being defiled, the oppressing city”
|
||||
3:1 d7qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה הָעִ֖יר הַיּוֹנָֽה 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here and through verse 5, Zephaniah is speaking of the **city** of Jerusalem as if it were a person who could be **rebelling** and who could have become **defiled** and that who be **oppressing** vulnerable people. Zephaniah is actually addressing the people of Jerusalem who have been doing these things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation, here and in verses 2–5. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem who are rebelling against Yahweh and who have become defiled and who are oppressing others”
|
||||
3:1 d7qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה הָעִ֖יר הַיּוֹנָֽה 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here and through verse 5, Zephaniah is speaking of the **city** of Jerusalem as if it were a person who could be **rebelling** and who could have become **defiled** and who could be **oppressing** vulnerable people. Zephaniah is actually addressing the people of Jerusalem who have been doing these things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation, here and in verses 2–5. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem who are rebelling against Yahweh and who have become defiled and who are oppressing others”
|
||||
3:1 fc2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה הָעִ֖יר הַיּוֹנָֽה 1 If your language does not use a passive form such as **being defiled**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the city that has rebelled and defiled herself and that has oppressed people” or “you people of Jerusalem who are rebelling against Yahweh and who have defiled yourselves and who are oppressing others”
|
||||
3:1 z099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה 1 In verses 1–7, as the ULT shows, Zephaniah uses feminine singular pronouns to refer to the city of Jerusalem. That was conventional in his language. Your language may use a different gender of pronouns to refer to cities. If you translate verses 1–7 as Zephaniah speaking directly to the city as a person, use the gender of pronoun that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the city that has rebelled and defiled itself”
|
||||
3:2 lb6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעָה֙ בְּק֔וֹל 1 Zephaniah is using the term **heard** in a specific sense to mean “obeyed.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “She does not obey the voice”
|
||||
3:2 z100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעָה֙ בְּק֔וֹל 1 The term **voice** could mean: (1) the voice of Yahweh, that is, the message Yahweh has been sending to the people of Jerusalem through his prophets telling the people to repent. Alternate translation: “She has not obeyed Yahweh’s command to repent” (2) the voice of anyone who has been warning the people of the city that their wicked behavior will have destructive consequences. Alternate translation: “She does not listen to anyone who tries to warn her”
|
||||
3:1 z099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֹרְאָ֖ה וְנִגְאָלָ֑ה 1 In verses 1–7, as the ULT shows, Zephaniah uses feminine singular pronouns to refer to the city of Jerusalem. That was conventional in his language. Your language may use a different gender of pronouns to refer to cities. If you translate verses 1–7 as though Zephaniah is speaking directly to the city as a person, use the gender of pronoun that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the city that has rebelled and defiled itself”
|
||||
3:2 lb6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעָה֙ בְּק֔וֹל 1 Zephaniah is using the term **heard** in a specific sense to mean “obeyed.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “She does not obey the voice”
|
||||
3:2 z100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעָה֙ בְּק֔וֹל 1 The term **voice** could mean: (1) the voice of Yahweh, that is, the message Yahweh has been sending to the people of Jerusalem through his prophets telling the people to repent. Alternate translation: “She has not obeyed Yahweh’s command to repent” (2) the voice of anyone who has been warning the people of the city that their wicked behavior will have destructive consequences. Alternate translation: “She does not listen to anyone who tries to warn her”
|
||||
3:2 z101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֖יהָ לֹ֥א קָרֵֽבָה 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the city of Jerusalem, meaning its people, could literally have **drawn near** to **God**, that is, moved closer to a place where God was. He means that they could have and should have worshiped God sincerely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she does not worship her God sincerely”
|
||||
3:3 z102 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׂרֶ֣יהָ 1 See how you translated the term “princes” in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “her officials”
|
||||
3:3 ae1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְקִרְבָּ֔הּ אֲרָי֖וֹת שֹֽׁאֲגִ֑ים 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the **princes** of Jerusalem were literally **roaring lions**. He means that they exploit and harm vulnerable people rather than protecting them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. You may find it helpful to translate this image as a comparison. Alternate translation: “exploit and harm the vulnerable people of the city, as if they were roaring lions attacking their prey”
|
||||
3:3 z5i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זְאֵ֣בֵי עֶ֔רֶב 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the **judges** of Jerusalem were literally **wolves**. As in the case of his comparison of the city’s princes to lions, he means that they exploit and harm vulnerable people rather than protecting them. By **wolves of the evening**, Zephaniah means wolves that have not eaten all day and so are especially aggressive from hunger. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Once again you may find it helpful to translate this image as a comparison. Alternate translation: “also exploit and harm the vulnerable people of the city, like hungry wolves attacking their prey”
|
||||
3:3 z103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א גָרְמ֖וּ לַבֹּֽקֶר 1 Zephaniah is continuing to speak of the city’s **judges** as if they were **wolves**. The last thing a wolf would do to eat an animal it had killed, after consuming its flesh, would be to **gnaw** on its bones to get at the marrow inside. Zephaniah is saying that these judges are like wolves that eat an entire animal at once when they kill it in the evening or at night, leaving not even this final task for the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they take everything away from vulnerable people”
|
||||
3:3 z103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א גָרְמ֖וּ לַבֹּֽקֶר 1 Zephaniah is continuing to speak of the city’s **judges** as if they were **wolves**. The last thing a wolf would do in eating an animal it had killed, after consuming its flesh, would be to **gnaw** on its bones to get at the marrow inside. Zephaniah is saying that these judges are like wolves that eat an entire animal at once when they kill it in the evening or at night, leaving not even this final task for the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they take everything away from vulnerable people”
|
||||
3:4 u7tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פֹּֽחֲזִ֔ים 1 Zephaniah is speaking as if the **prophets** in Jerusalem were literally **light**, that is, as if they did not weigh very much. He could mean: (1) that they are frivolous in character and so what they say is not profound or significant. Alternate translation: “are frivolous” (2) that nothing restrains them from doing wrong things, as if they were a light object with nothing weighing it down that would float away or be blown away. Alternate translation: “are unprincipled” or “are reckless”
|
||||
3:4 z104 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֹּֽגְד֑וֹת 1 The phrase **men of treacheries** gives further information about the **prophets** whom Zephaniah is describing. It does not refer to a different group of people. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They are men of treacheries”
|
||||
3:4 xm2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֹּֽגְד֑וֹת 1 Zephaniah is using this possessive form not to describe men who belong to treacheries but to describe **men** who habitually commit **treacheries**. This could mean: (1) that these prophets deceive and betray other people in order to take advantage of them. Alternate translation: “They treat others treacherously” (2) that they are not faithful to Yahweh, that is, they do not speak only messages that Yahweh has given them. Rather, they speak messages that they claim are from Yahweh but which Yahweh has not given them. Alternate translation: “They do not speak faithfully only what Yahweh has told them”
|
||||
3:4 q96w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חִלְּלוּ־קֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 Zephaniah is using the adjective **holy** as a noun to mean a certain thing or kind of thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase. The word **holy** could be referring to: (1) the temple, as a holy place set apart for the worship of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “treat the temple as if it were just an ordinary place” (2) in addition to the temple, all of the clothing, equipment, and food that was set apart for the use of the priests in leading the people in the worship of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “treat the special things that they are supposed to use in worship as if they were ordinary things”
|
||||
3:5 a3p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה עַוְלָ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word ** unrighteousness **. Alternate translation: “He always does what is right”
|
||||
3:5 a3p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה עַוְלָ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **unrighteousness**. Alternate translation: “He always does what is right”
|
||||
3:5 z105 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בַּבֹּ֨קֶר בַּבֹּ֜קֶר מִשְׁפָּט֨וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן לָאוֹר֙ לֹ֣א נֶעְדָּ֔ר 1 The word **light** could mean: (1) the light of dawn. In that case, Zephaniah would be saying the same thing twice in slightly different ways for emphasis. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition. To reflect this, you may wish to include both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If you do that, it may be helpful to add a connecting word in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “In the morning, in the morning he gives his justice; indeed, at dawn he is not left out” (2) visibility, representing how Yahweh makes **justice** evident. In that case, the phrase **at light** would apply to the first clause rather than to the second one. Alternate translation: “In the morning, in the morning he brings his justice to light; he is not left out” or “In the morning, in the morning he makes his justice evident; indeed, he does not fail to do that”
|
||||
3:5 fe75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication בַּבֹּ֨קֶר בַּבֹּ֜קֶר 1 Zephaniah is repeating the phrase **In the morning** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat phrases for intensification, you may find it appropriate to do that here in your translation. Your language may also have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Morning by morning” or “Every morning”
|
||||
3:5 z106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּבֹּ֨קֶר בַּבֹּ֜קֶר 1 Zephaniah is using the term **morning** to mean a day by association with the way that each day begins with a morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Day by day” or “Every day”
|
||||
3:5 z106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּבֹּ֨קֶר בַּבֹּ֜קֶר 1 Zephaniah is using the term **morning** to mean a day, by association with the way that each day begins with a morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Day by day” or “Every day”
|
||||
3:5 cvu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפָּט֨וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he tells people how to act justly” or “he declares what would be the just thing to do”
|
||||
3:5 z107 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֣א נֶעְדָּ֔ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not missing” or “he does not fail to appear”
|
||||
3:5 dm1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א נֶעְדָּ֔ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **left out**. The double negative expresses emphasis, and you may choose to express that emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “he diligently appears”
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,24 +224,24 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:6 z111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּנּוֹתָ֔ם 1 See how you translated the word **corners** in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “the high towers at the corners of their walls”
|
||||
3:6 y9qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִצְדּ֧וּ עָרֵיהֶ֛ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Their cities are in ruins”
|
||||
3:6 asi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִבְּלִי־אִ֖ישׁ מֵאֵ֥ין יוֹשֵֽׁב 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Yahweh is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “without a single person living there”
|
||||
3:7 z112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָמַ֜רְתִּי אַךְ־תִּירְאִ֤י אוֹתִי֙ תִּקְחִ֣י מוּסָ֔ר וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֣ת מְעוֹנָ֔הּ כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּקַ֖דְתִּי עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 In this quotation, Yahweh first speaks directly to the city of Jerusalem in the second person, then he speaks about that city in the third person. If it would help your readers appreciate what Yahweh is saying, you could translate the entire quotation in the third person. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘Surely she will fear me; she will take correction. Then her dwelling will not be cut off {by} all that I have visited upon her.’”
|
||||
3:7 z112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אָמַ֜רְתִּי אַךְ־תִּירְאִ֤י אוֹתִי֙ תִּקְחִ֣י מוּסָ֔ר וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֣ת מְעוֹנָ֔הּ כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּקַ֖דְתִּי עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 In this quotation, Yahweh first speaks directly to the city of Jerusalem in the second person, and then he speaks about that city in the third person. If it would help your readers appreciate what Yahweh is saying, you could translate the entire quotation in the third person. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘Surely she will fear me; she will take correction. Then her dwelling will not be cut off {by} all that I have visited upon her.’”
|
||||
3:7 mvv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֜רְתִּי אַךְ־תִּירְאִ֤י אוֹתִי֙ תִּקְחִ֣י מוּסָ֔ר וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֣ת מְעוֹנָ֔הּ כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּקַ֖דְתִּי עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that she would surely fear me; she would take correction. Then her dwelling would not be cut off by all that I had visited upon her”
|
||||
3:7 z113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אָמַ֜רְתִּי אַךְ־תִּירְאִ֤י אוֹתִי֙ תִּקְחִ֣י מוּסָ֔ר וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֣ת מְעוֹנָ֔הּ כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּקַ֖דְתִּי עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 Yahweh is speaking to and about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a person who could **fear** him and **take correction**. He is actually speaking to and about the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See what you did in [3:1–5](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “I said that the people of Jerusalem would surely fear me; they would take correction. Then their dwelling would not be cut off by all that I had visited upon them”
|
||||
3:7 g15j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּקַ֖דְתִּי עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 See how you translated the expression “visit upon” in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “by all that I have done to punish her”
|
||||
3:7 z114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִשְׁכִּ֣ימוּ הִשְׁחִ֔יתוּ כֹּ֖ל עֲלִילוֹתָֽם 1 Yahweh is using the expression **rose early** to mean that the people were eager to do corrupt things. The expression comes from the way that people get up early in the morning to do something if they are eager to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they eagerly corrupted all of their deeds”
|
||||
3:7 u1c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הִשְׁכִּ֣ימוּ הִשְׁחִ֔יתוּ כֹּ֖ל עֲלִילוֹתָֽם 1 Yahweh says that as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “they eagerly corrupted their deeds even more”
|
||||
3:8 rhe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לָכֵ֤ן חַכּוּ־לִי֙ נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה לְי֖וֹם קוּמִ֣י לְעַ֑ד 1 See how you translated the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” in [1:2](../01/02.md), [1:3](../01/03.md), [1:10](../01/10.md), and [2:9](../02/09.md). If you used it to introduce the quotations in those places, you may wish to do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares: ‘Therefore wait for me, for the day of my arising to the prey’”
|
||||
3:8 my26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָכֵ֤ן חַכּוּ־לִי֙ נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה לְי֖וֹם קוּמִ֣י לְעַ֑ד 1 The imperative **wait** is plural, so Yahweh is addressing some group of people. That group could be: (1) the wicked Judeans who are still disobeying Yahweh despite his warnings. In that case, Yahweh would be using the term **wait** to indicate that he is certainly going to do what he describes. Your language may use the term “wait” in this same sense. If not, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “‘Therefore, you sinful Judeans, just wait!’—the declaration of Yahweh—‘One day soon I will arise to the prey” or “‘Therefore you can be certain, you sinful Judeans—the declaration of Yahweh—‘that one day soon I will arise to the prey” (2) the “humble of the earth” whom Zephaniah mentions in [2:3](../01/01.md). In that case, Yahweh would be using the term **wait** to tell them to be patient until he punishes sin and enforces justice. Alternate translation: “‘Therefore, be patient, you godly people—the declaration of Yahweh—‘until the day when I arise to the prey”
|
||||
3:8 rhe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לָכֵ֤ן חַכּוּ־לִי֙ נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה לְי֖וֹם קוּמִ֣י לְעַ֑ד 1 See how you translated the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” in [1:2](../01/02.md), [1:3](../01/03.md), [1:10](../01/10.md), and [2:9](../02/09.md). If you used it to introduce the quotations in those places, you may wish to do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares: ‘Therefore wait for me, for the day of my arising to the prey’”
|
||||
3:8 my26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָכֵ֤ן חַכּוּ־לִי֙ נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה לְי֖וֹם קוּמִ֣י לְעַ֑ד 1 The imperative **wait** is plural, so Yahweh is addressing some group of people. That group could be: (1) the wicked Judeans who are still disobeying Yahweh despite his warnings. In that case, Yahweh would be using the term **wait** to indicate that he is certainly going to do what he describes. Your language may use the term “wait” in this same sense. If not, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “‘Therefore, you sinful Judeans, just wait!’—the declaration of Yahweh—‘One day soon I will arise to the prey’” or “‘Therefore you can be certain, you sinful Judeans’—the declaration of Yahweh—‘that one day soon I will arise to the prey’” (2) the “humble of the earth” whom Zephaniah mentions in [2:3](../02/03.md). In that case, Yahweh would be using the term **wait** to tell them to be patient until he punishes sin and enforces justice. Alternate translation: “‘Therefore, be patient, you godly people’—the declaration of Yahweh—‘until the day when I arise to the prey’”
|
||||
3:8 z115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְי֖וֹם קוּמִ֣י 1 While Yahweh is going to punish sinful nations on a specific **day**, he is using that term here to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the time when I arise”
|
||||
3:8 izp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְעַ֑ד 1 Yahweh is speaking as if he were a predatory animal and the wicked **nations** and **kingdoms** that he is going to punish were **prey** that he was going to pounce on. (This could be an allusion to the description of Jerusalem’s “princes” as “lions” and its “judges” as “wolves” in [3:3](../03/03.md), indicating that those who preyed on others will themselves become prey.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to punish wicked people”
|
||||
3:8 mvx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְעַ֑ד 1 The phrase translated **to the prey** could also be translated **as a witness**. If that is the meaning, then Yahweh would be speaking as if he were literally going to stand up and give evidence that these kingdoms and nations had sinned wickedly against him. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “as if I were going testify against you”
|
||||
3:8 z116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִשְׁפֹּ֨ךְ עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם זַעְמִי֙ 1 Yahweh is speaking as if his **indignation** were a liquid that he was going to **pour out** onto wicked nations and kingdoms. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to punish them in my indignation”
|
||||
3:8 q1ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish כֹּ֚ל חֲר֣וֹן אַפִּ֔י 1 The phrase **all of the burning of my nose** is a further description of Yahweh’s **indignation**. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “My anger against them is very intense”
|
||||
3:8 q1ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish כֹּ֚ל חֲר֣וֹן אַפִּ֔י 1 The phrase **all of the burning of my nose** is a further description of Yahweh’s **indignation**. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “My anger against them is very intense”
|
||||
3:8 ge59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאֵ֣שׁ קִנְאָתִ֔י תֵּאָכֵ֖ל כָּל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:18](../01/18.md). As the General Introduction to Zephaniah indicates, these parallel statements mark the boundaries between the major sections of the book. It may be helpful to your readers to translate them in the same way. Alternate translation: “I will destroy all of the people who live on the earth when I punish them in my jealousy”
|
||||
3:9 la62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי־& אֶהְפֹּ֥ךְ אֶל־עַמִּ֖ים שָׂפָ֣ה בְרוּרָ֑ה לִקְרֹ֤א כֻלָּם֙ בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **lip** by association to mean the capacity to speak. He could mean: (1) the peoples were saying wicked things because their character was wicked, but he will purify their character so that they will say pure things. Alternate translation: “I will surely give the peoples righteous character so that they will say pure things; then they will pray to me acceptably” (2) that by invoking the names of other gods (as described in [1:5](../01/01.md)), they had made themselves unworthy to pray to Yahweh, but he will cleanse their capacity to speak so that they can pray to him. Alternate translation: “I will surely cleanse the speech of the peoples from the defilement of the names of other gods so that they can pray to me acceptably”
|
||||
3:9 z117 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns כִּֽי & אֶהְפֹּ֥ךְ אֶל־עַמִּ֖ים שָׂפָ֣ה בְרוּרָ֑ה 1 Since Yahweh is speaking of many **peoples**, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **lip**. Alternate translation: “I will surely give the peoples pure lips”
|
||||
3:9 la62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי־& אֶהְפֹּ֥ךְ אֶל־עַמִּ֖ים שָׂפָ֣ה בְרוּרָ֑ה לִקְרֹ֤א כֻלָּם֙ בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **lip** by association to mean the capacity to speak. He could mean: (1) the peoples were saying wicked things because their character was wicked, but he will purify their character so that they will say pure things. Alternate translation: “I will surely give the peoples righteous character so that they will say pure things; then they will pray to me acceptably” (2) that by invoking the names of other gods (as described in [1:5](../01/05.md)), they had made themselves unworthy to pray to Yahweh, but he will cleanse their capacity to speak so that they can pray to him. Alternate translation: “I will surely cleanse the speech of the peoples from the defilement of the names of other gods so that they can pray to me acceptably”
|
||||
3:9 z117 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns כִּֽי & אֶהְפֹּ֥ךְ אֶל־עַמִּ֖ים שָׂפָ֣ה בְרוּרָ֑ה 1 Since Yahweh is speaking of many **peoples**, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **lip**. Alternate translation: “I will surely give the peoples pure lips”
|
||||
3:9 k8y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִקְרֹ֤א כֻלָּם֙ בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. However, in this instance there is also the idea that the peoples will call upon Yahweh (that is, pray to him) by name, acknowledging him as God. Alternate translation: “for all of them to pray to Yahweh by name”
|
||||
3:9 z118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה לְעָבְד֖וֹ 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “upon my name, to serve me”
|
||||
3:9 z118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה לְעָבְד֖וֹ 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “upon my name, to serve me”
|
||||
3:9 f339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׁכֶ֥ם אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh is using this expression to mean that the peoples will serve him unitedly, as if they were all putting their shoulders together to lift or push something heavy. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “shoulder to shoulder” or “together”
|
||||
3:10 zs4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵעֵ֖בֶר לְנַֽהֲרֵי־כ֑וּשׁ 1 Yahweh is using one distant place, the area around the **rivers of Cush** (the upper Nile region), to mean distant places in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From even as far away as across the rivers of Cush” or “From even the most distant places”
|
||||
3:10 z119 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּת־פוּצַ֔י 1 Here the expression **daughter of** describes the people who make up a certain group. The group in view here is the Jewish nation that will have been **scattered** into many different places through exile. Alternate translation: “the people of my scattered nation”
|
||||
|
|
@ -251,15 +251,15 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:11 y6pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַלִּיזֵי֙ גַּאֲוָתֵ֔ךְ 1 Yahweh is using this possessive form to describe **exultant** or boastful people in the city of Jerusalem who are characterized by pride. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people who have been boasting so proudly”
|
||||
3:12 z122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בְקִרְבֵּ֔ךְ 1 See whether you decided to use the singular or plural form of “you” and “your” in the previous verse. It would be helpful to use the same form here.
|
||||
3:12 z123 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַ֥ם עָנִ֖י וָדָ֑ל 1 The terms **humble** and **lowly** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “a genuinely humble people”
|
||||
3:12 z124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְחָס֖וּ בְּשֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “and they will trust in my name”
|
||||
3:12 c1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְחָס֖וּ בְּשֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “and they will trust in me personally”
|
||||
3:12 z124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְחָס֖וּ בְּשֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “and they will trust in my name”
|
||||
3:12 c1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְחָס֖וּ בְּשֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “and they will trust in me personally”
|
||||
3:13 y163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְלֹא־יְדַבְּר֣וּ כָזָ֔ב וְלֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֥א בְּפִיהֶ֖ם לְשׁ֣וֹן תַּרְמִ֑ית 1 and they will not speak a lie, and a tongue of deceit will not be found in their mouth Since Yahweh is speaking of many people, it may be more natural in your language to use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “and they will not speak lies, and tongues of deceit will not be found in their mouths”
|
||||
3:13 b2m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְלֹא־יְדַבְּר֣וּ כָזָ֔ב וְלֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֥א בְּפִיהֶ֖ם לְשׁ֣וֹן תַּרְמִ֑ית 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. You may wish to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation but connecting them with a word other than **and**. Alternate translation: “and they will not speak lies; no, tongues of deceit will not be found in their mouths”
|
||||
3:13 ja4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֥א בְּפִיהֶ֖ם לְשׁ֣וֹן תַּרְמִ֑ית 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will find deceitful tongues in their mouths”
|
||||
3:13 z125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֥א בְּפִיהֶ֖ם לְשׁ֣וֹן תַּרְמִ֑ית 1 Here the word **found** indicates that something will not be able to be found because it will not be there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and there will be not be any deceitful tongues in their mouths”
|
||||
3:13 z126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְלֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֥א בְּפִיהֶ֖ם לְשׁ֣וֹן תַּרְמִ֑ית 1 Yahweh is using the terms **tongue** and **mouth** by association to mean speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they will not say any deceitful things”
|
||||
3:13 z127 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־הֵ֛מָּה יִרְע֥וּ וְרָבְצ֖וּ וְאֵ֥ין מַחֲרִֽיד 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And since no one will frighten them, they will be able to graze and lie down”
|
||||
3:13 pe7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵ֛מָּה יִרְע֥וּ וְרָבְצ֖וּ וְאֵ֥ין מַחֲרִֽיד 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the people in the remnant of Israel will be animals that will **graze** and **lie down** in pastures. He means that they will be able to live peacefully, like animals that can be undisturbed out in a field. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But they will be able to live without anyone disturbing them”
|
||||
3:13 pe7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵ֛מָּה יִרְע֥וּ וְרָבְצ֖וּ וְאֵ֥ין מַחֲרִֽיד 1 Yahweh is speaking as if the people in the remnant of Israel will be animals that will **graze** and **lie down** in pastures. He means that they will be able to live peacefully, like animals grazing undisturbed out in a field. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But they will be able to live without anyone disturbing them”
|
||||
3:14 z128 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular רָנִּי֙ & הָרִ֖יעוּ & שִׂמְחִ֤י וְעָלְזִי֙ 1 The implied “you” in the imperatives **Sing**, **Rejoice**, and **exult** is singular because Zephaniah is addressing a group as if it were a single individual. The implied “you” in the imperative **Shout** is plural because Zephaniah is addressing a group as a number of individuals. Use the same singular and plural forms in your translation if your language marks a distinction between singular and plural “you” and you decide to retain the singular and plural forms of address. However, see the notes to the rest of this verse, which suggest the possibility of using a plural address throughout the verse.
|
||||
3:14 d6q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּת־צִיּ֔וֹן 1 See how you translated the expression **daughter of** in [3:10](../03/10.md). Here as well it describes the people who make up a certain group. Alternate translation: “you people of Zion”
|
||||
3:14 z129 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת־צִיּ֔וֹן 1 The word **Zion** is the name of the mountain on which the city of Jerusalem was located. Zephaniah is using the name by association to represent the entire kingdom of Judah, whose capital was Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Judah”
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:15 z132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֶ֣לֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 It is true in one sense that **Yahweh** is the **king** of the people of **Israel**. As their God, he is the ruler whom they must obey. But in another sense, he is not literally the king who rules from the palace in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The ruler of Israel” or “The God whom the Israelites worship and obey”
|
||||
3:16 v9ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֔וּא 1 Zephaniah is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “At that time”
|
||||
3:16 z133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֵאָמֵ֥ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Some languages might use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “they will say”
|
||||
3:16 eh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לִירֽוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אַל־תִּירָ֑אִי צִיּ֖וֹן אַל־יִרְפּ֥וּ יָדָֽיִךְ 1 The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperative **Do not fear** are singular here because they are addressing **Zion** as an individual. However, the implied “you” in the imperative **Do not slacken** is plural because it envisions Zion as a group consisting of a number of individuals. You may have decided to use plural forms in verses 16–19. Alternate translation, using plural forms: “to the people of Jerusalem, “Do not fear, you people of Zion! None of you slacken your hands”
|
||||
3:16 eh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לִירֽוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אַל־תִּירָ֑אִי צִיּ֖וֹן אַל־יִרְפּ֥וּ יָדָֽיִךְ 1 The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperative **Do not fear** are singular here because they are addressing **Zion** as an individual. However, the implied “you” in the imperative **Do not slacken** is plural because it envisions Zion as a group consisting of a number of individuals. You may have decided to use plural forms in verses 16–19. Alternate translation, using plural forms: “to the people of Jerusalem, ‘Do not fear, you people of Zion! None of you slacken your hands’”
|
||||
3:16 pc5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֑אִי צִיּ֖וֹן אַל־יִרְפּ֥וּ יָדָֽיִךְ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The people who are speaking to Zion are using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. (They are referring to the way that a person’s hands **slacken** or become limp when that person is afraid.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for you to become weak with fear, Zion”
|
||||
3:17 h9ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יַחֲרִישׁ֙ בְּאַ֣הֲבָת֔וֹ 1 Since the people who are speaking to Jerusalem say that Yahweh will **rejoice** and **exult**, they do not mean that he will literally **be silent.** Rather, they mean that Yahweh will no longer speak words of condemnation and judgment against Jerusalem. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in his love, he will no longer speak to condemn you”
|
||||
3:18 z134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נוּגֵ֧י מִמּוֹעֵ֛ד אָסַ֖פְתִּי מִמֵּ֣ךְ הָי֑וּ מַשְׂאֵ֥ת עָלֶ֖יהָ חֶרְפָּֽה 1 This verse is very difficult to understand. Modern versions translate it in many different ways. The ULT offers one reasonable interpretation of it. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow the interpretation that it expresses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the interpretation of ULT.
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:19 z137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהַנִּדָּחָה֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the exile” or “the people of Judah whose enemies have taken them into exile”
|
||||
3:19 z138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְשַׂמְתִּים֙ לִתְהִלָּ֣ה וּלְשֵׁ֔ם בְּכָל־הָאָ֖רֶץ בָּשְׁתָּֽם 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And I will turn them into praise, and I will turn their shame into a name in all of the earth.”
|
||||
3:19 ry88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשַׂמְתִּים֙ לִתְהִלָּ֣ה 1 Yahweh is speaking as if he were literally going to **turn** the people of Judah into **praise**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I will cause people to praise them”
|
||||
3:19 cxu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְשֵׁ֔ם בְּכָל־הָאָ֖רֶץ בָּשְׁתָּֽם 1 Here, **name** represents the reputation of group. Alternate translation: “and I will give them a good reputation throughout the earth instead of the shame that they now experience”
|
||||
3:19 cxu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְשֵׁ֔ם בְּכָל־הָאָ֖רֶץ בָּשְׁתָּֽם 1 Here, **name** represents the reputation of a group. Alternate translation: “and I will give them a good reputation throughout the earth instead of the shame that they now experience”
|
||||
3:20 d2a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אָבִ֣יא אֶתְכֶ֔ם 1 As the General Notes to this chapter indicate, the words **you** and **your** are plural in this verse. Yahweh is now addressing the people of Judah as a group of individuals. If you have been using singular and plural forms in your translation to show the different kinds of address in this chapter, you may wish to indicate explicitly that the address changes to plural here. Alternate translation: “I will bring in you people of Judah”
|
||||
3:20 z139 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶתֵּ֨ן אֶתְכֶ֜ם לְשֵׁ֣ם וְלִתְהִלָּ֗ה בְּכֹל֙ עַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 See how you translated term **name** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I will give you a good reputation among all of the peoples of the earth, and they will praise you”
|
||||
3:20 z140 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשׁוּבִ֧י אֶת־שְׁבוּתֵיכֶ֛ם לְעֵינֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You will personally witness me restoring your fortunes”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue